BHeiney
Wed, 08/09/2023 - 15:32
Edited Text
BLOOMSBURG UNIVERSITY
^^^^
Digitized by tine Internet Arcliive
in
2015
https://archive.org/details/bloomsburguniver00bloo_9
UNIVERSITY
A Member
of Pennsylvania's
State System of Higher Education
2
Copyright
©
1996,
Bloomsbui g
nia. All rights resfr\fcl.
produced or copied
in
No
L'nivci siiy of Pennsylva-
part of this
any form or
book may be
any means
by
re-
—
graphic, electronic or mechanical, including photocopving. taping or
information storage and retrieval svstems
— without permission. Oontacl the Office
ol
Marketnig
and (iommimicaiion. Waller Administration Building.
Bloomsbnig I niversity, 400 K. Second Stieet, BloonisbiMg. I'A l7Hl.Vi:iOI
The Graduate
Catalog, 1996-1998
4
Notice
i>r<)\ isi<)iis of ihis catalog ari- not to \w ri-gardan iricvoi able conti ac t between tbe iini\ei siiv and
riut'd as
tlie
to
Bloomsbmg
student.
amend am
()i
\
without
ai
adeniic
.
I niveisitv iesei\es tbe ligbt
administialive, or disc iplinai
leniilailon (oi lee) destiibed ni
\
caialoi;
lliis
noliie to pel sons allet ted,
|)iu>i
Re<|uiienieins lor graduation as well as (uriuula
for
al
degiee programs, such as tbose
eertineation/licensiire,
ie
ing pi olession-
ma\ change thiotighont the
siudeiil's inalriculatioii.
Such thanges will not he eti o.u iimK u-(|uiie(l:
howevei. tbe student will haxe tbe option to hoose the
new program or leqnii emeiit. il desired. F.xceplions ma\
i
c
be necessai
N
w hen
<
hanges
in piolessional
or bcensiiie siandaids mandate changes
<
ei lilU
m
ation
academii
re(|uiieiiieiils oi in uni\eisii\ |)iogi,ims.
Affirmative Action
liloomshuig I nneisitx is (ommitled to pi<>\iding
equal edtu .ilional oppoi lnniiies lor all persons without
regaid to lac e. oloi. leligiou, sex. .tge. n.ition.il oi igin.
<
ancestry, lilesnle.
era stains as
M
si nu.iI
iei.iii.
riie uinxfisilv
is
m lenl.ilion. disabilit\. \
u-tii.iiu
or union iiieinbership.
additionally
committed
to
alfmna-
Ine .u iiciii and will lake positive steps to provide siicb
ediuational and emplovment oppoilnniiies. Iiuinnies
ina\ be relerred lo: Dii e( lor ol Soi lal K()nit\. W.illei .\(1.iiioii Building. Blooiiisbiiig I ni\eisii\.
SiccHid Siirel. Klooiiisbui g. PA 17.Sl")-l:llll
iniiiisi
I
11)11
K.
1
5
Contents
Academic Calendars
6
For Information
School of Graduate Studies
Graduate Programs
10
The
1
7
10
University
Accreditation
1
Academic Support Services
12
Student Services
Admission Information
21
15
and Fees
Academic Policies
Programs of Study
Tuition
24
25
31
Master of Arts
Art Studio find Ail History
32
34
Communication Studies
Master of Business Administration
36
Master of Education
Business Education
38
40
Curriculum and Instruction
42
Biology
Elementary Education
44
Reading
Master of Science
Accounting
46
Audiology
Special Education/Exceptionalities
50
52
54
56
59
60
62
67
Speech-Language Pathology
71
48
Biology
Early Childhood Education
Education of the Deaf/Hard of Hearing
Exercise Science and Adult Eitness
Instructional Technology
Nursing
Supervisory Certificate Programs
Cooperative Doctoral Program
73
74
75
77
78
Interdisciplinary Studies
Graduate Courses
Coiu se Codes
Administration
]
Faculty
110
10
Index
1
Campus Map
120
18
8
4
6
Academic Calendar
FaU 1996
FaU 1997
Aug. 19
Registration
Labor Day ( N'o
Mid-Term
Mid-Term
Reading Day
(No (Classes)
Aug. 26, 2 p.m.
Thursday, Oct.
\r>.
10 p.m.
Friday, Oct.
1
Resume
Classes End
Reading Day
Classes
Classes
Saturday, Dec. 7
Classes
End
Commencement
Recess Begins
Resume
End
1
Thursday, Oct. 14, 10 p.m.
Friday, Oct. 10
Wednesday, Nov. 26, 2 p.m.
Monday, Dec. 1., 8 a.m.
Saturday, Dec. 6
Reading Day
Sunday, Dec. 7
Finals Begin
Monday, Dec. 8
Saturdav, Dec.
Commencement
1
Finals
End
Saturday, Dec.
\?>
Saturdav, Dec. LS
Spring 1998
Registration
Jan. 6 to Jan. 13, 2 p.m.
Registration
Begin
Martin Luther
King Dav (No
Monday, Jan.
(Masses Begin
(Classes)
Monday
Meet
C^lasses
13,
8 a.m.
Jan. 5 to Jan. 12, 2 p.m.
Mondav. Jan. 12, 8 a.m.
Martin Luther
Mid-Term
Spring Bl eak
Begins
Resume
Spring Weekend
Classes
Begins
Resimie
(Classes
End
Reading Dav
Finals Begin
Finals
C: lasses)
Sunday, Dec. 8
.Monday, Dec. 9
Saturdav, Dec. 14
Spring 1997
Classes
Monday, .Aug. 25, 8 a.m.
Monday, Sept.
Begin
Labor Dav (No
Mid-Term
Mid-Term
Reading Dav
(No Classes)
Wednesday, Nov. 27, 2 p.m.
Monday, Dec. 2., 8 a.m.
Finals Begin
Classes
Aug. 18 to Aug. 25, 2 p.m.
Registration
(Classes
Than ksgiving
Thanksgiving
Recess Begins
Finals
to
Monday. Aug. 26, 8 a.m.
la.s.ses)
Monday, Sept. 2
Classes Begin
End
Commencement
Mondav. Jan. 20
Friday,Jan. 24
(No Evening Classes)
Tuesdav. March 6. 10 p.m.
Satiuday, .March
8.
10 p.m.
.Monday, .March 17. 8 a.m.
Thiuday, March 27. 10 p.m.
Mondav. March 31, 6 p.m.
May 3
Simday, Mav 4
Mondav, Mav 5
Satiudaw Mav 10
Saturdav, Mav 10
Satiuday,
King Dav (No Classes)
Mondav
Mid-Term
Spring Break
Begins
Classes Resimie
Spring Weekend
Begins
C'lasses
Classes
Mondav. Jan. 19
Friday. Jan. 23
C^lasses .Meet
Resume
End
Reading Dav
Finals Begin
(No Evening Cla.sses)
Tue.sdav. March 3. 10 p.m.
Saturdav.
March
7.
12 p.m.
.Monday. March 16. 8 a.m.
Thiusdav. April
Mondav.
9.
10 p.m.
.April 13.
Saturday.
6 p.m.
May
2
Sundav. Ma\ 3
.Monday. Ma\ 4
End
Saturdav.
May 9
Commencement
Saturdav,
.VI a\'
Finals
9
7
For Information
Dial
389 plus
For unlisted
the extension
number from off-rampus
offices, call the university
Academic Affairs
Academic Support
Services
ACT
101
/EO Programs
telephones.
On
campus, use the four-di^t extension.
switchboard at 389-4000; on campus, dial
"0, "
8 a.m.
4308
Luzerne Residence Hall
4199
4492
14 Waller Administration Building
Office of the Vice President for Administration
Alumni Affairs
Arts and Sciences,
Alumni House
Office of the Dean
4115
4058
15 Waller Administration Building
College of
CoUege of
Business Office
Campus Child Center
Career Development
Center
Community Activities
Continuing and Distance
Education
Cooperative Education/
4:30 p.m.
Office of the Provost, C.arver Hall
Administration
Business,
to
4410
4019
4013/4407
4547
106 Waller Administration Building
Office of the Dean, 221 Sudiff Hall
22 Waller Administration Building
Elwell Residence Hall
Kehr Union
Rehr Union
Office of the
Magee
4070
4462
Dean
Center, 700 West Main Street
4420
Counseling/ Human Dev.
Curriculum Materials Ctr.
Development Office
Financial Aid Office
Graduate Studies,
School of
Ben Franklin Hall
Ben Franklin Hall
McOormick Center for Human Services
De\elopment Outer, 922 Lightstreet Road
19 Ben Franklin Hall
Office of the Assistant Vice President and
Dean of Graduate Studies and Research
4678
4255
4035
4128
Health Center
Information Desk
International Education
Kehr Union
Kehr Union
Lower Level, Luzerne Residence Hall
Andruss
Marketing and
Cieneral Infoimation
Academic Internships
15
17
4015
109 Waller Administration Building
Library,
Communication
4451 /4452
3900
4830
4204
4411/4412
1()4A Waller Administration Building
Catholic (784-3123); Protestant (389-4950)
Ministries
Police, University
Basement of
President's Office
(;arver Hall
Professional Studies,
Office of the
College of
Dean
3105 McCormick Outer for
6 Ben Franklin Hall
Residence Life Office
Elwell Residence Hall
Social Equity
Advancement
1
Services
15 V\'aller Administration Building
15 Waller Administration Building
Bloomsburg University
400 E. Second Street
Bloomsburg, PA 17815-1.301
World Wide Web Address:
Human
Office of Vice President for Uni\ ersity
1
General Mailing Address:
4168
4526
L'niversity Store
Registrar's Office
University
4279/4297
http://w\vvv.bloomu.cdu
4005
4263
4089
4528
Ad\ancement
4524
8
General Information
10
General Information
The School of Graduate
Bloomsburg
Studies
Graduprograms in the
University's School of
ate Studies offers 19 master's
and education, as well
program in education in co-
business, science
arts,
as a joint doctoral
operation with hidiana L'niversitv of Pennsvl1 1
super\ isory progianis.
The School of C'.raduate Studies is conmiitted to maintaining affordable, high-qualit\
post-baccalaureate progi ains for qualified students of di\ ei se backgiounds. These programs
foster an academic en\'ironment that stresses
\ania and
Graduate Programs
Master of Arts
Art Studio
Al
t
Histor\
Gommimication Studies
Master of Business Administration
critical thinking, scholarly activity, leadership,
cultural di\ersity
and
this mission, the
School
seeks
1 )
and
lechnolog}-.
of
To achieve
Graduate Studies
to:
Enhance
financial resources for students
faculty by seeking grants, gifts, research
Master of Education
BiologN
Business Education
Gurriculum and Instruction
Elementary Education
Reading
awards and contributions.
2)
ities
Enhance recruitment of women, minorand students of diverse cultiual back-
grounds.
Master of Science
Accoimting
Audi<)log\'
Biology
Early (Childhood Education
Encourage and
exchange of graduate
3)
facilitate international
facultx'
and students.
programs to meet the cin ient and
fiuure needs of individuals and agencies within the universit) "s service communities.
4) Flan
Education of the Deaf/Hard of Hearing
Exercise .Science and Adult Fitness
Instructional Technology
Ninsing
Special Education
Speech-Language
5) Plan programs to incorporate ciurent
and futiue global and envircjnmental issues.
6) Pro\ide periodic review of progi.mis to
achieve and maintain high-qualit\ programs.
Cooperative Doctoral
Program in Education
Supervisory Certificate Programs
(
Incorporate state-t)f-lhe-art information
technologv in all aspects of academic activities.
7)
Graduate
ic
classes taught
dm ing the academ-
veai are usualK schedulefl in late afternoons,
evenings and on Saliu'days in order to provide
opportimities for individuals engaged in other full-time occupations to further their edu-
Graduate com ses are also offered during simimer sessions. The .School of (iradiiatiStudies is a membei of the ('.oun( il of (iiadiication.
ate .Schools.
Patholo_g\-
A)nuiuinicati<)n
(kirriculum and Instruction
Childhood Education
Elementar\ Education
Foreign Language
Mathematics
Reading
School Health Services
Science
Earlv
•Social
Studies
Speiial Education
General Information
The
University
Bloomsburg L'nixersin of Pt- nnsvlvaiiia is
one of 14 universities in the Pennsvi\ania State
Svstem of Higher Education. In addition to
offering 19 master's programs. 64 undergrad-
uate programs are available. Granted imiversitv
status in 198.S,
Bloomsburg University
is
or-
ganized into the College of .\rts and Sciences,
the College of Birsiness, the College of Professional Studies, the School of Graduate Studies
and the School of Continuing and Distance
Education. Of the university's 7,200 students.
700 are enrolled in graduate programs. The
universit)- is located in the Town of Bloomsburg, a commimitv of 12,000, about 80 miles
north of Harrisbin g.
Accreditation
Bloomsbmg
L'niversitv
is
accredited b\ the
Commission of Higher Education for the .Middle States .\ssociation of C^olleges and Schools,
the National (Council for the Accreditation of
Teacher Education, the National League for
Nin sing, the Coimcil on Education of the Deaf
the Ameiican Speech-Language-Hearing .Association and the Coimcil on Social Work Education. Programs have been approved b\ the
Pennsylvania Department of Education and
the State Board of Nm se Examiners.
,
12
Academic Support Services
Academic Support Services
Harvey A. Andruss Library
9 a.m. - 5 p.m.
2 p.m. - 0 p.m.
Saturday
Sunday
The Harvey A. Andruss Library houses
more than 350, ()()() bound volumes, L8 niilhon
microtexts, and L71() current periodicals. The
libraiy also has state
and a special collection of first editions.
aiUographed copies, and illustrated books.
Online access to more than 800 information
databases through a librar\- reference CD-RO.M
tion,
local area network, FirstSearch, internet
DIALOG
is
world
a\ailable.
Carculating materials may be boriowed
from the circulation desk upon presentation
of a valid Bloonisburg L'ni\ersit\ Identification
Gard available f rom the Office of .Student Life.
The library provides 420 study stations on
three levels. The third level is furnished with
individual carrels and study tables.
Library faculty at the Reference Desk are
available din ing most library hours to answer
questions, assist students searching for information and resoiuces, and advise regarding
research projects.
An orientation to the librar\ is a\ailable
through a hypercard compiuer program. The
charge for photocopying is 10 cents for cash
copies (or six cents with the pinxhase of a reusable magnetic card), and the charge for microform copving is 10 cents (paper copy) and
25 cents (microfiche copy). Assistance in using the library's Public Access Online System
(PALS) automated catalog is available at the
Reference Desk.
A new Harvey A. Andru.ss Library building,
expected to open during the spring of 1998.
will provide seating for more than 1,000 students.
Other features
Intercession:
.Monday - Friday
(Closed
8 a.m. - 4:.S0 p.m.
weekends
documents, a collection
of almost 6,000 phonograph records, 207 compact discs, a juvenile/young adult book collec-
wide web access, and
1
will
include group studv
rooms, 5(H) public access connections for personal computeis, word processing and photocopying rooms and an after-hours stuch.
.Simimer sessions:
Monday - Thursday
8 a.m. - 10 p.m.
8 a.m. - 9 p.m.
Friday
Satinday
Siuidav
Glosed
2 p.m.
Academic Computing
Facilities
.Academic compiuing facilities are located
throughout the campirs. Central clusters of
general access compiuer labs and work areas
are located in Ben Franklin Hall, Mc(^)rmick
Hmnan
(Center for
(Center. Sutliff Hall
Services. Hartline Science
and Kehr
Room
Room
Room
— PG and .Macintosh
1
networked
to connect
puter
to file servers.
to the L'nis\s
2
.S
The
2 a.Tu.
]).ni.
P(.'.s
computers
can he used
— Networked Macintoshes.
— A cluster of workstations
.Siui
Laser printers are foinid
1
Gomput-
2200 mainframe com-
and classrooms.
Gomputer cla.ssrooms are
8 a.m. - 9
L'nion.
classrooms and specialized labs are located
in Sutliff Hall, Bakeless Clenter, \a\T Hall, Old
Science Hall and McGormick (Center.
The student computer lab in McGormick
room 1 148 houses an XTScT .3B2/I000 minicomputer with P( computers directly connected to it. Room 1146 has a cluster of PC, 386
and 486 computers.
The student work areas in Ben Franklin are:
ei"
and spring semesters:
Monday - Thur.sday
8 a.m. -
0 p.m.
lation desk at (717) .S89-420.O.
for specialized use.
Friday
1
Two weeks prior to fmals week during the
spring and fall semesters, the library has extended hours: Saturday imtil 9 p.m. and Sunday from noon until midnight.
For more information, please contact the
reference desk at (717) .S89-4204 or the circu-
Library Hours
Fall
-
eral student use
when
in
mosi
of the labs
av ailable or genthey are not being u.sed
f
13
Academic Support Services
computers in labs and classrooms
They have access to word processing, spreadsheet and other application
programs that are available on network file
servers. The PCs and Macs are networked, thus
having access to the mini- and mainf rame host
computers as terminal users. Students can connect to these host computers from lesidence
halls and off-campiis by using modems with
their microcomputers.
Work areas are monitored by student con-
agement; and develops and administers quali-
who are available to help with problems using the equipment and software. The
schedules of cm rent open hours for labs and
classrooms are posted at each location.
ers.
for a class. All
are networked.
sultants
The AT&T
.SB2/1 ()()()
is
a
minicomputer
running the Unix operating .system. All students can request an account on this computer. Students can send and receive electronic
mail from others on campus and from off campus using the SSHEnet and Internet. It is accessible from the networked PCs and Macs and
through dial-in modems. This system has FORTRAN, COBOL, Add, PI./l, Minitab and the
Oracle database.
The Unisys 2200 is the administrative computer and is used for statistical analysis using
SPSS and for FORTRAN programming. This
computer can be accessed bv networked PCs
and dial-in modems. It also supports the PALS
online libraiT catalog and the student registration process.
ty
executive development and training proas required by a particular coimtry.
grams
Curriculum Materials Center
The primary
objective of the Curriculum
Materials Center
and make
al
is
to locate, acquire, catalog
accessible cin ricular
materials to preservice
The
and
and
instruction-
inservice teach-
resoinces hoirsed in the center include
a multi-
elementary and secondary textbooks,
cultinal cinriculimi materials collection, curriculimi guides, games, instructional materials
kits, tests
and compiUer
software.
Macintosh microcomputers and
A
cluster of
a laser print-
er are also available.
Reading Clinic
The Reading
(Hinic offers free diagnostic
evaluation of reading
dren and
skills
of school-age chilis pro-
adults. Free remedial tutoring
vided (Satindav mornings) on a space-available
basis, (consultation with the parents of schoolage children is included in the evaluation process. The clinic's services are available September through August.
Speech, Hearing and Language Clinic
The Speech, Hearing and Language
Institute for
Comparative and
International
Management Studies
The Institute for Comparative and InternaManagement Studies (ICIMS) fulfills
tional
Bloomsbiug
University's missions
and goals
thiough sponsorship and initiation of activities aimed at increased imdei standing of crosscultural and comparative management issues.
The
institute initiates, coordinates
and ad-
Clinic
provides services to students, faculty, staff and
the commimity. Available services include evaluation and therapy for speech, voice, language
and fluency; speech reading and auditory training for the hearing impaired and parent coimseling. Audiological assessment includes special site of lesion testing, hearing aid evaluations
and
fitting.
Institute for Interactive
Technologies
ministers joint programs with overseas imiver-
business administration; sponsors management research projects within the United
States and at overseas sites; provides consulting services and workshops in all areas of man-
sities in
The
InstitiUe for Interactive
Technologies
(IIT) provides research, training, education
and entrepreneurial
assistance to solve train-
Academic Support Services
14
ing and operational problems that occur in
education and industry through the appHcation of various interactive technologies. The
IIT designs, develops and produces interactive
technolog)-based applications that include
computer-based interacti\e videodisc and digital technologies such as (ID-I, DVI and Quicktime. The IIT also provides workshops for interactive video training and opportunities for
graduate assistantships in the Master of Science
program in instructional technology.
Audio Visual Resources
Audio Visual Resources (AVR) provides
and staff with an array of audio visual equipment, materials and services.
Available equipment includes \ideo and 6mm
film playback, audio equipment, 3.5mm and
P(jlar(}id cameras, flashes and accessories, slide
projectors, overhead and opaque projectors,
screens, easels and other items.
The staff can arrange ior film deliveiT and
set-up in cla.ssnxjms or faculty members as well
university faculty
1
f
Television and Radio Services
The
Office of Television and Radio Proa.ssistance with the
production of instructional and other campusoriented television production. While priority
is given to academic endeavors, the office also
has a strong commitment to community ser-
grams and SeiTices provides
vice
through program production and other
The
services.
office
administration
is
also responsible for the
ofWBL'QBl.l KM, the student-
operated campus radio station.
The facilitv houses three television studios,
ranging from a sophisticated multi-camera studio for broadcast-level production, to a single-
camera VHS studio where
faculty
and students
can videotape projects in support of cla.ssroom
assignments or evaluations. Portable equipment, several video editing rooms, an audio
recording studio, a video copystand and a video paintbox device is also available.
The office is the university's resource center for satellite video-conferencing; provides
on-location taping of lectures, presentations
and other academic acti\ities; and can record
informational programs off-air and off-satellite.
The
copy videotapes (copyright perin incompatible
overseas formats can be converted to the Ameroffice can
mitting),
and tapes recorded
ican television .system.
The
office also operates the
campus \ideo
message center providing constantly updated
information to television monitois located in
several public areas on campus, as well as o\er
BUT\', the university's cable television channel, which can be seen throughout the Bloomsburg and Berwick areas. The mes.sage center
is suitable for the posting of class schedule
changes, campus events, non-profit group activities and general announcements, and can
be accessed by calling ;W9-BL'T\'.
of other audio visual equipment.
There is also a repair center for universitvowned audio visual equipment.
The facility houses an auto-tutorial lab
where faculty mav deposit audio visual materials tor independent studv by students. The lab
accommodates the viewing of films, videos,
slides, audio cassettes and records. There is also
a photo copvstand area where materials can
as delivery
be photographed for the creation of
slides.
Additional resources include: transparency machines, dry presses, posterboard mounting materials and lamination services. The area
houses a sign and poster-making imit that can
instantly generate poster-size displays from letter-sized originals. If needed, the .W'R staff can
assist in the creation of an original document.
1
15
Student Services
Student Services
hospitalization
Identification Cards
contact
will
Every de required to have a uni\ersity identification
card. In addition to serving as a library card,
it
used for general identification throughout
the canipirs. An identification card is required
is
for certain
campus events (including those covactivities fee) and for
ered by the communitv
dining hall admission.
el
The Student Health Center, on the 300 levof the Kehr L'nion Building, provides care
minor
and illnesses. Students requesting an appointment should call .389-44,51
for
injuries
din ing posted hours. For an.svvers to medical
questions, or advice about health problems,
the Triage Nurse at ,389-,38()(). In the event
of an emergency and the health center is
closed, students should report directh to The
Bloomsburg Hospital Emergency Room. Students must show their current Bloomsburg
University I.D. card to the emergency staff
when seeking treatment at the hospital to have
the einergencv room fee waived.
call
The Student Health Center
is
staffed by
registered nui ses, nurse practitioners
and
part-
time ph\sicians. Nurses refer students to the
ninse practitioner and part-time physicians as
appropriate. Professional services received at
the center are covered by the health ser\ice
fee. Laboratory tests will be charged to insiuance companies. Cost for medical ser\ices eceived at The Bloomsbing Hospital (with the
exception of the emergenc\' room fee) will be
paid b\' the patient's insurance. ,As part of an
effort to pro\ide improved services for students, the Health Center annoimces an\
changes in the school newspaper and pi <)\ ides
information in brochures.
Absence due to illness
.\ student who
mi.sses class because of an illness must contact
his or her professor as .soon as possible in order that an imderstanding can be reached between professor and student. In cases of prolonged illness, for which strict bedrest and/ oi
l
—
is
required, the Health (-enter
concerned
—
faculty.
Ambulance Service
Transportation to
The Bloomsburg Hospital is paid for by the Student Health Center and is available to all students in the service area provided by The
Bloomsburg Ambulance Association. (Dial 91
ambulance
for
r\
or accident
A student whose injuself-induced must pav for the
service.)
is
ambulance service.
Famih Planning
—
The Familv Health Cenlocated in Bloomsburg, offers services for
ter,
Health Services
all
gynecological exams, contraception, pregnanc\ testing and coiuiseling at a reduced fee
through an agreement with the Student Health
Center. Sexually transmitted disease screening
and treatment is provided free through provifrom a state contract. All visits are scheduled bv appointment and all services are confidential. Appointments can be obtained by
sions
contacting the Familv Health (!!enter, 2201
Fifth Stieet Hollow Road, Bloomsburg, from 9
a.m. to 5 p.m., Mondav, Wednesday. Thursday
and
Fridav,
and from 9 a.m.
to 9 p.m.
on Tues-
dav, (717) 387-02.36.
Insurance Coverage
In addition to the health sei x ice fee. all fulltime students with nine or more credits and
all international students are required to have
appropriate accident and sickness insurance
coverage. Students currently covered by a plan
must provide the Health Center with complete
insurance information including the name of
the insurance company, complete address, and
and group numbers. Any change in
ance coverage should be reported immediateh to the Health Center.
.Students who do not ha\ e cm ent insm ance
may pmchase the student health insmance
plan or another plan of their choice. The student health insm ance plan meets the needs of
all
policy
insiu
i
the individual at the least possible cost, balancing the necessary coverage with the student's
pdw .Students should carefuUv re\iew
plan to determine if it adequateh' meets
their health care needs. Filing of claims is solely
the responsibilitx of the student. .A.11 questions
ability to
this
16
Student Services
concerning claims should be referred directly
to the insurance company. A toll-free number
is proxided by the company. An application is
included along with registration materials or
can be obtained at the Health (Center
and must be properly displayed on the vehicle
|
according to the University Parking Policv.
Parking decals are valid for one year beginning
with the fall semester
.Students
must present their vehicle regiv
trati'>n card. pr
and student
identification card trj f>btain a
parking decal. Blofjmsburg commuter students
whf) are n<>\ permanent residents of Bloomv
Housing
Bloomsburg
L'niversirv proNides limited
on-
campus housing for graduate students during
the fall and spring semesters (more hou-sing is
summer).
you are interested in on accommodations, vou will need to cf)ntact the
Office of Residence Life as early as possible.
available in the
If
In addition, the university's Office of Residence
Life maintains an off-campus
r\-.
The
als(j
housing
directr>-
local daily newspaper. Press-Enterprise,
burg must show some form of identification
name and current local address.
The areas available f(jr student parking arc
with
the Blf>omsburg Hospital parking W>t on Lighi-
Road, the lot adjacent t .Second Street, the Ifjt next lo the tennis
courts, the tri-level ^'Ara^t IfKated near (Iht\er Hall, and the lot in front of Sutliff Hall.
You may park on campas in the designated
areas during the follovking times:
street
off
has listings for rentals (PresvEnterprise,
3185 I^ckawanna Avenue, Bloomsburg.
P.A
I78I5, (717) 784-2121.
For more information, contact the Director of Residence Life, Elwell Residence Hall,
Bloomsburg
L'niversitv,
400
E.
Second
St.,
—
.Monday through Friday
6 a.m. lit 2 a.m in the commuter areas
5 p.m. to 2 a.m. anywhere on campus
except areas reserved for handicapjjed
or loading zones
BlfKjmsburg. PA I781.VLS^)1, (717) 389-4089.
Fridav through Sunday
5 p.m. on Frida\ until 2 a.m. on .Sunday
anwhere on campas except areas reser\ed
for handicapfHrd or loading areas
Meal Plans
-Vieals are available at Scranton f >>mmon.s,
the universitv's dining facility, or the Kehr
L'nion Building snack bar. .Meals may be purchased indiuduallv or \ on ma\ purrhase a meal
plan as follows:
—
1 9 meals per week
S702 (includes $.50
flex
account)
t
the Universitv Police at 389-4168 or .389-4170
—
4 meals f>er week
$674 (includes $100
1
flex
If you must be on campas after 2 a.m. on
Sundav through Thursday, \ou mast have permission from University Police. C^ll them in
advance vvith vour vehicle's location and purpose for staying on campus.
For complete rules and regulations on Nehicle regi.stration and parking, please coniar
account)
—
\ isuors who park on campas Mondy
through Friday before 5 p.m. mast park in
\isitor space and obtain the necessarv parking
pavs. \'isitors may park an\i*here during the
weekend open parking times, except in area>
rf-scncH for handicapped or loadin-^ /ones.
.-.
7 meals per week
$498 (includes $50 flex account)
For more information, contact the FckkI
Senice at 389-4484 or the Kehr Union
mation Desk at 389-390f).
Parking
Vi.sitor
—
10 meals per week
$575 (includes $50 flex account)
Infor-
University' Store
Motor
\'ehicle
Re^stration
The
University Sujre sells textbooks, sup-
plies, clothing, stationery. ffXKl. gift item.*, sun-
All motor vehicles must be registered with
the University Police Department- Parking
decals are Issued when vehicles are registered
dry items
Used
the
list
and general reading
bLs are available at
price.
materials.
.3f)
p>ercent or.
You may return new textlxxU
j
17
Student Services
and your I.D. during the first
two weeks of each semester for the full value
(if in the same condition when purchased). A
course withdrawal form signed b\ your instructor must accompany any book returned aftei'
the first two weeks of each semester. No refunds
are made on non-text paperback books.
At the end of each semester, the imiversity
store holds a book buyback. The store also offers a special book order service. Other services include: advanced deposit charge accounts,
class rings, consignment merchandise, dry
cleaning, gift wrapping, laminating, lay-away,
gift certificates, newspapers and magazines,
with the receipt
photograph services, UPS shipping, L'S postage stamps and post cards, a Western Union
paying agency, photocopying services, mrjney
orders and phone cards.
Store hours:
Fall
Monday & Tuesda\
8 a.m. - 8 p.m.
VN'ednesday &: Thursday
8 a.m. - 8 p.m.
8 a.m. - 4:30 p.m.
Friday
Saturday
10:30 a.m. - 2:30 p.m.
sessions
Mondas
thi
ough
8 a.m. - 4:30 p.m.
Fridav
The Universitv Store can be reached at the
following telephone numbers: (717) 389-417.T,
389-4176, 389-4180 or 389-4102.
duced
is
available at re-
For information about purchasing an Apple computer, contact the Uni\ersiiv
prices.
Store at (717) .389-417.0.
Banking
(Commonwealth Bank and Trust has
senice branch
in
The bank
a full-
the lobbx of the Uni\ersity
open from 10 a.m. to 2 p.m.
If you do not have an
account with (Commonwealth Bank, you will be
Store.
is
.VIondav through Fridav.
minimal check cashing fee.
Two automated teller machines are located on campus: one on the ground floor in the
Kehr Union Building and one outside the Unicharged
a
versity Store.
(Career
Development (Center provides
students and alumni and hosts employers wishing to interview graduating students for posi-
A vacancy list
prepared bi-weekly (weekly dining simimer
months) listing employment opportunities received by the center from various employers.
This list can be mailed to individuals unable
tions within their organizations.
is
SIGI-PLUS, a computer-based career guidance system, is available (by appointment) to
f
iu
ther assist students with the career decision-
making
proce.ss.
The center is located in Room 101 of the
Kehr Union Building. For inloi mation, call
(717) 389-4070.
Student Recreation Center
The Student Recreation
(Center
is
located
on Swisher (Circle across from the tennis courts.
Major features include an exercise room with
Computer Purchase Plans
Computer equipment
The
career coimseling and planning assistance to
students and alimini. In addition to indiv idual
career ccjunseling, an up-to-date career librai-y
is available. It contains occupational information, job search guides, employer/school district directories, corporate literature and various graduate and law school catalogues.
The center sponsors job search workshops,
seminars andjob fair programs throughout the
year, maintains credential files for interested
to visit the center.
and spring semesters
Summer
Career Development Center
step machines, rowing machines, (Cybex equif)ment and treadmills.
The main area has four intramm al-size
ketball courts that can
bas-
be used for volleyball
tennis. The room is circled by a one-eighth
mile long jogging track that goes by the soiuh
wall of eight-foot high panels of glass with a
view of (Caiawi.ssa .VIoimtain and surrounding
areas. The north wall hosts a 55' x 8.5' climbing wall. Also in the center are the free weight
rooms with mirrors on the north wall, multipurpose room for aerobics and dance, and foiu"
glass-backed racquetball courts that are adapt-
and
able for wallyball.
The center covers 5H,000 square
fully
fimded through
recreation fee.
feet
a self-assessed
and
is
student
18
Student Services
bachelor of
Center for Counseling and
The
Human Development
5 p.m.,
C^ounselin^ and Human
Development provides individual counseling
and workshops in a variety of areas including
study skills, assertiveness, effective communication, racism, sexism, human sexuality, drug
and alcohol abuse, eating disorders (anorexia
and bulimia), stress reduction and relaxation,
time management and many other ai eas relating to daily living. In addition to individual
coimseling, group seminar workshops are conducted in classes and resident halls. The center also pro\ides support groups for non-tradi-
The
(>entei" for
arts in sociology.
child center
is
open from
Monday through
7:4.t
a.m. to
Friday. (Children be-
tween the ages of 18 months to 12 years are
There is a fee and advanced registra-
eligible.
tion is required. The center operates on the
same schedule as the university calendar.
Throughout the academic year, the centei
operates separate classrooms for toddlers,
three-year-olds,
(Children
and fom- and
mav enjoy learning
flve-vear-olds.
stations, circle
time, stories and music. In the summer, the
center provides a school-age program with a
day camp atmosphere and manv activities and
field trips.
For furthei information, please
call
(717)
tional students.
All services are conJideniKii Infoi niation
is
released only with the verbal (-//(r/ written consent of the student. The (Center for (Counsel-
ing and Human Development is located on the
top floor of Ben Franklin Hall in Room 17.
Office hours are 8 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Monday
through Friday. Special appointments are available weekends and/(jr evenings. Twenty-four
hour coverage
is available by calling (717) .S89Adult students are encouraged to take
advantage of the center's many services.
425.'i.
Multicultural Center
The
Oenter, located in the
Kehr Union Building, provides an additional
forum for the education of Bloomsbm g University's campus commimity. The center spon.sors and co-sponsors programs and activities
that focus on the contributions of those Americans who represent diverse cultures at Bloomsburg University. The center also coordinates
Multi( ultiM
al
programming.
Child Care Center
Accommodative Services
The Office of Accommodative Services, located in Ben Franklin Hall, offers a wide range
of activities designed to support and enhance
the performance of students with disabilities.
Sei vices include, but are not limited to: provision of accommodative testing, notetakers,
scribes, interpreters, readers, auxiliarv aides,
adaptive equipment. The office also serves as
a liaison between students and faculty in class-
room accommodation.
Accommodative Services also stands as an
advocate for students regarding issues of accommodation beyond the classroom and acts
as a liaison with other campus offices. The office is in routine contact with state vocational
rehabilitation
and visual
the student
receiving adequate support from
is
both the university and other agencies.
some instances, documentation of the
may be required; all candidates are
strongly encouraged to contact Peter B.
\A'alters, director of Accommodative Services,
In
disability
at (717) .S89-4491
The Oampus Ohild (letiter, located on the
lower Ie\el of ElwcU Hall, operates as a preschool/davcare facility foi the children of imiversity students, faculty, staff and alunmi.
Licensed b\ the state of Pennsshania, the
center is diiected by Judy Coleman Brinicli. a
certified teacher with 17 years of experience,
master's degrees in education and exceptionalities and a bachelor of science in early childhood education. Kiith)' Johnson, assistant director, has eight years of experience, a mastei
of science in early childhood education and a
services to en.sure that
(\-TDD).
A comprehensive
discussion of anticipated needs is a nilical process in the formation of a plan lor accommodative support.
Graduate Student Council
The (iradiiate Student Council is officiallv
recognized by Bloomsburg University's Communitv (iovernment A.ssociation as the executive branch of the graduate student body. The
coimcil serves as an intermediary between the
graduate student bodv. the assistant vice pi esi-
19
Student Services
dent and dean of graduate studies and research, graduate faculty, administrators and
but must do so
student representatives who make recommendations on ciuriculum and policy for the imiversity 's graduate program.
If you do pay the fee, you may wish
purchase a community activities card for
your family, which entitles them to some of the
to
to
student-governed and operated facility serving as a forum for programs presented by stuly
dent, academic
and outside organizations. The
union provides
facilities for
many
services in-
cluding a large food coin t and snack bar, and
houses the Office of Student Life, the Health
(Center and the Career Development and Placement Outer. Also located in the imion are the
Information Onter, Commimity Acti\ities Office, Student Activities Office, as well as many
student offices.
The Kehr Union Information Center, located inside the main entrance to the Kehr Union
Building, pro\ides an information exchange
for the entire uni\ersity community. Open seven days a week during the semesters, the center is staffed by student emploN ces and one fulltime coordinator. Student organization mailboxes are located at the center.
The following is available from the center:
phone numbers
and staff;
frequently requested local phone numbers;
i'\ent and activity announcements; and ticket
sales and registrations for Community Government Association events, Program Board activfor students, faculty
Celebrity Artist Series student tickets,
and various other u '\ps and programs.
V\'ith the exchange of your identification
ities.
concerts,
you can borrow the following from the
center: current magazines and newspapers,
card,
it
affords you.
activities fee
from your
bill.
tuition
The
is
paid sepa-
fee (payable
"Community Activities") must be paid
Community
direct-
Kehr
Union Building, Bloomsburg University, 400
E. Second Street, Bloomsburg, PA 17815-l.SOl.
the
ly to
Do
Activities Office,
not include this fee with the fees payable
to the business office.
Current community activities fees for graduate students (paid at one time) are asfollow.s:
One
One
person (one semester): $20
person (two semesters):
Two persons (one semester): $.S2..'iO
Two persons (two semesters): $60
Additional persons (one semester): $6
Additional persons (two semesters): $8
Summer fee: $2 per week
Kehr Union Information Center
TTD
privileges
The coiumunity
rately
The Kehr Union Building is a predominant-
campus
reduced
or no fee.
same
Kehr Union
they desire to utilize
if
athletic facilities or attend events at a
Some work-studv positions for graduate stumay be available in the Student Activi-
dents
ties
Office. (>ontact the
Office for
Some special
munity
•
(4)mmunity
more information
Activities
at (71 7) .S89-446,S.
privileges covered bv the
com-
activities fee:
Free admission for one person to
football games, basketball
home
games and wrestling
matches; movies; dances; imiversity theater
productions; C^ommunity Arts Council cultural events (limited seats available); musical
events; Centennial
and Nelson pools; and
(in summer, one visit
Bloomsburg's town pool
per day).
• Reduced rates for (concert Committeesponsored events, Travel Service-sponsored
trips, and Bloomsburg Theatre Enst nible performances (provided you arri\e one hour before the performance and seats are a\ailable).
telephone aid and conference room kevs.
about
Call (717) 3«9-.S9()() for additional details
services provided.
Celebrity Artist Series
Numerous
Community Activities Office
cultural attractions are brt)ught
to the university
ist
The (x)mmunity Activities Office handles
community activities fee for
collection of the
graduate students and administers emergencv
loans for graduate students who have purchased a community activites sticker. Graduate students are not required to pav the fee.
each
year.
The
C^elebrity Art-
Series features notable performing artists
and groups
— symphony orchestras, musical
companies and popular personis sponsored by the (Community Arts Council, which is comprised equalh'
of faculty members, students and communitN
epresentati\es. Faculty, staff and students who
troupes, dance
alities.
1
The
series
20
Student Services
have paid a community
vicieci
seating
on
activities fee are pro-
a limited basis.
A subscription
plan is available for preferred seating and may
be obtained from the Office of Academic Support SeiTices located in lower Luzerne Hall.
Provost's Lecture Series
The Pro\<)st"s Lecture Series provides a
public forimi for the university, as well as surroimding communities, to share the fruits of
learning. Scholars, executives, journalists and
professionals from all various walks of life are
campus to speak about academic
and special topics of interest. Faculty members often encourage students to attend events
invited to
i.s-
siies
related to their discipline.
and open
to the public.
The
events are free
21
Admission Information
Admission Information
er in this catalog.
to graduate studies and an application form,
contact the Office of Graduate Studies, Room
109, Waller Administration Building. Bloomsbiug University, 400 E. Secc^nd Street, Bloomsburg, PA 17815-l.SOl; telephone (717) 3894015, fax (717) ,389-30.54.
Minimal Entrance Requirements
Foreign Applicants
Minimal requirements for applicants for
graduate study include an undergraduate quality point average (Q.P.A.) of at least 2.5 on a
4.0 scale and possession of a baccalain eate
degree from an accredited college or imiversity. hi addition, most applicants will be required
Individuals from foreign countries must
complete a separate Graduate Admissions Ap-
Entrance requirements to graduate studies
Bloomsbiirg University vary according to the
program to which you apply. Details of specific degree program requirements are discussed
inider the program descriptions presented latat
to take either the
Graduate Record Exam,
Mill-
er Analogies Test, National Teacher Examination,
or Graduate
Management Admissions
Test as required by the progi am.
Application
To piu sue any graduate program of study,
either degree or non-degree, an indixidual
must complete an Application for Admission
to Graduate Studies, pay the $25 application
and have an official transcript of all imdergraduate grades sent to us directK from the
fee,
institution
ed.
An
from which the
indi\iclual
indix idual graduatseeking admission to a de-
gree program may need to fulfill additional requirements established by the department
which offers the degree program.
The application, with the $25, fee is sent to
the Business Office, Waller Administration
Building, Transcripts and other supporting
documentation are to be sent to the Office of
Graduate Studies and not the department to
which the student is applying. (Completion of
the admission process is required before the
student can be fulh admitted to a prt)gram.
Therefore, it is advised that prospecti\e students complete the application as soon as possible prior to the semester in which they intend to enroll. .Applications that are not completed in one year are destroved.
For more information regarding admission
plication for International Students. This ap-
form is available from the Office of
Graduate Studies, Room 109, Waller Administration Building, Bloomsburg University, 400
E. Second Street, Bloomsburg, PA 17815-1301,
U.S.A. International applicants must have the
results from the Test of English as a Foreign
Language (TOEFL) and the Test of Spoken
plication
English (TSE), if available in the country of
residence, submitted directly to the Office of
Graduate Studies from the Educational Testing Service, P. O. Box 6151, Princeton, NJ
08541-6151, U.S.A.
Bloomsburg L'ni\ersitv requires a minimum
score of 550 on the TOEFE. Results from the
test taken more than two years prior to the date
submitted will not be considered. Acceptance
as a graduate student does not constitute a
guarantee of financial assistance. It is rare for
international students to receive a graduate
assistantship during their first year of study.
All international applicants must have their
applications complete at least four months
prior to the start of the semester for which thev
are applying.
Testing
Cii
aduate students
will
be required to com-
plete anv testing required bv their department,
Miller Analogies Test, Graduate Record
Examination (GRE), National Teacher Examination (NTE). and Graduate Management
Admissions Test (GM.AT). Anv fees for testing
must l)e paid b\ the student.
i.e..
22
Admission Information
established by the degree program; and be
under no obligation to make up deficiencies.
Graduate Student Categories
Graduate students at Bloomsbui I'nixeisitv mav be admitted into one of the following
four categories:
Non-Degree (Gategon 510)
— Persons who
desire graduate level nniversit)' instruction, but
earn a master's degree, mav
non-degree students provided
they present official transcripts denoting graduation from an accredited undergraduate col-
do not intend
be admitted
to
as
is the categoiy for students who are auditing a course or enrolled in
the supervisory certificate program.
Non-degree students mav apply to the Graduate School for transfer lo provisional or regular status. However, no more than 12 semester hours earned as a non-degree student mav
be later applied toward a master s degree, except when special permission is granted bv the
Assistant \'ice President and Dean of Graduate Studies and Research.
lege or universitv. This
—
Provisional (GategoiT 520/530)
A student may be admitted as provisional in a degree program when the student po.sse.sses a
baccalaiueate degree biu does not meet the
criteria for regular admission. The student ma\
have an undergraduate scholastic record which
shows promise. biU less than the 2.5 Q.P.A. required for regular admission. The reasons for
a student's provisional status will be specified
in the letter of
admission.
A provisional student must earn a minimum
Q.P.A. of 3.0 in the
first
Only a regular graduate student is eligible for
admission to candidacy for a master's degree
(see details on page 28 in this catalog). Regular graduate students must maintain a mininuim Q.P.A. of ?>.0. If a legular graduate student is iKjt admitted to master's candidacv after completing 15 semester hours, the student
may be transferred to non-degree status f)r be
subject to dismissal procedures at the discretion of the Assistant Vice President and Dean
of (iraduate Studies and Research.
—
Degree (Candidate (C^ategon 550)
Upon
admission to candidacy for a master's degree,
students are placed in a new categoiy If a student does not maintain a 3.0 Q.P.A. or if the
student does not complete the graduate program in six vears from the date of admission
to graduate school, then the student can be
transferred to non-degree status or be subject
to dismissal procedures. Exceptions to this
policy are with the approval of the Assistant
\'ice President and Dean of Graduate Studies
and Research.
Readmission
If a graduate student has not enrolled in
anv graduate course for a two-year period, the
student's record is marked "withdrawn" and
placed in the inactive files. A new application
and $25 fee must then be submitted for reacti-
vation.
6 to 9 semester hours
of graduate study at Bloomsburg Univ ersity in
order to be eligible for regular student status.
If this Q.P.A. requirement is attained, transfer
to regular student status
is
automatic upon
certification by the student's adviser that
all
deficiencies are corrected. If not attained, the
student ma\ be dismissed.
—
Regular (C'ategory .540)
A regular gradis a degree-seeking student who
meets all criteria for regular admission to a
program of the student s choice. The student
must possess a baccalaureate degree from an
accredited college or universitv must have an
undergraduate Q.P.A. of at least 2.5 on a 4.0
scale: have scores on the Graduate Record
Examination (GRE). Graduate .Management
Admissions Test (G\L\T) Miller Analogies Test
(MAT), or National Teachers Examination
(NTE) that are acceptable to the program of
the student's choice: have met all the criteria
uate student
Graduate Courses
in the Senior
Year
Gurrent Bloomsburg Universitv undergraduates mav register for graduate courses under
certain conditions. First, thev can onlv take a
graduate course during the semester thev will
complete their undergraduate degree, and
thev must need less than a full load of classes
to graduate. Second, a recommendation from
their undergraduate adviser is required. These
students must follow the regular graduate application process.
;
,
Audits
Vou mav audit a graduate course for selfimprovement. \'ou must follow the regular
graduate application process, pav
all
the re-
V
1
23
Admission Information
and obtain the approval of the
and Dean of GraduStudies and Research. When you audit a
quired
fees,
Assistant Vice President
ate
,
tests. L'pon
completion of an audited comse, a grade of
is recoixled on \
course, you are not required to take
Off-Campus Courses
Bloomsbiu'g often offers graduate coiuses
other locations in the (Commonwealth.
These graduate courses are open to students
who are not enrolled in a master's program at
Bloomsbiu'g University; howexer. these students mirst obtain approval from the Assistant
Vice President and Dean of Graduate Studies
and Research to enroll in these cla.sses and
must complete an application for admission to
Graduate Studies prior to the completion of
the semester in which thev are enrolled.
at
Graduate assistantships are available for students pursuing a master's degree. The number of assistantships in any particular program
or department can vary. Stipends are awarded
by the Assistant Vice President and Dean of
Graduate Studies and Research upon the recommendation of departments that have graduate programs. Stipends are available dining
the academic year and the summer se.ssions.
Most students are granted assistantships for
one semester at a time. Some graduate students, however, are granted assistantships imder a two-semester contract.
Assistantships are either "half-time" which
require 20 hoin s of work each week or "quarter-time" which require 10 hoin s of work each
week. Both types of assistantships carry a partial tuition waiver. In addition, half-time graduate assistants receive a stipend of $2,1 18 for
the semester while quarter-time graduate a.ssistants receive a $1 ,0,59 stipend for the semester. Summer stipends are $H25.
As pari
Refunds
of the imiversity's
commitment
to
Affirmative Action, 10 graduate assistantships
are targeted for minority graduate students.
withdrawals require the approval of the
Assistant Vice President and Dean of Ciraduate Studies and Research. Immediately after
withdrawal, a letter requesting a refimd must
be directed to the .Assistant Vice President for
Administration, Business Office, Bloomsburg
The reqiurements and conditions of appointment for these assistantships are identical to
University.
to the
All
If you mirst withdraw from a course, you
might receive a partial refiuid of course fees,
depending on when you withdraw. Except for
minimim f orf eit of advanced deposits, refimds
for tuition will be based on the following schedule (subject to change) if applicable after the
first full class day of each semester:
First through second week
Third through fourth \veek
Fifth through eighth week
.\fter
the eighth
90%
50%
25%
0%
week
A
student who does not attend class for
which he or she has been properl)' scheduled
and does not submit a request to add/drop/
withdraw comses by the appropriate dates is
liable for billing and will not be eligible for
refund.
regular assistantships.
Applications for regular and minority graduate assistantships are available at the Office
Graduate Studies and should be submitted
department or program to which you
are apph ing. L'pon award of a graduate assi.stantship, you will be provided with the document "Griteria for Graduate Assistantship" by
the Office of Graduate Studies. This document
describes (iraduate School policies for the adof
ministration of assistantships.
Other Forms of Aid
Some
ma\ be offered in
Program coordinators
federal fellowships
selected fields of study.
should be contacted regarding availabilitv. In
addition, the Pennsylvania Higher Education
Assistance .Agency
Loan Program
is
a\ailable
program. For
more information regaiding these forms of financial aid, contact the Of fice of Financial Aid,
Ben Franklin Hall, Bloomsburg L'niversity, 400
E. Second Street, Blo< )msburg! PA 1 78 5-1 30
(717) 389-4279 or (717) .W)'-4297.
as well as the student woi k-studv
1
Financial Help/Assistantships
Bloomsburg
L'ni\ersit\
pro\ides se\eral
o])tions to help graduate students tlnanciallv.
24
Tuition
Tuition and Fees
All fees
(ire
subject to rhatige ivilhout notice.
Pennsylvania residents
$1S7 per semester hour
Less than 9 semester hours
9-15 semester hours
Over 15 semester
$1,685 per semester
$187 per semester hour
hcjiirs
Out-of-State residents
Less than 9 semester hours
9-15 semester hours
S3.S6 per semester
hour
$3,027 per semester
$336 per semester hour
Over 15 semester hours
Student Union fee
One
to four semester
hours
Five to eight semester hours
Nine or more semester hours
$15
$30
$60
Student Health Service
Nine or more semester hours
Eight or less semester hoins
837 obligator\
Not required
Academic equipment
One to
semester hours
SI
Twelve or more semester hours
SI 32 per semester
1 1
1
per semester hour
Student Union Operational Fee
semester hours
One to
Twelve or more semester horn s
1
1
S2.25 per semester hour
$26 per semester
Recreational
One
to eleven semester hoin
s
S6 per semester hoiu
TweU e or more semester hoiu s
S71
Graduation and diploma
$10
(does not cover cost of academic regalia)
Late registration fee
$10
Late payment fee
$25
All students taking
nine or more semester hours and
all
interna-
tional students are required to ha\e healtii insuiaiice. Students
mav
also enroll in the uni\ersit\ "s student he
and Fees
Academic
25
Policies
Academic
Policies
Responsibilities of a graduate student at
Bloomsburg University include:
• Each student will take the
be aware of
in this catalog
initiative to
university policies as described
all
and
in class
schedules.
Each student will take responsibility
requirements for graduation in
•
satisfying
or her
for
his
field.
While graduate advisers and staff will asstudents, decisions on coiuses and other
•
sist
matters rest with the student.
• Each student should identify any undergraduate weakness or deficiency and discirss
them with graduate advisers. (Such weaknes.ses might include, but are not limited to, not
having proper undergraduate prerequisites for
the desired graduate program.)
• Students are expected to attend all classes and take all examinations. Absences from
graduate cla.sses are granted only for urgent
and verifiable reasons; students granted an
ab.sence from class can expect assistance from
professors in making up work or examinations.
Students who are provisional, regular or
candidates for a degree, along with students
enrolled in the Super\isory Certificate Programs, are assigned graduate advisers.
duties of the ach iser are:
• to serve as a consultant in
student's
planning the
program
help students choose courses
the courses students do choo.se
are part of their degree program
• to endorse the student's application for
degree candidacy and graduation (if appropriate to your program)
• and to arrange for a comprehensive examination (if required by the graduate pro• to
• to certify
gram
selected).
Upon
acceptance into a program of study,
program coordinator is usually assigned as
a temporary adviser. A permanent adviser is
.selected by the student and tempoiary advisthe
taking into accoimt the student's lesearch
interests. If this indiv idual accepts
the student as advisee, she/he is formally ap-
er,
and career
partment involved.
Non-degree students are not assigned ad-
They may regard the Assistant Vice President and Dean of Graduate Studies and Research as their adviser for choosing com ses and
visers.
interpreting academic regulations.
Scheduling, Registration, and
Course Information
Students register for graduate courses
through the Registrar's Office, except for students in non-degree status who submit their
registration materials directly to the Office of
Graduate Studies.
Any graduate student who does not attend
which he or she has been properly
scheduled and does not submit a request for
add/ drop/withdraw courses by the appropriate dates is liable for billing and will not be
class for
eligible for a refund.
Advisers
The
pointed permanent adviser by the Assistant
Vice President and Dean of Graduate Studies
and Research upon recommendation of the de-
The course load each semester for a fulltime student is 12 semester hours (for financial aid purposes, full time is 9 credits and
over). For students employed full time, hf)wever, the maximiun course load each semester
is 6 semester hours.
For half-time graduate
assistants, the course load is 6 to 9 semester
hours; for quarter-time graduate assistants, 9
to 12 semester hours.
For summer sessit)ns, the maximum
course load is 1 semester hour per week of fulltime course work. (For example, if the summer session is six full weeks, the maximum
course load during that session is 6 semester
hours).
Gredit is measured in terms of semester
horns, at the rate of 1 semester hour for 15
hours of lecture/discussion work plus final
examinations.
Gourses numbered 500 or higher in this
catalog (the last three digits of the course number) are graduate courses. Gom ses numbered
lower than 500 that are listed in this catalog
are open to both graduate students and advanced luidergraduates. Graduate students
;
26
Academic
may apply
numbered
only 12 semester hours of courses
4(){) to 500 that are listed in this catalog toward a master's degree.
Transfer of Credits
of two courses in which a grade of C; has been
recfuded (totalling not more than 6 semester
hours) may be repeated upon application to
the Assistant Vice President and Dean of Graduate Studies and Research. The application
shall
be approved upon request
the student's graduate
Students may transfer up to nine semeshours in graduate courses taken at another approved college or university with the approval of the adviser and the Assistant Vice
President and Dean of Graduate Studies and
Research. A request for transfer credits must
be made at the time of the application for candidacy and submitted on an application form
ter
available in the Office of Ciraduate Studies.
After formal admission to the School of
Graduate Studies, all requests to take and tran.sfer graduate credits must be pre-approved by
the program coordinator. Students must have
taken the course(s) in residence and the content of the course(s) must match the required
areas of study in the student's master's program
at Bloomsburg. Transfer credit must be capable of counting toward a graduate degree at
the institution at which the coiuse was taken.
Also, students must have earned a grade of B
or higher. Gredit for a pass/fail grade is not
transferable.
In general, workshop format
courses are not acceptable in transfer; however, if
the
ments,
workshop
it
f
ulfills
the following require-
may be considered
lor transfer to
Bloomsburg L'ni\ersit\
• The workshop should
consist of 45 conhours (15 contact hours per semester
hour) for a 3-semester hour course
• The workshop must include exposure
to the disciplinary research literatiue approtact
priate to the coiuse
•
The workshop must
include the oppor-
work such as term or research
papers or other major assignments appropi itunity for outside
Policies
in writing
by
program coordinator
and department chairperson.
The initial grade remains on the transcript
as part of the student's permanent record. The
grade of the repeated course is part of the permanent record and is used to calculate the student's qualit) point average. A course mav be
repeated only once. A course taken at Bl(jomv
burg University in which a grade of D or E has
been earned must be repeated at Bloomsburg
University. Although this is a general graduate school policy, individual departments or
graduate programs mav implement more stringent requirements.
Academic Grievance Procedure
Alleged academic injustices relating to
grades or professional conduct should be resohed informally, if possible. The student
should first discuss the matter with the concerned faculty member, appropriate chairperson, and college dean or the .Assistant \'ice
President and Dean of Graduate Studies and
Reseai'ch. In order for the matter to be resolved
expeditiously, the consultation (s) should take
place as soon as possible af ter the alleged incident has occurred. If informal attempts to resolve the matter are unsuccessful, the student
should consult with the Assistant Vice President
and Dean of Graduate Studies and Research
who will inform the student of prt)cedures for
initiating a formal grievance with the .Academic Grievance Cxiordinator for a hearing before
the Academic Grievance Board.
ate to a graduate course
•
The workshop must be
taught as part of
degree curriculimi of the imiversity
Professional
at which the coiuse was taken.
development workshops are not acceptable.
No more than 12 semester hoin s of credit may be transferred from graduate programs
at Bloomsburg University toward a second
a master's
master's degree.
Repeat of Courses
.\
of
D
maximum
or
F.
of one course
ha\f been Tecoided
in
which grades
oi a
maxinumi
Academic Probation
A graduate student
not maintaining satismay be placed in
factorv academic progress
academic probationary
limited to a
status.
Enrollment
maximimi of 9 semester hours
is
for
the grading period in probationary status. A
student on academic probation is not eligible
to hold a graduate assistantship. To be removed from academic probation, a graduate
student with a qualitv point average deflciencv
must attain the minimum overall qualitv point
as required b\ the .School of
average of ?iA)
—
Academic
27
Policies
Graduate Studies and Research for regular
graduate students and degree candidates. A
with the approval of the Assistant Vice President for Graduate Studies and Research, a pro-
student
who attains a 3.0 Q.P.A. or higher for
grading period in academic probationan- status, but does not attain the required overall Q.P.A. may be recommended by his or her
academic adviser, the giaduate piogram coor-
gram may readmit
the
latter instance, the
first
Ciradu-
dinator,
sion of the council
minimal standards for satisfactoiT progress will
be notified by the Assistant Vice President and
Dean of Graduate Studies and Research. Failure to request academic probation will result
in academic dismissal. Such students may submit a request in writing to their academic advisers to be granted academic probation. Upon
recommendation of the academic adviser,
graduate program coordinator, and department chairperson, and approval b) the A.ssistant Vice President and Dean of (iraduate
Studies and Research, probationaiT status will
be granted. Exceptions to these procediues
imder extraordinan circimistances will be by
'
six-year limitation
Assistant Vice President
and the department cliairperson to the
and Dean of (iraduate Studies and Research for continuation on
probation for one additional grading period.
Graduate students who fail to meet the
I
normal
for expired courses shall be applied.
academic reasons
may appeal their dismissal within one year, in
writing, to the Graduate (Council. The deci-
,
'
a dismis.sed student. In the
written request to the Assistant Vice President
and Dean of Graduate Studies and Research.
ate students dismissed for
is
final.
Examinations
As part of the master's degree requirement, a comprehensive examination is likely
to be required. Also, an examination in defetise
of a master's thesis
who choose
is
required of students
to write a thesis.
Master's Thesis or
Departmental Paper
Normally, the master's thesis consists of
an independent scholarly investigation which
includes the experience of collecting, assembling, interpreting, and presenting a body of
information to solve a formal research probin the student's academic or professional
field. Alternatively, it can include the preparation and exhibition or presentation of creative works in certain programs. The School
of Graduate Studies requires that a thesis be a
minimum of 6 semester hours. If the thesis is
greater than 6 hours, only 6 semester hours
may be counted toward degree requirements.
It a master's thesis is included in the student's piogram, a committee is appointed by
the Assistant Vice President and Dean of (Graduate Studies and Research from individuals
nominated by the student's adviser. A "Form
lem
I
Academic Dismissal
A graduate student
factoiT progress,
who
is
not maintaining satisnot permitted to en-
status, is excluded from
and the student's academic record
marked "academic dismissal."
roll in
probationary
registration,
!
is
I
Dismissal is automatic if the overall Q.P.A.
below the miniminn alter two grading periods in probationary status or after failing to
pass the (Comprehensive Examination two
I
is
(
f
\
times while in probationary status. Dismissal
is also aiUomatic upon receipt of grades below
G in two graduate comses. A graduate student imder academic dismissal is not eligible
to attend coiuses offered in the School of
Graduate Studies for a period of at least one
calendar year.
A dismissed graduate student may, after a
period of one year, reapply to the School of
Graduate Studies in order to imdertake studies in a new degree program or to fin ther theii'
studies in non-degree statirs. A graduate student is not permitted to register for anv coiuses in a program from which he or she was disa
I
I
missed.
L'nder exceptional circimistances and
fo) the ApjioiiitmcDt of
d
Thrsis (A>mmittfi'"\s avail-
able for this purpose from the Of fice of Grad-
uate Studies. The committee guides the studv,
approves the thesis in both form and content,
arranges for the defense, certifies satisfactory
completion of the thesis, and determines the
grade.
Final copies of every thesis must lUili/.e the format as presented in "Master's Thesis: Procedures," and must be printed on 100
percent cotton paper suitable for archiving
such as that available at the Universitv Store.
Some master's degree requirements include a departmental pa|3er. Such a papei is
interpreted as one that grows out of a coiu.se
and theiefore does not require special registration or carrv
its
own
credit.
Completion of
28
Academic
a departmental
paper must be certified bv voiir
faculty adviser as part of the application for
graduation.
Information about master's thesis proce-
dures and departmental paper procedures is
available from the Office of Graduate Studies
and should be read by all graduate students
prior to beginning a thesis or departmental
paper project.
Human
or Animal Research
In cases
where
a student research requires
Policies
happens, the student will be put
list for required c Once the student has been accepted as a
candidate for a master's degree, the student is
If this
size.
on
a priority waiting
Bloomsburg UniDevelopment Center.
eligible to u.se the service of
versits's (Career
Time
Limitation
Each student is expected to complete the
requirements for a master's degree within six
calendar vears. This includes courses accepted bv transfer. Bkjomsbiug Universitv will
the use of any hiunan or animal subjects, the
grant extensions for sufTicient reason,
student must seek appropriate approvals
through the Institutional Review Board for
plication to the .Assistant X'ice President
Human
Subjects and/or the Institutional .Animal C-are and Use (Committee. Students should
with the approval of the student's adviser. This
discuss the application process with their fac-
year period ends.
al
and obtain the appropriate approvapplication forms from the Office of Grants
in
W aller .\dministration
Dean
of
upon apand
Graduate Studies and Research and
extension must be requested before the
six-
ulty adviser
Admission
to
Building.
Candidacy
Students must apph for candidacv between 9 and 15 semester horns of graduate
work. Applications for admission to candidacy are available from the Office of Graduate
Studies.
Under
certain circimistances, the
sistant \'ice President
Studies and Research
.\s-
and Dean of Graduate
may grant an extension.
Students must meet the following conditions for admission to candidacy for a master's
degree:
The student must be admitted
Graduation Requirements
Students who are completing degree programs must applv for graduation at the Office
f)f the Registrar. Room 6. Ben Franklin Hall,
telephone (717) .S89-42b.S. and pav the graduation fees prior to the deadline listed in the
imiversin calendar.
Each program
that leads to a master's de-
gree at Bloomsburg Universitv requires at least
semester hours of graduate credit. Courses
with grades below C. earn no credit toward a
master's degree.
Students must have a cumulative Q.P..\.
of 3.0 or higher to graduate with a master's
as a reg-
degree from Bloomsburg University.
The Graduate Calendar in this catalog
of all undergraduate
gives deadlines for applving for graduation,
and previous graduate studv must be on file
with the Assistant \'ice President and Dean of
Graduate Studies and Research.
• Required testing must be completed
along with any other program requirements.
completion of thesis and departmental papers,
comprehensive examinations, etc. These are
deadlines, but students should plan to complete each segment before the due date, when-
•
ular graduate student.
• Official transcripts
•
of
Students must have a
minimum
3.0.
•
The
the student
application mirst be endorsed b\
s
Graduate Transcripts
adviser.
Students applying for candidacy for the
Master of Education program must have evidence of a valid teaching certificate. Please
check with the appropriate program coordinator for verification of this requirement.
.\dmission for candidacy to a master's
degree program might be deferred if needed
coursesare imavailable because of limited class
•
ever possible.
Q.P..\.
Students mav request a graduate tranthrough the Registrar's Office. This ma\
be done bv letter, or bv filling oiu a form available at the Registrar's Office. The cost per transcript
script
is
$2.
Academic
Policies
Grades
Grades and their commensurate quality
points are as follows:
A
4.00 (superior attainment)
A-
S.67
B+
3.33 (above average attainment)
B
3.00
B-
2.67
C;+
2.33
C
2.00 (average attainment)
C-
1
D+
1.33
.67
D
1.00
E
0.00 (failure)
F
Failing grade in thesis/research
(minimum attainment)
Incomplete; work must be complet-
I
ed within
fbiu'
months unless the
Assistant Vice Piesident for
Graduate Studies and Research
extends the pel iod for adequate
reason. If the work is not made up,
the grade is changed to N, and the
student is denied further opportunity to complete the work.
Passing grade in thesis/ research
Research in progress
Withdrawn with approval of the
P
R
W
Assistant Vice President for
Graduate Studies and Research.
Thi'
graduate student must
apjily to the
Assistant Vice President fnr (iraduale
Studies
and
withdraw.
Reseairli j(n jjertniwioti to
If this
permission
is
reijuested
midpoint of the semester, the trrade
W. If the withdrawal is ajter the
before
is
midpoint of the semester, the grade is W'
is passing the
providing the student
course,
and E
otherwise.
The Registrar
establishes the semester's midpoint.
V
X
Audit
No grade reported. This temporary
notation is recorded until an
official grade is received.
This notation appears when a
course has been repeated. A course
ma\ be repeated only once.
GR
To
cess:
1.
calculate your Q.P.A., follow this pro-
multiply the
number
of qualitv points
for each grade by the niuiiber of semester
hours for that course; 2. add these points; 3.
divide this total by the sum of the semester
hours for all grades used in your computation.
\A'hen a com se has been repeated, use only the
last
entrx.
30
31
Programs of Study
Art Studio and Art History
32
Master of Arts
Art History and Art Studio
Coordinator: Vera
Tel. (717)
L. Vidit/-W'ard,
M.F.A.
389-4646
Fax (717) 389-4946
be noted and an appropriate course of
A thesis and an exhibition of
creative work are required for art studio majors. A thesis and presented paper are required
will
study outlined.
for art histf)ry majors.
About Art History
Retention and Candidacy
The master of arts program in art history
develops an advanced knowledge base, writing
proficiency and research skills enabling the
student to pursue a variety of professional options. A minimum of 30 semester hours of credit is required including a thesis ba.sed on the
student's area of interest. In conjunction with
the student's committee, an individuali/ed program of study is designed. Opportunities for
interdisciplinary and off-campus experiences
are available.
About Art Studio
The master of arts program in art studio
emphasizes the development of creative and
scholarly competencies in one or more of the
following studio areas: drawing, crafts, ceramgraphics, painting or sculpture, with concurrent or parallel work in the areas of art hi.sics,
tory, philosophy and psychology of art, art education and visual aesthetics for a minimum
f)f 30 semester hours.
Admission
In addition to
meeting the general admis-
sion requirements tor the School of (iraduate
must also include a oneand philosophy. Those choosing the master's degree in
art studio need to submit an 8" x 10" plastic
Studies, applicants
p.ige statement of their objectives
sleeve of slides representative of their creative
work.
Upon
acceptance, students are required
appear for a personal interview with the
department chairperson, program coordinatoi
and an adviser in their major field. At this time,
any deficiencies in the applicant's background
to
Students must maintain a cumulative Q.P..-\.
of 3.0 of higher and apply for admission to
candidacy after completing 9 to 15 semester
hours of course work.
Graduation
Art studio majors will choose an area of
concentration consisting of four levels of the
selected specialization along with selected elective courses as suggested by their committee.
Art history majors will specialize in an area of
studv along with advanced general studies. A
minimum of 30 semester hours is required; this
number may be exceeded depending on the
student's program. All other graduation re-
quirements for
Gallery,
progiam are the same
Graduate Studies.
this
for the .School of
as
Permanent Art and
Slide Collections
The department operates the Haas Gallery
of Art, which features monthly exhibitions of
varied art forms. A special exhibition of student art work is held annuallv, and an exhibition organized and planned h\ students in the
art gallerv course is held in the spring of each
vear In addition, an art student intern maintains a small ai galler\ space in the .Multicultural (Center of the student union. The department of art maintains an extensive permanent
art collection of more than 400 pieces with
works displayed throughout the campus. The
department's slide collection numbers more
than 50,000 units.
I
33
Art Studio and Art History
Faculty Research Interests
Required Courses
Graduate courses
32.510-13
32.520-23
32.530-33
32.540-43
32.550- 53
32.580-83
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
32.595
Directed Study
32.500-3
Ceramics I, II, III, IV
Drawing I, II, III, IV
Crafts
I,
IV
II, III,
Graphics
—
—
Gary
Clark, M.A., associate professor —
computer and video technology, drawing
Stewart
Nagel, M.F.A., professor —
Karl A. Beamer, M.F.A., associate professor
in art studio:
I, II,
III,
crafts
F.
IV
Painting I, II, III, I\'
Sculpture I, II, III, IV
Photography
in the
ceramics and sculpture
C^arol B. Burns, M.F.A., associate professor
I, II, III, IV
Studio Arts
L.
graphics
Christine M. Sperling, Ph.D., associate professor
Renaissance art histon
—
sor — drawing
Vera
Viditz-Ward, M.F.A., associate professor — photography
Walters, Ph.D., associate professor
Charles
— American and Oriental history
BarbaraJ. Strohman, M.F.A., associate profes-
Graduate Courses
in
Art History include:
L.
31.560
31.565
31.570
31.575
Readings and Research
in
Contemporary Art History
Readings and Research in
American Art History
Readings and Research in
Em opean Art History
Readings and Research in
Oriental Art History
31.580
Readings and Research
in
Architectinal Art History
31.585
31.592
Art and Cultin e of France
31.595
30.590
Directed Study in Art History
Current Theories in Art and
Art Education
30.591
Visual
30.595
Readings and Research in
Ad\anced Visual Aesthetics
.\rts of the
Exceptional Child
Master s Thesis
The preceding coin ses in art studio and art
histon cany 3 semester hours of credit, except
for 31.595 and 32.595 (Directed Study) which
earn- variable credit and 30.595 Master's Thesis which carries 3 to 6 semester horn s.
T.
art
34
Communication Studies
Master of Arts
Communication Studies
Coordinator: Timothy
B.
Rumboiigh, Ph.D.
Tel. (717) .S89-4184
E-mail: riimbongh@planetx.bloonni.edu
Applicants
ues through perst)nal or mediated interaction.
Using a variety of research tools, students
di.scover the role communication plays in interpersonal, small group, public and organizational situations.
A master's degree in communication prepares graduates for doctoral study in communication and for careers in a number of areas
including business, law, medicine, education,
government, media, public relations, advertising, arts and entertainment, social and human
services, high technologv industries, and international relations and negotiations.
not meet
all
of the
re-
gram faculty to di.scuss special circumstances
or mav petition, in writing, for a waiver of select
The purpose of this program is to enhance
the undeistanding of the philosophy, theory
and practice of the means by which himian
beings exchange information, ideas and val-
who do
quirements may request an intemew with pro-
entrance requirements.
Retention
meeting the general retenGraduate
.Studies, a graduate student in communication
must earn a minimum grade of B in each of
the four core courses to remain in good academic standing. Students may be given the opIn addition to
tion requirements for the School of
portunity to retake a course after review of special
circumstances by program
faculty.
Graduation
.\
minimum
of 30 semester hours in graduis required for graduation.
ate-level courses
Required Courses
Admission
In addition to
meeting the general admis-
sion requirements for the School of Graduate
Studies, applicants for the Master of Arts in
Core Courses (12 semester hours)
2?>.^()\
23.502
Nature of Communication
Interpersonal (Communication
Organizational Comminiication
Introduction to Comminiication
Research
Comminiication program must submit:
• Ciraduate Record Examination scores.
• Three letters of recommendation from indi\ iduals who have the knowledge to comment
on the applicant's potential to successfully complete a graduate program.
• Evidence of completion of two to three
basic comminiication studies courses includ-
A minimum
ing, but not limited to, public speaking, inter-
Department of Communication Studies must
personal comminiication, persuasion and business communication. Applicants without such
preparation will be expected to enroll as auditors in 2.'i.l()4 Interpersonal Communication
and/or other coinse(s) as determined b\' the
be elected.
(iraduate Committee.
• A one-page statement desci ibing the applicant's objectives, goals and direction for
enrolling in
tiie
program.
25.44,5
25.501
Elective CCoinses (18 semester hours)
25.502
25.585
25.586
25.587
of three courses offered by the
Rhetorical Criticism
Special Topics in
Communication
Special Topics in Comminiication
Special Topics in
Communication
Special Topics courses include interviewing
theorv, political connnunication. non\erbal
35
Communication Studies
communication, communication and conflict,
small group communication, cross-cultural
commimication, communication and the sexes, commimication, technology and society,
commimication training in the organization,
family commimication, culture and communication, the rhetoric of social movements, and
computer applications for professional com-
Up to 9 semester hours offered in other
departments may be elected as approved by the
student's ad\iser. Examples of such courses are:
Sociology' of Mass (;ommiuiication
Language and
Ciulture
Laboratory Training
in
(iroup
Processes
48.453
57.572
Organizational P.sychology
Hypermedia Programming
Himian Resoinces Development
93.58.S
A 6-credit
thesis or a
departmental research
optional but strongly recommended
advanced study beyond the
master's degree.
paper
—
Mary Kenny Badami, Ph.D., professor
crosscultiual communication with a focus on
orientation programs; training and interviewing in organizational settings; gender
and race as communication variables
Dale A. Bertelsen, Ph.D., associate professor
— media criticism and
municators.
45.500
46.440
48.451
Faculty Research Interests
political
Janet Reynolds
profe.ssor
Bodenman,
A comprehensive
examination is required.
Dining the semester in which the student completes 24 semester hours of coin se work, or at
its conclusion, an application for the test must
be filed. The examination is a six-hour e.ssay
test that examines the candidate's knowledge
of philosophy, theory, and application of material covered in at least three of the foincore courses and other departmental courses
the candidate has taken to that point. In the
event of failure on the examination, or any part
thereof, the student will be given one ()ppt)rtunity to retake the part(s) failed.
Ph.D., assistant
— interpersonal and small group
processes within organizations
B. Rumbough, Ph.D., assistant pro-
Timothv
fessor
—
communication apprehension;
and commu-
interpersonal communication;
nication education
Howard
N. Schreiei, Ph.D., profe.ssor
— con-
temporary rhetorical theory and criticism;
persuasion in the popular culture; and commimication pedagogy
Kara Shultz, Ph.D., assistant professor
rhe-
—
torical criticism with a focus
is
for those seeking
communi-
cation
studies, feminist discourse,
ment protest
James E. Tomlinson, M.A.,
— organizational
on
cultural
and social move-
associate professor
communiand the impact of commimication
technology on society
cation,
and
political
36
Business Administration
MBA
Business Administration
Coordinator: Patricia M. Boyne, M.S.
Tel. (717) .S89-4753
The
MBA
curriculum blends accounting,
finance, the legal environment,
management information
management,
marketing,
prepare
students for a globally dynamic and competitive business environment.
MBA programs provide theoretical, analytical, and operational skills required to meet
the problem-solving and decision-making challenges in managing business resources. Since
inception in 19.S(), Bloomsbiug University's
College of Business programs have grown to a
current status of serv ing ] ,500 undergraduate
and 100 graduate students.
The graduate faculty employ a variety of
instructional techniques, case studies, applied
research, and group projects to develop and
augment theoretical and practical knowledge.
The graduate faculty in the College of Business are highly trained and actively involved
in research. Interdisciplinar)' graduate faculty
teach a variety of subjects in the MBA programs. Internaticmal exchange programs and
a diverse group of faculty and students tremendously enhance the learning experience.
The degree program is planned to reflect
the curriculum standards of the American A.ssembly of Collegiate Schools of Business.
The MBA programs at Bloomsbin g University recognize the needs, goals, and aspirations
of a diverse group of students. The programs
and international
.system.s,
bu.siness courses to
include:
•
the full-time
MBA
(secjuences are
available for the 9 credit
and
1
2 credit
per term plans)
•
the part-time
MBA
available for the
?>
aptitude for business studies, professional accomplishments, and motivation. Applicants to
the .MBA programs should provide documents
indicating the following:
• baccalaureate degree from an
accredited college or university
• a recommended undergraduate CPA of
at least 2.50
• a recommended score of at least 500 on
the Graduate Management Admission
Test (GMAT)
• a recommended score of at least 550 on
the Test of English as a Foreign Language
(TOEFl,) for international applicants
whose native language is not English
• three letters of recommendation
resume
•
a
•
an
official
copv of
all
academic transcripts
Retention and Candidacy
For special requirements for candidacy into
MBA programs other than those for the
School of Graduate Studies, please contact the
office of the Dean of the Ck)llege of Busine.ss
(717)389-4019.
the
Graduation
The .MBA programs
consist of two levels:
Level 1 consists of business background
courses that are designed to equip students
with the analytical tools and functional principles that are basic to the succe.ssful completion of the MBA. The courses are offered as a
undergraduate curriculum
Bloomsburg University.
If comparable courses have been taken
part of the
(sequences are
credit and 6 credit
per term plans)
faculty of the
at
at
other accredited institutions, the\ may satisfv
all or part of the basic Level 1 requirements.
Students with an undergraduate major in
business administration are likelv to have had
Admission
The graduate
which include past academic achievement,
MBA programs
admit students based on an analysis of a nimiber of fiualitative and quantitative criteria
most Level
•
I
courses.
Financial .Accounting or Principles of
Accounting
II
(91.220 or 91.222)
37
Business Administration
Management
•
Principles of
•
Marketing Principles and
•
Statistics (53.141)
•
Biisine.ss
•
Business Finance (96.313)
•
Micro and Macro Economics
(93.344)
Faculty
Practices (97.310)
Law
Arrou nliiig
Richard L. Baker. Ph.D., professor
Michael C. Blue, Ph.D, associate professor
Nancy Coulmas, Ph.D., associate professor
(98.-331)
E.
(40.211, 40.212)
two courses of mathematics including
one in calculus (.53.123)
one coiu'se in computer techniques or
demonstrated proficiency in computer
•
•
applications (92.150)
Level
Level
II
II
consists of 36 semester hoins.
The
MBA
pro-
foundation courses for the
gram are
as follows:
91.524 Managerial Accounting
93.51 1 Statistical Analysis and Design
97.551 Marketing Management
93.554 Management Information Systems
96.535 Financial Management
93.560 Operations Management
93.566 Organization Behavior
93.558 Social Responsibility and
Business Ethics
93.581 Business Policy
Part-time students have six years to finish
the above program in a logical sequence. Three
hours ) must be taken from
available graduate courses in the College of
electives (9 credit
Business. Specific course offerings are detailed
in
the catalog for the departments of Accoimt-
Computer and Information Systems, Finance/Business Law, Marketing, and Management.
Special topic coinses are available in each
discipline. Other graduate electives may be
taken with the permission of the dean's office.
Students must ct)mplete all requirements
for graduation with a minimum CPA of 3.0.
No more than two C grades are allowed in the
graduate coin ses taken at Bloomsbui g Uni\ering,
sitv.
Please contact the dean's office in the Col-
lege of Business for further inf ormation or other special requirements.
Binel
Dennis
Cum,
B.
Computer
Ed.D., professor
Hwang, Ph.D., professor
& Information Systems
Patricia Boyne, M.S., assistant professor
Carl Chimi, Ph.D., associate professor
Frank
F.
Davis, Ph.D., professor
James
S.
Dutt, Ph.D., associate professor
Harold K. Frey, M.S., associate professor
Cene Cordon, Ed.D., associate professor
C^harlesJ. Hoppel, Ph.D., associate professor
Fiiuitue
Barbara
and Business Law
E. Behr, |.D.,
professor
Karen Elwell, J.D,, associate professor
David C. Heskel, Ph.D., associate professor
David Martin, Ph.D., associate professor
Bruce L. Rockwood, J.D., professor
William Steven Smith, Ph.D., associate professor
Management
Mainuddin Af/a, Ph.D., associate professor
M. Ruhul Amin, Ph.D., professor
Chapman, M.A., associate professor
Howard J. Kinslinger. Ph.D., a.ssociate profes.sor
Mark Larson, Ph.D., associate professor
Charles
Stephen Markell, Ph.D., associate professor
Minoo Tehrani, Ph.D., associate professor
Peter B. Venuto, Ph.D., professor
Pamela VS'ynn, Ph.D., professor
Marketing
Stephen Batory, D.B.A., a.ssociate professor
Mary K. Ericksen, Ph.D., professor
Kiran Karande, Ph.D., assistant professor
Salim Qiueshi, Ph.D., a.s.sociate professor
Robert N. Watts, M.B.A., associate professor
1
38
Biology (M.E.)
Master of Education
Biology
Coordinator: Margaret
Tel. (717)
I..
Till,
Ph.D.
389-4780
quired to fulfill the research component. An
oral defense of the research component is re-
A written and/or comprehensive examination may also be required.
quired.
Fax: (717) 389-.S()28
E-mail: till@planetx.blooniu.edu
Required Courses
The Master
of Education program in biolog\ is intended to enhance the competence of
.secondar)' .school teachers of biologv by extending their scholarship in content and method
through formal courses, independent study
and research.
There are no required
biolog\' courses;
all
are considered elecli\ e courses.
30 41
IXul.! 1 u 111
i
1
1
L.#IVJlVlt^>
Miciobial Genetics
Ad
Admission
1
50.,455
50. 457
An imdergraduate degree
in biolog\ with
required for admission
to the program. L'ndergraduate deficiencies
must be rectified prior to admission to candidac\' without credit toward the degree. Scores
from the general and the biolog\ subject portions of the Graduate Record Examination are
required for admission.
Le\el
I
(Certification
is
Retention
Plant Anatomv
Biological Photographic Techniques
50. 521
Svstematic Botany
50,,5.S0
Evolution
50,,531
Developmental Biolog)
Molecular Genetics
50,,5.32
50,,5,50
.M\colog\'
50,.551
Conservation Biology
.50,.552
Limnologv
50,.557
Biologv of the Lower \'ertebrates
Fungal Ecology
Ornithologs
Population Biology
.50
as those for the
Candidacy
An
oral
knowledge
examination
to assess the student's
general biologv
admission to candidacy.
of
is
required for
A'togenetics
Environmental .Microbiolog\'
Entomologs
50.,46.S
50. 462
50,.558
Requirements are the .same
School of Graduate Studies.
C
.559
50,.560
50 ..561
50 .570
50 .571
50 .572
50 .573
50 .575
50 .576
50 .590
50 .,591
50 .592
Behavior
Medical Parasitology
Endocrinolog\'
Comparati\ e Animal PhysiologySystemic Physiolog)-
.•\nimal
Oil
Physiolog)'
Neuromuscular
Physiolog)'
C'urrent Topics in Biolog)'
Directed Stud\ in Biolog\
.Master of Education Thesis
Graduation
A minimum
of .SO semester hours in graduate level com ses is required. A minimimi of 18
semester hoins must be taken from .lOO-level
com ses (see list below) including two required
education comses: 60. ,501 .Major Philosophies
of Education and 79. .591 Research in Education. Either ,50. .591 Directed Study in Biolog\
or .50.592 Master of Education Thesis is re-
The following courses are offered at the
.Marine Science CCenter, Wallops Island, \'a.
55.431
55.432
55.490
55.491
55.492
Ecolog\ of Marine Plankton
.Marine E\()lutionan Ecolog)'
Aquaculture
C'oral Reef Ecologv
Marine Mammels
39
Biology (M.E.)
Problems in Marine Science
Environmental Science Education
Bioloj^' of Molhisca
Research Clruise-Biology
Behavior Ecology'
55.500
55.540
55.541
55.570
55.593
—
phyLouis V. Mingrone, Ph.D., professor
tochemical systematics and floristics. E-mail:
lmingr()n©planetx. bloomu.edu
James E. Parsons, Ph.D., associate professor
clinical microbiology and medical mycolo-
—
gy.
Faculty Research Interests
Joseph
Ardizzi, Ph.D., associate professor
P.
fungal genetics, microbiology and
—
cell bi-
ology. E-mail: jardiz@planetx.blooinu.edu
Ghamuris, Ph.D., a.ssociate profesbiology of wood-inhabiting and
bark-inhabiting fiuigi. E-mail: chamuris
©planetx. bloomu.edu
George
-sor
James
P.
—
E. Cole, Ph.D.,
professor
— vertebrate
ethology and allied health. E-mail: cole
©plane tx.bloomu.edu
immunolJudith P. Downing, Ph.D., profes.sor
ogy and infectious disea.ses caused by bacte-
—
ria.
E-mail: jpdown@planetx.bloomu.edu
— cytogenetGeorgeJ. Gellos, Ph.D., associate professor —
developmental plant morphology
Ph.D., professor — verteFrederick C.
Philip A. Farber, Ph.D., professor
ics
Hill,
brate zoology and neotropical biology.
E-mail: fliill@planetx.bloomu.edu
Judith Kipe-Nolt, Ph.D., assistant professor
—
biology of soil composting and microbiology. E-mail:
Thomas
S.
kipenolt@planetx.bloomu.edu
Klinger, Ph.D., associate professor
— marine biology,
physiological ecology,
behavioral ecology and biometry. E-mail:
klin@pIanetx.bloomu.edu
Jeanne W. Lawless, Ph.D., a.ssistant professor
maternal and child nutrition, diet, and
ethnicity
and health. E-mail: jlawle
©plane tx.bloomu.edii
Mark S. Melnychuk, Ph.D., associate professor
niurition, reproductive physiology, and
seasonal weather changes and pollutant lev-
—
—
els
in
fishing
creeks.
E-mail:
©planetx.bloonui.edu
Lynne
C
Miller, Ph.D., piofessor
mmelny
— medical
innnimology and
physiology, experimental pharmacology
and toxicology. E-mail: lcmill@planetx.
bloomu.edu
parasitology,
parasite
parsons@planetx.bloomu.edu
E-mail:
—
Casey A. Shonis, Ph.D., assistant professor
nem ophysiology, genetic hypertension and
neiuoanatomy. E-mail: cashon@planetx.
bloomu.edu
(Cynthia A. Sinniacz, Ph.D., profess(jr
—
cell
and cholesterol metabolism in
exercise and aging. E-mail: surmacz®
physiology,
planetx.bloomu.edu
Margaret L. Till, Ph.D., associate professor
endocrinology and cholesterol metabolism
—
in
women.
E-mail: till@planetx.bloomu.edu
Marianna D. Wood, Ph.D., assistant professor
forest ecology and animal behavior Email: wood@planetx.bloomu.edu
—
40
Business Education
Master of Education
Business Education
Coordinator: Roger W.
Tel. (717)
E-mail:
Ellis,
Ed.D.
Graduation
389-4109/4121
A minimum
sists
of 30 semester hours in graduis required. The program conrequired course, two elective cours-
es,
office .systems
re@neptune.bloomu.edu
ate-level courses
The Master
of Education in Business Education program is designed to prepare students
in the design, implementation and management of office .systems in a business environ-
ment. The program offers practical and reali.stic learning activities, hands-on instruction in
new inft)rmation technology and field-ba.sed research projects. Admission to the program does
not require evidence of a valid teaching certificate, but the program may lead to certification in business education with the completion
of additional course work. For information regarding certification, please contact the pro-
emphasis consisting
of seven courses.
Required Courses
1.
Core Course
79.591
2.
(3 credits)
Foundations of Educational
Research
Graduate Electives (6
credits)
Graduate-level courses that
gram coordinator.
fulfill
the elective
requirements will be chosen by the student and
the program coordinator based on specific
Admission
Applicants must
of one
and an
career needs.
satisfy
the general admis-
3.
Office Systems Emphasis (21 credits)
sion requirements for the School of Graduate
Studies as well as the following:
•
•
•
•
A minimimi
Q.P.A. of 2.5 on a 4.0 scale
Completion of the Graduate Record
Exam general knowledge section
Submit a typed letter of intent stating
professional backgroimd, experience
and rationale for seeking admission to
the program
Submit two letters of recommendation
with names, addres,ses, positions and
telephone numbers of references who
have knowledge of applicant's
academic and professional
backgroimd
90.581
94.500
94.510
94.520
94.530
94.540
94.550
Seminar
Requirements are the same as those for the
School of Graduate Studies.
Education
and Information
Office Systems Applications
Administrative Communications
Telecommimications
Training and Dexelopment
Office Svstems
Integrated Office Systems
in
(Students should enroll in Integrated Office
Systems during the last semester of the degree
program or obtain instructor's permi.ssion.)
Certification
Students
Retention and Candidacy
in Business
Office Systems
who
wish to receive a Le\el
Teaching Certificate
I
Pro-
education (accoimting, data processing, marketing, and office technologies) from the Penn.sylvania Department of Education must fulfill
fe.ssional
in bitsiness
Business Education
the following requirements in addition to the
M.Ed,
in
Business Education:
Additional coinse work in the areas of
education and business as determined
by the program coordinator after a
review of transcripts
Completion of the requirements for
admission to teacher education
Passing the National Teacher
Examination core batteiT and
the specialty area(s) for birsiness
education
•
•
•
Faculty Research Interests
Ellen M. C-lemens, D.Ed., associate professor
— methodology and business education. Email: ec@neptime.bloomu.edu
Donna Cochrane, Ed.D., professor —
train-
J.
ing and development, business teaching
methodology, office technologies. E-mail:
dc@planetx.bloomu.edu
Nancy A. Dittman, Ed.D., associate professor
— business commimications, international
commimications. E-mail: nd@neptiuie.
bloomu.edu
Roger W. Ellis, Ed.D., associate profes.sor
records and informations. E-mail: re@
neptune.bloomu.edu
—
Dennis O. Gehris, Ed.D., associate professor
work attitude assessment, business teach-
—
ing methodolog)', software applications in
business. E-mail:
dg@planetx.bloomu.edu
C
—
Keil, Ed.D., assistant professor
Janice
business teaching methodology. E-mail:
jk@neptune.bloomu.edu
John J.
01i\() Jr., Ph.D., professor
— ergonom-
impact of technolog)' on organizations"
policy and procediues, telecommimicaics,
tions. analyzing and impi()\ing workflow,
end-user computing. E-mail: jen@planetx.
bloomu.edu
42
Curriculum and Instruction
Master of Education
Curriculum and Instruction
(Coordinator:
Tel. (717)
Joliii R. Hraiiitz,
physical and life sciences, elementary, early
childhood, reading and humanities. C;<>mpletion of the individualized curriculum may require that students enroll and pursue course.s
offered by other universities.
Ed.D.
389-4030
E-mail: hranitz@bf486.bloomu.edu
to
The progiam is field-based and desif^ned
enhance the professional curricular and
instructional competencies of individuals
work with children, yoiuh and adults. The progi am's field-based approach ensures the needs
school-based faculty are continually addressed through faculty involvement in the
following areas:
of
•
Admission
who
Applicants must
A
teaching certificate is not required
The program does not provide
Instructional Level I certification. The following additional criteria are also required:
Studies.
for admission.
core courses
•
Meet with program coordinator to
requirements, review academic
Advisement of theses
Development of research projects
clarify
and
•
Improvement of instruction
Development of curriculum
•
(x)ntinuous evaluation of the
•
degree program
hnplementation
the classroom
•
•
The
records, discuss transfer of any courses
initiate
projects
•
planning for any research
and the
thesis
Miller Analogies Test (historically,
students have exceeded scores of
of
.30)
theory into
Retention
"field-based" core curriculum of this
program
will
permit unique and interesting
applications of theory and research to each
classroom. Individuals motivated to improve
the quality of instruction will find a format that
enable them to expand (1) their knowledge of the subject they are teaching, (2) their
knowledge of the curriculum and its applicable methodology, (3) their skills in individualization through diagnosis and prescription,
will
and
the general admis-
Planning and implementation
of the
•
satisfy
sion requirements for the School of Graduate
(4) their skills in
communicating with
Graduate students must take a minimum
semester hours per calendar )ear and a
Q.P.A. of 3.0 or higher nutst be maintained.
of 9
Students not taking a minimum of 9 semester
hours per calendar year will be considered "inactive" after two years.
Candidacy
stu-
increase the depth of the knowledge ba.se
and skills of each graduate student. Knowledge
from several dis( iplines will be combined into
Application for candidacy must be made
completion of 12 to 1.5 semester hours.
Onlv courses with a minimum grade of B are
considered applicable to this program. Students must repeat all courses in which the
a coinse that will permit the graduate student
grade
dents, parents
The
and educational
liberal arts
core
of
ti
professionals.
semester hours
will
new and often unique educational
perspectives. The individualized curriculum
af ter
of
('.
or lower
is
earned.
to develop
enables each graduate student to pursue 12
.semester hours of graduate study within an
area of concentration such as English, social
sciences,
mathematics and computer science.
Transfer Credits
from accredited
other than Bloomsburg L niversi-
L'p to 18 semester hours
institutions,
|
Curriculum and Instruction
ty may, upon approval, be accepted toward
completing the degree requirements of this
program. However, no courses will be transferred in which a grade less than a B was
earned.
Graduation
Graduate students must be admitted
to can-
didacy, complete 30 semester hoius of ap-
proved coiuse work, complete 6 semester
horn s for the
and apply for graduation.
monetary' and academic, must
thesis,
All deficiencies,
be satisfied before the degree can be granted.
Required Courses
The
following courses constitute the 36in ciu riculum
hour master's degree program
and instruction:
1.
Gore Gurriculimi (12 semester hours)
79.593
48.576
60.584
79.591
2.
Studies in
Human
Diversity
Theories of Human Learning
C.m riculum and Instructional
Theory, Design and Development
Research in Education
Liberal Arts (An riculimi (6 semester horns)
3. The Individualized Gurriculimi - Area of
C-oncentration (12 semester hoius)
4.
Thesis or paper/coinse work combination
79.599
Thesis (6 semester horns)
OR a
meta-anah tical department
paper and 6 semester hours
of
com se
work.
Faculty
Any graduate facultv from the imiversitv's
and sciences or education departments mav participate in this program.
liberal arts
44
Elementary Education
Master of Education
Elementary Education
Cooidinalur: Ciilda M. Oran, Ed.D.
Tel. (717)
60.514
79.591
The master of education in elementary education program enhances the professional
competence of an individual as a teacher and
a leader through its emphasis on integrated
learning experiences in the study of the child.
Areas of study include elementary school curriculum and its trends, new techniques, current research and opportunities for study in
the teacher's academic field of interest.
Admission
Applicants must
satisfy the
Studies as well as the following adciitional re-
quirements:
Po.ssess the Instructor Level
I
Certification for teaching in the
elementary schools of Pennsylvania
Meet with the program coordinator
to clarify program requirements,
review academic records and outline
a plan for completing degree work
Miller Analogies Test (historically,
students have exceeded scores of 30)
•
•
Candidacy and Graduation
Professional Electives
(9-15 semester hours)
The remaining courses needed to complete
program may be selected, with an
the degree
from those listed in the
Graduate Catalog. Acceptable courses are listed under the following areas: elementary and
early childhood education, educational foundations, secondary education, reading or those
offered by other academic departments.
adviser's approval,
Departmental Paper or Thesis
(0-6 semester hours)
required to demonstrate
bv completing an
in-depth research paper. There are two choices for meeting this requirement. The research
paper may take the ft)rm of a: 1 ) departmental
paper or 2) thesis.
A departmental paper must be read and
approved by your adviser and one other member of the faculty. This option does not earn
credit; therefore, six additional semester hours
of course work must be completed to fulfill the
30 semester hours required for graduation.
All students are
competency
A
Students must apply for candidacy after
completing 9 to 5 semester hours. A minimum
of 30 semester hours is required to complete
this master's program.
1
Required Courses
Clore
(
bourses
(1.5
Research in Education (or
adviser-approved alternative)
general admis-
sion requirements for the School of (Graduate
•
Home, School and Community
Relations
389-4236
semester hours)
60. .501
Major Philosophies of Education
60.502
60.506
School and Society
L'rban Education
in writing skills
thesis requires a thesis
meet the requirements
committee and
School of
(iraduate Studies. This option earns six semesnuist
ter
hours of credit.
papers must follow the
All
of the
style
format out-
lined in the publication style manual of the
American Psychological Association.
Faculty Research Interests
C.
Meade
—
Beers, D.Ed., assistant professor
foundations, administration, curriculum
and supervision
Elementary Education
45
Neil L. Brown, Ed.D., assistant professor
social studies, early
Sherrington, Ph.D., associate profes-
C^hris A.
sor
— reading
Robert
—
childhood education
Olarke, Ed.D., assistant professor
I..
—
super\isi()n
Henry D. Dobson, Ph.D., a.ssociate professor
computing and supervision
—
CiarvJ. Dobv, Ph.D., associate professor
glish
— En-
and supervision
M. Hussein Fereshteh, Ph.D., assistant professor
foundations of education
—
—
—
Bonita B. Franks, Ph.D., a.ssociate professor
reading
Robert E. Gates, Ed.D., assistant professor
supervision and administration
Nancy G. Gilgannon, D.Ed., professor
measurement of education
Mary Harris, Ed.D., a.ssociate professor
foundations of education
—
—
—
earlv childJohn R. Hranitz, Ed.D., professor
hood education and supervision
—
—
Frank
VV. Keating, Ph.D., assistant professor
administration and language arts
jane McPherson, Ph.D., assistant professor
early childhood education
Gorman L. Miller, Ed.D., professor
mathematics and supervision
Frank I,. Misiti, Ph.D., associate professor
science education
William S. O'Bruba, Ed.D., professor
reading, early childhood education and super-
—
—
—
vision
—
Gilda M. Oran, Ed.D., assistant professor
supervision, early childhood education and
foreign languages
Egerton O. Osiuide, Ph.D., assistant professor
social studies and supervision
Raymond S. Pastore, Ph.D., assistant piofessor
instructional technologv and design
Edward |. Poostav, Ph.D., professor
reading
—
—
—
—
Donald 1.. Pratt, Ph.D., associate professoi'
compiuing and supervision
Rosemary T. Rad/ievich. Ed.D., assistant profes.sor
reading and supervision
—
Shelley
C
Randall, Ph.D., assistant professor
— guidance and coimseling,
tional leadership
and educa-
Lorraine A. Shanoski, Ed.D., professor
ly childhood education
—
ear-
Viola G. Supon, Ed.D., assistant professor
—
elementary education
David E. Washburn, Ph.D., professor
foundations of education
MaiT Alice Wheeler, Ph.D., a.ssistant professor
—
— supervision
—
Bonnie L. Williams, Ed.D., associate
mathematics and supervision
profe.ssor
Patricia K. Wolf, Ph.D., assistant professor
supervision
—
Reading
46
Master of Education
Reading
Coordinator: Edward
Poostay, Ph.D.
].
uate Studies
•
(717)389-4092
Tel.
•
Tilt"
rcadinj^
program provides an oppor-
tunity for prof es.sionals to earn a .Master of Ed-
ucation in Reading and/or certification a.s a
K-12 reading .speciali.st in the Commonwealth
of Pennsylvania. The program emphasizes a
knowledge base in current research, diagnosing and remediating reading difficulties, and
improving the instructional practices of classroom teachers, reading specialists and resource
room
teachers.
reading programs are
coordinated through the Bloomsburg University Reading (Hinic, which is part of the Department of Curriculum and Foundations within the School of Education and the College of
Profe.ssional Studies. The clinic was established
All graduate-level
in 19.^7
and provides
free diagnostic
services for children
rial
and tutoGraduate
and adults.
on a competitive
assistantships are available
basis. Assistantships
and
horn
s
provide a tuition waiver
to 20
and require working 10
per week, in the Reading Clinic.
a stipend,
Admission
Applicants must
satisfy
the general admis-
sion requirements for the School of Graduate
Studies as well as the following requirements,
which are specific to the Reading Specialist
certification program and the M.Ed, in Reading program:
•
A written recommendation from anv two
of the following references: undergraduate
faculty, graduate faculty, direct-line supen isoi s,
administrators or other individuals who are
familiar with the applicant's academic abilities.
Recommendation forms are available at the
and Research.
An undergraduate Q.P.A. of at least ?>.().
An applicant who does not have an un-
dergraduate Q.P.A. of 3.0 is required to take
the Graduate Record Examination or the .Miller Analogies Test. If required, the tests must
be completed before the student completes
nine semester hours.
Retention and Candidacy
Students must maintain a Q.P.A. of
3.0.
Graduate-level reading courses with a grade of
C or lower must be
of
B or
repeated to achieve a grade
higher. After completing 9 to
1.5
se-
mester hours, students must adhere to the university's application procedures for candidacy.
Transfer Credits
A maximum of
uate-level course
an accredited
nine semester hours of grad-
work mav be transferred from
institution.
carrv- a grade of B or
higher and must be completed no earlier than
thiee years prior to admission. Transfer credits ma\ be requested or submitted at any time
during the student's six-year program, but require prior approval frt)m the student's ad\iser and the Assistant \'ice President and Dean
of Graduate Studies and Research.
Transfer courses must
Graduation
Students seeking an .M.Ed, in Reading must
complete 36 semester hours with a Q.P..A. of
3.0.
Students seeking certification as a read-
ing specialist must take a C(miprehensive examination (written or oral) and complete 24
semester hours. Specific guidelines for the
Reading Clinic.
program coordi-
comprehensive examination can be obtained
from the program coordinator. The first eight
nator to clarify program requirements, discuss
academic records and outline
a long-range program. The program cooidinator's recommendations will be forwarded to
the Assistant \'ice President and Dean of (Irad-
coinses in the following list are required for
the reading specialist certification program:
coiMses 60. ,501 .Major Philosophies of Education and 79.591 Research in Education and two
elective courses are required for the VI. Ed. pro-
Bloomsburg
•
An
University
interview with the
goals, evaluate
Reading
47
gram. The elective courses can be selected
from a predetermined list of courses, witfi prior approval rom the program coordinator and
the Assistant Vice Pi esident and Dean of Gradf
Faculty Research Interests
Poostay, Ph.D., professor
diagnoJ.
remediation, parent involvement
(>hris A. (Sherrington, Ph.D, associate professis,
uate Studies and Research.
sor
Required Courses
hitroduction to the Teaching
of Reading (fall, spring, summer)
Diagnosis and Prescription in
6,3.541
Reading
(fall,
summer)
63.546
Practicum 1 (fall, spring)
Clinical Practicum II (summer)
Organization and Administration
of Reading Programs (simimer)
Reading in the (Content Areas
63.548
Reading Instruction for the
63.543
63.544
63.545
C;iinical
(fall,
spring)
At-Risk Learnei (spring,
summer)
60.501
Literatme, Literacy and (kiltme
(fall, spring)
.Major Philosophies of
79.591
Education (fall, smnmer)
Research in Education
63.550
(fall,
summer)
requirements must be completed withfrom the date of admission into
the program. Students must re-enroll for all
courses which exceed the six-year program
completion deadline outlined in the GraduAll
in six years
ate Gatalog.
Level
I
Certification Requirements
Students seeking cei tification as a Reading
complete 24 semester hours
Specialist mirst
with a Q.P.A. of 3.0 and take a comprehensive
essay examination prepared by the facultv in
the graduate reading program. Specific guide-
comprehensive examination can
be obtained from the piogiam coordinator.
lines for the
— language
ture
The parentheses indicate the semesters the
courses are offered:
63.540
—
Edward
arts
and children's
litera-
48
Accounting
Master of Science
Accounting
accounting from an accredited college or
degree from an
accredited college or universitv in addition to
the following:
Coordinator: Richard L. Baker. Ph.D.
in
university: or a baccalaureate
Tel. (717>
E-mail; rbaker€planetx.blooinu-edu
a.
The Master of Science
in
Accoiuting
is
designed for the indi\idual who possesses a
comprehensive undergraduate education in
accounting and wishes to pursue applied grad-
and
related
• Principles of Economics
• Statistics
uate MX>rk in the discipUne. .\lthough the priinai\~ emphasis of the ciuriculiun is in the area
of advanced accoimting theory, students will
also spend time developing writien and oral
•
conunimication skills.
The course of studv. which in\x>h-es completion (rf* 30 semester hoius. can be accomplished in one vear or the student can elect to
complete the program at their own pace.
Adndssioa
Prerequisite general business
topics courses including:
Computer Information
• Business
S^'siems
Law
•
Finance
•
Management
•
Marketing
• Calculus
• Ethics
b. Prerequisite
accotmting courses including:
• Principles of .Accounting
•
Managerial .Accounting
• Intermediate .Accounting
.^ppUcanls to the Master of Science in .Accoimting must provide the School of Gradu-
•
ate Studies with the following:
• Official Graduate Management .Admission
• Cost
Tax
• .Auditing
• .Adi:anced .Accounting
Test
(GREt scores
c^Bdal cop% <^ all academic transcripts
Three letters <^ lecommendation from indhidals who have the knowledge to comment
on the applicant's potential to successfidh com• .An
Prerequisite
Work Experience
•
plete a gradtiate-level course of studi
• Completion of the prerequisites listed ui>-
der "Minimum Prerequisite Course Work'
• Additional requirements as stipulated hy
the School of Graduate Studies
Individuals who have not completed all
admissions requirements mav take up to 12
approved semester hoius of graduate courses
at Bloomsburg Universitv which may be applied toward the d^;ree upon successfid admission to the graduate program.
Prerequisite Course \\'ork
Students appking to the program must
iave a baccalaureate degree with an emphasis
Practical work experience in the field of
accounting or an undergraduate accotmiii^
internship.
Retention and Graduation
Graduation wiD be conferred upon successcompletion of a minimiun of 30 semester
hours of graduate-levT-l course work fiiHilHng
all program requirements^ Students must complete all required course work for graduatioa
while maintaining a minimum cneraU GP.A of
3.0. No noore than two courses with a grade of
C will be counted toward graduation. A grade
Unter than C wiO no* be viewed as satisCactory
progress low^ard graduation, ahfaough it will be
included in the student's GP.A.
fill
Accounting
49
Required Courses
Fall Semester
91.501 Financial Actoiinting
91.523 Advanced Tax Accounting
91.551 Inlernational Accounting
91.51
1
Statistical Analy.sis
Spring Semester
91 .522
Advanced Audit Theory
91.521 Advanced C-o.st Accounting
91.553 Special Topics in Accounting
91.535 Financial Management
Summer Session
91.552 (k)ntrollership
XX. XXX
Graduate Elective
Faculty Research Interests
Richard
L.
fessor
Baker, Ph.D., CPA,
—
financial,
CMA,
CIA, pro-
governmental and man-
agerial accounting
Michael C. Blue, Ph.D., C;PA, associate professor
cost, managerial and behavioral ac-
—
coiniting
—
Nancy C-oulmas, Ph.D., associate professor
strategic cost management, managerial accounting and financial accounting
E. Bmel Cum, Ed.D., professor
financial and
governmental accounting
Dennis B. Hwang, Ph.D., CPA, CMA, professor
international, financial and managerial
accounting, and international economics
—
—
50
Audiology
Master of Science
Audiology
Coordinator; G. Donald Miller, Ph.D.
Tel. (717)
of the references
who have knowledge
applicant's academic
389-4436 or 389-41 19
•
E-mail: gdmiller@planetx.bloomn.edu
and
of the
background.
The applicant should arrange for an inclinical
program coordinator.
applicant must have a baccalaureate
degree from an accredited institution, with a
minimum grade point average of 2.8. Students
who do not have an imdergraduate major in
the area of communication disorders will be
required to satisfactorily complete certain academic and practicum deficiencies as pre.scribed by the faculty following individual tranterview with the
•
The
pin pose of the training program in
is to prepare graduates to provide
diagncjstic and habilitative audiological services
audiolog)'
in a variety of job settings.
The program
is accredited by the EducaStandards Board of the American
Speech-Language-Hearing Association (ASHA)
and is designed to afford its graduates the academic and clinical practicum requirements
tional
necessary to receive the Certificate of Clinical
Competence in Audiology (CX"C-A) issued by
ASHA as well as to meet the requirements for
an audiology license as issued by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
Graduates of the program obtain employ-
ment
in hospitals and medical centers, clinics,
physicians offices, schools, industries and in
private practice settings.
Students receive broad-based academic
and obtain practicimi experience in a
variety of practical settings including on-campus and externship sites. Student s academic
experiences include evaluating and conduct-
An
script analysis.
• The Graduate Record Examination is required of all applicants. Typically, successful
scores have been at least 470 on the verbal, 520
on the
quantitative
and
.570
on the
analytical
portions of the exam.
Applicants who fail to satisfy the program's
requirements may be admitted on a provisional basis. In such cases, the terms of the conditional admission will be specified for the individual applicant. Deadline foi" submission of
application materials is Mnirh 1.
training
ing research in the discipline.
Students may be accepted into the graduate audiology program with any imdergraduate degree, but individuals without an acceptable undergraduate program in speech and
hearing will, by adx isement, be required to take
prerequisite course
work and practicum
as a
part of their graduate degree program.
• The applicant is required to submit a onepage, typed letter of intent stating professional backgroimd, experience and rationale for
wanting to be admitted to audiologv.
•
The
applicant
The student must maintain
a Q.P.A. of 3.0
of two Cs throughoiU the
graduate pi cjgram. A grade of C in an\ clinical
experience will necessitate repeating the
course to achieve a grade of B or higher.
with a
maximum
Candidacy
Students must applv for admission to candidacy once they ha\e completed 9 to 15 semester hours of course work.
Admission
is
lequired to sulmiit three
recommendation with the names,
addresses, positions and telephone nimibers
letters of
Retention
Graduation
A minimum of 42 semester hours is
quired to complete the master's program.
re-
51
Audiology
Required Courses
Undergraduate Ckiurses
72.200
72.300
Introdiictit)n to Aiidi()l()g\
Aiiditon- Training
and Speech
Reading
Graduate
C.ourse.s
Los.s
Phy.siological Method.s in
72.506
"
Hearing
Aid.s
72.510
72.512
72.514
72.516
72.518
72.520
72.522
72.524
and AiiditoiT
Training
Externship: (Uinical Practicinii
in .Aiidiolog)'
72.508
Research
in
in .\udiolo_g)'
72.526
(Clinical
Audiology
Electronics
in
Elective
72.528
II
III
Methods and Practicum
in ,'\udiolo_g\
72.5.S2
and Practicum
Methods and Practicum
Audiolog\
Clinical
I\'
and Instrumentation
Audiok)g)
Comses
(llinical
Methods and Practicimi
in Audi<)Iog\
72.590
•
A
•
The
may be chosen with
following are also required:
elective courses
The
thesis or
departmental
papei'.
M.S. in Audiology degree program
criteria. There are pecomprehensi\e reviews of each student's
academic and clinical abilities. These reviews
may take the form of oral or written examinations during or near the completion of the
program.
Clinical Interests
Richard M. Angelo. Ph.D.. Ed.D., professor,
director of clinical sen ices
ical
Independent Stud\ and Research
— basic and
clin-
electrophvsiology; hearing aids.
G. Donald Miller, Ph.D., professor and ciu
—
ric-
ulimi coordinator
clinical audiology including electrophysiological evaluation,
and hearing conservahearing aids. E-mail: gdmiller®
planetx.bloomu.edu
Vishaka W. Rawool, Ph.D., associate professor
industrial audiolog\'
tion;
—
electrophysiology; clinical audiology;
rehabilitation.
E-mail: rawool®
aural
planetx.bloomu.edu
I
(finical .Methods
in
Other
advisement.
AudiologA
Seminar in Audiology: Special
Problems
Seminar in Audiology: Industrial
and Public Health Audiology
Seminar in Audiolog)" Aiiditon
Problems in C^hildren
Seminar in Audiologv: Theoretical
and Clinical Masking
Educational Audiology
Aural Rehabilitation: Theoiy
and Practice
Clinical Methods and Practicum
72.525
72.527
Master's Thesis
Faculty Research Teaching and
I
Externship: CHnical Practiciini
in Aiidiologv II
in
Advanced American Sign Language
riodic
.A,udit)log}'
72.504
Independent Study and Research
72.599
74.568
has monitoring and exit
Mea.sinement ot Hearing
72.300
72.502
72.591
52
Biology (M.S.)
Master of Science
Biology
(coordinator: Margaret L.
Tel. (717)
Till,
Ph.D.
Graduation
389-4780
A minimum
Fax: (717) 389-3028
of 30 semester hours of gradu-
ate-level courses
is
reqiiired.
E-mail: till@planetx.bloomu.edu
Required Courses
This program prepares students for either
admission to a research-oriented doctoral program in the biological sciences or employment
in a biological or health oriented profession.
The program also enhances the knowledge,
perspective and experience of teachers of biology in secondary schools.
A broad array of subdisciplines is represented among the faculty, providing a solid program in general biology.
The universit) is a member of the Marine
Science (x)nsortiimi. ("oinses in marine science are offered during the summer at Marine
Science Center located near Wallops Island,
Graduate students mav use this facilitv to
take graduate-level comses in marine biologv
or to pursue research projects at the Bloomsbiug University Marine Biolog)' Lab(jratory.
Va.
Admission
V\'ith
no required
coiu ses. All courses are considered electives.
.50.411
.'iO.432
.50.441
.50.4,55
50.457
50.462
50.463
50.521
50.530
50.531
50.532
50.550
50.551
50.552
50.557
50.558
50.5,59
A
Bachelor of Science or Bachelor of Arts
or its equivalent is required for admission to this master's program.
Undergraduate deficiencies must be rectified, without credit earned toward the degree,
prior to admission to candidac)'. Scores from
both the general and biologv subject portions
of the Graduate Record Examination are required for admission.
in biology
Candidacy
50.560
50.561
50.570
50.571
50.572
50.573
50.575
50.576
50.590
50.591
50.593
An
oral
dent's
examination
candidacy.
Radiation Biologv'
Microbial Genetics
Cytogenetics
Environmental Microbiology
EntomologyPlant
Anatomy
Biological Photographic Techniques
Systematic Botanv
Evolution
Developmental Biology'
Molecular Genetics
Mycology'
Conservation Biology'
Eimnolog)'
Biology of the Lower Vertebrates
Fungal Ecology'
Ornitholog)'
Population Biology
Animal Behavior
Medical ParasitologN'
Endocrinology
Comparative Animal Physiology
Systemic Phvsiology
Cell Phvsiolog\
Nemomuscular Physiology
(anient Topics in Biologv
Directed Study in Biology'
Master of Science Thesis
Marine science courses offered
Island,
.sion to
the exception of the Master of Science
thesis (thesis option), there are
is
at
Wallops
\'a.
required for admis-
The exam
knowledge of general
assesses the stu-
biology.
55.431
55.432
Ecology of Marine Plankton
Marine Evolutionarv Ecologv
53
Biology (M.S.)
55.490
Aquaculture
55.491
55.492
Coral
ogy and infectious diseases caused bv bacteria. E-mail: ipdown@planeL\. bloomu.edu
Ret-f Ecoloj-n,
55.500
55.540
Marine Mammel.s
Problems in Marine Science
Environmental Science Education
55.541
Bioiog\' of Molliisca
55.570
Research Clruise-Biolog)'
Beha\ior Ecolog^
55.59.S
— cytogenetGeorge Gellos, Ph.D., associate professor —
developmental plant morphology
Frederick C
Ph.D., professor — vertePhilip A. Farber, Ph.D., professor
ics
J.
Hill,
brate zoology and neotropical biology.
E-mail: fliill@pIanetx.bloomu.edu
Judith Ripe-Nolt, Ph.D., assistant professor
—
Thesis Option
biologs' of soil
E-mail: kipenolt@planetx.bloomii.edu
g\.
This option
is
recommended
for students
continue their studies through
additional graduate or professional trainint^.
A minimimi of 18 semester hoin s mirst be taken rom 5()0-le\el coinses. The Master of Science Thesis (50.59.S) accoimts for six of these
semester hoin s. An oral defense of the thesis
planning
to
f
is
required.
Thomas
KJinger, Ph.D., associate professor
biolog\', physiological ecology,
behavioral ecology and biometrv. E-mail:
kliii@planetx.blooniu.edu
Jeanne W. Lawless, Ph.D., assistant professor
maternal and child nutrition, diet, and
ethnicity
and health. E-mail: jlawle
—
@planetx. bloomii.edu
S.
seasonal weather changes and pollutant
in
els
is
tailored for students inter-
ested in non-research oriented careers. A minimimi of 18 semester horn s must be taken from
500-Ievel coinses. In addition, one of the fol-
lowing must be completed:
Melnychuk, Ph.D., associate professor
— nutrition, reproductive physiology, and
Non-Thesis Option
Directed Study
in Biologs (50.591) foi three semester hours,
which must be defended orally, or (2) a departmental research paper based on the literatiu e must be submitted and defended orallv.
The departmental paper carries no semester
hoiu credit.
( 1 )
—
Joseph P. Ardi//i, Ph.D., associate professor
fimgal genetics, microbioloi^y and cell biolog). E-mail: jardi/@planetx. bloomii.edu
Cieorge P. C-hamuris, Ph.D., a.ssociate profe.ssor
biology of wood-inhabiting and
bark-inhabiting finigi. E-mail: chammis
©planetx. bloomu.edu
—
—
E. C.ole, Ph.D., professor
\ei tebrate
ethology and allied health. E-mail: cole
@planetx. bloomu.edu
imnuinolJudith P. Downing, Ph.D., protessoi
—
fishing
creeks.
E-mail:
©plane tx.bloomu.edu
lev-
minelny
—
medical
I.ynne C. Miller, Ph.D., professor
paiasitologv, parasite immiui<)log\ and
phvsiolo_g\,
and
experimental pharmacolog\'
toxicology.
E-mail:
lcmill@plaiietx.
bloomu.edii
Louis \'. Mingrone, Ph.D., professor
ph\tochemical s\stematics and floristics. E-mail:
lmingron@planetx.bloomii.edu
—
James
E. Parsons, Ph.D., associate
professor
—
microbiology and medical mycoloE-mail: parsoiis@plaiietx. bloomu.edii
clinical
gy.
Faculty Research Interests
James
S.
— marine
Mark
This option
composting and niicrobiolo-
—
Gasev A. Shonis, Ph.D., assistant professor
neurophysiologv', genetic hypertension and
neuroaiiatomv. E-mail: cashon@planetx.
bloomu.edii
( Aiuhia A. Surmac/, Ph.D., professor
cell
pliNsiology, and cholesterol metabolism in
exercise and aging. E-mail: siirmacz®
plane tx. bloomu.edii
Margaret L. Till, Ph.D., associate professor
endocrinolog\ and cholesterol metabolism
in women. E-mail: till@planetx. bloomu.edii
—
—
Maiianna D. Wood, Ph.D., assistant professor
forest ecolog\ and animal behavior. Email: wood@planetx. bloomu.edii
—
54
Early Childhood Education
Master of Science
Early Childhood Education
(^ooi fliiialot
rom the program coordinator
hood education.
[oliii R. Ilianii/, Kcl.I).
:
f
Tel. (717) :W.M()S()
• V\ ritten
E-niail:
lii
anit/fel)f486.bl()()iiui.cflii
for earlv
completion of a lO-day
available from
Forms are
pc-rience.
c
hild-
field exthe-
pro-
gram coordinator.
• VS'iitlen
This program
is
intended lo cnliaiKf the
competence of the individual as
young children. It includes inte-
professional
a leat her of
grated learning experient es in the study of the
young hild from prenatal ihiough age eight,
riuriculutji, (inrent practice- and areas of interest to the teacher of yoinig diildren. hulividuals not holding anv type of ( ei tifi< alion can
obtain the Instrut tional Level (Certificate in
Earlv Oliiklhood Kckuation, N, K-?>. The program also has an option that enables the teacher with an Instru( tional Level I (iei titicate in
Elementary Eflucation, K-(i to obtain N, K-S,
Early (Childhood Education (Certification.
(
completion
Korms
of a 14-clay partic ipa-
available from the
program coordinator.
• J'assing and/or remc-diation of spc-ec h
and hc-aiing tests, and vision tests. Forms are
available from the- program coordinator.
• Passing tin- National Teacher Examination c)i
battc-rv and the- specialty area of eartion c-xperienc
(
ly
c
C-.
arc-
c-
liildhood educ ation.
I
Admission
Retention and Candidacy
• Studc-nls must maintain a (^.P.A. of 3.0
throughout their prc)gram. (Courses in which
a grade of (C or lower are obtained must berc-pealed with a grade of B or higher. .Students
not maintaining a (^.F^A. of .S.O after candidacy will be- removed fiom the andidacy list.
• Students must apply for andidacy.
c
The
following requirements, which apply
lo both the .Master of Science in Early (Child-
hood Education program and
to the master's
progiaiTi with an Early (Childhood Eflucation
(Certifit ation, nuisl
be met
in arldition lo
the
general admission requirements lor the .School
of (iiaduate Studies (imdergi aduate work
need not be in a specific field of studv );
• An iiitt-rview and a rev iew of a( ademic credentials are equii ed. Applic ants who lack an
l
uiidergi aduate (^.P.A. of
on
A
2.r> will
be admitted
is required
persons seeking admission to < andidacy.
• .Miller Analogies Test (historically, students have exceeded scores of 'M)).
of
a piovisional basis.
,''>.()
Q.P.A.
c
• State- Police-
c
hec ks recjuired bv
and
the- l)e-
and
the- Bureau of (Certification must be ce)mpletecl piior
to practice teaching in private and public
schools. Head .Start piograms, and dav eait-
[)arlmc-nt of Hc-alth
(< iUc-is in
V\'c-lfare
Pc-nnsvlvania.
will take a screening examination (a candidacy exam) which is administered when they have completed 12 to 1.5 se-mester hours of graduate work. The examina-
students
• All
tion consists ofWritte-n
and
oi al recniirc-menls.
all
(Childhood
semester hoins; 12 additional semeste-r hours in course work and
The-
Certification Requirements
f
faculty, flire( t-line supervisors, admiiiistratoi
indi\ iduals
applicant's academic
C|ualitic-s.
who are
s,
familial with the
abilitic-s
and
Kec onnnendalion forms
Master
program
• Three recommendations rom any of the
following persons: inidergi aduate oi graduate
and othei
Graduation
ai
pc-rsonal
e available
of Sc ience- in Earlv
consists of
.SO
prac ticuiii aie rc-quiicd lor the Level
I
(Certifi-
Stude-nts nuist complete (i se-mesiei hoins in foimdaiion courses. |H to 30
cation, N,
K-?>.
semester houis in c-arl\ childhood
core comses, and (i scnieslcr lioui s
studies courses.
t-duc alion
in relatc-d
55
Early Childhood Education
Required Courses
Methods and Materials in
Childhood Education
Method.s and Materials in
Earlv Childhood Education II
Educational Media and Software
62.510
Early
62.520
60.512
62.522
I
and complete a coiuse within a two-year period are placed in an inacti\e file. Inactive students must reapplv for admission, retake the
screening examination, and reapplv for candidacy. Coin ses older than six years will not meet
the degree requirements.
Cin
Faculty
62.523
riculiMii Trends in Earh'
Childhood Education
Practices in Teaching the
Bloomsbing University
62.590
Yoiuig Child
Cinrent Research and De\elopment
Childhood Education
Learning and Development of
the Young Child
in Early
62.591
62.592
.
Identification
and Prescription of
the Needs of Yoiuig Children
62.593
Organization and .Administration
of Educational Programs for
Yoimg
('hildren
Childhood
62.594
Practicinn in Earh'
62.596
Education
Practicum in Early Childhood
Education 2
Students seeking a Master of Science in
Childhood Education must complete 30
semester horn s with a 3.0 Q.P.A. Students seeking a Master of Science in Early Childhood
Education with N, K-3 certification must complete 42 semester horns with a Q.P.A. of 3.0.
Earlv
Additional Requirements
•
A departmental
paper, thesis,
comprehen-
or the comprehensive examination is required for completion of the degree
program. Specific guidelines are av ailable f rom
the program cooiclinator. All papers must be
written following the American Psvchological
Association (APA) stvie guide. A five chapter
format is preferred.
sive project,
• All
program requirements must be com-
pleted within six vears after admission into the
program. Students are required to complete
their programs within four vears after candidacy is granted. Extensions may be granted in
certain situations. Students who fail to enroll
Anv graduate
es or
faculty
meinher from the
and scienc-
liberal arts
education departments may participate
program.
in this
Education of the Deaf/Hard of Hearing
56
Master of Science
Education of the Deaf /Hard of Hearing
Coordinator: Samuel B. Slike, Ph.D.
E-mail: .slik.e@planetx.bloomu.edu
The graduate program in education of the
deaf/hard of hearing is offered through the
Department of C^ommunication Disorders and
Special Education. Prospective classroom
teachers or itinerant hearing therapists are
provided a variety of courses to prepare them
for working with individuals with a hearing loss.
Course work fiunishes conceptual as well a.s
experiential backgroimd in the areas of academic therapv. speech-language therapy, communication, p.sycho-social development, curriculum and instruction. Depending on their
imdergraduate major, students are prepared
to work with preschool, elementan, secondaiA
or multiple handicapped deaf /hard of hearing individuals.
In their practicimi comses, students are
provided the opportimirv' to work with individuals with a hearing loss in one-to-one and
group situations. Various sites throughout
Pennsylvania are offered for practicum experience. These sites are ch{)sen according to the
needs of the student intern. These practica
provide a cla.ssroom as well as an itinerant experience with students with a hearing loss.
The education of the deaf hard of hearing
program does not advocate anv particular
method of working
ing
loss.
program. Those students without education courses in their background are
required to take a core of education c Prerequisite course work in the following areas must be completed either befcjre or during the graduate program.
• Undergraduate area of concentration in
education of the deaf/hard of hearing
• All applicants to the graduate program in
education of the deaf/hard of hearing must
have completed an introductory course in statistics or its equivalent, an introducton.- course
in sign language and an introductory course
in communication disorders (Students may
take these as general education electives)
entr\' into the
Tel. (717) .'^89-4436
72.152
Introduction to Communication
Disf)rders
72.200
72.450
74.15.3
74.154
74.201
74.305
74.380
Introduction to .Audiolog)
(ilinical
Obsenation
Introduction to Sign Language
American Sign Language I
History, Education, and Guidance
of the Deaf/ Hard of Hearing
Introduction to Instructional
.Methods for the Deaf/ Hard
of Hearing
Phonetics
.Students
who anticipate applying for admi.s-
sion to the graduate
program
in
education of
the deaf/ hard of hearing are strongly urged
to elect the following elective courses:
with students with a hear-
Persons with a hearing
loss are
viewed
as individuals with varving needs. Prospective
classroom teachers are afforded a background
in all methods of instruction so as to prepare
them to work with persons with a hearing loss
in a varien of educational settings.
74.155
74.254
74.255
74.256
A
Applicants with bachelor's degrees in earh
childhood education, elementan education,
secondan' education, special education and
commimication disorders are considered to
have appropriate educational backgrounds for
II
III
I\'
bachelor's degree with a Q.P..A. of 2.8
education of the deaf/ hard of hearing
area of concentration and an overall Q.P.A. of
2.8 are required. If either Q.P.A. is below 2.8.
the student will be admitted on a provisional
basis and must earn a Q.P.A. of 3.0 or better
upon completion of 9 to 12 semester hoins in
graduate-level coiuses. \o (^s may be earned
din ing the provisional period.
• .Applicants must submit a one-page, hand•
in the
Admission
.American Sign Language
The Deaf Culture
.American Sign Language
.American Sign Language
57
Education of the Deaf/Hard of Hearing
letter, statinj;; professional background,
experience and rationale for wanting to be
admitted to this master's program.
written
reference from individuals who have knowledge of the applicant's academic and teaching backgioimd are required.
For confirmation piuposes, the letters must
contain the name, address, position and telephone niunber of the writer.
• Applicants must make arrangements with
the progiam coordinator foi an intei\iew.
• The National Teacher Examination and/
or the Clradiiale Record t^xamination will be
required of all applicants.
•
Three
Siii/inu'i
72.-522
Aiual Rehabilitation: Theory
74.564
and Practice
Speech for the Deaf/Hard
letters of
of Hearing
74.566
one entry point for full-time enthis graduate program - summer
is
rollment in
semester.
The application deadline
enrollment
is
March
15.
for
74.568
74.560
at
74.567
74.569
any time.
no quota for students interested
in entering the progiam on a part-time basis.
Part-time students are required to meet with
the program coordinatoi to design a cin riculum sequence and lime line.
There
Speech and Language Practiciun
Deaf/Hard of Hearing I
Problems and Trends in Education
of the Deaf/ Hard of Hearing
Language for the Deaf/ Hard
of Hearing II
(au ricular Subjects for the Deaf/
Haid of Hearing
with the
sion as a part-time student
may be made
is
Spiiu!^ Semester
74.570
Speech and Language Practiciun
Deaf/Hard of Hearing II
with the
Summer Sessions
Retention
74.575
(Graduate students are required to earn a
.S.O with a maximimi of two Cls for
retention in this master's program. If a ('. is
74.584
Q.P.A. of
earned in a practicum course, the coiuse nuist
be repeated and a grade of B or better earned.
Candidacy
Requirements are the same
School of (iraduate Studies.
as those
foi'
the
Required Courses
The
I
Fdll Semester
summer
Application for admisis not restricted and
Language for the Deaf/Hard
Hearing
Advanced American Sign Language
of
74.565
There
Sessions (total of 12 weeks)
following
is
an example of a full-time
curi'iculum sequence;
(total of
6 weeks)
(Counseling Needs of
('onmuinicati\elv Disordered
Indi\iduals and Their Families
Research in Education of the Deaf/
Hard
of
Hearing
All graduate students must complete a departmental paper (thesis or nonthesis) and
successf ully pass a comprehensive examination
administered dining the semester the student
plans to graduate. I'pon graduation, students
are academically prepared to apph for licensui e in Penns\l\ania and to pursue state and
national certification as a teacher of the deaf/
hard of hearing. Thev are granted a provisional national certification b\ the Council on Education of the Deaf upon formal application.
58
Education of the Deaf/Hard of Hearing
Faculty Research Interests
—
it-achinj^
Saimifl B. Slike. D.Ed., professor
.sign language and speech reading via vid-
eodisc/CD-ROM; teaching language
Deaf /Hard of Hearing students
Gerald W. Powers, Ed.D., professor
practice with the
Deaf/Hard
licensine; sign language
aural rehabilitation
and
(all
of
to
— private
Hearing;
sign systems);
characteristics of
qiialitv clinicians
Judith
.Vl.
Hirshfeld, M.A., assistant professor
— developing oral communication
skills in
Deaf/Hard of Hearing children and coimseling the Deaf/Hard ot Hearing individuals and their families
Exercise Science
59
and Adult Fitness
Master of Science
Exercise Science and Adult Fitness
(Coordinator; Linda M. LeMiira, Ph.D.
Tel. (717)
Candidacy
389-4581
Requirements are the same
School of Graduate Studies.
E-mail: llemura@planetx.blo()mii.edu
This program prepare.s student.s for ad.scholarly opportunities via doctoral
study or employment in rehabilitation centers,
corporate fitne.ss, wellness programs and senior
citi/en continuing care facilities.
The progiam is interdisciplinary in natuie
students must complete courses in Exercise
Science and the Biological Health Sciences.
Additional!), clinical and researcli intei nships
as those for the
Graduation
vanced
—
are required, which encompass the
full
spec-
trum of health, including rehabilitation, physiological as.sessment,
and training
performance.
Quality of instruction
laboratories
is
for optimal
The program requires 36 semester hours
which 6 to 12 semester hours in practicinn
are required for graduation. Additionally,
and
characterized by faculty who are
pliNsiology laboratoi
ies.
With exand
at-
tendance at the American (College of Sports
Medicine (ACSM) Exercise Test Technologist
Workshop
is
required prior to graduation.
Graduate students admitted to candidacy
are required to complete a thesis. The student
must confer with the assigned graduate adviser to select a thesis acKiser.
in the cla.ssrooms
continuously engaged a.s active learners. The
faculty bring an excitement and enthusiasm for
scientific inquiry by directly involving their students in both scholarship and discoven. These
activities are augmented by learning resources such as librai y support (both on campus and
at nearby Cieisinger Medical Outer) computer support, and well-equipped htmian perfor-
mance and
of
serves as chairperson
A second
faculty
t)f
The
thesis adviser
the thesis committee.
member
is
selected from
ei-
ther the Health, Physical Education and Athletics or the Biological and Allied Health Sci-
ences departments. A thiid facult) member
may be selected from any discipline within the
university as appropriate to the thesis topic.
The topic must be approved by the thesis adviser and the graduate coordinator. The thesis
will be presented to the thesis committee, peers
and the university commimit).
cellent facilities, highlv qualified facultv,
practical field experiences that are integral to
Faculty
the program, the master's degree in Exercise
Science and Adult Fitness pro\ ides strong preparation for successf ul careeis in this bingeoning discipline.
Susan
Admission
gender issues, stress management
Linda M. LeMura, Ph.D., professor
energy
metabolism, exercise electrocardiography,
lipid metabolism
A
bachelor's degiee in either health and
).
—
Hibbs, Ed.D., a.ssociate professor
components of performance,
ps)chol()gical
—
Jerrv K. Mefllock, Ed.D., professor
— cardiac
physical education, the biological or allied
rehabilitation, health education, coionar)
health sciences, or a related field is required.
Undergraduate deficiencies must be eliminated, without credit earned toward the degree,
prior to admission to candidac)'. Additionalh,
Swapan Mookerjee, Ph.D., assistant professor
metabolic and thermal phvsiologw car-
applicants nuist ha\e an undergraduate Q.P..A.
Leon .S/media, Ph.D.,
of at least 2.5 and prov ide Miller Analog) Test
or Graduate Record Examination scores.
risk factors
anaKsis
—
die )pulmonai\
adaptations
associate professor
—
cardiopulmonar) ph)siolog), training adaptation in the cardiac patient
60
Instructional Technology
Master of Science
Instructional Technology
(Coordinator: Harold
J.
Bailey,
Ph.D.
Curriculum Overview
Tel. (717) 389-4;i()6
E-mail: bai 1 ©planetx.blooimi.edu
The
Ma.ster of Science in
Instruciioiial
(MSIT) pioj^ram emerged in response to the increasing need lor professionals who can integrate inteiactive multimedia
technology' into educational and training environments. The MSIT piogram addresses the
TechnologT,'
preparation of three t\ pes of piofessionals:
• Those who wish to enter a career in the
ti aining and dexelopment sector of business,
industn, non-pi ofit institutions or government
• Those who already work in business, industry or health care settings as trainers and
developers, but seek a formalized degree structured for their needs and f urther development
• Those who wish to become instructional
technology resource specialists in private, public or higher education
The curriculum concentrates on the application of computer and other emerging technologies to education and training, with an
emphasis directed towards the design, de\elopment, production and e\aliiation of computer-based interactive multimedia coiuseware.
Master's candidates base the opportimit\ to
experience a \ariety of state-of-the-art inteiactive technology configmations through an instructional systems approach.
sity
The MSIT program at Bloomsbmg L ni\eihas become a nationally acclaimed, luiique
program
for the preparation of "interactixe
multimedia technologists."
This program integrates e\iensi\e experiences in instructional design and instructional computing with a more modest coverage of
media, commimication skills and human resoiuce development. The eclectic natme of
this program forces cooperative teamwork as
students combine their theoretical academic
learning with practical, hands-on projects that
are being designed, dexeloped, produced and
evaluated b\ Bloomsbuig L ni\ersit\ s Institute
foi
Instructional Technology.
Students studx a \ariet) of issues related to
the design and de\elopment of effective instruction and apply these principles in course
projects.
The program curricuhmi
includes
study in the following areas:
—
CAu riculum and Instructional Design
s\stems approach, curriculum and instructional
materials, psychology of learning and screen
design.
—
Computing
computing litprogiamming and authoring, comput-
Instructional
eracy,
computer-based intercomputei graphics.
\'ideo production and post-production
equipment, aesthetics, scripts and editing.
Technology
past and current technologies, emerging technologies and networking.
Himian resoiuxe development
teamwork, interpersonal commimication. organizational psychology, project management and orer-assisted instruction,
active xideo.
—
—
—
ganization training.
Admission
Persons
who desire
graduate-level universi-
do not intend
to earn a masdegree mav be admitted as non-degree
students provided that thev provide proof of
graduation from an accredited imdergraduate
college or imiversitv. No moie than 12 semevter horn s earned as a non-degree student ma\
be later applied toward a master's degree ext\
instruction but
ter's
cept b\ special permission.
Special admission requirements for the
.M.SIT progiam include the following:
• .\
personal intei xiew with one or
more
of
the .\IS1T facultv
•
Three
letters of
A
recommendation
one- to twt)-page paper describing the
applicant's interest in the field of instructional technologv
• A minimal TOEFI. score of 370 for inter•
national students
61
Instructional Technology
Elective Courses
Graduation
9 semester hoins):
(at least
Persons who hold a bac helor's degree in an\'
from an accredited college or miiversity nia\ become degree candidates and proceed to the master's degree by completing a
minimum of 33 semester hours of course work
Applying Theories of Learning to
Interactive Technologies (summer)
Interactive Graphics (fall, simimer)
Television Production and
Design (summer)
Directed Studv in Studio Art
57.556
discipline
including either an internship or master's theAll courses are 3 semester hoin s imless otherwise indicated.
57.560
27.51
1
32.595
sis.
Required Courses
(fall,
summer)
57.5S0-9 Special Topics
Final
Requirement
(one course):
The Master of Science in Instructional
Technology requires 33 semester hours. Parentheses indicate the semesters the
57.590
Graduate Internship
57.599
Ciraduate Thesis
(6 semester hours)
(3
comses are
offered.
semester hours)
Required (loinses
(1'2
semester hours):
Faculty Research Interests
57. ,5,50
Instructional Design
57. .5.51
Advanced Instructional Design
(fall,
57.570
57.575
(fall,
spring)
spring)
Introduction to Interactive
Technologies (fall, sinnmer)
Managing Multimedia Projects
(fall,
spring)
Harold
(at least
57.572
ment
Timothv
57. ,574
summer)
C-onummications
(at least 3
25.445
semester hours):
Organizational Gonuiiimication
25.58,5-7 Special Topics in
(lommimication
'•3.566
(Organizational Behavior
93.556
93.583
International
Human
Phillips, Ph.D., assistant professor
instmctional computing, authoring
J.
Nicholson, Ph.D.,
assist, mt
professor
— instructional design, application of learn-
Platforms (spiing, sinnmer)
Authoring Tools for W indows
(fall, spiing)
.Authoring Tools for Networks
(spring,
I..
manage-
— instructional design, interactive graph-
Mary
s):
.-Xuthoring Tools for (hoss
57. ,573
— instruc-
computer-based instruction,
tools
Computing
6 semester hoin
Baile\, Ph.D., professor
interactive technologies, project
ics,
Instructional
J.
tional design,
Management
Resource Development
ing theory to technology-based instruction,
evaluation, cognitive psychology
—
matheL. Trudnak, Ph.D., professor
matics education, instructional design,
computer programming and design of hy-
June
pei media applications
Nursing
62
Master of Science
Nursing
Coordinator Sharon
R.
Ha\maker, Ph.D.. f ;.R.\.R
E-mail: havmakerigplanetx.bloomu.edu
The master of science program
in
nursing
(.M.S.X.) provides training in the areas of com-
miinit\ health
ginning
and adult health and
in the fall
an optimal
level of wellness
applv and develop research for
advanced nursing practice
• emplov knrjwledge and skills of leadership/management and consultation to impact
the deliver\ of health care within a given organization and to promote attainment of client
tain
• evaluate,
Tel. (717) 389-442.S
illness.
Be-
of 1996. an adult nurse prac-
titioner program will also be offered. The programs prepare graduates for advanced practice of professional nursing and thev produce
the foimdation for education at the doctoral
The program is accredited bv the Nation-
goals
Engage in relevant activities designed to
change in policies that affect health care
at the local, state and national levels
• Engage in professional activities designed
to enhance development in. and of. an advanced practice role
•
affect
level.
League for Nursing.
The program has a 100 percent job placement rate in a variety of clinical and educational settings. Students have been accepted
into doctoral programs at nationally renowned
The program
al
institutions such as the University of Pennsvl-
vania and
The
New York
University.
Community Health
program:
nthesize advanced knowledge of nursing and related disciplines to improve the prac• S\
tice
•
of professional
required credits. 21 are required core course^
all graduate students regardless of their
for
Specialization
critical think-
care organizations
of this
of 39
to
ing and communication in the competent use
of nursing process, therapeutic interventions
and technology to provide nursing services to
improve health and wellness in dlNerse client
populations
• Emplov the multifaceted roles of advanced practice in accordance with Standards
of Practice to improve and expand the delivery of health care services
• Participate in learning activities designed
to facilitate personal growth and professional
leadership contributions in professional heath
Graduates
minimum
community level and adult
health and illness options: and 42 credits for
the adult nurse practitioner program. Of these
selected specialtv area.
program are designed
goals of this
guide students to:
• Use advanced knowledge,
requires a
credits for both the
nm sing
Demonstrate advanced competence
in
nursing to formulate clinical decisicjns designed to promote, restore and maintain
health, prevent illness, and attain client goals
• Use advanced knowledge and skills to as.sist diverse clients in a variety of settings to at-
This option is designed to prepare the graduate as a clinical specialist in communir. health
nursing. The main focus is on preparing the
gi aduate to assume a leadership management
role in the area of commimitv' health nursing,
working with special populauons and communities to promote and improve communit\
health care. Students develop competence in
their multifaceted role as a clinical specialist
iLse their advanced knowledge, responsible decision-making, innovative problem-solv-
and
ing and communication to promote change in
the communin. .\.s advanced practitioners, they
engage in the competent use of the nursing
process to diagnose the health problems of
special populations, design programs to facilitate the progress toward the goal of optimal
wellness within the community environment,
and to impact the delivers of health care in
the communin. .-Vs advanced practitionei's. the\
serve as consultants and engage in social, ethical and political actions to influence and ini-
change in health care policy in order
promote the health of communities.
tiate
to
Nursing
63
They also enand political actions to
influence and initiate change in health care
policy and its effect on health care delivery.
Adult Health and Illness
pact the delivery of health care.
gage
Specialization
This option
ates to
assume
designed to prepare graduleadership/manager position
is
a
as a clinical specialist in the area of adult health
and
illness.
Through
the development of com-
petence in their multifaceted role as a clinical
nurse specialist, students engage in responsible decision-making, innovative problem-sohing,
tice
and independent/interdependent pracdesigned to meet the changing health
needs of a specific adult population. Students
use advanced knowledge, critical thinking and
commimication
skills in the competent use of
therapeutic interventions and technolog\' to
assist the adult client in attaining wellness. As
advanced practitioners, the students serve as a
consultant for clients and others to impact the
delivery of health care for a specific adult population. Social, ethical and political actions are
and affect change regarding the development of health care policy and its effect on health care deliven' for a
emphasized
to initiate
targeted adult population.
in social, ethical
Finallv,
students are
encomaged
their professional growth
and
to
continue
aid the profes-
development of Others by serving
models and mentors.
sional
as role
Preceptors
Clinical preceptors act as essential role
models, resom ce persons and liaisons for graduate students in all clinical specialties dining
clinical cour.se work. Preceptors assist students
in attaining role socialization and gain competence and confidence in performing advanced clinical skills. Because preceptors sene
such an integral function, they are carefully
selected based on the level of clinical course
and individual needs and goals, hi some courses, students are encouraged to identify precep-
whom
tors with
thev wish to work. In
all
stances, preceptors will be educationallv
in-
and
and will be
and able to spend time with students
and help them achieve clinical goals.
experientiallv qualified to serve
willing
Adult Nurse Practitioner
Specialization
Clinical
Placements
This option is designed to prepare the graduate as an adult ninse practitioner. The core
concept of role development focuses on the
progressive development of competence in the
multifaceted roles of advanced nm sing prac-
.Students are placed in major medical and
health care centers in Pennsylvania as well as
with the National Institutes of Health (NIH)
tice as practitioner, researcher,
leader/manag-
as appropriate to the clinical course objectives
consultant and educator.
The program
er,
emphasizes the role of advanced practitioner
as a provider of independent and collaborative direct
health care to adults. In addition, a
and community agencies
and
in a variety of settings
goals.
The
selection
is
made
jointlv bv the tacultv
and the individual student. Individual
requests are honored as much as possible.
adviser
rinal comminiitv focus enables students to
However,
develop competence
settings that offer excellent clinical experience.
comminiitv, identifying health needs and implementing
programs which may occm' at the individual
in assessing a
level in the practice setting.
Thus
adult
muse
practitioners are keenlv aware of the effect of
the
comnumitv on the individual seen in pracadvanced practitioners, students serve
tice. .As
as consultants for individuals
who
directlv im-
first prioritv
is
placing students in
Students must have documentation of (IPR.
insurance, a comprehensive health
examination, current Pennsvlvania nursing license and a current resume. .All of the above
are required by contractual agreements with
agencies serving as piacticiim sites.
liabilitv
64
Nursing
Progression and Retention
Admission
In addition to
meeting the general admis-
sion requirements for the School of Graduate
Studies, applicants
comply with the following
criteria:
• A baccalaureate degree in nursing from a
National League for Nursing accredited school
prt)gram
• A license to practice professional nursing
in the state of Pennsylvania
• A minimum of one year of direct care clinical practice (post baccalaureate) within the
past two years in the selected clinical specialty
area (for the adult nurse practitioner option,
this direct care
Graduate Record Examination scores
en within
gram
five vears
tak-
of application to the pro-
(scores for successful applicants gener-
alh exceed 400 for each of the three subtests
— verbal, quantitative and analytic)
•
An undergraduate
(QPA) of at
least 3.0
on
quality point average
a 4.0 scale
• Satisfactory completion of the following
imdergraduate courses: statistics, research and
health assessment (as a separate course or integrated concept)
• Three current letters of professional and/
or academic recommendation
• A resume which includes description of
professional mu sing or clinical experience
• .\ narrative describing personal and professional goals for graduate education (rationale and goals for the selected area of advanced
practice must be included)
• Personal inteniew prior to submission of
admi.ssion materials with the coordinal«ir
who have not fulfilled the idenrequirements for admission will be considered on an individual basis.
.Applicants mav be admitted on a non-degree or provisional basis imtil potential abilities for graduate education are demonstrated.
.\f ter students have been notified of admission
to the gi aduate program, they are required to
schedule a program planning session with their
assigned graduate faculty adviser.
-Applicants
tified
program,
of
.3.0
specified bv the university.
The
depart-
same as that of
the university with one exception. Whereas the
imiversin.' requires that grades of E be repeated, the department requires that a grade of C
mental retention policy
in a clinical
is
the
course be repeated.
Candidacy
experience must be in adult
health)
•
In order to progress within the
students must receive a minimum grade of B
in advanced clinical courses as well as in a
majority of theory courses to maintain the QPA
Requirements for candidacy are the same
School of Graduate Studies.
as those for the
Requests for admission to candidacy are submitted to the option adviser and subsequently
are reviewed and recommended b\ the Nursing Departmental Graduate Council for approval bv the .Assistant \'ice President and Dean
of Graduate Studies and Research.
Transfer of Credit
.\ maximum of nine semester hours in graduate courses taken at other approved colleges
or imiversities mav be transferred and credited toward the program if thev are applicable
to the requirements and are approved bv the
and the .Assistant N ice
Dean of Graduate Studies and
specialtv area adviser
President and
Research.
Courses being transferred must have been
taken in residence: must have been a.ssigned a
grade of B fir higher: and must have covered
content which is required for a particular progiam option or recommended bv the clinical
adviser for elective credit.
Students must request permission for transr
fer of credit from the .Assistant \'ice President
and Dean of Graduate Studies and Research
once vvritten approval has been obtained from
the clinical option adviser. This request must
be made
at the time of application for candidacv to the program.
Nursing
65
hours of operation of the
Dismissal
Core courses for
Transfer to non-de':;ree status without permission to reapply for candidacy in the program constitiUes dismissal from the program.
Failure to meet the following factors contributes to student dismissal from the program:
•
Earn a grade
B when
of at least a
Earn a grade of at least
advanced clinical course
a
or approximately half of the
required nimiber of credits. This reflects the
philosophy that advanced nursing practice
shares a common theoretical basis regardless
of specialization.
total 21 credits,
Core Courses
B
in a
second
(Complete the course of study within six
years or within an extended time frame granted by the Assistant Vice President and Dean of
Graduate Studies and Research
•
•
Demonstrate the academic and profesadxanced nursing
sional progress required in
practice
(21 credits)
82.501
Theoretical Bases for Role
Development
in
Nm sing Practice
dent
is
of science in
-
3
Epidemiology: Concepts for
Advanced Nursing Practice - 3
82.503 Bases of Research or Advanced
Nursing Practice - 3
82.504 Pathophysiology for Advanced
f
-
3
82.507 Pharmacology for Advanced
fulfillment of the following, the stu-
awarded the master
Advanced
82. .502
Niu'sing Pi actice
Graduation Requirements
Upon
clinical facility.
areas of specialization
repeat-
ing an advanced clinical course
•
all
Nursing Practice - 3
82.508 Adult Health As.sessment and
Piomotion
mus-
(clinical)- 3
ing degree:
• (completion of all coiu se work, attaining
the grades required and maintaining a minimimi cimiulative QPA of 3.0
(j)wwuiiil\ Hmllli
• (Completion of a comprehensive examination offered at the conclusion of the final
clinical core in each of the specialty areas. The
exam is not included as part of the course
grades and meets imiversity guidelines.
82.51
• A comprehensive program assessment exit
inter\iew must be held with the piogram coordinator to receive student inpiu as part of a
Electi\e Courses
continuous program evaluation.
Required Courses
Students may select either full-time oi pai ttime study depending on their individual
needs. Classes are scheduled in late afternoon
and evening to facilitate progression in either
type of study.
Clinical coinses usualh' require experiences held dm ing the day as dictated by the work
schedules of the clinical preceptors and the
(18 additional
1
82.531
Sj>f(
iaiizalion
ci edits)
(Communitv Health Niusing
(clinical) -3
(".ommimity Health Nursing
(clinical)
-
I
II
3
(0 credits)
(iraduate-level coinses to
fulfill
elective re-
quirements are chosen by the student and an
adviser based on career needs, clinical requirements and lole development of a clinical nurse
specialist. Electives may be selected from graduate courses in p,sycholog\', political science,
business, communication disorders, speech
communication, education and nursing.
AduU
Heiilth
and
Illness Speadliiiilion
(18 additional credits)
82.512
Adult Health and Illness
(clinical)
-
(i
I
66
Nursing
82.532
Adult Health and Illness
(clinical) - 6
Student Health Center, Bloomsburg
L'niversitv, Bloomsburg, Pa.
II
Private Practitioners
comses (6 credits) are as described
under the community health specialization.
Elective
Adult
.\'ursf I'radilioner
Faculty Clinical and
Research Interests
Spefiulizdtwn
(21 additional credits)
M. Christine Alichnie, Ph.D., R.N., professor
82..t1.t
82.516
82.5.S4
82.520
Diagnoses and Management of
Health Problems in Adults I
(clinical) - 6
Diagnosis and .Management of
Health Problems in .Adults II
(clinical) - 6
Adult Ninse Practitic)ner Practicum
and Seminar (clinical) - 6
(Community A.ssessment and
Planning
3
-
— Professional socialization
and personal
is
also available as a post-graduate certificate
Two core courses are waived for stuwho already hold an M.S.N, and additional courses may be waived after assessment
option.
dents
of prior academic background.
values, predictors of success
Julia Bucher, Ph.D., R.N., assistant professor
— Knowledge and experiences of familv care
jbuche@planetx.bIoomu.edu
—
(lau.sal attributions,
:
undergoing Ivmphangiography.
E-mail: mgavag@planetx.bloomu.edu
Annette Gimderman, Ed.D., R.N., associate
professor
— Patterns of continued learn-
ing activities
Lehigh Vallev Hospital, AUentown, Pa.
Berwick Hospital C^enter Home Health
C^are
Inc.,
The
.Milton S. Hershey Medical (Center of the
Pennsylvania .State University, Hershey, Pa.
National Institutes of Health, Dept. of Health
and Human Services, Bethesda, .Md.
Polyclinic Medical C^enter, Harrisburg, Pa.
Presbyterian Medical Center, Philadelphia, Pa.
Veterans Administration Medical (Center.
Wilkes-Barre, Pa.
Harrisburg Hospital. Harrisbmg, Pa.
L'niversit)' of Pittsbiugh .Medical C.enter,
Pittsburgh, Pa.
Harrisbm g,
Pa.
nurses.
—
as
Wilkes-Barre, Pa.
Home
registered
Extensive clinical experience
an adult nurse practitioner, expertise in
higher education, and ongoing research in
adult health. E-mail: haymaker@planetx.
professor
Berwick Hospital (Center, Berwick, Pa.
Maternal and Famih Health Services.
among
agimde@planetx.bloomu.edu
.Sharon Haymaker. Ph.D., (^.R.N.P, associate
E-mail:
Services, Berwick, Pa.
Health Care .Agency
(affiliate of Polvclinic .Medical
R.N., associate profes-
coping and needs
of cancer patients; practices of breast .selfexamination and psychosocial factors as
possible determinants of breast cancer prebiopticalh and information desired b\ pasor
tients
Selected Clinical Sites
Professional
stu-
cardiopulmonary nursing, advanced nursing practice and community/
uni\ersit\' nursing centers. E-mail: cmalic®
planetx.bloomu.edu
givers. E-mail:
adult nurse practitioner specialization
nursing
in nursing,
Mary Gavaghan, Ed.D.,
The
of
dents, relationship between interpersonal
Center),
bloomu.edu
Nancy Onuschak, Ed.D.,
— Quality of
E-mail:
life of
R.N., C.S.. professor
chronicallv
ill
patients.
naonus@planetx.bloomu.edu
—
Joan Stone, Ed.D., R.N., assistant professor
Ethics instruction and complementar\' therapies. E-mail:
jstone@planetx.bloomu.edu
Patricia Torsella, D.N. Sc., R.N., C.S.. associate
—
Postmenopausal women's
professor
health (particularlv in the cardiovascular
area). E-mail: pt()rse@planetx. bloomu.edu
Pattern
Dorette VVelk, Ph.D., R.N., professor
recognition as it relates to teaching strate-
—
gies. E-mail:
welk@planetx.bloomu.edu
67
special Education/Exceptionalities
Master of Science
Special Education/Exceptionalities
Coordinator: Carroll
Tel. (717)
J.
Redfern, Ed.D.
•
•
389-4119
•
E-Mail: redfern@planetx.blo()mu.edii
Two letters of recommendation
Resume
An interview with the coordinator
Graduate Record Examination scores
An undergraduate cumulative Q.P.A. of
2.8. If average is below 2.8, the student will be
admitted as provisional, which must be eliminated after completion of 12 to 15 semester
hours in which a Q.P.A. of .S.O or better is
earned. No Cs may be earned during a proba•
•
Degree Options
Education
•
Master of Science
Master of Science
•
M.S. + Ortification in Teaching
•
Special Education Supervisory
•
in Special
in Exceptionalities
tionary period.
Men tally/ Physically Handicapped
Certificate
Retention
Program
A
About the Program
This program provides an opportimity for
individuals to pursue three different master of
science programs.
Special Education
required for retention in
of two Cs is permissible. If a C is earned in a practicum course, it
must be repeated with a grade of B or better
within a time frame determined by the area of
concentration.
Q.P.A. of 3.0
the program.
is
A maximum
The Master of Science in
for those who hold certi-
is
fication in special education.
Graduation
education.
The Master of Science in Exceptionalities
is for professionals who are not currently teaching in the special education field, but who work
in a support group (nurses, physical therapists,
occupational therapists, counselors, etc.) and
wish to expand their knowledge and develop
new skills for working with the exceptional
person. Certification in Special Education may
also be piusued through the Master of Science
in Exceptionalities program as an option.
cation or the M.S. in Exceptionalities without
It is intended to
improve the competence of the student's work
for further graduate work in the field of spe-
cial
Students seeking the M.S. in Special Edu-
must complete a minimum of 30
semester hours with a cumulative Q.P.A. of 3.0.
certification
Master of Science
in
Special Education
(Prerequisite: B.S. in Special Education
Graduation requirements:
(Choice A: Thesis option
Admission
and
certification)
-
24 hours course work
plus six credits for thesis
Department paper option - 30 hours
course work plus department paper
C'hoice C: Course work option - 36 hours
course work.
(-hoice B:
Applicants seeking admission to the masdegree programs must satisfy the general
admission requirements for the School of
Graduate Studies. The following additional
criteria are also required:
• A one-page, handwritten letter of intent
stating professional background, experience
and rationale for wanting to be admitted to
ter's
the department
Core requirements
70.565
Reading and Interpreting Research
in Special
79. .591
(9 credits)
Research
Education; OR
Education
in
68
70.575
Special Education/Exceptionalities
Seminar
Current Issues
in
in
Special Education
70.591
Practicum
in Special
such as reading, early childhood, curriculum
and foimdations, psycholog\' and sociology.
Education
Master of Science
must be
taken in special education. Note: one graduate methods coin se is recommended if previous methods course has not been taken in the
in Exceptionalities
Electives (a miiiiniimi ot 12 credits
(This program does not lead to certification
Teaching the .Mentally/Physically Handicapped)
in
last five years).
Graduation requirements:
70.501
70.506
70.5 1 6
Administration and Supervision
in Special Education
hitroductit)n to Early Intervention
Psychology of Exceptional
Individuals
70.522
Mathematics for Students with
Special
Needs
70.525
Education of Individuals with
Moderate/Severe Disabilities
70.526
Transition Services for Indi\iduals
70.533
70.544
Choice A: Thesis optitjn - 24 hours course work
plus six credits for thesis
Department paper option - 30 hours
course work plus department paper
Choice C: Course work option - 36 hours
course work
C;hoice B:
Core requirements
with Special Needs
70.5 6
Language Arts for Students with
Special Needs
Diagnostic and Remedial Techniques
70.565
(recommended
79.591
1
previous
assessment coiuse is older than
five
\
if
Psychology of Exceptional
Individuals
Reading and Interpreting Research
Education; OR
Education
Seminar in Ciurent Issues in
Special Education
in Special
70.575
ears)
Research
70.547
Technolog)' and Exceptional
Indi\iduals
Electives (a
70.550
Elementarv Methods for Individuals
with Mild Disabilities
Secondary Methods for Individuals
with Mild Disabilities
Project in Special Education
70.501
70.551
70.552
70.556
70.559
70.562
The Mentally
Seminar
Gifted Individual
70.506
70.522
Special
iVloderate/Severe Disabilities
Transition Services for Individuals
Phvsical Disabilities
70.526
70. .595
Internship
Special Workshop
(1-6 credits)
Special Workshop 2 (1-6 credits)
Special Workshop 3 (1-6 credits)
70.533
72.572
74.501
70.544
70.547
Augmentative Communication
V\'ith advisei' approval, vou mav also choose
additional elective comses in related fields
Needs
Language .Arts for Students with
Special Needs
Diagnostic and Remedial Techniques
Technology and Exceptional
with Special
1
Introduction to Sign Language
Needs
Education of Individuals with
Foimdations of Beha\ior Disorders
Seminar in Behavior Disorders
7().59«
Administiation and Supervision in
Special Education
Introduction to EarK Intenention
Mathematics for Students with
70.525
70.570
70.572
70.596
70.597
in
minimum of 12 credits must be
taken in special education)
Education
in .Special
Issues of Individuals with
(9 credits)
Individuals
70.550
70.551
Elementary Methods for Individuals
with Mild Disabilities
Secondary Methods for Individuals
with .Mild Disabilities
69
special Education/Exceptionalities
70.552
70.556
70.559
70.562
Project in Special Education
The Mentally
Seminar
Language Arts for Students with
Special Needs
Diagnostic and Remedial Techniques
Technology and Exceptional
70.533
Gifted Individual
in Special
Education
Lssues of Indi\iduals with
70.544
70.547
Individuals
Phy.sical Disabilities
70.570
70.572
70.595
70.596
70.597
70.598
72.572
74.501
Foiuidations of Beha\i<)r Disorders
Seminar in Beha\ ioi Disorders
Internship
Special Workshop 1 (1-6 credits)
Special Workshop 2 ( 1-6 credits)
Special Workshop 3 (1-6 credits)
Augmentative C'ommimication
Introduction to Sign L>anguage
Elementary Methods for Individuals
with Mild Disabilities
Secondary Methods for Individuals
with Mild Disabilities
Seminar in Special Education
Foiuidations of Behavior Disorders
70.550
70.551
70.559
70.570
70.591
70.401
Practicimi in Special Education; OR
Student Teaching with Exceptional
Individuals;
With adviser approval, you may
also
choose
additional elective courses in related fields
such as reading, early childhood, curriculum
and foundations, p.sychology and sociology.
Problems
70.461
in Exceptionalities
70.552
70.556
70.562
Administration and Supervision in
Special Education
Project in Special Education
The Mentally Gifted Individual
Issues of lndi\ iduals with Physical
70.572
70.575
Seminar
Seminar
and
Certification in Teaching the Mentally/Physically
Handicapped
Graduation Reqiiiiements:
Students are required to complete a minimimi
of 36 credits (M.S.) and a maximimi of 45 credits or 42 credits plus student teaching (M.S.
plus certification).
Gore Requirements
70.516
Disabilities
70.596
70.597
70.598
72.572
74.575
Special
Special
Special
Education; OR
Research in Education
Major Philosophies of Education
Beha\ ior Disorders
in
Gm rent
Issues in
Workshop
Workshop
Workshop
1
(1-6)
2
(
1-6)
3
(
1-6)
Augmentative (Commimication
CCoimseling Needs of
Gommimicatively Disordered
Individuals and Their Families
Introduction to Sign Language
P.sycholog)' of Exceptional
Reading and Interpreting Research
in
Special Education
Individuals
70.565
Education
Electives
70.501
Master of Science
and
in Special
74.501
in Special
79.591
60.501
Goiuses (equivalent coiu ses may
be considered)
(Certification
70.506
70.522
Introduction to Earh Interxention
Mathematics for Students with
Special
70.525
70.526
Needs
Education of Individuals with
Moderate/Severe Disabilities
Transition Services for lndi\iduals
with Special Needs
V\ ith adviser approval, vou may also choose
additional elective coiuses in related fields
such as reading, earh childhood, curriculum
and foiuidations, psychology and sociology.
Faculty Research Interests
Arthur
sor
R.
Growell
Ph.D., associate profe.s-
— mental retardation, learning
administration.
planetx.bloonni.edu
ities,
E-mail:
disabil-
crowell®
70
Special Education/Exceptionalities
—
Mary
B. Hill, Ph.D., prof'es.sor
special education research and technology. E-mail:
hill@planetx.bl()omu.edu
Kenneth
P.
— behav-
Hunt, Ph.D., professoi
ior disorders, applied behavior analysis,
behavior management.
planetx.bloonui.edu
Sheila
hunt®
E-mail:
Dove Jones, Ed.D.,
— early childhood,
associate professor
assessment, inclusive
practices. E-mail: j()nes@planetx. bloomu.edu
Michael
|.
Karpinski, Ph.D., a.ssistant professor
— exceptionalities, vocational
transition, supervision.
planetx.bloomu.edu
Ann
L.
education,
mkarp®
E-mail:
Lee, Ed.D., professor
— inclusion,
ear-
childhood, language arts. E-mail:
leel@planetx.bloomu.edu
excepCarroll ). Redfern, Ed.D., professor
tionalities, supervision, special education
ly
—
regulations,
program
reviewer.
E-mail:
redfern@planetx.bloomu.edu
C^ynthia N. Schloss, Ph.D., assistant professor
— transition, inclusive practices, advocacy
and
legislation.
E-mail:
schloss®
planetx.bloomu.edu
—
Philip Tucker, Ed.D., assistant professor
moderate/severe disabilities, qualitatixe
research, mental retardation, transition
planning, communication and language
development. E-mail: tucker@planetx.
bloomu.edu
—
vocaJoseph M. Youshock, Ed.D., professor
tional assessment - secondary education,
transition, supervision. E-mail:
planetx.bloomu.edu
youshock®
Speech-Language Pathology
71
Master of Science
Speech-Language Pathology
Coordinator: G. Donald Miller, Ph.D.
Retention
Tel. (717) .S89-4436
The graduate program in .speech pathology prepares students for clinical practice with
a variety of communication disorders and in a
variety of clinical settings. The program is
on clinical experience both in
in-house clinic and culminating with a full
semester of externship practicum in a clinic,
hospital or school setting.
heavily based
oin-
Admission
In addition to meeting the general admission requirements for the School of Graduate
Studies, applicants for the master's degree pro-
gram
in speech pathology must meet the following requirements:
• Applicants are required to submit a onepage, typed letter detailing their professional
backgroimd, experience and rationale for
wanting to be admitted to the program in
speech pathology.
• Applicants are required to submit three
letters of recommendation from references
who have knowledge of their academic and
clinical backgroimd. This information must
include the name, address, position and telephone nimiber of each reference.
• Applicants must have a bachelor's degree
from an accredited institution with a major in
communication disorders and a minimimi
Q.P.A. of 2.8. Applicants whose major is in an
area other than commimication disorders will
be required to .satisfactorily complete certain
academic and practicimi deficiencies. These
be prescribed by faculty following analysis
will
of the individual's transcript.
•
Graduate students must maintain a Q.P.A.
of 3.0 with a maximum of two Cs throughoiU
the graduate program. If a grade of C is earned
in a clinic course, the course must be repeated. To progress in graduate school, students
must make application for admission to candidacy after they have completed 1 2 to 1 5 semester horn s of coiu se work.
Graduation
The graduate program in speech pathology consists of a minimum of 42 semester hours
with most courses being required. Glinical exis considered necessary and insepafrom the existing course sequence. It
becomes an important step in the development
of a competent clinician, linking the classroom
and textbook information with clinical experience, certification and eventual employment
perience
rable
in the field.
Required Courses
72.550
72.552
72.554
72.556
72.558
72.560
72.562
72.565
72.566
72.576
72.580
all
applicants. Scores for success-
applicants ha\e been at least 470 on the
520 on the quantitative and .'i7() on the
analytical portions of the exam.
72.582
ful
verbal,
Deadline for submission of application
materials
is
February
15.
Stuttering
Phonology
Clinic
I
Voice Disorders
Language Disorders of
School-aged (Children
Speech Disorders in Adults
and Children
Clinic
II
Clinic
III
Commimication Disorders of the
Traiimatically
Graduate Record Examination scores are
required of
Adult Apha.sia
Preschool Language Disorders
72.58,S
72.584
72.586
Research
in
Head
Injured
Speech and
Language Pathology
Swallowing Disorders
Field Experience
Field Experience II
I
72
Speech-Language Pathology
Elective Courses
72.530
72.568
72.570
Fundamentals of Andiology
Speech Habilitatiijn in the Schools
Aduh II - Secondary Language
72.572
72.574
Augmentative Communication
Seminar in Commimication
Disorders
Disorders
72.590
72.591
72.592
72.593
72.594
72.599
Independent Study and
Independent Study and
Workshop in Audiology
Speech Pathology
Workshop in Audiology
Speech Patholog\'
Workshop in Audiology
Speech Patholog)'
Research
Research
and/or
and/or
and/or
Master's Thesis
Faculty
Shaheen Awan, Ph.D.,
associate professor
—
voice, research, speech science, clinic
—
clinic,
Dianne H. Angelo, Ph.D., professor
clinical methods, augmentative commimi-
cation
—
neuR. (lhampoux, Ph.D., professor
rogenic disorders of speech and language,
orofacial disorders of speech, clinic
Robert |. Lowe, Ph.D., associate professor
phonologN, phonetics, clinic
Julia .VI. \A'eit/, Ph.D., associate professor
normal language, language disoiders in
children
Ronald
—
—
73
Supervisory Certificate Programs
Supervisory Certificate Programs
Supervisory (N, K-12)
Coordinator: John R. Hranitz, Ed.D.
Tel. (717)
389-4030
E-mail: hranitz@bf486.bloomu.edii
The
Siiper\ isor of C-in riciihun
and
Instruc-
tion (Certificate Program.s include the .supervi-
sor of ciuriculum
and
instruction certificate
and the super\isory (N, K-12) certificate programs designed for supervisors in an area of
specialization. They are designed for individuals seeking certification with district-wide responsibilities that includes designing, coordi-
nating, improving, evaluating,
in.struction
from
N
and extending
to 12.
This pr{)giam is designed for the person
with primary responsibilit^ supervising and
directing the activities of prof essional and nonprofessional employees in given fields.
Areas of Specialization:
Curriculum and Instruction
Early (;hildhood Education
Elementary Education
Reading
School Health Service
Secondai)' Education
Social Studies
36
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
Special Education
21 credits
Communication
Foreign Languages
Mathematics
Admission
Science
Candidates must provide proof of a valid
Pennsylvania teaching certificate and must
provide evidence of at least five years of satisfactory teaching experience. (Experience on
an emergency certificate or an intern certificate is not acceptable.)
Candidates must complete a minimimi of
36 semester hours at the graduate level from
seven areas of competency:
•
•
Curriculum and insti iiction-theory, design
and development
Curriculum and early childhood,
elementary, middle and secondary
•
education
Research
•
Supervision,
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
which supersought.
• At least five years of satisfacton' teaching
experience in the field for which certification
is sought. (Valid certificate in the field is reis
quired.)
Program Requirements:
A minimum
of 30 semester hours of gradufrom the following areas:
ate-level courses
•
Management and administration
Principles and practices in school
supervision
•
administration
•
•
Group dvnamics
•
•
School law and finance
Practicum - field experience
•
•
credits
credits
• Certification in the area for
•
management and
credits
Prerequisites for Admission:
visory certification
Requirements
credits
•
School law and finance
Group dynamics
Research techniques
Curriculum development
Practicum - field experience
74
Cooperative Doctoral Program
Bloomsburg University offers a Doctorate
of Education in cooperation with Indiana University of Pennsylvania (lUP).
The cooperative doctoral program in elementary education combines the resom ces of
both institutions. The program includes areas
of concentration in;
•
curricukmi and supervision
•
administration
leading
•
childhood education
educational psychology
special education
• early
•
•
Students take courses at both Bloomsburg
and lUP, and the doctoral committee guiding
the dissertation consists of faculty from both
you are interested in the docdegree program, you should contact
William S. O'Bru'ba (389-4025) or John R.
institutions. If
toral
Hranitz (389-4030).
Cooperative Doctoral Program
Interdisciplinary Studies
Interdisciplinary Studies
Interdisciplinary courses are planned by
more than one department or
prt)frram.
The
courses are sometimes taught by teams of faculty
members.
Students should consult with their adyisers
to determine the appropriateness of these
courses for their particular degree programs.
76
77
Graduate Courses
78
Graduate Courses
Course Codes
Code
Field oj Study
91
Accounting
Page
79
46
Anthropology
79
30
Art
79
31
Art History
80
32
Art Studio
80
72
Audiology/Speech-
Language Patholog)'
82
Biology
84
90
Business Education
86
23
Communication
86
25
Communication Studies
86
40
Economics
87
60
Educational Foundations
88
62
Elemental^ and Early
50
C;hildhood Education
90
96
Finance
91
05
Health and Physical
Education
91
80
Health Sciences
92
42
History
92
92
Information Processing
92
57
Instructional Technology
93
09
Interdisciplinary Studies
94
98
Law and Legal Elements
94
93
Management
94
55
Marine Science
95
97
Marketing
96
27
Mass Communications
96
53
Mathematics and
Computer Science
96
82
Nursing
97
94
Office Systems
99
54
Physics
99
44
Political
79
Professional Studies
101
48
Psychology
101
63
Reading
101
65
Secondary Education
102
45
Sociology
102
70
Special Education
104
74
Studies in Heal ing Loss
105
Science
100
)
)
79
Graduate Courses
control .system design and maintenance; rela-
Accounting ( Code 91
91.501 Financial Accounting (3)
on
asset vahiation,
income
tions with audit committee,
— Emphasis
detei niination,
and
financial accounting principles, with selected
topics from the cash flow statements
terpretation of financial statements.
and
91.502 Advanced Financial Accounting
Advanced problems in consolidated
{?>)
in-
—
CPA firm, and
ulatory agencies pertaining to internal
external reporting.
reg-
and
—
This course ad91.599 Special Topics (3)
dresses a variety of topics in accounting and
allows the instructor to focus on appropriate
current topics in the accounting profession.
Students should contact the instructor prior
to enrollment.
state-
ments, stockbroker's equity, partnerships, fiduand selected topics dealing
with government units and non-profit service
organizations. Selected reference to professional literature and uniform ('PA examination
problems. Prerecjuisite: 91. .501
ciary accounting,
—
& Fund Accounting {?>)
Accounting principles and practices of governments and non-profit institutions. Comparisons between accounting principles and practices that apply to governments and non-profit institutions and those which are generally
accepted in business.
91.503 Government
—
Pro91.521 Advanced Cost Accounting {?>)
vides a thorough understanding of the basic
concepts and practical procedures of reporting cost information to business management.
Special emphasis is placed upon the use of
budgetary control and budget analysis; the use
of standard costs; the relevance of management's costs and profit responsibility reports;
and the importance of capital expenditure
Anthropology ( Code 46
—
The place
46.440 Language and Culture (.3)
of Oral or non-oral language in human evolution and contemporary cultures. Topics di.scu.ssed include: dialectal variation, discourse
analysis, multilingualism, language, and cognition and the role of language in education.
46.450 Peoples and Cultures of South AmeriSurveys introduction to the aborigica (3)
nal, non-literate cultures of South America including the ecological background, archaeol-
—
ogy,
and
cultural patterns.
46.470 History of Anthropological Thought
—
liitensi\e survey of the leadand Theory (3)
ing methods and theories of anthropological
and ethnological interpretation with special
emphasis on the concept of culture and its
practical application to
modern problems.
planning and control.
—
In91.522 Advanced Auditing Theory {?,)
depth examination of the audit process, including compliance with GAAS, ethical considerations, EDP auditing, use of statistical analy.ses, as well as current problems facing the au-
Art (Code 30)
91.523 Advanced Tax Accounting (?<}
Presents an in-depth analysis of P'ederal and Pennsylvania tax codes with particulai emphasis on
30.590 Current Theories of Art and Art EduFocuses on current theories of
cation (3)
art and art education practiced in American
schools with an emphasis on eventual application. A research paper or research project is
corporations, estates, and trusts.
required.
—
diting profession.
—
91.524 Managerial Accounting
(,'?)
— Introduc-
accounting in management decision making. Theory, problem solvtion to the literature of
ing, case studies.
—
91.551 International Accounting (.S)
Addres.ses the global nature of accounting in the
current business environment.
—
91.552 ControUership Accounting (3)
An
integrating course dealing with administrative
problems of the accounting function; internal
30.591 Advanced Visual Arts for Exceptional
Children (3)
.Stresses importance of art activit)' as a means of enriching and stimulating
special children's awareness of themsehes and
their world. Emphasis is placed on those positive aspects for creati\'e activity which the hand-
—
icajjped child possesses.
30.595 Master's Thesis (.3—6)
80
Graduate Courses
—
Art History (Code 31)
31.595 Directed Study in Art History (.3-6)
of a topic in the area of art
history. Intensive review of the .sch(jlarly liieratme in the field. A paper is required under
the direction of a faculty adviser.
Advanced study
31.560 Readings and Research in Contemporary Art History (3)
Detailed study of con-
—
temporary movements in art from the late 19tli
century to the present with readings and research for advanced students.
3 1 .565 Readings and Research in American Art
History (?>)
Advanced stiidv of the historv
—
of visual art in America.
31.570 Readings and Research in Early European Art History
Research focuses on
specific topics relating to the periods from Pre-
—
Historic to Gothic.
31.571 Readings and Research in Later EuroExamines period from
pean Art History (3)
the early Renaissance through French Impressionism.
—
Art Studio (Code 32)
—
32.500 Advanced Ceramics I (3)
Requires
students to define in writing their level of
knowledge and competency, then prepare a
plan of study that will allow for a direction of
work. Students are responsible for making and
firing their own work.
—
32.501 Advanced Ceramics II (3)
Student-s
intensify their study of selecting a specialized
problem relating to the experiences gained in
Advanced Ceramics
I.
—
31.575 Readings and Research in Oriental Art
Advanced survey of Oriental Art
History (3)
in the broadest sense of the word, the art, and
architecture of the ancient Near East, Japan.
China, and India. An introduction to both
32.502 Advanced Ceramics III (3)
Students
ccjntinue to pursue an advanced and refined
level of study in the discipline of creating an
monuments and
facilitates continuitv in learning.
—
ogy, stvle,
cultural ideas. Exposes ad-
problems in chronoland research methodologv.
vanced students
to basic
31.580 Readings and Research in ArchitecturAdvanced survey of the
al Art History (3)
evolution of architecture in the Western World
from the Pharaonic Egyptian period through
—
the contemporary 2()th centurs'. Typical and
outstanding examples of each period are di.scussed and researched. Imperative to an understanding of the physical structures studied
is an analvsis of the type of society and the rationale for the creation of such architecture.
—
31.585 Art and Culture of France (3)
Studytour of France with specific attention to French
Art seen in relation to its social and cultmal
environment. Visits will be made lo places of
artistic and cultmal interest in and around
Paris and specific areas of France related to
the particular course of study. Course also offered through the School of Continuing and
Distance Education for advanced students and
members of the commiuiitN.
31.592 Readings and Research in Advanced
Ad\anced study of
images and \iable aesthetic positions in the
plastic arts emphasizing artistic and perceptual awaieness and concern with en\ ii onmenial
Visual Aesthetics (3)
relationships.
—
art object.
A
specialized
problem relating
the experiences gained in the
to
two levels
first
—
32.503 Advanced Ceramics IV (3)
Focuses
on professional and philosophical attitude reflected in students' work. Students are required
to have an exhibition of their work.
—
Explores
32.510 Advanced Drawing I (3)
advanced drawing techniques and involvement
of personal expression and imagen.
—
Emphasis
32.511 Advanced Drawing II (3)
on the dev elopment of individual themes and
projects.
—
Focuses
32.512 Advanced Drawing III (3)
on personal expression and imagen for potential
thesis statement, self-direction
and inno-
vation.
—
Concen32.513 Advanced Drawing IV (3)
tration and production of drawings for a unified thesis statement.
32.520 Advanced Crafts 1(3)— Advanced
els of experimentation with contempoian
oms
levidi-
Emphasis on highly professional concepts of form and methods and
on investigation and refinement of techniques
as a
in crafts design.
means of
realizing significant visual state-
ments in crafts. Indiv idualized instruction and
independent planning for each student on all
torn levels.
Graduate Courses
81
—
—
Individual
32.521 Advanced Crafts II (3)
concentration on specific media and related
techniques. Intense involvement with refined
design schemes, systems, and variations that are
oriented toward an increasinglv more defined
32.550 Advanced Sculpture I (3)
Requires
students to define in writing their level of
knowledge and philosophical direction, then
prepare a plan of study that allows for a direction of work. Students are responsible for the
singular direction in crafts.
completion
32.522 Advanced Crafts
— Highlv
III {?>)
in-
dependent and mature involvement with ad\anced concepts, methods, and processes in a
should be-
specific crafts direction. Students
gin to develop a thesis presentation which
should emerge from studio experiences, inde-
pendent research, and from a wide, highly selective exposure to craft objects in museums,
galleries, and private studios.
—
Continued
32.523 Advanced Crafts IV (3)
involvement with advanced concepts in crafts.
Concentration on completing final works for
a one-man or a one-woman show. A definitive
position paper reflecting a personal philosophy in craf ts should be developed.
—
32.530 Advanced Graphics I (.3)
Advancedk'\el exploration of traditional and/or experimental printmaking methods. Emphasis on
personalized imagerv and technical protlciency.
32.531 Advanced Graphics
tion of .idvanced-levei
color
and color
|)i
II {?>)
— Explora-
intmaking including
—
32.532 Advanced Graphics III {?>)
Focuses
on pel sonali/ed forms for potential thesis statement. .Students are expected to be innovatixe
and proficient in technology of printmaking.
tration
sis
on the
se
— Concen-
lected forms for a unified the-
statement.
32.540 Advanced Painting
I
(.3)
— Searches
into puijjose of |j
methods,
i.e.,
gla/ing,
egg
tempera, and undei painting.
32.541 Advanced Painting
tion
II
(3)
— Explora-
and different approaches of painting for
Emphasis on achieving
indi\idual expression.
in
—
—
32.552 Advanced Sculpture III (3)
Student s
work should reflect a significant transition
from experimentations to a more definite direction in technique and aesthetic opinion.
32.553 Advanced Sculpture FV (3)
— Students
produci- liighK professional pieces of art while
maintaining an awareness of their responsibilit\ to societv. This responsibilitv is fulfilled bv
an exhibition of each student work for a thesis.
—
32.580 Advanced Photography 1(3)
Focuses on foundations of black and white photography for the advanced student. Emphasis on
the technical controls of exposure and printing, research on historical and contemporary
photographers and issues, and active participation in class critiques and lectures.
—
registration procedures.
32.533 Advanced Graphics FV (3)
of show-(jualit\ pieces.
32.551 Advanced Sculpture II (3)
Emphasis on student experimentation while still being concerned with the concept form. Focus
on grt)wth and development of more positi\e
philosophical ideas.
representational painting.
—
32.542 Advanced Painting III (3)
Continued de\elopment into matuiit\ of individual
style with emphasis on mural painting designed
32.581 Advanced Photography II (3)
Students identify technical and conceptual problems and goals which they will pursue during
the coinse. Written statement of intentions,
self-evaluation of work, and a final portfolio
required. Attendance at lectures and critiques
is required.
—
32.582 Advanced Photography III (3)
Stres.ses proficiency in black and white exposure and
printing. Students design a semester photographic project with a finished portfolio and
exhibition as final goals. Ck)ntiiuied class participation
and development
of technical skills
expected.
—
32.583 Advanced Photography IV (3)
Students write a st.itemeiit oiulining their thesis
work to he carried out during the course. A
final thesis, exhibition,
and portfolio are
32.595 Directed Study in Studio Art (3 or
into architectural space.
—
re-
C|uired.
— Continued dexelopinent
of a
(i)
student's in-
32.543 Advanced Painting FV (3)
.Mature
fulfillment of person.il expression. Painting
should reflect contiiuut\ of intent and st\ le. .\
\ol\ement in a studio area after satisfactory
completion of four levels of achanced study in
tiiat area or in a related area of relevance. Con-
selection of work
sent of the instructor
thesis.
is
prepared for exhibition and
c
hairpei son
,n
e
l
and the department
equii ed.
)
82
Graduate Courses
—
emphasis on legislation and medico
Examines role and function
Audiology/Speech-Language
cial
Pathology (Code 72)
the public health
and
—
72.500 Measurement of Hearing Loss (?>)
Studies anatomy and physiology of the hearing mechanisms. Clovers etiology of hearing
losses, interpretation of aiidiometric evalua-
and
available rehabililati\e
experience
procedmes.
administration of clinical aiidiometric evaluation is ]3ro\ ided. Prereql.ab
uisite:
in the
72.200, 72..SOO.
72.502 Physiological Methods in Audiology:
Brainstem Evoked Response Audiometry and
Electronystagmography ('^)
Study of the
electroplnsiologic techniques used to assess
cochlear and retrocochlear fimction. Review
—
of theories
and
clinical applications of vestib-
ular tests, auditory brainstem evoked responses,
and electrocochleography.
72.504 Hearing Aids and Auditory Training ( 3
Theoretical and clinical analyses of literature in relation to educational and other re-
—
measines available to individuals
with serious organic and nonorganic hearing
problems. Study, interpretation, and evaluation
of niodern insti imients and tests included.
habilitative
72.506 Externship: Clinical Practicum in Audiology I ('?<)
Hearing losses and deafness
affecting the personal and socio-economic
adjustment of individuals evaluated and treated through supervised studN' and experience.
Externships ma\ be arranged in approved pri-
—
vate
and public
institiuions.
72.508 Externship: Clinical Practicum in AuSee comse description for
diology II (?>)
—
—
72.518 Seminar in Audiology: Theoretical and
Clinical Masking
Neurophysiological
and acoustic basis of problems of masking in
auditorv measurement explored and training
offered in clinical masking procedures.
—
—
72.520 Educational Audiology (?>)
Deals with
the diagnostic and rehabilitative aspects of
audiology in the educational setting. Examines
the effects of hearing loss on speech and language development, the use of amplification
in the schools, and educational audiolog)- alternatives and models.
72.522 Aural Rehabilitation: Theory and PracHabilitation/rehabilitation of the
tice
hearing impaii ed including auditor\ training,
speech reading, hearing aids, assistive listening devices, commiuiication strategies, and
—
counseling. Emphasis on the senson capabilities (auditory, \isual, tactile, and auditory
viof tfie hearing impaired with
sual training)
tion of clinical
and
('^)
—
.Applica-
non-clinical research
litei-
practicum
Methods and Practicum
'
fields.
72.514 Seminar in Audiology: Industrial and
Problems and
Public Health Audiology (?>)
jjrogranis of hearing conservation in public
institiuions and inrlustries examined with spe-
—
{?<)
of
lommimication Disorders. The
clinic provides
outpatient diagnostic and therapeiuic services for pei sons of all ages with speech, hearing,
and language problems, including students,
as
chology, otolog\, rehabilitation, and other
Audiology
(Clinic
practice of audiol()_g\.
—
in
— Emphasizes the .Speech, Hearing, and Lanas an integral part of the teachguage
the Department of
ing — training program
other
selected problems in audiolog\' and related
disciplines that ma\ include education, psy-
lab.
72.524, 72.525, 72.526, 72.527, 72.528 Clinical
ature to the solution of diagnostic and treatment problems encoimtered in the general
72.5 1 2 Seminar in Audiology: Special Problems
Anahsis, interpretation, and stuch of
—
—
(
72.510 Research in Audiology
of
industrial audiologisl.
72.516 Seminar in Audiology: Auditory Probin Children {?>)
(Congenital and acfjuired hearing impairment in children examined with special emphasis on problems of differential diagnosis. Educational and social implication of hearing impairment in children
discussed in conjunction with appropriate habilitati\e procedures.
lems
tions,
le-
gal questions.
members of
the university community,
area; serves
and residents of the Bloomsburg
an extension of the classroom where students can apply and study evaluational procedm^es, therapeutic methods, techniques and
materials,
and the
classification
and
eliologx'
speech and hearing disorders; gives students
an opportunitv to relate text and lecture information to actual clinical cases under the
close supervision of certified staff. Students
gain experience in all aspects of remediation
of
— diagnosis, therapy, counseling, and report
writing — with a wide
variet) of clients.
83
Graduate Courses
—
72.530 Fundamentals of Aiidiology (3)
Designed tor graduate students who are not aiidiolog)' majors such as, but not limited to, students in speech pathoh)g\', education of the
hearing impaired, reading, musing, or special
education. Presents a synopsis of the primary
concepts in diagnostic and rehabilitati\ e audiolog\. Attempts to relate the possible implications of the audiological topics to each of the
fields of stud\ listed abcne.
72.532 Instrumentation and Electronics: Clinand Hearing Science (3)
Emphasis on
solving practical equipment problems and
understanding the operation of equipment
used in clinical practice and hearing services.
—
ical
—
72.550 Adult Aphasia (3)
Studies language
disorders in brain-injured adults. Areas of concentration include histor) of aphasia, neiuological basis for aphasia, symptomatologv- of
aphasia, a.ssociated problems, intelligence and
aphasia, evaluation of language and nonlanguage functions, and ciurent rehabilitati\e
procedures.
—
72.552 Preschool Language (3)
Reviews
normal language accpiisition with primarv
emphasis on the application of developmental information to the diagnosis and habilitation of language disorders in children,
—
72.554 Stuttering (3)
Studies the development, diagnosis, and treatment of stuttering
disorders \vith equal emphasis on academic
understanding and clinical management.
—
72.556 Phonology (3)
Examines languagebased disorders of articulation. Emphasis on
identification, description and remediation of
phonological disorders. Discusses generative
and natiual phoin)logical processes.
—
—
72.558 Clinic I (3)
Emphasizes the Speech,
Hearing, and Language Clinic as an integral
part of the teaching
training program of the
Department of Conimimication Disorders. The
clinic provides outpatient diagnostic and therapeutic services for persons of all ages with
speech, hearing, and language problems, including students, other members of the luiiversity community, and residents of the
Bloomsburg area: ser\es as an extension of the
classroom where students can applv and stud\
e\aluati<)iial piocedines, therapeutic methods,
techniques and materials, and the classification
and etiologT of speech and hearing disorders:
gi\es students opportimit\ to lelate text and
iectiue inform.ilion to actual clinical cases
under the close supervision of certified staff
Students gain experience in all aspects of remediation
diagnosis, therapy, counseling,
report wi lling
with a wide variety of clients.
—
—
72.560 Voice Disorders (3)
sis
and
clinical
— Studies diagno-
management
of functional
and
organic voice disorders.
72.562 Language Disorders of School-Aged
Children (3)
Explores disorders of later langu.ige acquisition and the interaction of language disorders with academic achievement,
—
especialh' in the acquisition of literacv
skills.
Diagnostic assessments and treatment approaches are developed.
72.565 Disorders of Speech in Children and
Adults (3)
Considers the neuromuscular
and structural disorders that may affect the
speech process as an aerodynamic mechanism.
—
on the
Special emphasis
clef
t
palate
and
72.566 Clinic
adult, cerebral palsy,
dysarthrias.
II (3)
— See course description
for 72.558.
72.568 Speech Habilitation in the Schools (3)
— Examines the prof ession of speech and
guage pathologv
acts with the
Emphasis
is
it
lan-
inter-
other school-related disciplines.
placed on facilitating of commu-
among
nication
in a school setting as
the disciplines.
—
72.570 Adult II
Secondary Language Disorders (3)
Study of secondarv disorders of language in adults. .Special emphasis on disorders
of right hemisphere damage, dementia, and
schizophrenia.
—
—
72.572 Augmentative Communication (3)
Explores the field of augmentati\e communication and nonspeaking persons. Topics include candidacv issues, assessment, vocabulaiy
configuration, svmbol selection, and communication interaction training for language
board and electronic device users. Examines
current research practices and studies in communication interaction patterns of nonspeaking individuals.
72.574 Seminar in Communication Disorders
(l-(i)
Selected theoretical disciplines. Selected areas ma\' include clinical and research topics pertaining to student
needs.
—
72.576 Clinic
h)i 72.;i;i«.
III (3)
— See course description
84
Graduate Courses
72.580 Communication Disorders of the TrauHead Injured (3)
Sludiivs tlic nature of traumatic head injin ies, empliasi/ing
assessment and treatment oi resultant coj^nito
—
matically
communi<
—
72.584 Field Experiences
(.S)
I
— Considers
problems of clients through advanced studv and experience. F.xternships in
approved institutions oi schools. Pioblem aieas and sludeni practi< ums must be appioved
by a graduate ad\ isei.
ial
t
Unit
al
72.586 Field Experiences
desc
1
i|)ti()n loi
— See course
II
72.584.
72.590 Independent Study and Research
— Peiinits students
to
work under
(?>)
close facul-
ty guidance on libiary study of specified areas
or on individual research projects when particular needs cannot be met by registration in
regularly scheduled courses.
lor
('.'>)
72..'>9().
72.592 Workshop in Audiology and/or Speech
Pathology C^)
Temporary \vork.slio|is/semin.us designed to focus on contemporary
—
trends, topics
houis pei week includ-
ing laboratory. Prerequisite: .50.232,
141: or consent of the instructor
and problems
in the fields of
audiolog\' or speecii patholog}'. Guest lectur-
resoince speakers, team teaching, field
experience and practicimi, new media and
technologies and related techniques and methodologies are concepts that might be incorporated into one of the workshops/seminai s.
ers,
72.593 Workshop in Audiology and/or Speech
See course ciescri|)tii)n foi
Pathology
—
72.594 Workshop in Audiology and/or Speech
See course description for
Pathology {'.^)
DNA
and chromosome structure, gene orgaand expression, genetic recombination, plasmids, transpo.sons, and recombinant
DNA. Three hours lecture/seminar per week.
Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor or two
nization
of the
try,
—
following courses
— 52.341
50.441 Cytogenetics (3)
— The structine and
l)eha\ ior of chi omosomes
and
development are studied. The
cance
cjf
—
anim.ils Irom cells to
whole oiganisins;
on
clinical signifi-
chromosome abnormalities
and cancer
in birth
is
Two hours
of lecture and two hours of laborawork per week. Prerequisite: .50.233 or
50.332: ,50.271: or consent of the instructor
—
50.455 Environmental Microbiology (3)
Studies the interactions of microbes with
plants, animals and with each other in natiual
air, water and soil habitats; the roles of microbes in biogeochemical cycling, polhuion
and waste management. Lab experience in
sampling, coimting and monitoring microbes
in the environment. Four hours per week. .Additional time may be required. Prerequisite:
50.242: or consent of the instructor.
50.457 Entomology (3)
ogs.
— Studies the physiol-
morphologv, behavior,
classification,
and
general biologs' of the insects. A collecting
period provides an opportunity for students to
collect, mount, and properly disphn insects for
studv. Taxonomic emphasis limited to order
and familv. Kcjuivalent to 5 hours per week, inluding
lalioi atorv.
—
Studies effects
50.41 1 Radiation Biology {?>)
of radiation on li\ ing oi ganisms; nuclear sti iicture: fundamental piopeities of radiation:
physical, chemic al, and genetic effect on plants
their effects
described. Laboratory
studies include microscopic techniques, cell
culture methods and karyotype preparations.
defects
c
Biology (Code 50)
Biochemis-
.50.242 (leneral Mici obiologv, 50.332 (;e-
netics.
72.,"i92.
and
.'j().23.3,
50.432 Microbial Genetics (3)
(ienetic analysis of microbes to provide insights into the
molecular basis of gene action using viruses,
bacteria, and lower eukarvoles. Topics include
torv
72.591 Independent Study and Research
— See course desc ription
studies. Miiiiimim of 4
—
.nion disorders.
72.582 Research in Speech and Language PaA|)plicalion ol ( linical clinical research literatiue to the solution of
treatment problems encoiuitered in speech
and language |)atholog)'.
spec
ap[)lication of radiochemicals in biological
Outlines recent
50.462 Plant Anatomy (3)
concepts of plant anatomy and historical consideration of classical researchers. Reviews
structure, fimction, growth, and morphogenesis of the vascular plants. Addresses composition and growth of meristems and the phenomena of subsequent tissue differentiation to increase apprec iation of develo|)ment events.
Describes anatomical organi/ation by developmental and comparative methods in order to
e\])l
85
Graduate Courses
Two hours lecture, 3 hours laboraUn \ per week. Prerequisite: 50.120.
tionships.
50.463 Biological Photographic Techniques (3)
tiieoi\ and practice of photography as appliefi to biol()g\' including negative
and printniaking. gross specimen photography,
cop\ing, transparencies, filnistrips, autoradiog-
— Presents
raph\, natiue
work
in close-ups,
photomicrog-
and other
raphy, thesis illustrations,
special
techniques. Two hoius lectine, 3 hoius lahorator\ per week. Additional laboiatory hoius
mux be equired.
l
ment. Brings
to the
of
management
50.552 Limnology
(3)
— (Ihemic.il and
laboiatory.
50.557 Biology of the Lower Vertebrates (4)
Stud) of fishes, amphibians, and reptiles
—
anatomy and physiology, evoand behavior.
and laboratory work includes collection
their
lutionary history, zoogeography,
ing laboratory.
week, including laboratoiA.
—
—
50.531 Developmental Biology (3)
Study of
piogressive changes or transformations that
occur during the existence of \arious plants
and animals. Morphogenesis, differentiation,
metabolism, and genetics control are considered. Experimental studies in the laboratoiT
use living material obtained from the local region and living cells grown in the laboratory.
Four hours per week, including laboratory.
—
50.532 Molecular Genetics (3)
Study of
macronioleciilar complexes, protein synthesis,
gene
and chromosome structuie
on the eukaryotes. Three hours
iegulatit)n,
with emphasis
lecture/seminar per week.
—
50.550 Mycology (3)
A critical survey of the
kingdom Fungi with emphasis on the Ascomvcota, Basidiomvcota, and Deuteromycota. l.ectui es cover morphology, plnsiology, biocliemistry,
and
cytology, genetics, systematics, ecology,
commoi phologv of higher fungi, laboratechniques, and field mvcology. Two hours
e\<)liaion. l,aboi ator\' sessions stress
parati\e
loi"y
lectiu e,/3
hours laboratory per week.
—
50.551 Conservation Biology (3)
Presents
the science of pi eser\ing biodiversity and sustaining the earth. Draws
infoiniation
on and synthesi/es
from the
tion, genetics,
fields of ecology, evoluphilosophy, economics, sociol-
and political science. Emphasis on the de\elopment of strategies foi preserxing populalions, species, biological communities and enlire ecosystems in the face of growing human
populations and our impact on the en\ironogy
|3hysi-
ponds, and streams and
the nature of their biota. Laboratory and field
investigations. Five hours per week, including
cal aspects of lakes,
Morphology,
50.521 Systematic Botany (3)
laxonoTin, and geographical distribiuion of
vascular plants. Five hoius per week, includStudies the major con50.530 Evolution (3)
cerns of the theory of e\()lution and contributions toward their solutions made by genetics,
paleontology, systematics, and ecology. Three
hours lecture per week.
and theory
for preserv-
ing the richne.ss of life on earth. Three hours
of seminar per week.
embracing
—
scientific principles
problems
Field
and
identification of local fauna. Six hours per
—
50.558 Fungal Ecology (3)
Provides a broad
treatment of the ecology of fungi and an intensive examination of selected topics, i.e., fungal decomposition of wood, bark, and forest
litter, ecology of aquatic and predaceous fungi, community structure of soil and/or dung
fungi, and aspects of mycorrhizal symbioses.
l.aboiatorx stresses demonstration of basic
and formulating
and research techniques, and
component.
principles, testing existing
new
has
liNpotheses,
a field
50.559 Ornithology
birds
field
(3)
— General biology of
and the study of bird identification in the
by song and sight. Studies birds of thi.s
region in relation to migration, time of arrival,
and
nesting.
Two hours
lecture, 3
hours
oratoi} per week, (^ff-campus study
lab-
may be
required.
—
50.561 Animal Behavior (3)
Presents deand classification of animal behavior,
its evolution and biological function. Emphasizes mechanisms underlying behavior, espescription
cially species-typical
ture. 2
behavior.
Three hours
lec-
hours laboratory per week.
50.570 Medical Parasitology (3)
— Presents
life
taxonomx. and morpholomedical importance to hu-
history, physiology,
gy ol parasites of
mankind. Special attention given to clinical
aspects such as pathology, symptomolog); diagnosis, prevention,
ry
work
and treatment. Laborato-
stresses identification of parasitic dis-
ease through living and preserved material,
proper handling of specimens, and methods
of professional patient interviewing.
50.571 Endocrinology (3)
spect to
— Studies the
indi-
endocrine system with retheir development, morphology, func-
vidual glands ot
tion, regulation,
tlu'
and significance
in integrat-
86
Graduate Courses
ing phvsiological activities of higher vertebrates. Three hours lecture per week.
Business Education (Code 90)
—
50.572 Comparative Animal Physiology {?>)
C^ompares higher \ertebrale adaptations to
various environments with respect to regulation of bodv fluid volume composition, core
temperature, and nitrogen metabohsm. Four
50.575 Cell Physiology^ (3)
— .\pplies phvsical
principles to cellular processes,
biochemistrx of cellular constituents, physio
chemical environment: bio-energetics, intermediate metabolism. Three hours lectiue discu.ssion per week.
50.576 Neuromuscular Physiology
^?>)
— Ex-
amines normal piivsiologv ot the nenous and
skeletal muscular systems: specificallv studying
cellular neiuophvsiologv, muscle contraction,
sensor)' phvsiolog\-, motor control and their
integration. Three hoius lecture and discussion per week. Backgroiuid in mammalian or
systemic phvsiologv. biochemistn and anato-
mv recommended.
50.590 Current Topics in Biology (3)
examines
—
Criti-
a specialized topic in biologv
lecture/seminar format. Topic varies each
Mav be repeated once, provided that the topic is different. Three hours
of lectiu e seminar per week.
in a
.semester offered.
50.591 Directed Study in Biology
(
.3)
—
.\n
independent investigation, conducted imder
the direction of a member of the Department
of Biological and .\llied Health .Sciences, in an
area of biologv in which the student has a particular interest. Student encoiuaged to identify a problem, emplov an experimental design,
and analvze collected
literature
is
data. Studv of pertinent
required.
—
50.592 Master of Education Thesis (6)
Independent research and the preparation of a
formal thesis in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of Master of Education in Biologv.
—
Inde50.593 Master of Science Thesis ((i)
pendent research and the preparation of a formal thesis in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of Master of Education
in Biologv'.
ba.sed
upon
instruction which
performance according
—
50.573 Systemic Physiology (4)
Examines
how normal bod\ function is maintiiined bv the
preci,se control and integration of the specialized activities of various organ svstems. Three
hoins lecture. ?i hoius laboratory per week.
callv
—
ments
is
geared
to involve students in the a.ssessment of their
hoin"s per week.
and chemical
90.551 Teaching Strategies in Business Education (3)
Presents teaching-learning environ-
to specific criteria.
Emphasizes an increasing degree of professionalism and teacher competency in education
todav by irsing specific criteria forjudging a
teacher's effectiveness. Designed to develcjp
teaching strategies and to evaluate the results
of performance-based instruction.
90.560 Business and Office Education Workshop (1-3)
.Addresses those educational
ideas and experiences that encourage, support
and guide participants to acquire an increased
understanding of the accumulated knowledge
pertaining to the development of business
skills, enhancement of business education as a
profession, and determination of a business
and office personneKs responsibilirv and role
—
in the business world.
90.564 Business Education Program Manage-
—
ment and Development (3i
.Studies basic
management and curriculum theorv as it dpplies to business educatif)n program administration and supervision. Coinse approached
from the perspectives of planning, organizing,
staffing, directing,
and
controlling.
—
90.581 Seminar In Business Education (3)
Investigates and ev aluates completed research
in business education on particular topic
area(s). Students submit written reports which
are used as the basis for class discussions.
90.590 Master's Thesis in Business Education
(6).
90.599 Special Topics in Business Education
Studies current or
and Office Systems (3i
advanced U)pics in the field of business teacher education and or office systems not nomialIv presented in other courses.
—
Communication and
Communication Studies
(Codes 23 and 25)
—
Ex23.501 Nature of Communication (3)
amination, discussion, and evaluation of defl-
.
87
Graduate Courses
nitions
and theories
in the
ol coiiiimniication.
contemporary study
Enipliasizes developing
Economics (Code 40)
competencies
in recognizing philosophical
assumptions, conceptual elements, and ade-
qiiacv of
communication
theories.
23.502 Interpersonal Communication (3)
—
Siir\eys assumptions, models, theories, process-
and contexts lelated to the study ot person-to-person communication. Studies ways of
es,
perceiving the commimication of
ers as a
means
of
self to
oth-
strengthening social interac-
tions.
—
Inde23.598 Master's Research Project (.S)
pendent research on a to|>ic appioved by the
student's ad\iser(s)
—
25.445 Organizational Communication (3)
An explanation of theoretical and practical
aspects of how commimication patterns devel-
op
in
organizations.
international
and
Compares and
contrasts
interciiltural aspects of or-
ganizing, as well as considering gender roles.
25.501 Introduction to Communication Research {?))
Over\ iew of the fields of research
in commimication and an examination of the
contributions of professional speech communication organizations, graduate studies, and
research. Examines and evaluates historical,
descriptive and experimental research studies.
A pilot thesis is required to demonstrate competency in research techniques and use of bibliographical resoinces.
—
—
Studies the25.502 Rhetorical Criticism (3)
ory and practice in the investigation and evaluation of symbolic acts created by people to
influence thought and behavior.
25.585 Special Topics in Communication (3)
Specialized siud\ h\ the class. Subjects \ar\
bv semester.
—
25.586 Special Topics in Communication
25.587 Special Topics in Communication
25.590 Master's Research Paper
(.S)
(.3)
(.3)
25.597 Internship in Communication - Graduate (?>)
Integrates ci.issroom experience
—
work experience in industrial,
business or government work setting. Students
must achieve academic integrity of their proposed experience and its relevance to course
work in the major. Contact departmental in-
with practical
teinship coordinator to obtain detailed information and forms.
40.513 Origin and Development of Capitalism
Covers transition from feudalism to capitalism and the subsequent influence of lead-
—
ing capitalist institutions on industry, agriculture, commerce, banking, and the social move-
ment.
—
40.514 Labor Economic Theory (.3)
Emphasizes labor economic theorv and its application
in analyzing the issues of employment and inflation. Topics include growth of the labor
force and its composition, wage theories and
unionism and income
economics of poverty, minimum
wage, hoin" laws, and civil legislation. Occupa-
wage
structures, trade
distribution,
tional choices, job search, labor mobility,
human
and
capital formation included. Students
and measurement
methodology to meet the research requirements of the course.
are exposed to research
40.515 Public Policy and Business
—
Fo(?>)
cuses on public policies affecting the economy: historical, philosophical, and legal basis of
regulation; the rationale of free enterprise.
Intensive analysis of selected areas of economic
policy related to
government
action.
40.531 Current Economic Problems (.3)
Examines economic problems ol current
—
in-
terest and concern to our society. Basic economic principles and theories and the thinking of recognized economists of the past and
present as revealed in their published works.
—
40.532 Comparative Economic Systems (.3)
Compares workings and performance of the
major forms of economic organization: capitalist
systems; the
capitalism;
modem
welfare states; state
comnumism; and
socialism.
40.533 International Economic Policies and
Relations (.3)
Applies modern international economic and financial analyses to emerging contemporarv problems of nations tiading
—
with
toms
one another.
iniions;
tional cartels;
.Selected topics include: cus-
optimum
and
cui rency ai ea; interna-
flexible
exchange rates. Foand intergov-
cuses on impact of governmental
ernmental relations and regulations.
)
88
Graduate Courses
Advanced
Educational Foundations
(Code 60)
60.451 Pupil Personnel Services in the Public
School (3)
Ciomprehensive view of pupil
personnel services in elementan,' and secondar\' schools; school attendance, school health
programs, pupil transportation, psychological
—
services,
guidance
studv of the role of media in the
educative process. Includes critical assessment
of that role, selection of equipment and materials for optimum utility, a review of contemporary literature in the field, and a production
component involving advanced work in telev ision, transparencies, slide-tape, and compiuer-assisted instruction.
60.514
Home, School and Community
tions (3)
— Introductorv course
Rela-
in public re-
lations with special reference to elementarv
ser\ ices.
60.501 Major Philosophies of Education (3)
Interprets inodern educational problems
and trends in the light of philosophical viewpoints; study of primary sources of concepts
and philosophies which have influenced and
are influencing education.
—
school. Develops a philosophy of partnership
between home, school, and community, (^otisiders principles, attitudes,
and techniques
to
encoiuage community sharing in the planning
of and assuming responsibilitv for good
schools.
— Examines
60.520 Guidance and Counseling for Exceptional Children (3)
Studies needs of excep-
and community
pressin es and changing patterns and standards
of life in oiu' society on the schiMji program.
Fosters understanding of these pressures and
patterns so that the teacher can work effectively
to encourage the good and reduce the harm-
children in public schools (including the
academically talented); guidance and coim.sel-
60.502 School and Society
(3)
effects of social class, familv,
ful
impacts of social forces
in relationships
of
ing techniques for teachers and guidance
counselors in meeting those needs; guidance
and counseling for exceptional children related to the total guidance coimseling program.
60.527 Classroom Management and Effective
— Focirses on theories
children.
60.503 History of American Educational Theory (3)
Historical foundations of .\merican
educational theory with an emphasis on individuals and schools of thought which have influenced and are influencing education in
America.
—
60.505 Comparative Education (3)
— Educa-
and practices of various coimtries
are examined for their impact upon oiu" culture and education. Particular attention is given to the relationship of Em opean educational programs to the .American philosophv and
tional ideas
practice of public education.
—
Examines prot)60.506 Urban Education (3)
lems of the urban educational s\steni. Emphasizes growth of sensitivilv to the disadvantaged
youngster, in-depth examination of cinrenl
re.search findings in areas studied, teaching
strategies,
—
ti(jnal
and resomces and approadies
to
resolve major pioblems. Discussion of polarization in critical
problem
areas.
60.507 Using Newspapers in the Classroom 3
.Acti\it\ -centered course that provides an
orientation to the use of the newspaper in \aiious subject areas. Provides opportimities for
the development of learning experiences.
(
—
60.512 Educational Media and Software
(3)
—
Discipline (3)
tive discipline
of effec-
and cla.ssroom management.
Methods of plaiming for the beginning of the
year and for establishing an effective cla.ssroom
organization to promote appropriate behavior
throughout the year are reviewed, (-urrent
models and major theories of discipline are
reviewed and evaluated.
60.530 Guidance in the Elementary Schools (3)
— (Covers concepts and techniques
of the guid-
ance process in the elementarv school, behavioral and developmental problems, and releasing creative capacities of children.
60.533 Measurement and Evaluation in the ElEmphasizes construcementary School (3)
tion, administration, and interpretation of
group tests of intelligence, achievement, apti-
—
tude,
and personalitv
in
elementan
scfiools.
—
Helps
60.534 Creativity for Teachers (3)
teachers become more creative in their approaches to students and subject matter Emphasis on understanding the creative process,
recognizing the creative child, and development of the creative potential of student and
teacluT.
60.550 Problems in Guidance and Counseling
Covers philosophv ol guidance; history
(3)
of the guidance movement; guidance needs of
—
89
Graduate Courses
children and adolescents; methods of gathering data; nature of school records; interpretation of test results and inventories; use of occupational information and data; interviewing
and counseling techniques.
—
60.551 Techniques in Counseling (3)
Focu.ses on theories, principles, and practices of
counseling; de\elopment and use
ing materials such as
test results,
t)f counseleducational
information, and other pertinent materials.
60.552 Organization and Supervision of GuidExamines tvpes of guidance orgaance (3)
nizations used in schools and their effectiveness in providing for good guidance.
—
60.561 Measurement and Evaluation in the
Examines construcSecondary Schools {?>)
tion, administration, and interpretation of
group tests in intelligence, achievement, apti-
—
and personality
tude,
in
secondary schools.
60.573 Introducdon to Educational AdminisFocuses on examination of the
tration (3)
functions and tasks of educational administration. Issues include the evolving school setting;
the meaning, development, and work of school
administrators; educational systems analysis;
school personnel administration; administrati\e and organizational behavior; and career
ladders in educational administration.
—
60.576 School
Law and Finance
(3).
— Consid-
ers limitations established by local, state,
and
federal laws relating to the interactions of
school personnel. Special attention to recent
changes resulting from judicial decisions. Covers fiscal control of education with emphasis
on
local
budgetary problems.
and materials of staff supervision; defines the
supervisory function directed toward the improvement of instruction with emphasis on the
interrelationships between the humanistic aspects of education and democratic administrative behavior; studies roles of contemporary
supervision with respect to educational quality a.ssessment, interpersonal relations, and the
catalytic role of the supervisor.
60.580 Practicum in Supervision of Curricu-
lum and
—
Field-based practiInstruction (3)
that places the candidate for
cum experience
a (Airriculiim
and Instruction N-12 Superviso-
cooperative relationship with
an individual in a school setting responsible
for the o\erall planning, coordination, implementation, and evaluation of a curricular and
instructional program. Competency-based experiences discussed in a weekly seminar. Evaluation of performance based on achievement
of specified competencies.
ry Certificate in a
60.581 Independent Study in Education (1-6)
— Provides an opportunitv tor public school
teachers to pursue in-service projects in coopThe teacher sub-
eration with a faculty adviser.
mits a "learning contract" to an adviser desig-
nated by the department chairperson. Contract
includes details of the academic goals, descriptions of the project in
its
relation to the goals
and of a proposal for a final report, a reading
list, and the proposed credit. Permission to
register for the cour.se granted upon approval
of the contract. Evaluation based on the written report and an examination by a committee appointed by the adviser and/or department chairperson. Students may register at any
suitable time; the duration of the experience
60.577 Educational Research for Supervision
Considers development of ability to read
(3)
and interpret educational research and apph
it to a school situation. Conclusions concerning curricuhmi content and teaching strategies
designed for the improvement of the educational process are emphasized.
—
—
Group Processes in Supervision (3)
Emphasis on group processes, comnnmication
60.578
group, and organizational goals related
educational supervision. Focuses on knowl-
in the
to
edge and practice in laboratory experiences
in group processes and applicability to supervision. Experiences provide opportunities for
experimenting with and evaluating leadership
skills
and promoting
creativity
and
initiative.
60.579 Supervision of Curriculum and Instruction (3)
— Examines objectives,
technic|ues,
is
flexible.
—
60.583 Seminar in Education ( 1-6)
Provides
the opportunit) for a group of teachers engaged in a common in-service project to use
the resources of the university and its faculty.
A "learning contract" similar to that of 60.581
is submitted by the group as a basis for permission to register. Papers relate to aspects of the
project and to the literature designated in the
contract. Discussion and criticism in seminar
meetings under the direction of a faculty member. E\aluation is based on the seminar reports
and a final comprehensive written report by
the student.
60.584 Curriculum and Instructional Theory,
Design and Development (3)
Competencyleased course consisting of elements that pro\ide a base in relevant theorv associated with
—
90
Graduate Courses
the activity of cuniculimi dcvclopnifiit. A reand evaluation of cm rent theoretical positions and design methodolog)- are
an integral part of the course.
vifw, critique,
60.585 Curriculum and Instructional Evaluation (?))
C.onipetencv-based coiusc consisting of elements providing a base for the student in cm rent theon and practice in the evaluation of school curriculmii and instruction.
Reviews, critiques, and application of current
thinking and practice in curriculmii evaluation
are an integral part of the course.
—
methods and materinin lin ing these interests and for implementing science instruction within the limits
of the interests of children are presented and
evaluated.
the elemeiitan grades:
als for
62.527 Social Studies in the Elementary School
V^)
— Examines contempoi
arv
trends and cur-
rent reseaich in the disciplines of the social
sciences as a basis for development ol a con-
ceptual framework for a social studies program.
62.528 Language Arts in the
Modern School
— Studies [)roblems lelated to insiriKtion
in various aspects of the language arts; place
of the language arts in the curriculum; current
reseaich and it.s practical application.
Elementary and Early
Childhood Education
62.529 Literature for Children in the EJementary Grades (.S)
Survevs wavs children m,i\
(Code 62)
encounter literatme and methods
—
fective in the eiicoimter. Students
(]uainted with children's books,
dren
62.510 Methods and Materials in Early ChildFor iii-sei\ice teachhood Education 1 {'^)
—
ers
and
in teaching.
62.520 Methods and Materials in Early Childhood Education II (3)
See coinse descrip-
—
tion for
work with
ac-
chil-
ston telling experience, discover wav s
in a
othei than through reading bv which children
mav expel ience
literature.
gr.iduate students. ,Stud\ of selected
areas in earh childhood education. lndi\ iduai
or group studv of subjects of interest or con-
cern
that are ef-
become
(iL'
.'iK).
—
62.521 Elementary School Curriculum (:\)
Studies problems related to development, experimentation, and improvement of curriculimi practices in the elementarv school.
62.522 Ciirricuhun Trends in Early Childhood
Education (S)
Studies the changing goals
and the developing programs required to meet
the needs of children who enter school with
increased experiential backgioimd.
—
62.523 Practices in Teaching the Yoimg Child
Examination t)f current practices in
{?>)
teaching the v cnuig child with emphasis on the
developmental aspects of childhood .is thev
relate to the school program.
—
62.524 Knowledge and the Curriculum in the
Studies the place of
Elementary School (.S)
knowledge in developing a cuiiiculum. Emphasis on content influenced bv innovative
—
practices.
62.525 Current Practices in Elementary School
Studies the problems lesuiting
Science (3)
from the increa.sed interest of children in science and the need foi science instruction in
—
62.530 Awareness of Eji\iornmental Education
—
Problems for the Elementary Grades
Helps classroom teacher oi g.ini/e env ironmental education activities,
clude problem-solving
of content inmaterial
sources, the use of re.somces, curriculum building, development of an awareness of env ironmental pioblems. and possible solutions to
them, {'amping and a camp fee are required.
.-\reas
activities,
62.531 Environmental Education Awareness
and Materials for the Elementary
Opportimitv for students to
School (1-,'^)
broaden their experiences in environmental
education, (damping and a camp fee are required. Prerequisite:
Activities
—
62.533 Values Clarification in the Ellementary
Primarilv for elementarv educaSchool (3)
tion students. F.mphasi/es the philosophv and
composition ol values clarification as it applies
to the element.ii v school child. Practical and
—
theoretical of the emotional needs of children, luimani/ing of the education process and improvement
of vvoi king and learning relationships.
62.539 Current Topics in Elementary EducaInvestigates current thinking and
(.3)
rese.n ch in aspects of elementarv educ.uion.
tion
—
Graduate Courses
91
62.581 Independent Study in Elementary EdComparable to 60. 381.
ucation
—
62.583 Seminar in Elementary Education
(i)
— Comparable to
(
1-
(50.583.
62.590 Current Research and Development in
Early Childhood Education (.S)
Examine.s
recent literature and le.search in earh childhot)d education, prenatal tbrougb age 8. characteri.stics of the learner, learning environment, learning materials, and innovative pro-
—
Departmental paper and/or curriculum projects are initiated in this coiuse.
gram.s.
62.591 Learning and Development of the
Yoimg Child (3)
Surveys child de\elopment
and its relationship to the early school \ears;
the development of the voimg child from pre-
—
natal
through age eight.
—
62.593 Organization and Administration of
Educational Programs for Young Children (.S)
— Studies the
\ arioiis programs in early childhood education with emphasis on the expansion and administration with regard to the se-
lection of personnel, evaluative techniques,
and curriculum procedures, school law,
nance, and other appropriate subjects.
fi-
regulations
ment,
and
policies, financial
—
62.595 Individualized Instruction - Principles
—
and Practices for the Classroom (3)
Analyzes practices, principles, and procedin es foi
individualizing instruction. Experiences include procedures for adapting con\entional
to individualized settings.
Finance (Code 96)
Finance.
96.550 Security Analysis and Portfolio Management (3)
.Adxaiued treatment of aspects
in\()lved in developing a logical and svstematic approach to analvzing and evaluating tvpes
of securities. Investment stiategvand management of an investment portf olio. Theoretical
aspects of security analysis and problems invohed in analyzing and evaluating securities
within the context of the tvpe of industn issuing them.
—
advanced topics
—
development of advanced financial management practices as irsed in the decision-tnaking
role of the financial manager.
—
May address
a
graduate level, and permits the instructor to focus
on issues of particular importance and interest to the discipline. Students should contact
the professor pi ior to enrollment.
variety of
in law at the
Health and Physical
Education (Code 05)
—
05.500 Technology in Health/Fitness (3)
Presents the basic principles of software and
hardware usage for exercise science and human performance type of environments. Special emphasis on spreadsheet and data base
modeling of performance
96.525 Financial Management Decisions (3)
Studies business financial problems and the
manage-
accounting for international
transactions. Prerequisite: 96.313 Business
as well as
96.599 Special Topics (3)
62.594 Practicum in Early Childhood Education (6)
hidi\idually prescribed couise of
study and activity-based learning and practice
teaching. Prexious experience and academic
achievement reviewed. Practicrmi proposal
required, and consent of program coordinator and department chairperson required.
modes
—
96.540 International Finance (3)
Studies the
principles and practices relevant to understanding the natiue of internaticjnal finance,
its prolilems and its institutions. Discussion
centers on sources and instruments of international export and import financing, exchange rates, balance of payments, governmental
62.592 Identification and Prescription of the
Needs of Yoimg Children (.3)
Focirses on
techniques of identifying the physical, emotional, social, and mental needs of young children and in developing appropriate prescriptive procedures.
instructional
—
96.535 Financial Management (3)
In-depth
stiid\ of management activities involved in the
financial aspects of business enterprise. Theoretical knowledge gained through exposure to
financial management literature is applied to
problem situations through the use of case
studies and simulation techniques. Emphasis
on the development of perspective in the decision-making process with the acquisition of
tools to facilitate effective decision making.
used
several
ods
tests
and evaluations
in the area of fitness assessment. Utilizes
common environments as well as meth-
of software modification
and hardware
in-
terfacing.
05.510 Physiological Assessments (3)
— Stud-
92
Graduate Courses
ies skills
necessaiy to
make
rational choices be-
tween alternative practices
in exercise
science
and adult health. Provides methods to validate
performance improvements. Allows opportube involved in proper hypothesis formation both for their own investigations but also for evaluation of current pubnity'
for students
tf)
lished works.
05.511 Concepts in Graded Exercise Testing
Studies concepts, procedures, and tech(3)
niques required in graded exercise testing
(GXT) involving bicycle ergometer and tread-
—
mill test protocols.
—
05.575 Adult Exercise Programming (?>)
Concentrates on adult physiological functions
under stress and the adjustment and regulatorv acti\ ities of the bod\ during exercise: development of working knowledge of assessments,
motor
characteristics,
and physical perfor-
—
Pro05.576 Adult Exercise Physiology {?>)
vides a continuation of basic and advanced
exercise phvsiology as applied to adults and the
elder population. Intended to develf)p student's knowledge of the physiology ot human
performance, the effects of ergogenic aids,
and the environment on
42.453 Problems of Contemporary Latin America (3)
Analyzes recent events or movements
that may indicate recurrence of historical problems or major developments of international
significance in selected countries of Uatin
America. Not offered every semester.
—
42.460/61 Topics in European History
European
Investigates select topics in
(3)
—
history.
.Seminar-stvle course studies variety of prob-
lems
in
European histon,
modern and modern
in
the medieval, early
periods. Discusses
and
analyzes sec(jndary materials on the history,
philosophy, politics, science and art of a cho-
sen peritid. Research paper required. Topics
varv from semester to semester. Prerequisite:
1
]
2 or
1
33.
42.472 History of Labor in the United States
Sinveys the emergence and develop(3)
ment of organized labor from post-(^ivil War
to the present. A third of the course is devoted
to an analysis of contemporarv labor-manage-
—
mance.
aging,
study of .Soviet f(jreign policy. Not offered eveiT semester. Prerequisite: 1 13.
ment problems and
labor's changing role in
our increasinglv technological society. Prerequisite: 3 semester hours in historv.
physical per-
formance.
05.577 Methods and Materials in Adult PhysiEmphasizes the academcal Education (3)
ic and technical knowledge necessary to conduct health and fitness programs in public and
private agencies. Students are prepared to assume leadership and management positions
—
within the health and fitness industries.
Health Sciences (Code 80)
Information Processing
(Code 92)
—
A com92.550 Information Processing (3)
prehensive introduction and ba.sic orientation
to the use of information processing in the
educational environment. Students required
to investigate the impact of the computer and
associated peripheral devices
Emphasis on the
—
80.500 Health Sciences Internship (.S-6)
Provides students in the multidisciplinarv
health sciences an opportiuiity to apply acquired knowledge in an on-site practicum experience imder the supei"\ision of an appropriately credentialed preceptor.
History (Code 42)
ef f ectiv
puter resources.
92.554 Management Information Systems (3)
information analysis and systems
design from the user's point of view. Students
identifv the basic concepts of svstems point of
view, organization as a system, information
flows, and natiu e of management information
svstems. Data bases and data base management
svstems will be investigated from the manag-
— .Studies
er's perspective.
—
—
Present.s a critical
42.452 Soviet Russia (?>)
anahsis of the political, social, economic, and
cultural exolution ol the -Soviet
on the classroom.
com-
e use of available
Union
aiifl
a
Examines current
92.599 Special Topics (3)
or advanced topics in the field of computer
and information svstems not normally examined in depth in other classes.
93
Graduate Courses
is used to develop computer presenApplications for use in kiosks and for
training are reviewed and developed with emphasis on good design and programming tech-
rector
Instructional Technology
tions.
(Code 57)
niques.
—
Examines
57.550 Instructional Design ('^)
the systems appioach for the design, development, and evahiation of instruction and training matei ials. Students conduct a needs assess-
ment and
instructional analysis, write objec-
develop instmctional strategies, and develop teacher's guide and student mateiials.
Specific emphasis on applying instructional
design techniques to the design and development of instructional pioducts in print form.
tives,
—
57.551 Advanced Instructional Design {?>)
Serves as a se(|uel lo Insti uc lional Design
(.')7.,'j,'i()) b\ providing additional inf oi niation
and practice concerning the design of effective instruction. C-omse goes bevond the introductory course by elaborating on the di-sign
of instructional
sti
ategies f or specific learning
outcomes, techniques for writing effectixe test
items, and procedures tor formative and summative evaluation. In addition, the course emphasizes learning theory, cognitive and behavioral approaches to instruction, a comparison of instructional design models, and research evidence that supports instructional
design practices.
57.560 Interactive Graphics
{?>)
— Provides a
survey of the major aspects of niodern interac-
computer graphics from the user perspec-
tive
tive.
Included are overviews
software, data structures,
of the hardware,
manipulation of
graphical objects, the user interface, and a
basic understanding of the fundamental im-
plementation algorithms. Not a programming
course, but rather for users of interactive
graphical hardware and software.
57.570 Introduction to Interactive Technologies {?))
Examines the fimdamental concepts of computer-based learning and information systems. Specific emphasis is placed on the
—
—
57.573 Authoring Tools for Windows (?>)
Provides a careful, in-depth studv of various
authoring systems and authoring tools in a
Windows environment. Software such as Quest
and Toolbook is used to develop computer
projects. Specific areas of emphasis include
types of authoring software, generalized authoring options, specific techniques for planning and creating instruction using the authoring tools, and principles of eff ective design of
computer-based instruction.
—
57.574 Authoring Tools for Networks (.S)
Provides further study of various P(;-based authoring languages and systems for network
environments. Software and languages such as
UNIX, Icon Author and HTML are used to
develop computer projects. Areas of emphasis
include types of authoring software, i.ssues in
selecting authoring sof tware, developing various tvpc's of instruction with authoring tools,
data management techniques and instructional
hypermedia.
—
57.575 Managing Multimedia Projects {'M
(Ailminating experience in the Instructional
Technology curriculum. Students are teamed
together to apply concepts and skills learned
in previous courses to simulate a hypothetical
business environment. Student teams use a systems approach to design, develo|), and evaluate a
comprehensive interactive computer-
based multimedia project.
—
57.590 Graduate Internship {?>)
Allows students to put into practice the theory that they
have learned in previous courses. Each internship must
last at least
12 weeks
and must be
directly related to the general content of the
master's program.
—
design, development,
Consists of an
independent scholarly investigation in which
the student designs, develops, implements and
active videodisc courseware.
evaluates a brief instructional
and their
and training are
ogies
tion
and autlioring of interEmerging technolpotential impact upon educaalso studied.
57.572 Authoring Tools for Cross Platforms
Acquaints students with authoring tools
(3)
—
that
may be implemented on Macintosh and
VWiting code for multimedia and
PC; platforms.
hypermedia applications is emphasized. .Software such as Authorware and Macromedia Di-
57.599 Master's Thesis (6)
dress a specific audience.
module to adUnder the direction
of a faculty committee, the student identifies a
performance problem in an audience of interest, and works with a subject matter expert to
design and produce instruction on a particular topic. Instruction is latei implemented with
the target audience and evaluated for its ef fectiveness. The student then makes the nece.ssarv revisions based on the evaluation d.Ua.
)
94
Graduate Courses
lows the instructor to focus on appropriate
current topics in the accounting profession.
Students should contact the instructor prior
to enrollment.
Interdisciplinary Studies
(Code 09)
09.401 History and Politics of the USSR (3)
Provides sufficient background in history
and political science to enable students to bel-
Management ( Code 93
—
understand the USSR. Encompasses some
of the major developments in the Soviet L'nion
since 1917 employing lectures, films, slides,
ter
1 Statistical Analysis (3)
Govers statisprinciples and procedures basic to research in business and interpretation of data.
tical
— Covers
93.512 Managerial Economics (3)
guest speakers, readings, and discussion.
—
09.427 Socialism: Theory and History
Sinve\s socialist philosophies from Biblical
times to the present concentrating on the theories of Marx, Engels. Lenin, and Mao and including a review of the major historical events
surroimding socialist development.
—
09.580-589 Special Topics ( l-.S)
Provides an
f)pportunity for graduate students from anv
graduate program to expand their knowledge
from a previously learned experience or to
explore a new learning experience not offered
on a regular basis. Each comse carries from 1
to 3 semester hours. Prerequisites are determined by the instructor.
—
09.590 Graduate Internship ( 1-6 )
Provides
a work-stuch experience initialh administrated h\ an academic facultv member and a sponsoring employer. Provides the opportunitv for
an internship experience across disciplines at
a graduate level.
09.599 Master's Thesis
—
93.51
economic
and
its
environ-
ment; determination of prices, output, and emplovment.
—
93.540 Small Business Institute Seminar (3)
Provides graduate credit for students participating in the College of Business' Small Business Institute Program as well as experience
in applying theoretical concepts to practical
decision-making business problems.
—
93.556 International Management (3)
Focuses on dvnamic changes in international
business environment and increased foreign
competition that challenge companv managers. Addre.sses international i.ssues and understanding of their impact on market, products,
and services. Develops understanding of international business environment and issues that
could enhance an enterprise's survival and
success.
93.558 Social Responsibility and Business EthRelates the .\merican business .sys-
ics (3)
(.3-6)
analysis of the firm
—
tem and individual business firms to the social,
political, tehnological and economic environments. It examines the powers and responsibilities of the business system as a major insti-
Law and Legal Elements
tution within society as well as individual busi-
(Code 98)
ness firms in the same society. The comse addresses social responsiveness in the general
context of managerial ethics.
98.507 International Legal Environment of
Introduction to public and
Business (3)
—
private international law as applied to the increasingh globalized business environment.
Cases include: Trade law; extraterritorial application of
lations;
L'.S. law; treat)' law;
U.S. -Japan re-
X.AFTA and the GATT; Eiuopean
Union; multitiational corporations; himian
right.s, comnumications, and environmental
regulation in the international system.
98.599 Special Topics
etv of topics in law
(3)
and
— Addresses a
legal
vari-
elements and
al-
—
.Analv/93.560 Operations Management ( 3
es manufactiu ing and service svstems and application of decision making of operational
policv problems.
)
—
.Applies
93.562 Organizational Theory (3)
comparative examination of major approaches to the studv of organizations theories and
research findings to practical situations. Topics include svstems of power and influence,
organization structure, organizational conflict
and cooperation, individual motivation, group
process, behavioral science research and its
95
Graduate Courses
implications on
—
management.
—
Covers con93.563 Operations Research (3)
struction and use of quantitative models in
business decision making.
93.566 Organization Behavior
(3)
— Focuses
on internal organizational issues with recognition gi\en to personal and external organizational background factors. Deals with human
aspects of organization, spotlighting the group
and the individual, hidudes the findings and
conceptual models of those who have conducted empirical behavioral research and the behaviors of class members. Includes concepts of
roles, norms, cohesive and divisive processes.
Explores social and status aspects of self-concept, personal perception, goals, feelings, ego,
responsibility, decisions, conditioning,
and
personal fimctioning.
—
93.581 Business PoHcies (3)
Examines complex industrial situations to determine best
strategies to ensine a firm's long-rim sin\i\al
and growth
in competiti\e markets. Emphasizproblem-solving skills, implementation of
optimal decisions, nature of strategic analysis
including selected cases involving production,
es
pricing, capital investinents
and
—
55.491 Coral Reef Ecology (3)
A study of
coral reef structure, formation, types and the
relationships of reef organisms to their environment. Emphasis is given to species diversity, identification, symbiosis and effects of tem.salinity, light, nutrient concentration,
predation and competition on the abimdance
and the distribution of coral reef organisms.
perature,
55.492 Marine
Mammals
(3)
— A study of the
mals. Student projects entail collecting physi-
physiolog)'
management and development
of
human
and development, leadership, and
performance
—
55.490 Marine Aquaculture (3)
This course
includes the theory and practice of raising organisms for food and for the aquariimi trade.
Techniques of raising econtimically important
organisms from the egg stage to marketable
size and their food supplies are studied.
—
resources in organizational settings. Emphasis
on basic principles of behavior, motivation,
training
in
distribiuion, population ecology, behavior,
tion with other factors.
to
proce.s.ses. This course is broad
scope and requires that students synthesize
both evolutionary and ecological concepts and
theory into an imderstanding of how organisms adapt to their environment. Marine, e.stuarine and maritime organisms are used as
model svstems and processes which affect marine populations are emphasized.
ing evolutionary
their interac-
93.583 Human Resources Development (3)
Focuses on cm rent research and theory relat-
ed
55.432 Marine Evolution Ecology (3)
The
study of the ecological mechanisms underly-
in organizations.
ological
and behavioral data at field sites and
studying marine mammals.
at facilities
—
55.500 Problems in Marine Science (3)
Graduate students may pursue one of the following options:
Option
—
93.599 Special Topics (3)
This course may
address a variety of advanced topics in management at the graduate level, and permits the
instructor to focus on issues of particular importance and interest to the discipline. Students should contact the professor prior to
enrollment.
and adaptations of marine mam-
A
— Enroll
in
in 200-, 300-,
or 400-level
Marine Science Outer
which thev desire advanced work and com-
coiuse offered
at the
plete, in addition to the regular
ments, an approved project
in
coinse requirethe area imder
the direction of the instructor.
Written permission from the instructor
is
re-
quired.
OR
Marine Science (Code 55)
55.431 Ecology of Marine Plankton (3)
— Stud-
phytoplankU)n and zooplankton in marine
and brackish environments. Qualitative and
quantitative compaiisons made between the
plankton populations of various types of habitats in relation to primary and secondary pioies
ductivity.
—
Option B
Enroll in an Independent Research Project. To be admitted, a student mirst
submit a research proposal to the academic
committee of the Marine Science Con.sortiuni.
The proposal
mirst include the .scope
and du-
proposed research, equipment
and facilities equired, and a recommendation
and approval from the student's academic adration of the
l
\iser.
Requires written permission for graduate c redacceptabilit\ from the chairperson of the
it
Graduate Courses
96
graduate committee of the Department of Biological and Allied Health Sciences before reg-
procedure (problem
Copies of this approval and the instructor's
permission must be forwarded to the academic director of the Marine Science Center before the student arrives
on
station to take the
course.
55.540 Environmental Science Education (3)
— Field-oriented approach to en\ironmental
education with special emphasis upon coastal
zones. Students relate their own disciplines to
education for quality environments. (Consideration will be given to sources, facilities, methods, techniques, and concepts used in environmental education.
55.541 Biology of Mollusca
(.S)
— The Molkrs-
and
interpreta-
An
applied orientaticjn for the users of
marketing research, reflecting the current
trends in the integration of microcomputers
and mainframes, and international marketing.
tion).
istering.
definiti
sign, data collection, analysis
—
This course ad97.599 Special Topics (?>)
dresses a variety of topics in marketing and allows the instructor to focus on appropriate
current topics in the accounting profession.
Students should contact the instructor prior
to enrollment.
Mass Communications
(Code 27)
is the second largest group of animals and
perhaps the most diverse in terms of morpho-
ca
logical, ecological and behavioral variations.
This coinse offers an evolutionary, functional
and ecologic approach to studying this important group of organisms.
—
A
55.570 Research Cruise - Biology {?,)
three-week session involving planning and
preparations for an oceanographic research
crui.se of approximately eight days, actual execution of the cruise plan on board an ocean
research vessel. Introduces data-processing
techniques and instrumentation used by biological oceanographers. Prerequisite: ^^>^'>.24^ or
its equivalent, or permission of the instructor
—
Designed to
55.593 Behavioral Ecology (3)
present animal behavior within an ecological
and evolutionary context. Presents mathematical and theoretical framework of behavioral
ecology. An in-depth exploration of the ways
in which the behavior of animals is influenced
bv the en\ ii onment, especially with regard to
resomxe
27.511 Television Production and Design (3)
— Focuses on the practical aspects
and producing video tapes
tional piu poses.
of
planning
for specific instruc-
Oners pre-production
ning, production activities,
plan-
and post-produc-
tion editing.
Mathematics (Code 53)
—
Group Theory (.3)
Continued and advanced study of theorems
and applications of group theory begun in
53.411 Introduction to
abstract algebra. Prerequisite: 53. .3 10.
—
Presents a
53.421 Advanced Calculus (3)
rigorous treatment of the concepts of limit.
continuit\. derivative,
and
integral for fimc-
tions of a single real \ariable. Prerequisite:
.53.226,
consent of instructor.
—
distribution.
Presents a
53.422 Complex Variables (3)
rigorous treatment of the complex nimibers
and theorv of fimctions of a complex variable,
Marketing (Code 97)
limits, continuitv, analytic fimctions, Caiichv-
Riemann equations, contom' integrals, conformal mappings, and applications. Prerequisites:
—
Applies
97.551 Marketing Management {?>)
managerial prt)cess of analvsis, organization,
planning and control to marketing activities
marketing concept.s analysis of marketing opportimities, growth and competitive strategy,
marketing information systems, buyer behavior,
and
|)i()fluct
fle\el()pment.
97.552 Marketing Research
{"^)
— Advanced
techni(|ues ol the scientific mar keting research
53.226, consent of the instructor
—
Intro53.451 Introduction to Topology (3)
duces fundamentals of general topology; elementary set theory, topological spaces, mappings, connectedness, compactness, completeness, product and metric spaces; nets and con\ergence. Pi erequisites: 53.226, consent of the
instructor.
97
Graduate Courses
—
Provides a
53.471 Numerical Analysis (3)
computer-oriented analysis of algorithms of
numerical analysis. Includes the topics of nonlinear equations, interpolation and approximation, differentiation and integration, matrices
and differential equations. Prerequisites:
53.322 and 53.373.
area of clinical specialization.
—
Prepares stu82.503 Nursing Research 1(3)
dents to critique, use and extend musing research findings to improve the
of health
strategies inherent in scientific inquiry, criti-
and the research process are
applied throughout the course. Prerequisites:
undergraduate courses in research design and
cal evaluation
—
53.491 Special Topics in Mathematics (3)
Presents an area of mathematics not available
as a regular course offering. Prerequisite: consent of the instructor.
statistics.
82.500, Applied Statistics for Health
Professionals,
current with
53.576 Computer Graphics for Instructional
Applications (3)
Sequel to 53.375 where
techniques for creating color, graphics, and
sound are examined and applied to the development of instructional computing programs.
—
53.592 Special Topics
qualit)'
care and health care delivery. Principles and
may be taken
prior to or con-
this course.
82.504 Advanced Physiology for Nursing Practice (3)
Presents selected aspects of genet-
—
ic,
biochemistn', physiology, and pharmacolo-
gy as applied to advanced musing practice.
Functionally relates embiTonic, histologic, and
gross anatomical featin es of certain organ systems to biochemical and physiological mechanisms essential for the maintenance of a sta-
(3)
Nursing (Code 82)
ble internal environment. Considers
some
de-
from normal metabolism, structure,
and /I'mction. Prerequisites: imdergraduate
anatomy and physiology', biochemistry, pharmacology, one year of mn sing clinical practice.
viations
82.500 Applied Statistics for Health ProfessionApplies principles and methods of
als (3)
statistical analysis of data in the health professions. The course emphasizes statistical concepts as a set of principles and a way of thinking for health professionals. Prerequisites: high
school algebra, basic statistics course or consent of the instructor.
—
82.501 Role Theory and Development in Mjirsing Practice (3)
Examines tfiToVsSil^^ormulations related to roles and rftle aevelt*^-
—
ment and
•
82.505 Physical Assessment for Advanced
Nursing Practice (3)
Focuses on knowledge
and perspective of physical assessment of individuals across the life span to develop a .systematic approach to phygjcal assessment with synthesis of c()giiif1?T' kiiinvretlge and p.svchomo-
—
toi skills. tH3plVi*.i/(
ol
j^jhs
li( ,iltli
s
iIk'
wellness
siLal tt^tfs?vii^nj^\^th
(1(
component
reference to major
\iaLi«)m.
their applicabilitv to the l2irtlD|T.il
82.306 Epid^n^qVky' Concepts and Principles
iot Contemporary Nursing Practice (3)
ist. Students use concepts, principles and stip»»^
^ociis( s oil iIk epidemiological model as a
egies inherent in a variety of theories (e.g., sy.s- l' Npsii,^f('ir (iecisioii making and health promoterns, change and role)
to serve as a frametion in contemporary clinical and community
work for the development and enactment of
health musing practice. Presents concepts,
the subroles of practitioner, educator, researchprinciples, and methods of the epidemiologic
er, leader/manager and consultant. Leaderorientation as the framework for assessing the
ship principles are employed as students idenwell-being populations and designing strategic
tify an actual or potential issue or problem renursing inter\entions based on levels of prelated to a component of the clinical nm se spevention. Students apply basic epidemiologic
cialist role and design a proposal for planned
research designs in the in\estigation, analysis,
change.
and proposed solutions to observed patterns
role
development of the
clinical
nurse speciaJ-
—
—
—
82.502 Conceptual Models in Nursing (3)
Explores theory building and levels of theor)',
the relationship of models to theories, the elements of a model, and major conceptual models in nursing practice. Students conduct an
in-depth analysis of one specific conceptual
model in nursing, as well as design/select a
model
for
advanced musing practice
in their
of health states in contemporary populations.
Prerequisites: undergraduate research, microbiology and commimitv health nursing.
—
82.511 Community Health Nursing I (6)
Focuses on the role de\eIopment ot the clinical nmse specialist in community health musing. Students apply advanced knowledge, skills
and critical thinking in the competent use of
98
Graduate Courses
the nursing process with populations and the
community as a whole. Evaluation and refinement of a model for advanced practice provide a framework for the student's development of the multifaceted roles of practitioner,
educator, researcher, consultant and leader/
manager. Leadership principles and strategies
are applied as students assess and analyze the
health status and determinants of health of
populations and the total communitv. .Students
collaborate and coordinate with other community health nurses, a variety of providers, and
clients in a diversity of settings to plan and
dex elop inno\ ati\e programs designed to meet
identified health needs of risk pymilaticjns in
the community. Weekly seminaj^Vsiist and
enable the students to participate n\fj/d^
ysis of current communitv' healt'
op research skills, and understa
the theories of management behavior related
to the role of the clinical nurse specialist in
advanced practice. Focuses on leadership theories, strategies for maturation and change,
concepts of power and influence, and organizational decision making. Prerequisite: consent
of the instructor.
—
82.514 Independent Study (?>)
Student
works with a facultv preceptf)r in conducting
an individualized study related to a particular
area of clinical interest.
—
82.531 Community Health Nursing II (6)
Builds upon Practicum I and concentrates on
advanced professional nursing. There is an
emphasis on the student's increasing indepen-
dence and
self-directed learning.
Through the
assimilation of additional theorv', students conle to apply critical thinking,
communica-
therapeutic interventions and valjlement and evaluate commimicies within communitv^ealth pro;
rograms and inter\entions
requisites: 82..5()0, 82.5m, 82. .502,
ions. They func82. .505, 82.506, candidacv fc
jllaboratively with
Iness Nursmg*
82.512 Adult Health and Illness
iSfl.^ce the heal.
ilth care environFocuses on the role deve opment of the clm-'^yi
^t^.Vl prove .u
i.u
*
the u
health
of the communiol
.,,
}
VjrtW**" to rfniprove
ical nurse specialist in adult health and illness.
\s. .Students continue to engage in social, ethiStudents apply advanced knowledge, skills and
cal and political actions which initiate and efcritical thinking in the competent use of nursfect change at the communitv level. Intervening process, therapeutic interventions, and
tions that assist in the development of public
technologv to administer nursing serv ices to a
policv based on the assessed needs of populaspecific adult population to facilitate optimal
tions are stressed. Weeklv seminars continue
wellness and to impact on the deliven of adult
to focus on the analvsis of current communitv'
health care. Evaluation and refinement of a
health issues, leadership in the development
model for advanced practice provide a frameof health policy and research in the advanced
work for holistic care of adult clients and one's
practice in communitv health nursing. Prereqde\ elopment of the multif aceted roles as pracuisite: 82.51 1.
titioner, educator, consultant and leader/ man82.532 Adult Health and lUness Nursing II (6)
ager. Leadership principles and strategies are
(l employed as students collaborate with adult
opment and
operationalization of health,
11s,
fita^CMw
—
,
,
,
,
—
support .systems and variet)' of providers in diverse settings to promote, restore and
maintain adult health. Through social, ethical
and political actions, client advocacy and
clients,
change process are encouraged to affect the
qualitv of adult health care. Weeklv seminar
affords student
s
participation in analyzing cur-
rent adult health care problems, trends/ issues
and
in evaluating
and formulating
strategies
for health care reform. Research skills are en-
hanced through seminar presentations, clinipracticum and course assignments. Prerequisites: 82. .501, 82.502, 82.503, 82.504, and
cal
82.505, candidacy for M.S.N.
82.513 Management and Organizational Behavior in
Advanced Nursing Practice
(.^)
— Ex-
plores the concepts of organizational stvle and
musing
practice as a clinical nurse specialist
within a specialized area of adult health
illness
learning.
ities,
and
through independent, self-directed
Through
the student
ditional theoi-v
is
self-directed learning activfacilitated to assimilate ad-
and research
in
advancing the
student's knowledge, critical thinking,
nication
skills,
commu-
therapeutic intenentions/tech-
nolog} and values in advanced clinical nin.sing practice for adult clients. Students enhance
their expertise in the multifaceted roles of the
clinical nurse specialist in adult health and illness bv assuming leadership /management
positions in a health care setting and bv fimc-
tioningboth independentlv and collabt)rativelv
with clients, support svstems, other providers
and community in improving the quality of
)
99
Graduate Courses
and political
employed in order to initiate and
affect change regarding the development of
health care policy and its effect on health care.
Weekly student-conducted seminars focus on
—
adult health care. Social, ethical
94.510 Office Systems Applications
actions are
cusses applications of office automation tech-
the analysis of cinrent concepts, practices,
nologies to enhance productivity of office employees from support personnel to managers.
Hands-on experience includes comparative
and selective techniques for hardware and .soft-
and research in
enactment as clinical muse specialthe advanced practice of adult health
trends, issues, health policies
their role
ists in
and
illness. Pret^jiisite; 82..'il2.
,^
82.533 ManagerMSt ^ttOrganizadonal Behavior in Health CatsJte^fftry System (3)
Seminar foi mat thai expfores jjiodel building and
nizational structhe future direfjyii f" o"1
tiires tor advancSH aiiri
ce. Organizational theory^^Si
se jnynevvork for
organizational f^Vf
identifying
structines
the organizaticmjf |tj|ajtj^^s
with greatest pd^y^if! (Vi|fliJ>ift'JnS effective
performance a t(| o ntyiSffo nal growth. Focuses on orgariTa»tiMfcal"^**lv ltrfh ments and
planned changCTBrttjl|e^Ttl^ oai^ delivery .sy.stem. Ck)urse mavbe Iflfcgf^^ another country
aspects. Prerequisite:
to provide intenaBjUcSSl asp^i
Consent of the
—
—
82.550 NursingjRes^th II (3)
Serves as
the culminatinsf experience in the program.
Students .synthesize knowledge drawn from
core and clinical course work to expand on the
research prospectus developed in Nursing Research I. In developing a comprehensive proposal, students conduct an extensive review
and critique of relevant literature, formulate a
conceptual or theoretical framework and select an appropriate research design and methodology. The coinse is presented in a seminar
format with open forum defense of the propo.sal serving as a comprehensive examination.
Prerequisite: All coinse work in the musing
major.
—
82.590 Thesis (6)
L'pon successful completion of 82..550, students who choose to carry
out their research study may enroll in thesis as
an elective option. Prerequisite: 82.550.
(3)
Dis-
ware, as well as an evaluation of appropriate
training materials for support personnel.
—
94.520 Administrative Communications (3)
Provides application of commimication skills
for those professionals who work in environments with automated information and commimication systems. Topics include: oral and
written reports, systems-related
documents
ports, proposals, procedures), research
ods,
(re-
meth-
and information technology.
94.530 Telecommunications (3)
— Introduc-
telecommunications in the business
environment. Topics include: telephone, data
codes, protocols, network architectines, local
area networks, communications media, hardtion to
ware, and software.
Management
practical applications are
issues
and
an integral part of
the course. Emphasizes the application of telecommimications to facilitate information interchange in whatever form the information
takes: voice, data, text, and image.
—
94.540 Training and Development (3)
Applies theories of learning and instructional
procedures to education and training of employees in office systems. Topics include: instructional design, strategies, technology, and
iinplementation, evaluation, and
management
of training with the organizational structm e.
—
94.550 Integrated Office Systems (3)
Capstone coin se of office systems curriculimi. Includes a synthesis and an application of concepts related to current office systems topics.
Students should enroll in this course dining
the last semester of the degree program. Prerequisite: 94.500, 94.540 or consent of the instructor.
Physics (Code 54)
Office Systems
(
Code 94
—
—
94.500 Office Systems and Information (3)
of office systems - people, technology, and procedines within organizational
and environmental contexts. Provides an iniderstanding of the evolving role of the office
as a kev information systems center.
An overview
54.421 Solid State Physics (3)
Examines
physical properties of matter in the solid state.
Reviews basic quantum concepts, crystal structme, electrons in metals, electrical conductivity, semiconductors, band theory, and the p-n
junction. Studies dielectric and magnetic properties of matter. Three hours of class per week.
Prerequisite: 54.310, 54.314; Mathematics
53.225.
1
100
Graduate Courses
54.422 Thermodynamics
(?>)
— Presents con-
and principles of classical thermodynamics, thermodynamics of simple systems, introduction to kinetic theory, and statistical thermodynamics. Three hours of class per week.
cepts
Prerequisite: .54.212, fjr.54.1 12 with consent
the instructor; .Mathematics
54.450 Introduction to
(.S)
f)f
22.^5.
Quantum Mechanics
— Examines the development and
inter-
pretation of Schroedinger's wave mechanics,
its mathematical formalism, and the results and
predictions of this
quantum theoiy
as applied
to one-dimensional systems, the hydrogen
atom, and multi-electron atoms. Three hours
class per week. Prerequisite: 54.?)\0; Mathemat-
powers of the president. Congress, and federOffered fall semester
al-state relationships.
only.
—
44.447 Constitutional Law II (3)
.Studies the
decisions of the .Supreme (^ourt as they are
related to the individual
and the government,
concentrating on nationalization of the Bill of
Rights, rights of persons accused of crimes,
equal protection, and voting rights. Offered
spring semester only.
—
44.448 Judicial Process (.S)
Studies policymaking by the federal courts, primarily the
Supreme Court. Analyzes natiiVe of the policymaking function as well as the impact of policy-making on American societv'.
ics .5.S.22.5.
44.452 State and Local Government and Poli-
Political Science
(Code 44)
44.405 The Development of Political Thought
A serious in-depth look at higher-level
{3}
questions in political philo.sophy.
—
44.409 American Political Thought
alyzes the relationship of
(.S)
American
— An-
political
to contemporary political science by
using traditional materials in an historical,
chronological wav but reworking them to show
their relation and relevance to actions and institiuions. Covers main ideas of the leading
political thinkers in America from the Colonial period lo the present.
thought
44.437 Public Administration Applications {?>)
Puts into practice the theory of public administration by using simulations and cases.
Offered spring semester onlv.
—
44.438 Public Personnel Administration
Examines public service
{?>)
—
as a career, the per-
sonnel needs of national, state, and local governments; civil service law, personnel .systems;
and current problems in the public service.
44.440 The President and Congress
Re\ lews presidential and congressional
(3)
—
politics,
public policy-making roles, execiuive-legislative
relationships, constitiuional issues. Explores
the constitiuional limitations, citizen expectations
and myths
sin
roimding these
44.446 Constitutional
Law 1
(?>)
institutions.
— Analyzes the
and fimction of the Supreme Court, concentrating on a case study
evolution, structure,
approach
of the court's interpretations of the
—
Presents a description and analvsis
of state and local legislatures, executives, and
judiciaries; the myths and realities of state and
local politics; intergovernmental relations; current policies and problems. Offered spring
semester only.
tics (3)
—
Analyzes suh>44.458 U.S. Foreign PoUcy (3)
stance, methods, and purposes of U.S. foreign
policy including the determinants of policy,
policy-making machinerv'. and-implementation
matters.
44.464 Government and Politics of Ireland
— Surveys
historic, social, cultural,
and
(3)
reli-
gious developments in Ireland with concentration on a study of the government and politics
of Northern Ireland and the Irish Republic.
Examines contemporarv
music, and art.
44.487 International
(3)
literature,
drama,
Law and Organizations
— Examines the nature of international
law and politics and surveys basic issues in contemporarv international law. The course also
examines the process of international organizations
and selected
issues.
44.490 Independent Study in PoUtical Science
Proxides for individualized leading, re(3)
search, and reporting under conditions of minimal super\ision. Projects must have departmental approval and be imder way by the end
of the fu st week of a session.
—
44.492 Seminar in Government and Politics (3
— Examines selected government and
politics
an attempt to review and unify theories and
methods of political science. Emphasizes indiin
\
idual research projects.
101
Graduate Courses
Professional Studies (Code 79)
scribes the application of psychological theo-
and research to the study of industrial, busiand non-profit service, military,
and governmental organizations. Emphasizes
ry
ness, profit,
—
Studies
79.591 Research in Education (3)
methods and techniques used in educational
research; development and interpretation of
statistical data and application to professional
problems.
—
De79.593 Studies in Human Diversity (3)
signed for teachers seeking an advanced degree in education. Broadly based and fieldbased oriented. Provides additional opportunities to integrate new learning and classroom
experiences in these areas; human development, language and culture, learning modes
and styles, multicultinal and exceptional studies, and an imderstanding of the social and
ciiltiual milieu.
the interaction of individual perceptions,
group dynamics, and organizational climate
and strategies to maximize the satisfaction and
effectiveness of each component within and between complex organizations. Prerequisite;
48.101, 48.25.3, and consent of the instructor.
Offered spring semester only.
—
48.464 Advanced Experimental Design (3)
Presents an advanced consideration of the
planning, conduct, and evaluation of research
in the behavioral and biological sciences, employing parametric and non-parametric statistics.
Emphasizes inferential statistics, design,
and computer utiliza-
analvsis, interpretation,
tion! Prerequisites; 48.101, 48.160, 48.281,
—
Student demonstrates
79.599 Thesis (6)
ability to empkiy accepted methods of educational research in the sohuion or intensive
study of some problem area of interest or concern. The problem area selected for the research project must be related to the curriculimi that the student is pursuing.
Psychology (Code 48)
48.282, or consent of the instructor.
48.466 Independent Study in Psychology (3)
— Studies
a topic via either review and research
of technical psychological literature or empirical manipulation of variables in the field or
laboratory under supervision of a psychology
faculty member. Requires written report on
results of study. Prerequisites; Consent of the
instructor and departmental approval.
48.497 Psychology Practicum (1-15)
vides application of psychological
—
48.406 Psychology Seminar {?>}
Provides f or
an ad\anced consideration of significant topics in ps) cholog). Requires reports and discussions of cin rent research and may be repeated
with change in topic. Prerequisite; 48.101 and
consent of the instructor.
—
48.436 Theories of Personality (3)
Provides
a critical siuch of theories explaining development, structtne, and organization of personality. Considers personality from p.sychoanalytic, social, individual, self, and learning points
of view. Prerequisite: 48.101, 48.160, 48.281,
or consent of the instructor. Offered fall semester only.
48.45 1 Laboratory Training in Group Processes (.3)
Offers on-going experience on topics including norm-setting, leadership, problem solving, role playing cooperation/competition, and decision making. (Uass si/e limited
to 20 students. Prerequisite; 48.101 and consent of the instructor. Offered spring semester
—
onK.
48.453 Organizational Psychology
{?>)
— De-
— Pro-
knowledge
through study, observation, and practice in a
comminiity. May be repeated for a total of 15
semester hoius. Prerequisites; Consent of the
instructor.
48.576 Theories of
Human
Learning
(3)
—
Studies the historical and contemporary learning .systems and models which yield principles
for practical application.
Reading (Code 63)
63.540 Introduction to the Teaching of Reading (3)
Focuses on recent research and
trends and provides an historical perspective
of reading instruction; designed to develop a
knowledge base and instructional competence
—
with different programs and approaches to
reading instruction.
63.541 Diagnosis and Prescription in Reading
Emphasizes the administration and in(3)
terpretation of standardized tests, cm riculumbased assessment, and informal diagnostic
—
)
102
Graduate Courses
techniques; analysis of extreme reading disabilapplication of practical remediation techniques; discussion of how to adapt instructional
ities;
techniques to test results, a clinical environment, and a classroom.
—
63.543 Clinical Practicum I (3)
Clinical experience in diagnosing and remediating the
reading difficulties of school-age students who
have reading and/or learning difficulties; focuses on self-help strategies related to decod-
comprehension, oral reading, and study
emphasizes the application of clinical
strategies to curriculum materials and homeing,
skills;
work: written siuTimary reports required. Prerequisites: 6.S.540, 63.541 63.548: plus consent
programs, and adapting instruction.
63.549 Teaching Reading to the Hearing Impaired/Language Handicapped Child (3)
Principles, practices, methods, and materials
of teaching reading to hearing impaired/language handicapped individuals; awareness of
research and clinic practices which can be applied to classroom settings.
—
63.550 Literature, Literacy and Culture (3)
—
Examines ps\chf)logical aspects of literacv development and implicati(jns for teaching reading, writing, listening, and speaking across the
curriculum; addresses the instructional needs
of diverse learners.
,
the clinic director.
—
63.544 Clinical Practicum II (3)
Clinical
experience in applving a remedial setting; writ-
Secondary Education
ten summan reports required; when combined
with the experiences acquired in 63.543, Clin-
(Code 65)
ical
Practicum
1,
provides experience with
ferent age/grade levels
and
dif-
practical applica-
tion of various theories of reading instruction.
Prerequisites: 63.540, 63.541. 63.543, 63.548:
and consent of the
clinic director
63.545 Organization and Administration of
Reading Programs (K-12) (3)
For classroom
teachers, reading specialists, and resource
—
who are involv ed with a school
reading program: emphasizes a working knowledge of certification requirements,
job descriptions, guidelines for programs funded through federal or state agencies, resources for exemplary reading programs, program
e\aluation. and parent involvement.
room
specialists
district's
—
63.546 Reading in the Content Areas (3)
Presents theor\ and related teaching strategies
for content area instruction in grades 4-12;
topics include the reading prcjcess, textbook
evaluations, and strategies for improving comprehension, vocabulan; and stud\ skills.
63.547 Seminar in Reading (3)
independent work
— .Advanced
in the stud\ of
.search in the field of
reading as
it is
recent reapplied to
curriculum, instructional materials, and procedin es of teaching reading.
63.548 Reading Instruction for the At-Risk
Emphasizes methodology reLearner (3)
lated to improving the reading skills of at-risk
learners; provides an oven iew of how Penn.svl-
—
vania laws
and at-risk learners
affect cla.ssroom
instruction; topics include historial
theories
and research on
65.530 Curriculum Development and Instructional Strategies in the Middle and Jimior High
Schools (3)
Inquires into the role of earlv
secondary education by analyzing historical
—
trends, ciuricular patterns, instructional de-
and personnel structure of this organion teacher behavior, student values and attitudes, and instructional
designs peculiar to junior high, middle, and
signs,
zation unit. Emphasis
intermediate schools.
65.560 Development of the Secondary School
—
Curriculum (3)
Problems related to development, experimentation, and improvement
of curriculum practices in the secondare
school.
65.571 Evaluating Teaching in Middle and SecImprovement of instrucondary Schools (3)
tion through self anaKsis. Micro-teaching techniques, planning dimensions, self-appraisal
techniques. Designed for teachers with special
reference to the work of cooperating teachers.
—
65.581 Independent Study in Secondary Education (1-6)
See course description for
—
6()..581.
65.583 Seminar in Secondary Education
.See course description for 6(J..583.
—
(
1
-6
Sociology (Code 43)
and current
at-risk learners, diag-
nostic tests, learning modalities. exemplai"\'
45.441 Social Indicators (3)
— Reinforces and
Graduate Courses
103
extends earlier leariiin<^ in research techniques
and methods by focusing on systematic stepby-step understanding, analysis, and preparation of social indicators at the federal, state,
and local levels of social policy planning and
analysis. Promotes understanding of social indicators and the use of these indicators within
all le\ els of society.
—
45.443 Sociology of Deviant Behavior {?>)
Evaluates the presence and function of deviance in society. Includes mental illness and
various types of crime and stigmatized behavior. Examines how deviance is handled thera-
and legally through institutionalizaand treatment. Attempts to provide a
services
on people
in a seryice-oriented, pcjst-
industrial society.
45.474 Contemporary Environmental Issues
Examines some major himian problems
(3)
that lead to en\ironmental deterioration, par-
—
and noise pollution, enerand other resource depletion, and increa.s-
ticularly water, air,
g)'
ing population density.
—
45.490 Sociology of Aging (3)
Studies aging, its major theoretic.il themes, patterns of
living, socio-psychological and cultural consequences of aging. Examines the contemporary
issues, problems, and programs of the aging.
peutically
tion
broad theoretical perspective as well as concrete examples of de\ iance in any society. Examines cm rent methods of rehabilitation and
pimish ment.
—
45.450 Social Work Processes II {?,)
Utilizes problem-solving interventions in small
groups integrating social work knowledge,
skills, and values. Offered fall semester only.
45.451 Family Counseling (3)
— Surveys the
major theoretical models for family assessment
and intervention with primary emphasis on
ecological systems. Clovers knowledge of rudimentary assessment and intervention skills for
problem solving with families.
—
45.453 Social Welfare Policy (.'?)
Frameworks
for analyzing social and economic policies presented with special focus on legislative, judicial, and administrative policies. Offered spring
semester onl\.
45.465 Computer Applications in the Social
Sciences (3)
An introduction to computer
use for the social sciences (through use of
SPSS). Emphasizes translating questions into
—
data analysis and interpretation of statistical
results. Prerequisites: 4.'i.26() or similar statistics course. Offered spring semester only.
—
45.467 Population Problems (3)
Studies
human population, its majoi theories, distributions composition, changes, and future developments of population, and impacts of population problems on societx' as influenced bv
vital
processes.
—
at federal, state,
and
—
articles in the field.
—
45.511 Social Institutions (3)
Sociological
examination of major institutions in the United States cross-culturally compared with those
in other societies. Specific institutions selected depending on the interest of students and
faculty.
—
45.513 Adolescents in American Society (3)
Studies the role of adolescents in contemporary U.S. society with special emphasis on the
adolescent's social interactions in groups and
institutions.
45.523 The Contemporary American Community (3)
An ad\anced examination of the
—
social
dynamics
of
community life, its instituand people within the
tions, organizations,
context of the development of post-industrial
society.
45.525 Current Social Issues (3)
— Analyzes
and solutions offered to
solve them. Explores issues and solutions within the broad framework of the social sciences
and specific framework of sociological and
ciu rent social issues
anthropological data.
—
45.578 Sociology of Work (3)
Focuses on
structure and organization of industrial and
and the relatitmship
between work organizations within communities and society. Presents a sociological examination of work and the milieu of the worker.
Comse focuses on formal and informal work
post-industrial societies
45.468 Social Service Planning (3)
Provides
an advanced consideration of the social ct)ntext of the development of social policy, planning, and implementation of social and/or
himian services
45.500 Sociology of Mass Commimication (3)
In-de])th discirssioii of cognitive and behavioral effects of mass media, especially television, on audiences, the social structure of commimications industry, particularly its influence
on media content and the political use of mass
media. Students critique the latest research
local lev-
of organization. A ci itical analysis of the
social effects of social policy, planning, and
organizatit)ns, woi ker job satisfaction,
els
.satisfaction.
and
dis-
104
Graduate Courses
adult living for individuals with special needs.
Examination of individual vocational as.sess-
Special Education (Code 70)
70.501 Administration and Supervision of Education for Exceptional Individuals (3)
Application of the fundanientai principles of
school administration and supervision to the
—
areas of exceptionality
and
to
problems unique
School law, teacher recruitment, inservice education, organization and integration of special education and ancillan- servicto each.
es,
evaluation of special pr<)\isions,
as these bear
on
and finance
special education.
—
70.505 Seminar in Learning Disabilities (3)
Facilitates an in-depth studv of the beha\ioral
and cogniti\e development of
children with specific learning disabilities. Intended for students seeking a master s degree
with C(jiicentrated emphasis in learning disabilities. Enrollment limited to students with the
necessary prerequisites and the approval of the
characteristics
instructor.
70.506 Introduction to Early Intervention (3)
Presents an overview of the field of earlv
intervention, including historical perspectives,
philosophies of earlv interventicjn. influences
of disabilities on the development of voung
children and earlv intervention models.
—
70.516 Psychology of Exceptional Individuals
Symptomatology personalitv formation
(3)
and developmental and therapeutic consideration for the exceptional individual.
—
70.522 Assessment and Remediation of Mathematics for Special Needs Students (3)
Provides an overview of the concepts of hierarchv
of skills, computation, and application of ad-
—
dition, subtraction, multiplication, division,
and measurement.
Students will administer and interpret achievement, diagnostic and curriculum-based mathematics assessment. Emphasis on development
of remedial math programs, adaptations of
math curriculum for special needs students
and design of a functional mathematics curfractions, decimals, time,
riculum for moderatelv disabled students. .Students evaluate, design, and implement a math
program for elementaiy middle school and/
or secondary students. .Math education software, manipulatives, games, and materials will
be evaluated and utilized.
70.526 Transition Services for Individuals with
Needs (3)
Presents an overview of
Special
—
methodology and service structures that facilitate the successful transition from school to
ment, development of functional vocational
curriculum, and the instruction of vocational
competencies will be content focus. Issues related to the transition planning process are
presented.
70.533 Language Arts for Students with SpeNeeds (3)
Will provide preser\ice teachers with a comprehensive overview of skills,
assessment, and strategies for leaching listen-
—
cial
ing, speaking, reading,
A
and written expression.
philosophy for teaching language
be stressed. Students will prepare a
holistic
arts will
portf olio of resources
and
"best practices" for
teaching language arts to students with special
needs.
—
70.534 Learning Disabilities (3)
Study of
and svmptoms of specific learning disorders. Introduction to diagnostic and
educational procedures used with learning disorders. Emphasis on perceptual and concep)tual factors in the development of language
skills. For individuals who have not had a
course in learning disabilities.
characteristics
70.544 Diagnostic and Remedial Techniques
Diagnostic and remedial techniques and
(3)
instruments used with children in special education programs. Cr itical evaluation of applicabilitv of each to the child in relation to causes and conditions of exceptionality Developi-
—
ment of skills in interpreting and writing case
histories and reports in selection and application of remedial techniques and evaluation of
progress. Prerequisite: Cloiuse in tests and
measurements or its equivalent.
70.547 Technology and Exceptional Indi\'iduProvides an introduction to technology as it is being applied to meet the needs of
exceptional individuals. Both simple and hightechnologv solutions are explored as thev relate to meeting the needs of individuals with
mental, phvsical, sensorv and communication
disabilities. Topics include instructional tools
and adaptations, environmental interfaces,
prosthetics, as well as data and productivitv
als (3)
—
tools.
70.550 Teaching Methods for Individuals with
Mild and Moderate Disabilities, EUementary (3)
Presents principles for effective teaching
techniques and current best practices applica-
—
ble to
elementan students with diverse
ing needs and
learn-
Provides awareness of
role expectations of the special education
abilities.
teacher, practice collaborative
problem solving
105
Graduate Courses
and
selecting
terials for
and adapting
instructional
ma-
students with special needs.
70.551 Teaching Methods for Individuals with
Mild and Moderate
— \M11
Disabilities,
Secondary
(3)
familiari/e students with a \ariet\ of
instructional techniques used to
enhance the
learning process of individuals with disabilities
secondary level. Information pertaining
at the
to current issues in
tion
and
also
be discussed.
secondary special educa-
their impact
on
service delivery will
70.552 Projects in Special Education (3)
—
and the development
of an ability to detect misuse of statistics.
pool' research designs,
70.570 Foundations of Behavior Disorders
(3)
— (lovers characteristics of children with behavior disorders, approaches to remediation,
general principles of classroom management,
simulated problem solving, ideal academic
models for children with behavior disorders,
research findings, and som ces of inf ormation.
—
70.572 Seminar on Behavior Disorders (3)
Seminar group composed of those who wish
to read and discuss ciuTent material related to
Designed to finther a student's own interest
and competency in an area of special educa-
the area of behavior disorders.
tion for the exceptional child. Librarv' research
or individual projects involving service to the
exceptional person may be agreed upon and
applications, as well as futin e directions, mor-
conducted under supervision of
a staff
mem-
ber.
70.556
The Mentally Gifted
—
Individual (3)
practices that are modifying
and
school programs
Principles
conserve and develop to
the optimum degree the capabilities of the
more able individuals. Clovers teaching techniques and devices used effectively in both the
elementary and the secondary school.
to
70.559 Seminar in Education of Exceptional
Individuals (.3)
Research oriented and devoted to problems in the education of exceptional indi\'iduals. The problems may be theo-
—
and practical. Clonsideration given
problems of interest to the student.
retical
to
70.562 Issues of Individuals with Physical DisProvides informaticjn and experience with educationally relevant motor
disabilities, (lovers normal motor development; formal and informal assessment of motor skills and problems; developmental and
correcti\e preschool and elementarv school
programs; conditions resulting in severe motor disabilities, sell-cai e, academic, and p.sycho-
abilities (3)
—
social aspects of physical disability; prevocation-
and vocational adjustment of the physically
handicapped; and current issues related to
research and litigation.
new research and
Group
reads
discusses implications for
and more advanced systems
agement and instruction.
al issues,
of
man-
70.575 Seminar in Current Issues in Special
Education (3)
V\ ill provide students with a
—
foi
inn to review and analyze
i.ssues in
course
special education.
will
change
cm rent
trends and
The content
of the
and
issues
as current trends
emerge.
—
70.591 Practicum in Special Education (3)
(Graduate experience for students in a setting
with exceptional persons. Student spends a
miniimun of eight horns per week in practicinn and meets regularly in a seminar fashion
with the imiveisity instructors.
—
70.595 Internship (.3-6)
Internship in speeducation. Supervision to take place in
schools or educational situations under supervision of the local supervisor and graduate faccial
ulty.
—
-6)
70.596, 597, 598 Special Workshop 1
special workshop seminars designed to focus on contemporary trends, top(
1
Temporary
and problems
in the field of special educaresource speakers, team teaching, field experience and practicum, new media, and related techniques. I'sualK' workshops
ics,
tion. Lectiners,
are
funded
projects.
al
70.565 Reading and Interpreting Research in
Special Education (3)
Aids the student in
reading, imderstanding, and evaluating the
results of statistical and behavioral research
carried out by others. Clovers a working knowledge of basic statistical terms, an introduction
to the type of research questions that can be
answered b) various statistical procedures, a
knowledge of the basic steps of hypothesis testing, analysis and comparison of excellent and
—
Studies in Hearing Loss
(Code 74)
74.490 Counseling Needs of CommunicativeDisordered Individuals and Their Families
Designed to help students identifx coun(3)
seling needs of coinmunicati\el\' disabled in-
ly
—
dividuals
and
their families
and
to prov ide ba-
106
Graduate Courses
short-term coiinselint^. Students intro-
sic.
duced
to various coiiiiseiin;^ strategies in indi-
and gii>iip settings as appropriate
sdiools and speech and hearing cUnics.
to
\idiial
—
74.501 Introduction to Sign Language (3)
Involves a sttidv of basic sign language Nocabular\ and fingerspelhng techniques used in coniniimication with deaf iiard of heat ing individuals. Emphasis on developing proper expressive
and receptive
skills.
74.560 Student Teaching with the Deaf /Hard
Prov ides an opportiinitv to
of Hearing I (.S)
work with deaf/hard of hearing children and/
or adults. Emphasis on speech and language
remediation of deaf/hard of hearing individuals. Prerequisites: 74. ,564. 74.566. and 74.367
—
(conciirrenth
).
74.564 Speech for the Deaf /Hard of Hearing
Stnd\ of the principles and techniques
{?>)
used in development and f ormation of English
speech sounds bv the svnthetic and analytic
methods with special consideration given to
producti(jn. classification, and transmission of
speech .sounds. Siiperx i.sed demonstrations and
pi acticiuns are an integral part of the course.
—
74.569 Ciu-ricular Subjects for the Deaf /Hard
of Hearing (3)
Exainines practices, content,
and methods of teaching school subjects to the
deaf/ hard of hearing with emphasis on content and methods rather than theory.
—
74.570 Student Teaching with the Deaf /Hard
of Hearing II ((i)
Evaluates hearing losses
affecting the communicational. educational,
and vocational adjustment of individuals
through supervised observation, classroom
practice, and practicum experience. .Students
are assigned to approved private and public
programs for the deaf hard of hearing and
work with selected professiijiials in education
of the deaf/ hard of hearing, following the
same schedules and assuming responsibilities
siinilar to those of prt)fessionals. .\nangements
relating to student interest must be approved
bv program adviser. Permission of curriculum
coordinator required.
—
74.580 Independent Study and Research (3)
— Permits students
tv
—
74.566 Language for the Deaf/Hard of HearStudv of the principles and techI (3)
niques used in the development and coriection of language for the deaf/ hard of hearing.
Student familiarized with leading svstems of
natural language development designed for
the deaf hard of hearing. The step-b\-step
development of at least one language svstem
is required for each student. SupeiAised demonstrations are an integral part of the course.
—
ing
74.567 Language for the Deaf, Hard of HearStud\ of structured approaches
ing II ('^)
to teaching spoken and written language, of
language assessment devices and appropriate
—
lesson planning. Supervised demonstrations
integral part of this
and presentations are an
course.
74.568 .Advanced American Sign Language 'M
—
(
and ecepti\e components of .\merican Sign Language with an
emphasis on communicating with the deaf.
.Siuch of the expiessive
i
work under
close facul-
or individual research projects when particular needs cannot be met by registration in regularlv
74.565 Problems and Trends in Teaching the
Focuses on cmDeaf 'Hard of Hearing {?>)
rent practices and trends in education and
welfare of the deaf/hard of hearing. Concerned with psychology, social adjustment,
educational achievement, political and social
viewpoints, learning problems, and vocational
competence of deaf liard of hearing. New
techni(]ues ,ind methodologies.
to
guidance on librarv studx of specified areas
scheduled courses.
74.581 Independent Study and Research (3)
See coin se desci iption for 74. .580.
—
74.584 Research in Education of the Deaf/
Hard of Hearing .3)
(
74.599 Master's Thesis (3-6)
Graduate Courses
108
109
Administration and Faculty
no
Administration and Faculty
and
Dean of Graduate Studies and Research
Patrick Schloss, Assistant Vice President
Administrati on
Jessica
Sledge Kozloff, Ph.D., President
W illiam
G. Bradshaw, Ph.D., Provost
and Vice
Margaret
and
Till,
Associate Professor, Biological
Allied Health Sciences
Vera Viditz-Ward, Associate Professor, Art
President for Academic Affairs
Graduate Faculty
Patrick Schloss, Ph.D., A.ssistant Vice Pre.sident
and Dean
of
Graduate Studies and Research
Accounting
—
Richard
L. Baker. Chairperson, Professor
M.B.A., Bloomsburg State Clollege;
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania Slate University;
Council of Trustees
B.S.,
Jennifer R. Adams
Ramona H. Alley, Chair
James T. Atherton, Jr.
CP. A.,
Michael
CM. A.,
C
C.I. A.
Blue, Associate Professor
—
B.S.,
University of Wisconsin; M.S.B.A., Boston
Robert W. Buehner, Jr., Secretary
University; M.S., University of Wisconsin;
DavidJ. Gope
LaRoy G. Davis
A. William Kelly
Ph.D., University of Idaho,
Nancy Coulmas,
New York
Joseph J. Mowad, Vice Chair
Kevin M. O'Connor
David J. Petrosky
Ted Stuban
CPA.
A.ssociate Professor,
—
B.S.,
Institute of Technology'; M.B.A.,
Bonaventure University; Ph.D., The
St.
Pennsylvania State University.
B.S., Bloomsburg
E. Burel Gum, Professor
State College; M.S.B.A., Bucknell Universi-
—
ty;
Ed.D., University of Pittsburgh
B.A., ChengB. Hwang, Professor
—
Dennis
Graduate Council
chi L'niversity; M.A., Ph.D., University of
HaroldJ. Bailey, Profes.sor, Instructional Technology and Director of the Institute for Interacti\'e Technologies
Richard L. Baker, Professor, Accounting
Dale A. Bertelsen, Associate Professor, Communication Studies
Patricia M. Boyne, A.ssistant Professor, Computer and Information Systems
William Covert, Student Representative, Institiue for Interactive Technologies
Roger W. Ellis, Associate Piofessor, Business
Education and office Systems
Sharon
Haymaker,
Associate
Professor,
Nursing
Jennifer Kosakowski, Student Representative,
Audiolog)'
Linda M. EeMura, Associate Piofessor, Exercise
Ann
Science and Adult Fitness
Lee, Interim Dean, College of Professional
Studies
Hsien-Tung Liu, Dean, College of Arts and
Sciences
Da\ id Long, Dean, (k)llege of Business
Edward J. Poostav, Prt)fess<)i, Curriculum and
Foundations and Director of the Reading
Clinic
Redfern, Piofessor, Communication
J.
Disorders and Special Education
(Carroll
Oklahoma;
C.P.A.,
C.M.A.
Anthropology
—
Thomas
B.A.,
F. Aleto, A.ssociate Professor
University of Notre Dame; M.A., Ph.D.,
Univeisitv of Illinois, L'rbana-Champaign
David
—
J.
Minderhout, Chairperson, Profes.sor,
Michigan State University:
B.A., M.A.,
Ph.D.,
Georgetown
Universin.-
—
B..^..
Robert R. Reeder, Associate Professor,
M.S., The Pennsylvania State Universit\:
M.A., University of Colorado
—
B.A.,
Dee Anne Wvmer. Associate Professor
M.A., Ph.D., The Ohio State University
Art
—
B.S.,
Karl A. Beamer, Associate Professor
Kutztown State College; M.F.A., The Penn•sylvania State University
—
B.S.. The
Carol Burns, Associate Pi ofessor
Pennsylvania State University; M.A., University of Northern Colorado; M.F.A., Cranbrook Academy of Art
B.F.A..
Gary F. C-lark, Associate Professor
Maryland Institute College of Art; M.A.,
—
West
\'irginia University
Administration and Famlty
Stewart L. Nagel, Professor
111
—
Cooper
B.F.A.,
Union; M.F.A., Pratt Institute
(Christine M. Sperling, Chairperson, Associate
Professor
B.A., M.A., University' of Ore-
—
gon; Ph.D., Brown University
Barbara ). Strohman, Associate Professor
B.S., University of Maryland; M.F.A., Maryhnid Institute College of Art
—
\'era \'idit/-\\'ard, Associate Professor
—
B.F.A.,
Hartford \ri School/L'niversity of Hartford; M.F.A., Indiana University
Charles
Thomas
Walters, Associate Profes.sor
—
B.M., Depaiiw Uni\ersit\'; M.F.A., University
of V\'i.sconsin; Ph.D., University of Michigan
James
E. Parsons, Associate
M.S., Ph.D.,
The Ohio
—
Pnjfessor —
Professor
B.S.,
State University
(^asey A. Shonis, Assistant
B.A.,
Slippery Rock University; M.S., Ph.D., L'niversity of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
Cynthia A. Surmac/, Professor
B.S., The
Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D., Milton
S. Hershey Medical Center, The Pennsylvania State L'niversity
Margaret L. Till, Assistant (Chairperson, Associate Professor
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Auburn
University
Marianna D. Wood, Assistant Professor
B.S.,
Northland College; Ph.D., L'niversity of
—
—
—
Kansas
Biological
Louis
V.
B.S.,
Ohio
and Allied Health Sciences
Mingrone, Chairperson, Professor
—
Slippery Rock State College; M.S.,
L'niversity; Ph.D., Washington State
University
—
P. Ardi/,/i, As.sociate Professor
B.S., St.
Joseph's University; Ph.D., Cornell University
George P. (Uiamuris, Associate Professor
Jo.seph
—
A.A.S., Dutchess
Commimitv
College;
B..S.,
State University of New York at Albany; M.S.,
James Madison
University; Ph.D., State
Uni\ ersity of New York, College of Environmental Science and Forestry
B.A., M.A., WestJames E. (k)le, Professor
ern Michigan University; Ph.D., Illinois
—
State University
Judith
P.
—
Downing, Professor
Green
Roger W.
Ellis,
sor
B.S.,
Chairperson, Associate ProfesM.Ed., Bloomsburg State College; Ed.D., Arizona State L'niversity
Ellen M. C>Iemens, Associate Professor
B.S.,
M.Ed., Bloonisbiug State College; D.Ed.,
The Pennsylvania State L'niversity
A.A.S., DutchDonnaJ. C>ochrane, Profes.sor
—
—
—
Commimitv
College; B.S., M.S., State
L'niversity of New York at Albany; Ed.D.,
ess
Temple L'niversity
Nancy A. Dittman, Associate Professor
B.S.,
Dennis O. Gehris, Associate
Profes.sor
—
—
B.S.,
M.A., Rider College; Ed.D., Temple Univei'sity
State University; M.A., Ph.D., State
Keil, Assistant Professor
B.S.,
Janice
M.Ed., Bloomsburg State College; Ed.D.,
New York
Phillip A. Farber, Professor
lege; M.S.,
at
B.S.,
Buffalo
—
B.S., King's Col-
Boston College; Ph.D., Catholic
University of America
—
George J. (iellos. Associate Professor
B.S.,
Muhlenberg College; M.S., Ohio UniversiPh.D.,
The
Frederick C.
Pennsylvania State UniversiU'
Professor
B.S., M.S., Illi-
Hill,
—
C
Temple
University
—
Olivo Jr., Piofessor
B.S., Da\is and
Elkins College; M.Ed., Trenton State Uni-
|()hn
J.
versity; Ph.D.,
Michigan State
Louisville
—
B.A.,
Judith Kipe-Nolt, Assistant Professor
Messiah College; M.S., Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State L'niversity
KJinger, Associate Profes.sor
— A.A.,
Bradford College; B.A., Macalester College;
M.A., Ph.D., L'niversity of South Florida
Mark S. Melnychuk, Associate Professor
B.S..
Moravian College; Ph.D., Kent State L'niversitv
Lynne C. Miller, Professor
B.S., (lollege of
Pharmacy, L'niversity of Rhode Island; M.S.,
University of Texas; Ph.D., New Mexico
—
—
State University
L'niversity
Communication Disorders and
Special Education
nois State University; Ph.D., L'niversity of
Thomas S.
—
Florida State L'niversity; M.Ed., L'niversity
of Florida; Ed.D., University of Colorado
Bowling
University of
r\';
Business Education and office Administration
Dianne H. Angelo, Professor
—
B.S., M.Ed.,
Clarion Universitv; M.S., Ph.D., L'niversity
of Pittsburgh
Richard M. Angelo, Professor, Clinical Director
B.S., Mansfield State College; M.Ed.,
Bloomsburg State (-ollege; Ed.D., Lehigh
L'niversity; Ph.D., L'niversity of Pittsbm gh
Shaheen Awan, Ph.D., Associate Professor
B.A., L'niversity of Western Ontario; M.S.,
University of Pennsyhania; Ph.D., Kent
—
—
State University
—
Ronald R. ('hampoux. Professor
B.A., Piovidence College; M.A.T, A.ssiimption College;
M.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Michigan
112
Administration and Faculty
Arthur
R. Crowell, Associate Professor
—
B.S.,
Southern Connecticut .State UniverPh.D., University of Connecticut
Communication Studies
M.S.,
sity;
Mai"y B. Hill, Professor
—
Bloomsburg
B.S.,
State College; M.Ed., University of Dela-
ware; Ph.D.,
Temple
L'niversitv
—
B.S.,
Judith M. Hirshfeld, .Assistant Professor
M.A., Temple University; C.A.CS., Boston
University
Kenneth
Hunt, Professor
University of New \ork
P.
—
at Buffalo; Ph.D.,
—
Dove |ones. Associate Professor
B.S.,
Bloomsburg State College; Ed.D.,
.M.Ed.,
Uni\ersit\ of Missouri
Michael
J.
Karpinski, Assistant Professor
—
M.Ed., Bloomsburg University; Ph.D.,
University of Maryland
Ann L. Lee, Professor
B.S., M.Ed., Bloomsburg State College; Ed.D., Indiana University of Penn.sylvania
Robert J. Lowe, Associate Professor
B.A..
Slippery Rock University; .M.Ed., Cllarion
B.S.,
—
—
Uni\ersity; Ph.D.,
G. Donald
fessor
.Miller.
—
B.S.,
Ohio
M.A., Hunter (k)llege; Ph.D., Northwestern
University
—
Dale A. Bertelsen, Associate Profess(jr
B.S.,
Rider College; M.A., Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
B.S., .M.S., State
University of Pittsburgh
Sheila
—
Mary Kenny Badami, Profes.sor
B.S.,
Fordham University School of Education;
Janet Revn(jlds Bodenman, Assistant Professor
B..A., Willamette L'niversity; .M.A., The
Pennsylvania .Slate L'niversity
—
Timothy
Indiana University of Penn-
Ph.D., Florida State L'niversir\'
Howard
—
Brooklyn (College; .M.A., L'niversitv of
Georgia; Ph.D., Temple University
Kara Shultz, Assistant Professor
B.S., M.A..
University of Northern (Colorado; Ph.D..
—
University of Denver
James
Tomlinson, Associate Professor
E.
—
B.A., M.A., (California State University at
Computer and Information Systems
—
B.A., Universi-
James
sor
—
sity
Redfern, Chairperson, Professor
—
Johnson C. Smith L'niversity; M.S..
Bloomsburg State College: Ed.D., Lehigh
B.S.,
L'niversitv
Cvnthia N. Schloss. Assistant Professor —- B.S.,
Illinois State University; .M.S., Ph.D., Southern Illinois L'niversity
B. Slike. Ed.D., Profe.ssor
—
B.S.,
The
Pennsylvania State University; M.S., Univerof Scranton; Ed.D., The Pennsylvania
sity
State University
Philip Tucker, Assistant Professor
—
nati
B.A.,
—
B.S.,
Julia M. VVeit/, .\ssociate Professor
Emerson College; M..S., Ph.D., L'niversity of
—
S.
—
Dutt. (Chairperson. .Assfjciate ProfesB.S., M.S., Ph.D..
The Pennsvlvania
State University
Patricia
M. Boyne,
.Assistant Professor
Ladycliff College; M.S.,
State University;
Carl
CDP
Chimi, Associate Professor
J.
—
B..\.,
The Pennsylvania
—
B.A.,
M.B.A., Ph.D., L'niversitv of Massachusetts
Frank S. Davis Jr.. Professor
B.S., M.Ed..
—
Shippensburg L'niversity; Ph.D., Universit\
of Pittsbin gh
B.S.,
Harold R. Fre\, Associate Professor
Lock Haven L'niversitv; M.A., Iowa State
—
L'niversitv; .M.S..
Elmira College
Gene M. Gordon, .Associate
Southampton (College;
J.
—
B..\.,
.Antioch L'ni-
Ed.D., Universin of Massachusetts
versitv;
Charles
Professor
Hoppel. .Associate Professor
—
B.S.,
L'niversin of Scranton; .M.E.E., Ph.D., Syr-
Notre Dame University; M.Ed., Rhode Island L'niversitv; Ph.D., L'niversitv of (Cincin-
B.S., M.Ed.,
Joseph .M. ^'oushock, Piolessor
Bloomsbing State (College; Ed.D., Temple
L'niversitv
N. Schreier, Chairperson, Professor
B.A.,
of Massachusetts; .M.Ed., University of
New Hampshire; Ed.D., University of Northern Colorado
\'ishakha W. Rawool, Associate Profes.sor
B.Sc, Bomba\ University; M.A., University
of Texas at El Paso; Ph.D.. Piu due Univer-
Pittsbingh
—
Temple University
ty
Samuel
.Assistant Profe.ssor
Long Beach
University
Gerald W. Powers. Professor
J.
Rumbough,
Assistant (chairperson. Pro-
sylvania.; M.A., Ph.D.,
Carroll
B.
B.A., M.A., University of (Central Florida;
acuse L'niversitv
Curriculum and Foundations
William
S.
O
Bruba, (Chairperson. Profe.ssor
B.S., (California State (College; .M.Ed..
quesne
sity
L'niversitv; Ed.D..
of Penn.sylvania
—
Du-
Indiana Univer-
|
Administration and Faculty
C.
113
—
Meade
B.A.,
Beers, Assistant Professor
M.Ed., Ph.D., University of Pitt.sbingh
Neil L. Brown, Assistant Professor
—
B.S., Kiitz-
town State (loUege; M.Ed., I.ehigh University;
Ed.D.,
Temple University
—
Cherrington, Associate Professor
of Oklahoma; M.Ed., Ph.D.,
University of Virginia
B.A.,
Robert L. Clark, Assistant Professor
Kings College; M.A., Seton Hall University;
Ed.D., University of Pennsylvania
Clhris A.
B.S., University
—
Henry D. Dobson, Associate Professor
—
B.S.,
Bloomsbiirg Universitv; M.S., Syracuse University; Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State
University
—
B.S., M.S.,
CaryJ. Doby, Associate Professor
Ph.D., State University of New York (xillege
at Buffalo
.VI. Hussein Fereshteh, Assistant Professor
B..\., Teacher Universit\' of Tehran; M.P.A.,
University of Hartford; Ph.D., The University of ConnecticiU
Bonita B. Franks, Associate Professor
B.S.,
M.S., Central (lonnecticut State Universitv;
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State Ihiiversity
Robert E. Gates, Assistant Professor
B.S.
University of Main at Farniington; M.Ed.,
Ed.D., University of Louisville
Gilgannon, Professor
Nancy
B.S., Bloomsburg State College; M.S., Marywood C^ollege;
D.Ed., The Pennsylvania State
—
—
—
—
C
University
Mary G.
B.A.,
Macalester College; M.A., California Lutheran College; Ed.D., University of Southern
California
John
R. Hranit/, Professor
—
—
L. Miller,
Oregon
Professor
—
B.A.,
LaVerne
College; M.S., Indiana University; Ed.D.,
Ball State L'niversity
Frank
Misiti,
Associate Piofessor
—
B.S.,
Mans-
M.Ed., Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
Gilda M. Oran, Assistant Professor
B.A.,
University of Toronto; M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Miami
field State College;
—
Egerton O. Osimde, Assistant Professor
Ahmadu
—
B.S.,
Bello L'niversity; M.A., (lase West-
ern Reserve L'niversity; M.A., Ph.D.,
Ohio
State L'niversity
—
Temple
B.S.,
Penn.sylvania State
University; Ph.D., L'niversity of Georgia
Donald
—
Professor
B.S.,
College of Syracuse L'niversity; M.Ed.,
St. l>awrence L'niversity; Ph.D., L'niversity
of South Florida
RosemarvT. Radzievich, Assistant Professor
B.A., The Pennsylvania State L'niversity;
L. Pratt, Associate
L'tica
—
Bloomsbiug
M.Ed.,
Lehigh
Ed.D.,
L'ni\ersity;
L'niversity
—
Shelley C. Randall, Assistant Professor
B.S.,
Michigan; M.A., Wayne State
L'niversity; Ph.D., L'niversitV' of Pennsylvania
Lorraine A. Shanoski, Professor
B.S., M.Ed.,
Northeastern L'niversity; Ed.D., Indiana
University of Penn.sylvania
Viola C. Supon, Assistant Professor
B.S.,
Bloomsbiug State Teachers College; M.A.,
Trenton State L'niversity; Ed.D., Temple
L'niversity of
—
—
L'niversity
David
E.
—
Washburn, Professor
B.A., M.Ed.,
Ph.D., Universitv of Arizona: Postdoctoi
Certificate
in
L'ni\ersitv of
Man
al
Education,
Multicultural
Miami
Alice Wlieeler, Assistant Professor
—
R.A.,
Denver; M.S., Cieorgetown L'niversity; Ph.D., L'niversity of Pennsvlvania
Bonnie L. V\'illiams, Associate Professor
B.S.,
M.Ed., Bloomsbiirg L'niversity; Ed.D., TemL'niversity of
—
ple L'niversity
Morehead
L'niversirs';
M.A.,
versitv; Ph.D., L'niversit\'
B.S.,
B..^.,
Jane McPherson, Assistant Professor
Western Washington State College; M.Ed.,
V\'estern Washington
L'niversity;
M.S.,
Ph.D., L'niversity of
The
— B.A.,
Duquesne Uni-
of Pittsburgh
Economics
M.Ed..
Ed.D., hidiana L'niversity of Pennsylvania
Gorman
Poostay, Professor
J.
University; M.Ed.,
Patricia K. Wolf, Assistant Professor
—
Harris, Associate Professor
Edward
The
Woo Bong
Lee, Profes,sor
—
B..S.,
Delaware Val-
Rutgers L'niver.sity
Sukhwinder Bagi, .Assistant Professor
B.A.,
M.Ed., M.A., Punjab L'niverstiy; Ph.D.,
Vanderbilt L'niversitv
Peter H. Bohling, Professor
B.A., Miami
L'niversity; M.A., The L'niversit} of Iowa;
Ph.D., L'niversity of Massachusetts
Mehdi Haririan, Professor
B.A., National
L'niversity; M.A., Iowa State L'niversity;
Ph.D., New School for Social Research
ley College; M.S., Ph.D.,
—
—
—
Saleem M. Khan, Chairperson,
Prtjfessor
—
Bahawalpur; M.A., Government (College, Lahore, Punjab L'niversity; Ph.D., J. Ciutenberg L'niversity
Rajesh K. Mohindrii. Professor
B.A., M.A.,
D.A\' College; M.A., Ph.D., University of
B.A., S.E., College,
—
Penn svh a nia
114
Administration and Faculty
Robert
—
Obutelewicz, Assistant Professor
(iarson-Newnian (College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Massachusetts
Ehzabeth P. Patch, Assistant Professor
B.S.,
S.
History
B. A., B.S.,
—
M.S., Ph.D., Lehigh University
R. Sperry, Professor
—
B.A., BridgewaM.A., Ph.D., L'niversity of
(College;
—
—
Ronald A. Ferdock, Associate Professor
.\.B..
St. Vincent (College; M.A., The Pennsyhania State L'niversity
—
Riley B. Smith, Associate Professor
The
s
ter
Arizona
Michael C. Hickey, Associate Professor
B.A.,
M.A., Ph.D., Northern lUinois L'niversity
English
Ph.D.,
Janu
Languages and Cultures
Brenda
B.A.,
Uni\ersit\' of Texas, Austin
B..^.,
.Middlebun
College; Ph.D., Universitv of Pennsy lvania
Luke Spriiigman,
Finance and Business Law
—
Reiser, Associate Professor;
Kutztown Slate College;
.M.A.,
—
Assistant Professor;
B.A.,
Indiana University; M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State
University
David G. Heskel, C-hairperson, Associate Pro-
— M.B.A., Ph.D., University of BusiBehr, Professor — A.B., Cornell
fessor
Management
ness, Vienna, Austria
Barbara
E.
L'niversity; M.A.,
gers
Karen
Hunter College;
J.
Law School
Elwell, Associate Professor
J.
D.. Rut-
— A.B.,
A.M., |.D., University of Illinois at Urbana("hanipaign
David C. Martin, Associate Piofessoi
B.A.,
C. W. Post College; M.B.A., Western Illinois
University: Ph.D., University of Alabama
Bruce L. Rockwood, Professor
B.A., Swarthmore College; J. D., University of Chica-
—
—
go Law School
V\'.
—
Mark
—
D. Larson, Associate Professor
University of Iowa; W.A.. Ph.D.,
B.S..
The Ohio
State L'niversity
—
Mainuddin Afza, Associate Professor
B.
Com., Universitv of Rajshahi; .M. Com..
L'niversity of Rajshahi;
.\LB..-\..
Youngstown
State L'niversity; Ph.D., National .-Vcadenn
of Science, Yerevan, Armenia
—
M. Ruhul Amin, Professor
B. A., M.A.. The
University of Dhaka; W.A., D.P.A., Carleton
University; M.A., Ph.D.,
The
L'niversity of
Akron
—
M.B.A., University of Georgia; M.A., The
Ohio State I'niversitv; Ph.D., Uiii\ersit\ of
Charles M. Chapman, Associate Profes.sor
B.A., Universitv of Northern (k)lorado;
M.A., New York University
Alabama
Howard
.Steven Smith, A.ssociate Professor
B.S.,
Kinslinger, Associate Professor
J.
A. B., Brandeis University;
Health, Physical Education and Athletics
College
of
—
Stephen
University
Minoo Tehrani,
J,
\\'estern
Linda M. LeMura. Professor
—
B..S.,
Niagara
Svracuse L'niversirv
Jerry K. Medlock, Chairperson, Piofessor
A. B., Samford University; M.A., Ed.D.,
University of Alabama
Universitv'; M.S., Ph.D.,
Swapan Mookerjee,
Assistant
—
Professor
York;
B. A.,
The
Ph.D.,
University
Hibbs, Associate Professor
B.S..
Kentucky Uni\ersity; M.Ed., East
Stroudsburg University; Ed.D., Temple
Susan
New
M
—
M.PE., Lakshmilbai National College of Physical Education; Ph.D., UniverB. PE.,
of Wisconsin; Post-doctoiate Fellowship,
NewVork at Buffalo
B.S.,
Leon ,S/medra, Associate Professor
State University of New York at Brockpori;
M.A., L'niversity of Northern Colorado;
Ph.D., Syracuse L'niversity
].
Markell, Associate Professoi
SUNT at Albany;
North Carolina
sor
—
Citv
Piudue
—
B..-\..
M.A., Ph.D., I'niversitv of
at
Chapel
Hill
(^haii pei son. Associate Profes-
— Michigan Technological Universitv;
B. S., Pahlavi Uni\eisii\, Shiraz, Iran; .M.S..
Ph.D. .Arizona State L'niversity
Peter B. Venuto, Professor
B.A., Syracuse
L'niversity; M.B.A., Ph.D., Universitv of
—
Santa Clara
Pamela M. Wynn, Professor
—
B.A., M.A..
Ph.D.. L'niversity of Texas at Arlington
sity
State UniversitN of
—
Marketing
Stephen
S.
fe.s.sor;
Batory, (lhairperson. Associate ProB.S.,
Dominion
Marvland
King
s
College; M.B.A., Old
L'niversity; D.B.A., University of
Administration and Faculty
115
Man' K. Ericksen. Professor; B.S., M.S., The
Ohio State University-; Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University
Sahm
Qm eshi. Associate
Professor; B.S., Uniof Kiuachi; M.B.A., Adelphi UniverPh.D.. The Union Graduate School of
versity
sity;
Ohio
—
Stephen Kokoska, Professor
B.A.,
Hampshire
Nicholson, .Assistant Professor
B.S.
M.Ed., Ph.D., Texas A &:
University
Clinton J. Oxenrider. Associate Prcjfessor
M
Bloomsburg
—
State C^ollege:
Pennsylvania State Uni\ersit\-;
Dana
Southern College; A.M., Ph.D.,
—
i
University'
—
—
Ph.D.,
University of Texas
at
Austin
Maria Teresita G. Mendoza-Enright, .\ssociate
Professor
—
B.A., M.A.. University of the
Philippines System; M.A., University of Chicago; Ph.D., Uniyersitv of Wisconsin-
Madison
J.
Bailey, Professor
College; M.Ed., Ph.D.,
JoAnne S. Growney,
ster College;
—
B.S..
—
B.A.,
Longyvood
College; Ph.D.. The Pennsylvania State
University
James C. Pomfret, Chairperson, Professor
B.S., Bates College; .M.S., New .Mexico State
University; Ph.D., University of Oklahoma
Mehdi Razzaghi, Professor
G.C^E., Lewes
Technical College; B.S., Sussex University;
Ph,D., L'niversitv of London
B.A., Lehigh
John H. Riley Jr., Professor
University; M.S., Ph.D., The Lhiiyersitv of
—
—
—
Connecticut
Mxim
L'niversin at
—
B.S., Anhui
Chuzhon, China; M.S.,
Shi, A.ssistant Professor
Normal
Shanghai Teachers L nixersity-, China; Ph.D.,
University of Iowa
B.S., Bloomsburg
June L. Trudnak, Professor
Professor
—
B.S.,
Westmin-
M.A..Temple Universirv Ph.D.,
;
—
B.,A., .VIontclair
The Pennsylvania State University
Dennis Hiuhnance Jr., .Associate Professor
Ph.D.,
Georgia hrstitute of
TechnologA
Scott hich, .Assistant Professor
M. Christine AJichnie, R.N., Chairperson, Professor
—
B.S., University
of Pittsburgh;
M.S., Wilkes College; M.S.. Ph.D., University
of Pennsyhania
—
B.S.,
Julia A. Bucher, Assistant Professor
University of Delaware; M.S.N., Uni\ersity-
of Washington; Ph.D.,
Marv
A.
The
Penn.sylvania
Gavaghan, R.N., Associate Professor
— B.S.N.,
nia; Ed.D.,
—
William-
Area Commimitv (College; B.S.,
Bloomsburg University-; M.S.. Ph.D., \'irginia Tech
Curt Jones, Assistant Professor
B.S., Lock
—
Haven; M.S., University of Iowa; Ph.D., The
Pennsylvania State UniversitvZahira S. Rahn, Associate Professor
B..A.,
Pimjab Unixersitv; M.Sc, Islamabad Universit\: B.S.. Bloomsbiug University; M.A.,
—
.Vl.S.N.,
University of Pennsylva-
Temple Universin
.Annette Ciimderman, R.N., .Associate Professor
B.S.N., Bloomsburg University;
—
M.S.N.,
sport
Uniyersit\
Nursing
State University
State College; M.A., University of Colorado;
B.S., M.S.. Ph.D.,
M.S..
Albright
—
—
Uniy ersitv of Oklaht)ma
Paul G. Hartimg. Professor
Temple
M.S.,
Idaho
Bucknell University-;
Ph.D., The Pennsxlvania State L ni\ersitv
Paul C. Cochrane, Professor
B.S., M.S..
Ph.D., State University- of New York
Helmut Doll, Assistant Profes.sor
B.A., University of Stuttgart; .M.S., Oregon State Uni\ ersitv; Ph.D., University of California
—
University;
State College;
The Penns\l\ania
State University-
E.
Rutztown
The
—
Mathematics and Computer Science
Harold
D..^.,
TimotliN Phillips, .Assistant Profe.ssor
B..-\.,
of Missom
A.B., San DiWalter M. Brasch, Professor
ego State University; M.A., Ball State L'niversitv; Ph. D., Ohio University
John Maittlen-Harris, Assistant Professor
B.Ec, University of Sydney; Litt.B., University' of New England; M.A., University of
Florida;
M..A..,
State University
R. Ulloth. Chairperson. Professor
New
—
Man J.
B.S.,
Mass Communications
Boston
(College; M.S., Ph.D., University of
D.Ed..
The Pennsylvania
L'niversity
State
—
Sharon Haymaker, R.N., Associate Professor
B.S.N., Lhiiversity of Manland; M.S.N., Ca.se
Western Reserve University; Ph.D., The
Johns Hopkins University
diploNancy A. Onuschak, R.N., Professor
ma, Wyoming \'alle\- Hospital School of
Niusing; B.S., M.S.Ed., Wilkes College;
M.N., The Pennsyhania State Uni\ersity;
—
D.E.D.,
Temple
L'niversity
Administration and Faculty
116
—
B.S., UniJoan B. Stone, Assistant Professor
versity of Pennsylvania; M.S., Ed.D., The
Pennsylvania State University
Biett L. Beck, Associate Professor
— Diploma, Hahnemann Hospital School
of Nursing; B.S.N. M.S.N., University of
Penn.sylvania; D.N. Sc., W'idener University
B.S.N.,
Dorette E. Welk, R.N., Professor
D'Youville (>ollege; M.S.N., University of
Pennsylvania; Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State
,
—
University
Physics
P.James Moser, (Chairperson, Professor
M.S.,
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania
—
B.S..
University
—
Christopher Bracikowski, Assistant Profes.sor
B.S., University of Rochester; Ph.D., Georgia Institute of Technology
—
B.A., Utah State
Jack G. Couch, Professor
University; M.A., Vanderbilt University;
Ph.D., Texas A & M University
B.Sc, Ph.D.,
David J. Harper, Prcjfessor
University of Nottingham, England
B.S.,
Gunther E. Lange, Assistant Professor
—
—
Ph.D.,
M. Gene
The Ohio
State University
Tavlor, Piofessoi'
College; M.S., Ph.D.,
—
B.S.,
Brown
B.A., University of
West Florida; Ph.D.,
Winona J. Cochran,
—
Dalton
Tennessee; M.S., Ph.D., University of Georgia
Steven L. (Cohen, Profes.sor
B.A., Oakland
University; Ph.D., University of Maine
james H. Dalton Jr., Professor
B.A., King
(College; M.A., Ph.D., The University of
Connecticut
B.,-\.,
Julie .M, Kontos, Assistant professoer
Junior
Professor
A.S.,
(College; B.S. University of
—
—
—
Richard Earcom, Associate Professor —
M.A., Ph.D., The Ohio State University
Marion G. Mason, Assistant Professor —
.M..S.,
State
Ph.D., University of (ieorgia
B.S.,
E.
B.S.,
Southern Nazarene University; M.A.. Ph.D.,
The Ohio
State Lhiiversity
—
B.S., University
AlexJ. Poplawsky, Professor
of Scranton; M.S., Ph.D., Ohio University
B.B.A., An(Constance J. Schick, Professor
gelo State University; Ph.D., Texas Technological University
A.B., DouEileen (C. Astor-SteLson, Professor
glass (College Rutgers University; Ph.D.,
Van de rbi 1 U n i\ ersi ty
Joseph G. Tloczvnski, Assistant Professor
—
—
1
Muskingum
A.,
State Junior College;
University of Alabama
Patricia B. Torsella, R.N., A.ssociate Professor
— A.
James H. Faulkner
University
B.A.,
—
Bloomsburg
State
(College;
M..\.,
West Chester University; Ph.D., Eehigh
University
Political Science
George Agbango, Associate Professor
— Spe-
(Geography), University
of Cape Coast, Ghana; M.P.A., Adanta University; Ph.D., Clark Atlanta University
Maria Brettschneider, Assistant Professor
B.A., State University of New York at Bing-
The Pennsylvania
cialist Certificate
—
hamton; M.A., Ph.D., New York Universitx
B.S.,
Gloria T. Cohen, Assistant Professor
—
M.P.A., Ph.D.,
Richard
Temple
E. Micheri,
fessor
—
B.A.,
University
Chairperson, Assistant Pro-
Fordam
Uni\ersity; ,M.A..
Cohunbia University
James W. Percey, Associate Professor
— A.B.,
University of Penn.sylvania; M.A., Rutgers
University
Psychology
—
Michael W. Gavnor, Chairperson, Professor
B.A., Muhlenbui g College; M.S., Eehigh University; Ph.D.,
John
S.
(Colorado State University'
B.A., Universit\
Bairdjr., Professor
—
of Virginia; M.S., Ph.LO., North Carolina
State University
—
B..^.,
John E. Waggoner, A.ssociate Professor
Shippensbiug State College; M.S., Ph.D.,
State Ehiiversity
Sociology and Social Welfare
1.
Sue Jackson, (Chairpers(jn,
sor;
— A.B., Evcoming
.Associate Profes-
(College; .M.S.S.W..
Graduate School of Social \Abrk, L'nixersity
of Texas
B..^.,
(Christopher F. Armstrong, Professor
Washingtt)n and Eee Universitv; M.A.,
—
Ph.D., University of Penn.sylvania
B. A.. M.A., Ph.D.,
Barrile, Profes.sor
—
Eeo G.
Boston (College
David E. Greenwald, Associate Professor
B.A., University of Penn.sylvania; M.,\..
Ph.D., University of California at Berkeley
B.S., Bloomsburg
James H. Huber, Profe.s.sor
—
—
State (College; M.A., E'niversity of Delaware;
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
(Charles
—
W. Eaudermilch, .Associate Professor;
Moravian (College; M.S.W., Wayne
B.A.,
State Unix ersi t\
Administration and Faculty
Frank G. Ijndenfeld, Professor
nell
University;
M.A..
University
Chang Shub Roh,
— B.A., Cor-
Ph.D.,
Professor
Columbia
— B.A.,
Dong-A
University; C.S.W., M.S.V\'., Ph.D., Louisiana
State University
—
Dale L. Sultzbaugh, Associate Professor;
B.A., Gettysbin g College; M.Div., Lutheran
Theological Seminary; M.S.W'., West Virginia
Uni\'ersity
Anne
K. V\'ilson, Professor
College;
Ph.D.,
M.S.,
—
L'niversitv
Thejohns Hopkins
B.A., Carleton
of Maryland;
University
1
118
Index
Index
A
D
Academic (Calendar 6
Academic Dismissal 27
Academic Policies 25
Academic Probation 26
Academic Support Services 12
Accommodatixe Services 18
Accounting 48
Departmental Paper 27
Accreditation
Administration 110
1
Admission Information 21
Admission to Clandidacy 28
Advisers 25
E
Earh (Hiildhood Education 54
Education of the Deaf/Hard of Hearing 56
Elementary Education 44
Examinations 27
Exerci.se Science and .\dult Fitness 59
Application 21
Art Gallery 32
Art History 32
Art Studio 32
F
Assistantships 23
Financial Help 23
Foreign Applicants 21
Faculty 110
Fees 24
Audiovisual Resources 14
Audiolog^ 50
Audits 22
G
B
Banking
1
Grades 29
Graduate C^oiuicil 1 10
Graduate Courses 77
Graduate Courses in Senior Year 22
Graduate Programs 10
Graduate Student (categories 21
Graduate Student (;oimcil 18
Graduation Requirements 28
Grievance Procediu e 26
7
Biology' (M.E.) 38
Biology (M.S.) 52
Business Administration 36
Business Education 40
c
(Campus
Map
H
120
(lelebritv Artist Series 19
Center for Coimseling and
Human
Development 18
Health Services 15
Housing 16
Child Care Center 18
C^ommunication Studies 34
Community Activities Office 19
Computer Purchase Plans 17
I
C^omputing
Identification Cards 15
F.icilities
12
C^ooperatixe Doctoral Program 74
Coimcil of Trustees 1 10
Coiu se Descriptions 77
Cmricuhmi and Instruction 42
(An riculmn Materials Center 13
Information Center 19
Institute for (Comparative and International
Management
Studies 13
Institute for Interactive
Technologies 13
Instruction.d Technologx 60
6
4
Index
Insurance (Coverage 15
Interdisciplinary Studies 75
Scheduling 25
School of Graduate Studies 10
K
Special Education/Exceptionalities 67
Speech, Hearing and Language (Hinic 13
Speech-Language PathologN 71
Student Recreation (k-nter 17
Student Services 15
Supervisory Ortificate Programs 73
Kehr L'nion 19
L
Library 12
M
Telephone Numbers 7
Television and Radio Services
Master of Business Administration 36
Master's Thesis 27
Meal Plans 16
Motor Vehicle Registration 16
Multicultiual (".enter 18
N
Testing 21
Thesis 27
Time Limitation 28
Transcripts 28
Transfer of Credits 26
Tuition 24
u
Nursing 62
University (description) II
University Store 16
o
Otf-(lampus Comses 23
V
\'isitor
Parking 16
Programs of Study 31
Provost's Lecture Series 20
R
Reading 46
ReacUng (Clinic 13
Reachnission 22
Refunds 23
Registration 25
Repeat of Courses
2(")
Research (human or animal) 28
Parking
1
1
Campus
Graduate Courses
Catalog Addendum
The following are course descriptions for the Master of Science
Nursing, which has been revised. This listing reflects these
revisions
and includes new courses for all options and
in
clinical
courses for the nurse practitioner option. These replace course
descriptions published earlier in this catalog.
82.500 Applied Statistics for Health ProfesApplies principles and methods of statistical analysis of data in the health
professions. The course emphasizes statistical concepts as a set of principles and a way
of thinking for health professionals. Prerequisites: high school algebra, basic statistics
course or consent of the instructor.
sionals (3)
—
82.501 Theoretical Bases for Role DevelopEx(3)
amines theoretical formulations related to
role development in advanced nursing practice. Students use concepts, principles and
strategies inherent in a variety of theories (i.e.,
systems, change, professional socialization
and role) to serve as a framework for the development and enrichment of their adx-anced
practice roles. Theor)' building, the relationship of models to theories, and major conceptual and theoretical models in nursing
practice are also introduced. Students analyze and apply tenets of a select conceptual
model of nursing to dieir own philosophy of
advanced nursing practice. Leadership principles are also incorporated as students identify an actual or potential issue or problem
—
ment in Advanced Nursing Practice
related to their
advanced practice
role
and
design a proposal for planned change.
82.502 Epidemiology: Concepts and Principles for Advanced Nursing Practice (3)
—
Focuses on conceptual orientation and knowledge of techniques from epidemiology as a
basis for all aspects of population
based prac-
advanced nursing. Epidemiological
perspective presented as a framework for assessing the well-being of populations and designing, implementing, and evaluating stratice in
tegic nursing and health care investigations.
Students apply basic epidemiologic research
designs in the investigation, analysis, and proposed solutions to observed patterns of health
states in contemporary populations.
82.503 Bases for Research for Advanced
Nursing Practice (3)
Builds on prex ioiis
knowledge of research and statistics to enhance student application, use, and develop-
—
ment of nursing
lesc.iK h tc inipi ox e the qualof health and heallh (ait delixen. Pnnciples and strategies inliei ent in scientific inquiry, critical e\aluation and the lesearch
process are applied. Foe uses on identification of a researc liable problem in clinical
nursing practice, conduct of a review and critique of relexanl literature, selection of aconceptual or theoretical framewoik and identification of an appropriate reseaii li design and
methodology to study the problem. Students
plan, develop and present a researcii jjrospectus using appropriate scholarly format and
ity
style.
82.504 Pathophysiology for Advanced Nursing Practice (3)
Presents pathologic
—
mechanisms of disease
that sene as a major
component in the foimdation for clinical assessment and management of individuals,
advanced nursing practice. Primary focits is on applying pathophysiological
mechanisms to explain illness phenomena
and in assessing an individuals response to
the pharmocologic management of illnesses.
Major laboratory studies useful for verifying
abnormalities are discussed. Builds on knowledge from undergraduate courses through
pursuit of content in greater depth and synthesizing and applying research-based knowlessential for
edge.
82.507 Pharmacology for Advanced Nursing
Practice (3)
Applies principles of pharmacology to advanced nursing practice of adults.
Emphasis is on physiological mechanisms of
drug action and significant adverse reactions.
Presents proper prescribing and monitoring
procedures for various dnig regimens used
—
to treat
common disease states.
Discusses self-
medication, multiple drug interactions, legal.
)
Graduate Courses
and sociological implications of drug
therapy and patient teaching. Presents alternative "drug" therapies. Prerequisite:
dents collaborate with adult clients, suppon
systems and variety of providers in diverse
82.304.
adult health.
82.508 Adult Health Assessment and Promotion (6)
Focuses on developing the
litical
ethical
—
student's
competence
performing health
Learning experiences
in
assessment of adults.
are provided for synthesizing cognitive
knowledge with psychomotor skills.
Throughout the couree, emphasis is placed
on health assessment, communication, analyof data, written and verbal presentation
of data and issues related to health promotion and disease prevention in adults. Prerequisites: 82.504, undergraduate physical
sis
assessment.
82.51
1
Community Health Nursing
I
(6)
—
Focuses on the role development of the
clini-
communitv health
nurs-
cal nui-se specialist in
Students apply advanced knowledge,
skills and critical thinking in the competent
vise of the nursing process with populations
and the community as a whole. Evaluation
and refinement of a model for advanced
practice provide a framework for the
student's development of the multifaceted
roles of practitioner, educator, researcher,
consultant and leader 'manager. Leadership
principles and strategies are applied as stuing.
dents assess and analvze the health status and
determinants of health of populations and
the total communitv. Students collaborate
and coordinate with other communitv health
nurses, a variety of providers, and clients in a
diversin of settings to plan and develop innovative programs designed to meet identified health needs of risk populations in the
communitv. Weekly seminars assist and enable the students to participate in the analysis of current communitv health issues, develop research skills, and understand the development and operationalization of health
policies within communitv health programs.
Prerequisites: -See clinical option adviser.
82.512 Adult Health and lUness Nursing I { 6
Focuses on the role development of the
clinical nurse specialist in adult healtli and
illness. Students apply adv anced knowledge,
skills and critical thinking in the competent
use of nursing process, therapeutic interv entions, and technologv to administer nursing
services to a specific adult population to facilitate optimal wellness and to impact on the
deliver)- of adult health care. Evaluation and
refinement of a model for advanced practice provide a framework for holistic care of
adult clients and one's development of the
multifaceted roles as practitioner, educator,
consultant and leader manager Leadership
—
print
ipiles
and
strategies are
employed
as stu-
settings to
promote, restore and maintain
Through socijil, ethical
actions, client advocacy and
and pochange
process are encouraged to affect the qualitv
of adult health care. WeekJy seminar affords
student's participation in analv^ing current
adult health care problems, trends/ issues and
and formulating strategies for
health care reform. Research skills are enhanced through seminar presentations, clinical practicum and course assignments. Prerequisites: See clinical option adviser
in evaluating
82.513 Management and Organizational Beha\ior in Advanced Nursing Practice (3)
Explores the concepts of organizational stvle
and the theories of management behavior
related to the role of the clinical nurse specialist in advanced practice. Focuses on leadership theories, strategies for maturation and
change, concepts of power and influence, and
organizational decision making. Prerequisite:
consent of the instructor
—
—
82.514 Independent Study (3)
Student
works with a facultv preceptor in conducting
an individualized study related to a particular area of clinical interest.
82.515 Diagnosis and Management of Health
Problems in Adults I (6)
First of two clini-
—
courses that focuses on diagnosis and management of health problems in adults. Emphasis on developing knowledge related to
the most common problems for adults in ambulator) care, including but not limited to hypertension, cough, chest pain, dyspnea,
edema and fatigue. Addresses issues related
to the role of the nurse practitioner and provides opportunities to discuss these as the stucal
dent begins the transition to
practice role.
this
advanced
Prerequisites: 82.502, 82.507,
82.508.
and Management of Health
Second of a nvosemester clinical sequence that focuses on the
diagnosis and management of health problems in adults. Emphasis on developing
82.5 16 Diagnosis
Problems
in Adults II (6)
—
knowledge related to the most common problems for adults in ambulators care, including
but not limited to sore throat, abdominal
headache and arthritis. .Addresses issues related to the role of the nurse practitiopain,
ner and provides opportunities to discuss
these as the student continues transidon to
advanced practice
this
role.
Prerequisite:
82.515.
82.520
(3)
vvith knowledge and
perform a comprehensive commuassessment and develop a program for
skills
nitv
Community Assessment and Planning
— Provides students
to
Graduate Courses
an identified health need or problem. Students use concepts from nursing theory, epidemiology, cultural principles and research
to identify a community need or problem, develop a proposed solution and plan of action.
Preparation of a grant proposal vvill be a major focus of the plan of action. Class format
is seminar and collaborative group work. Prerequisite: 82.502.
—
82.531 Community Health Nursing II (6)
Builds upon Practicum I and concentrates on
advanced professional nursing. There is an
emphasis on the student's increasing independence and self-directed learning.
Through the assimilation of additional theory,
students continue to apply critical thinking,
communication skills, therapeutic interA'entions and values as they implement and evaluate community health nursing programs and
interventions for selected high-risk popula-
They function independently and
collaboratively with others who influence the
tions.
health care environment to improve the
health of the community. Students continue
to
engage in social, ethical and political acwhich initiate and effect change at the
tions
community level. Inter\'entions that assist in
the development of public policy based on
the assessed needs of populations are stressed.
to focus on the
analysis of current community health issues,
Weekly seminars continue
leadership in the development of health
and research in the advanced practice
communitv health nursing. Prerequisite:
policy
in
82.511.
82.532 Adult Health and lUness Nursing II
Concentrates on advanced professional
(6)
nursing practice as a clinical nurse specialist
within a specialized area of adult health and
—
illness
through independent, self-directed
Through self-directed learning acthe student is facilitated to assimilate
additional theory and research in advancing
learning.
tivities,
the student's knowledge, critical thinking,
skills, therapeutic interven-
communication
tions/technology and values in advanced
nursing practice for adult clients. Stu-
clinical
dents enhance their expertise in the multifaceted roles of the clinical nurse specialist
in adult health and illness by assuming lead-
ership/management positions in a health
care setting and by functioning both independently and collaboratively with clients, suf>port systems, other providers and community
improving the quality of adult health care.
Social, ethical anci political actions are employed in order to initiate and affect change
regarding the development of health care
policy and its effect on health care. Weekly
student-conducted seminars focus on the
in
analysis of current concepts, practices, trends,
issues,
health policies
and research
in their
enactment as
role
clinical
nurse specialists in
the advanced practice of adult health
ness. Prerequisite: 82.512.
and
ill-
82.533 Management and Organizational Behavior in Health Care Delivery System (3)
Seminar format that explores model building and the future directions of organizational
strictures for advanced nursing practice. Organizational theorv' provides the framework
—
for organizational characteristics
and identiand strucpromoting
fying the organizational strategies
tures with greatest potential for
performance and organizational
growth. Focuses on organizational environments and planned change in the health care
deli\'ery system. Course may be taught in another country to provide international aspects. Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor.
effective
82.534 Adult Nurse Practitioner Practicum
and Seminar
(6)
— Culminating
clinical
course for the adult nurse practitioner program. Provides the student an opportunity
to apply knowledge gained throughout the
program while gaining entry-level competence in the clinical area of the student's
choosing. Addresses clinical and professional
role issues, including management of complex patients and assessment of organizations
as practice settings, quality of care and risk
management, and professional
responsibili-
of practice. Issues of professional responsibility include influence of and on health
policy, continuing education, health education of the commimity and clinical research.
Focuses on developing confidence and competence as an adult nurse practitioner. Preties
requisite: 82.516.
—
Serves as
82.550 Nursing Research II (3)
the culminating experience in the program.
Students synthesize knowledge drawn from
core and clinical course work to expand on
the research prospectus developed in Nursing Research I. In developing a comprehensive proposal, students conduct an extensive
review and critique of relevant literature, formulate a conceptual or theoretical framework
and select an appropriate research design and
methodology. The course is presented in a
seminar format with open forum defense of
the proposal serving as a comprehensive examination. Prerequisite: All course work in
the nursing major
—
82.590 Thesis (6)
Upon successful compleUon of 82.550, students who choose to carry
out their research study may enroll in thesis
as
an
elective option. Prerequisite: 82.550.
I
School
off
Graduate Studies
109 Waller Administration Building
Bloomsburg University
400
E.
Second Street
Bloomsburg, Pennsylvania 17815
Bloomsbun
UNIVERSITY
Member
*
of Pcuiisylvdnki's
State System nf Higher Education
^^^^
Digitized by tine Internet Arcliive
in
2015
https://archive.org/details/bloomsburguniver00bloo_9
UNIVERSITY
A Member
of Pennsylvania's
State System of Higher Education
2
Copyright
©
1996,
Bloomsbui g
nia. All rights resfr\fcl.
produced or copied
in
No
L'nivci siiy of Pennsylva-
part of this
any form or
book may be
any means
by
re-
—
graphic, electronic or mechanical, including photocopving. taping or
information storage and retrieval svstems
— without permission. Oontacl the Office
ol
Marketnig
and (iommimicaiion. Waller Administration Building.
Bloomsbnig I niversity, 400 K. Second Stieet, BloonisbiMg. I'A l7Hl.Vi:iOI
The Graduate
Catalog, 1996-1998
4
Notice
i>r<)\ isi<)iis of ihis catalog ari- not to \w ri-gardan iricvoi able conti ac t between tbe iini\ei siiv and
riut'd as
tlie
to
Bloomsbmg
student.
amend am
()i
\
without
ai
adeniic
.
I niveisitv iesei\es tbe ligbt
administialive, or disc iplinai
leniilailon (oi lee) destiibed ni
\
caialoi;
lliis
noliie to pel sons allet ted,
|)iu>i
Re<|uiienieins lor graduation as well as (uriuula
for
al
degiee programs, such as tbose
eertineation/licensiire,
ie
ing pi olession-
ma\ change thiotighont the
siudeiil's inalriculatioii.
Such thanges will not he eti o.u iimK u-(|uiie(l:
howevei. tbe student will haxe tbe option to hoose the
new program or leqnii emeiit. il desired. F.xceplions ma\
i
c
be necessai
N
w hen
<
hanges
in piolessional
or bcensiiie siandaids mandate changes
<
ei lilU
m
ation
academii
re(|uiieiiieiils oi in uni\eisii\ |)iogi,ims.
Affirmative Action
liloomshuig I nneisitx is (ommitled to pi<>\iding
equal edtu .ilional oppoi lnniiies lor all persons without
regaid to lac e. oloi. leligiou, sex. .tge. n.ition.il oi igin.
<
ancestry, lilesnle.
era stains as
M
si nu.iI
iei.iii.
riie uinxfisilv
is
m lenl.ilion. disabilit\. \
u-tii.iiu
or union iiieinbership.
additionally
committed
to
alfmna-
Ine .u iiciii and will lake positive steps to provide siicb
ediuational and emplovment oppoilnniiies. Iiuinnies
ina\ be relerred lo: Dii e( lor ol Soi lal K()nit\. W.illei .\(1.iiioii Building. Blooiiisbiiig I ni\eisii\.
SiccHid Siirel. Klooiiisbui g. PA 17.Sl")-l:llll
iniiiisi
I
11)11
K.
1
5
Contents
Academic Calendars
6
For Information
School of Graduate Studies
Graduate Programs
10
The
1
7
10
University
Accreditation
1
Academic Support Services
12
Student Services
Admission Information
21
15
and Fees
Academic Policies
Programs of Study
Tuition
24
25
31
Master of Arts
Art Studio find Ail History
32
34
Communication Studies
Master of Business Administration
36
Master of Education
Business Education
38
40
Curriculum and Instruction
42
Biology
Elementary Education
44
Reading
Master of Science
Accounting
46
Audiology
Special Education/Exceptionalities
50
52
54
56
59
60
62
67
Speech-Language Pathology
71
48
Biology
Early Childhood Education
Education of the Deaf/Hard of Hearing
Exercise Science and Adult Eitness
Instructional Technology
Nursing
Supervisory Certificate Programs
Cooperative Doctoral Program
73
74
75
77
78
Interdisciplinary Studies
Graduate Courses
Coiu se Codes
Administration
]
Faculty
110
10
Index
1
Campus Map
120
18
8
4
6
Academic Calendar
FaU 1996
FaU 1997
Aug. 19
Registration
Labor Day ( N'o
Mid-Term
Mid-Term
Reading Day
(No (Classes)
Aug. 26, 2 p.m.
Thursday, Oct.
\r>.
10 p.m.
Friday, Oct.
1
Resume
Classes End
Reading Day
Classes
Classes
Saturday, Dec. 7
Classes
End
Commencement
Recess Begins
Resume
End
1
Thursday, Oct. 14, 10 p.m.
Friday, Oct. 10
Wednesday, Nov. 26, 2 p.m.
Monday, Dec. 1., 8 a.m.
Saturday, Dec. 6
Reading Day
Sunday, Dec. 7
Finals Begin
Monday, Dec. 8
Saturdav, Dec.
Commencement
1
Finals
End
Saturday, Dec.
\?>
Saturdav, Dec. LS
Spring 1998
Registration
Jan. 6 to Jan. 13, 2 p.m.
Registration
Begin
Martin Luther
King Dav (No
Monday, Jan.
(Masses Begin
(Classes)
Monday
Meet
C^lasses
13,
8 a.m.
Jan. 5 to Jan. 12, 2 p.m.
Mondav. Jan. 12, 8 a.m.
Martin Luther
Mid-Term
Spring Bl eak
Begins
Resume
Spring Weekend
Classes
Begins
Resimie
(Classes
End
Reading Dav
Finals Begin
Finals
C: lasses)
Sunday, Dec. 8
.Monday, Dec. 9
Saturdav, Dec. 14
Spring 1997
Classes
Monday, .Aug. 25, 8 a.m.
Monday, Sept.
Begin
Labor Dav (No
Mid-Term
Mid-Term
Reading Dav
(No Classes)
Wednesday, Nov. 27, 2 p.m.
Monday, Dec. 2., 8 a.m.
Finals Begin
Classes
Aug. 18 to Aug. 25, 2 p.m.
Registration
(Classes
Than ksgiving
Thanksgiving
Recess Begins
Finals
to
Monday. Aug. 26, 8 a.m.
la.s.ses)
Monday, Sept. 2
Classes Begin
End
Commencement
Mondav. Jan. 20
Friday,Jan. 24
(No Evening Classes)
Tuesdav. March 6. 10 p.m.
Satiuday, .March
8.
10 p.m.
.Monday, .March 17. 8 a.m.
Thiuday, March 27. 10 p.m.
Mondav. March 31, 6 p.m.
May 3
Simday, Mav 4
Mondav, Mav 5
Satiudaw Mav 10
Saturdav, Mav 10
Satiuday,
King Dav (No Classes)
Mondav
Mid-Term
Spring Break
Begins
Classes Resimie
Spring Weekend
Begins
C'lasses
Classes
Mondav. Jan. 19
Friday. Jan. 23
C^lasses .Meet
Resume
End
Reading Dav
Finals Begin
(No Evening Cla.sses)
Tue.sdav. March 3. 10 p.m.
Saturdav.
March
7.
12 p.m.
.Monday. March 16. 8 a.m.
Thiusdav. April
Mondav.
9.
10 p.m.
.April 13.
Saturday.
6 p.m.
May
2
Sundav. Ma\ 3
.Monday. Ma\ 4
End
Saturdav.
May 9
Commencement
Saturdav,
.VI a\'
Finals
9
7
For Information
Dial
389 plus
For unlisted
the extension
number from off-rampus
offices, call the university
Academic Affairs
Academic Support
Services
ACT
101
/EO Programs
telephones.
On
campus, use the four-di^t extension.
switchboard at 389-4000; on campus, dial
"0, "
8 a.m.
4308
Luzerne Residence Hall
4199
4492
14 Waller Administration Building
Office of the Vice President for Administration
Alumni Affairs
Arts and Sciences,
Alumni House
Office of the Dean
4115
4058
15 Waller Administration Building
College of
CoUege of
Business Office
Campus Child Center
Career Development
Center
Community Activities
Continuing and Distance
Education
Cooperative Education/
4:30 p.m.
Office of the Provost, C.arver Hall
Administration
Business,
to
4410
4019
4013/4407
4547
106 Waller Administration Building
Office of the Dean, 221 Sudiff Hall
22 Waller Administration Building
Elwell Residence Hall
Kehr Union
Rehr Union
Office of the
Magee
4070
4462
Dean
Center, 700 West Main Street
4420
Counseling/ Human Dev.
Curriculum Materials Ctr.
Development Office
Financial Aid Office
Graduate Studies,
School of
Ben Franklin Hall
Ben Franklin Hall
McOormick Center for Human Services
De\elopment Outer, 922 Lightstreet Road
19 Ben Franklin Hall
Office of the Assistant Vice President and
Dean of Graduate Studies and Research
4678
4255
4035
4128
Health Center
Information Desk
International Education
Kehr Union
Kehr Union
Lower Level, Luzerne Residence Hall
Andruss
Marketing and
Cieneral Infoimation
Academic Internships
15
17
4015
109 Waller Administration Building
Library,
Communication
4451 /4452
3900
4830
4204
4411/4412
1()4A Waller Administration Building
Catholic (784-3123); Protestant (389-4950)
Ministries
Police, University
Basement of
President's Office
(;arver Hall
Professional Studies,
Office of the
College of
Dean
3105 McCormick Outer for
6 Ben Franklin Hall
Residence Life Office
Elwell Residence Hall
Social Equity
Advancement
1
Services
15 V\'aller Administration Building
15 Waller Administration Building
Bloomsburg University
400 E. Second Street
Bloomsburg, PA 17815-1.301
World Wide Web Address:
Human
Office of Vice President for Uni\ ersity
1
General Mailing Address:
4168
4526
L'niversity Store
Registrar's Office
University
4279/4297
http://w\vvv.bloomu.cdu
4005
4263
4089
4528
Ad\ancement
4524
8
General Information
10
General Information
The School of Graduate
Bloomsburg
Studies
Graduprograms in the
University's School of
ate Studies offers 19 master's
and education, as well
program in education in co-
business, science
arts,
as a joint doctoral
operation with hidiana L'niversitv of Pennsvl1 1
super\ isory progianis.
The School of C'.raduate Studies is conmiitted to maintaining affordable, high-qualit\
post-baccalaureate progi ains for qualified students of di\ ei se backgiounds. These programs
foster an academic en\'ironment that stresses
\ania and
Graduate Programs
Master of Arts
Art Studio
Al
t
Histor\
Gommimication Studies
Master of Business Administration
critical thinking, scholarly activity, leadership,
cultural di\ersity
and
this mission, the
School
seeks
1 )
and
lechnolog}-.
of
To achieve
Graduate Studies
to:
Enhance
financial resources for students
faculty by seeking grants, gifts, research
Master of Education
BiologN
Business Education
Gurriculum and Instruction
Elementary Education
Reading
awards and contributions.
2)
ities
Enhance recruitment of women, minorand students of diverse cultiual back-
grounds.
Master of Science
Accoimting
Audi<)log\'
Biology
Early (Childhood Education
Encourage and
exchange of graduate
3)
facilitate international
facultx'
and students.
programs to meet the cin ient and
fiuure needs of individuals and agencies within the universit) "s service communities.
4) Flan
Education of the Deaf/Hard of Hearing
Exercise .Science and Adult Fitness
Instructional Technology
Ninsing
Special Education
Speech-Language
5) Plan programs to incorporate ciurent
and futiue global and envircjnmental issues.
6) Pro\ide periodic review of progi.mis to
achieve and maintain high-qualit\ programs.
Cooperative Doctoral
Program in Education
Supervisory Certificate Programs
(
Incorporate state-t)f-lhe-art information
technologv in all aspects of academic activities.
7)
Graduate
ic
classes taught
dm ing the academ-
veai are usualK schedulefl in late afternoons,
evenings and on Saliu'days in order to provide
opportimities for individuals engaged in other full-time occupations to further their edu-
Graduate com ses are also offered during simimer sessions. The .School of (iradiiatiStudies is a membei of the ('.oun( il of (iiadiication.
ate .Schools.
Patholo_g\-
A)nuiuinicati<)n
(kirriculum and Instruction
Childhood Education
Elementar\ Education
Foreign Language
Mathematics
Reading
School Health Services
Science
Earlv
•Social
Studies
Speiial Education
General Information
The
University
Bloomsburg L'nixersin of Pt- nnsvlvaiiia is
one of 14 universities in the Pennsvi\ania State
Svstem of Higher Education. In addition to
offering 19 master's programs. 64 undergrad-
uate programs are available. Granted imiversitv
status in 198.S,
Bloomsburg University
is
or-
ganized into the College of .\rts and Sciences,
the College of Birsiness, the College of Professional Studies, the School of Graduate Studies
and the School of Continuing and Distance
Education. Of the university's 7,200 students.
700 are enrolled in graduate programs. The
universit)- is located in the Town of Bloomsburg, a commimitv of 12,000, about 80 miles
north of Harrisbin g.
Accreditation
Bloomsbmg
L'niversitv
is
accredited b\ the
Commission of Higher Education for the .Middle States .\ssociation of C^olleges and Schools,
the National (Council for the Accreditation of
Teacher Education, the National League for
Nin sing, the Coimcil on Education of the Deaf
the Ameiican Speech-Language-Hearing .Association and the Coimcil on Social Work Education. Programs have been approved b\ the
Pennsylvania Department of Education and
the State Board of Nm se Examiners.
,
12
Academic Support Services
Academic Support Services
Harvey A. Andruss Library
9 a.m. - 5 p.m.
2 p.m. - 0 p.m.
Saturday
Sunday
The Harvey A. Andruss Library houses
more than 350, ()()() bound volumes, L8 niilhon
microtexts, and L71() current periodicals. The
libraiy also has state
and a special collection of first editions.
aiUographed copies, and illustrated books.
Online access to more than 800 information
databases through a librar\- reference CD-RO.M
tion,
local area network, FirstSearch, internet
DIALOG
is
world
a\ailable.
Carculating materials may be boriowed
from the circulation desk upon presentation
of a valid Bloonisburg L'ni\ersit\ Identification
Gard available f rom the Office of .Student Life.
The library provides 420 study stations on
three levels. The third level is furnished with
individual carrels and study tables.
Library faculty at the Reference Desk are
available din ing most library hours to answer
questions, assist students searching for information and resoiuces, and advise regarding
research projects.
An orientation to the librar\ is a\ailable
through a hypercard compiuer program. The
charge for photocopying is 10 cents for cash
copies (or six cents with the pinxhase of a reusable magnetic card), and the charge for microform copving is 10 cents (paper copy) and
25 cents (microfiche copy). Assistance in using the library's Public Access Online System
(PALS) automated catalog is available at the
Reference Desk.
A new Harvey A. Andru.ss Library building,
expected to open during the spring of 1998.
will provide seating for more than 1,000 students.
Other features
Intercession:
.Monday - Friday
(Closed
8 a.m. - 4:.S0 p.m.
weekends
documents, a collection
of almost 6,000 phonograph records, 207 compact discs, a juvenile/young adult book collec-
wide web access, and
1
will
include group studv
rooms, 5(H) public access connections for personal computeis, word processing and photocopying rooms and an after-hours stuch.
.Simimer sessions:
Monday - Thursday
8 a.m. - 10 p.m.
8 a.m. - 9 p.m.
Friday
Satinday
Siuidav
Glosed
2 p.m.
Academic Computing
Facilities
.Academic compiuing facilities are located
throughout the campirs. Central clusters of
general access compiuer labs and work areas
are located in Ben Franklin Hall, Mc(^)rmick
Hmnan
(Center for
(Center. Sutliff Hall
Services. Hartline Science
and Kehr
Room
Room
Room
— PG and .Macintosh
1
networked
to connect
puter
to file servers.
to the L'nis\s
2
.S
The
2 a.Tu.
]).ni.
P(.'.s
computers
can he used
— Networked Macintoshes.
— A cluster of workstations
.Siui
Laser printers are foinid
1
Gomput-
2200 mainframe com-
and classrooms.
Gomputer cla.ssrooms are
8 a.m. - 9
L'nion.
classrooms and specialized labs are located
in Sutliff Hall, Bakeless Clenter, \a\T Hall, Old
Science Hall and McGormick (Center.
The student computer lab in McGormick
room 1 148 houses an XTScT .3B2/I000 minicomputer with P( computers directly connected to it. Room 1146 has a cluster of PC, 386
and 486 computers.
The student work areas in Ben Franklin are:
ei"
and spring semesters:
Monday - Thur.sday
8 a.m. -
0 p.m.
lation desk at (717) .S89-420.O.
for specialized use.
Friday
1
Two weeks prior to fmals week during the
spring and fall semesters, the library has extended hours: Saturday imtil 9 p.m. and Sunday from noon until midnight.
For more information, please contact the
reference desk at (717) .S89-4204 or the circu-
Library Hours
Fall
-
eral student use
when
in
mosi
of the labs
av ailable or genthey are not being u.sed
f
13
Academic Support Services
computers in labs and classrooms
They have access to word processing, spreadsheet and other application
programs that are available on network file
servers. The PCs and Macs are networked, thus
having access to the mini- and mainf rame host
computers as terminal users. Students can connect to these host computers from lesidence
halls and off-campiis by using modems with
their microcomputers.
Work areas are monitored by student con-
agement; and develops and administers quali-
who are available to help with problems using the equipment and software. The
schedules of cm rent open hours for labs and
classrooms are posted at each location.
ers.
for a class. All
are networked.
sultants
The AT&T
.SB2/1 ()()()
is
a
minicomputer
running the Unix operating .system. All students can request an account on this computer. Students can send and receive electronic
mail from others on campus and from off campus using the SSHEnet and Internet. It is accessible from the networked PCs and Macs and
through dial-in modems. This system has FORTRAN, COBOL, Add, PI./l, Minitab and the
Oracle database.
The Unisys 2200 is the administrative computer and is used for statistical analysis using
SPSS and for FORTRAN programming. This
computer can be accessed bv networked PCs
and dial-in modems. It also supports the PALS
online libraiT catalog and the student registration process.
ty
executive development and training proas required by a particular coimtry.
grams
Curriculum Materials Center
The primary
objective of the Curriculum
Materials Center
and make
al
is
to locate, acquire, catalog
accessible cin ricular
materials to preservice
The
and
and
instruction-
inservice teach-
resoinces hoirsed in the center include
a multi-
elementary and secondary textbooks,
cultinal cinriculimi materials collection, curriculimi guides, games, instructional materials
kits, tests
and compiUer
software.
Macintosh microcomputers and
A
cluster of
a laser print-
er are also available.
Reading Clinic
The Reading
(Hinic offers free diagnostic
evaluation of reading
dren and
skills
of school-age chilis pro-
adults. Free remedial tutoring
vided (Satindav mornings) on a space-available
basis, (consultation with the parents of schoolage children is included in the evaluation process. The clinic's services are available September through August.
Speech, Hearing and Language Clinic
The Speech, Hearing and Language
Institute for
Comparative and
International
Management Studies
The Institute for Comparative and InternaManagement Studies (ICIMS) fulfills
tional
Bloomsbiug
University's missions
and goals
thiough sponsorship and initiation of activities aimed at increased imdei standing of crosscultural and comparative management issues.
The
institute initiates, coordinates
and ad-
Clinic
provides services to students, faculty, staff and
the commimity. Available services include evaluation and therapy for speech, voice, language
and fluency; speech reading and auditory training for the hearing impaired and parent coimseling. Audiological assessment includes special site of lesion testing, hearing aid evaluations
and
fitting.
Institute for Interactive
Technologies
ministers joint programs with overseas imiver-
business administration; sponsors management research projects within the United
States and at overseas sites; provides consulting services and workshops in all areas of man-
sities in
The
InstitiUe for Interactive
Technologies
(IIT) provides research, training, education
and entrepreneurial
assistance to solve train-
Academic Support Services
14
ing and operational problems that occur in
education and industry through the appHcation of various interactive technologies. The
IIT designs, develops and produces interactive
technolog)-based applications that include
computer-based interacti\e videodisc and digital technologies such as (ID-I, DVI and Quicktime. The IIT also provides workshops for interactive video training and opportunities for
graduate assistantships in the Master of Science
program in instructional technology.
Audio Visual Resources
Audio Visual Resources (AVR) provides
and staff with an array of audio visual equipment, materials and services.
Available equipment includes \ideo and 6mm
film playback, audio equipment, 3.5mm and
P(jlar(}id cameras, flashes and accessories, slide
projectors, overhead and opaque projectors,
screens, easels and other items.
The staff can arrange ior film deliveiT and
set-up in cla.ssnxjms or faculty members as well
university faculty
1
f
Television and Radio Services
The
Office of Television and Radio Proa.ssistance with the
production of instructional and other campusoriented television production. While priority
is given to academic endeavors, the office also
has a strong commitment to community ser-
grams and SeiTices provides
vice
through program production and other
The
services.
office
administration
is
also responsible for the
ofWBL'QBl.l KM, the student-
operated campus radio station.
The facilitv houses three television studios,
ranging from a sophisticated multi-camera studio for broadcast-level production, to a single-
camera VHS studio where
faculty
and students
can videotape projects in support of cla.ssroom
assignments or evaluations. Portable equipment, several video editing rooms, an audio
recording studio, a video copystand and a video paintbox device is also available.
The office is the university's resource center for satellite video-conferencing; provides
on-location taping of lectures, presentations
and other academic acti\ities; and can record
informational programs off-air and off-satellite.
The
copy videotapes (copyright perin incompatible
overseas formats can be converted to the Ameroffice can
mitting),
and tapes recorded
ican television .system.
The
office also operates the
campus \ideo
message center providing constantly updated
information to television monitois located in
several public areas on campus, as well as o\er
BUT\', the university's cable television channel, which can be seen throughout the Bloomsburg and Berwick areas. The mes.sage center
is suitable for the posting of class schedule
changes, campus events, non-profit group activities and general announcements, and can
be accessed by calling ;W9-BL'T\'.
of other audio visual equipment.
There is also a repair center for universitvowned audio visual equipment.
The facility houses an auto-tutorial lab
where faculty mav deposit audio visual materials tor independent studv by students. The lab
accommodates the viewing of films, videos,
slides, audio cassettes and records. There is also
a photo copvstand area where materials can
as delivery
be photographed for the creation of
slides.
Additional resources include: transparency machines, dry presses, posterboard mounting materials and lamination services. The area
houses a sign and poster-making imit that can
instantly generate poster-size displays from letter-sized originals. If needed, the .W'R staff can
assist in the creation of an original document.
1
15
Student Services
Student Services
hospitalization
Identification Cards
contact
will
Every de required to have a uni\ersity identification
card. In addition to serving as a library card,
it
used for general identification throughout
the canipirs. An identification card is required
is
for certain
campus events (including those covactivities fee) and for
ered by the communitv
dining hall admission.
el
The Student Health Center, on the 300 levof the Kehr L'nion Building, provides care
minor
and illnesses. Students requesting an appointment should call .389-44,51
for
injuries
din ing posted hours. For an.svvers to medical
questions, or advice about health problems,
the Triage Nurse at ,389-,38()(). In the event
of an emergency and the health center is
closed, students should report directh to The
Bloomsburg Hospital Emergency Room. Students must show their current Bloomsburg
University I.D. card to the emergency staff
when seeking treatment at the hospital to have
the einergencv room fee waived.
call
The Student Health Center
is
staffed by
registered nui ses, nurse practitioners
and
part-
time ph\sicians. Nurses refer students to the
ninse practitioner and part-time physicians as
appropriate. Professional services received at
the center are covered by the health ser\ice
fee. Laboratory tests will be charged to insiuance companies. Cost for medical ser\ices eceived at The Bloomsbing Hospital (with the
exception of the emergenc\' room fee) will be
paid b\' the patient's insurance. ,As part of an
effort to pro\ide improved services for students, the Health Center annoimces an\
changes in the school newspaper and pi <)\ ides
information in brochures.
Absence due to illness
.\ student who
mi.sses class because of an illness must contact
his or her professor as .soon as possible in order that an imderstanding can be reached between professor and student. In cases of prolonged illness, for which strict bedrest and/ oi
l
—
is
required, the Health (-enter
concerned
—
faculty.
Ambulance Service
Transportation to
The Bloomsburg Hospital is paid for by the Student Health Center and is available to all students in the service area provided by The
Bloomsburg Ambulance Association. (Dial 91
ambulance
for
r\
or accident
A student whose injuself-induced must pav for the
service.)
is
ambulance service.
Famih Planning
—
The Familv Health Cenlocated in Bloomsburg, offers services for
ter,
Health Services
all
gynecological exams, contraception, pregnanc\ testing and coiuiseling at a reduced fee
through an agreement with the Student Health
Center. Sexually transmitted disease screening
and treatment is provided free through provifrom a state contract. All visits are scheduled bv appointment and all services are confidential. Appointments can be obtained by
sions
contacting the Familv Health (!!enter, 2201
Fifth Stieet Hollow Road, Bloomsburg, from 9
a.m. to 5 p.m., Mondav, Wednesday. Thursday
and
Fridav,
and from 9 a.m.
to 9 p.m.
on Tues-
dav, (717) 387-02.36.
Insurance Coverage
In addition to the health sei x ice fee. all fulltime students with nine or more credits and
all international students are required to have
appropriate accident and sickness insurance
coverage. Students currently covered by a plan
must provide the Health Center with complete
insurance information including the name of
the insurance company, complete address, and
and group numbers. Any change in
ance coverage should be reported immediateh to the Health Center.
.Students who do not ha\ e cm ent insm ance
may pmchase the student health insmance
plan or another plan of their choice. The student health insm ance plan meets the needs of
all
policy
insiu
i
the individual at the least possible cost, balancing the necessary coverage with the student's
pdw .Students should carefuUv re\iew
plan to determine if it adequateh' meets
their health care needs. Filing of claims is solely
the responsibilitx of the student. .A.11 questions
ability to
this
16
Student Services
concerning claims should be referred directly
to the insurance company. A toll-free number
is proxided by the company. An application is
included along with registration materials or
can be obtained at the Health (Center
and must be properly displayed on the vehicle
|
according to the University Parking Policv.
Parking decals are valid for one year beginning
with the fall semester
.Students
must present their vehicle regiv
trati'>n card. pr
and student
identification card trj f>btain a
parking decal. Blofjmsburg commuter students
whf) are n<>\ permanent residents of Bloomv
Housing
Bloomsburg
L'niversirv proNides limited
on-
campus housing for graduate students during
the fall and spring semesters (more hou-sing is
summer).
you are interested in on accommodations, vou will need to cf)ntact the
Office of Residence Life as early as possible.
available in the
If
In addition, the university's Office of Residence
Life maintains an off-campus
r\-.
The
als(j
housing
directr>-
local daily newspaper. Press-Enterprise,
burg must show some form of identification
name and current local address.
The areas available f(jr student parking arc
with
the Blf>omsburg Hospital parking W>t on Lighi-
Road, the lot adjacent t .Second Street, the Ifjt next lo the tennis
courts, the tri-level ^'Ara^t IfKated near (Iht\er Hall, and the lot in front of Sutliff Hall.
You may park on campas in the designated
areas during the follovking times:
street
off
has listings for rentals (PresvEnterprise,
3185 I^ckawanna Avenue, Bloomsburg.
P.A
I78I5, (717) 784-2121.
For more information, contact the Director of Residence Life, Elwell Residence Hall,
Bloomsburg
L'niversitv,
400
E.
Second
St.,
—
.Monday through Friday
6 a.m. lit 2 a.m in the commuter areas
5 p.m. to 2 a.m. anywhere on campus
except areas reserved for handicapjjed
or loading zones
BlfKjmsburg. PA I781.VLS^)1, (717) 389-4089.
Fridav through Sunday
5 p.m. on Frida\ until 2 a.m. on .Sunday
anwhere on campas except areas reser\ed
for handicapfHrd or loading areas
Meal Plans
-Vieals are available at Scranton f >>mmon.s,
the universitv's dining facility, or the Kehr
L'nion Building snack bar. .Meals may be purchased indiuduallv or \ on ma\ purrhase a meal
plan as follows:
—
1 9 meals per week
S702 (includes $.50
flex
account)
t
the Universitv Police at 389-4168 or .389-4170
—
4 meals f>er week
$674 (includes $100
1
flex
If you must be on campas after 2 a.m. on
Sundav through Thursday, \ou mast have permission from University Police. C^ll them in
advance vvith vour vehicle's location and purpose for staying on campus.
For complete rules and regulations on Nehicle regi.stration and parking, please coniar
account)
—
\ isuors who park on campas Mondy
through Friday before 5 p.m. mast park in
\isitor space and obtain the necessarv parking
pavs. \'isitors may park an\i*here during the
weekend open parking times, except in area>
rf-scncH for handicapped or loadin-^ /ones.
.-.
7 meals per week
$498 (includes $50 flex account)
For more information, contact the FckkI
Senice at 389-4484 or the Kehr Union
mation Desk at 389-390f).
Parking
Vi.sitor
—
10 meals per week
$575 (includes $50 flex account)
Infor-
University' Store
Motor
\'ehicle
Re^stration
The
University Sujre sells textbooks, sup-
plies, clothing, stationery. ffXKl. gift item.*, sun-
All motor vehicles must be registered with
the University Police Department- Parking
decals are Issued when vehicles are registered
dry items
Used
the
list
and general reading
bLs are available at
price.
materials.
.3f)
p>ercent or.
You may return new textlxxU
j
17
Student Services
and your I.D. during the first
two weeks of each semester for the full value
(if in the same condition when purchased). A
course withdrawal form signed b\ your instructor must accompany any book returned aftei'
the first two weeks of each semester. No refunds
are made on non-text paperback books.
At the end of each semester, the imiversity
store holds a book buyback. The store also offers a special book order service. Other services include: advanced deposit charge accounts,
class rings, consignment merchandise, dry
cleaning, gift wrapping, laminating, lay-away,
gift certificates, newspapers and magazines,
with the receipt
photograph services, UPS shipping, L'S postage stamps and post cards, a Western Union
paying agency, photocopying services, mrjney
orders and phone cards.
Store hours:
Fall
Monday & Tuesda\
8 a.m. - 8 p.m.
VN'ednesday &: Thursday
8 a.m. - 8 p.m.
8 a.m. - 4:30 p.m.
Friday
Saturday
10:30 a.m. - 2:30 p.m.
sessions
Mondas
thi
ough
8 a.m. - 4:30 p.m.
Fridav
The Universitv Store can be reached at the
following telephone numbers: (717) 389-417.T,
389-4176, 389-4180 or 389-4102.
duced
is
available at re-
For information about purchasing an Apple computer, contact the Uni\ersiiv
prices.
Store at (717) .389-417.0.
Banking
(Commonwealth Bank and Trust has
senice branch
in
The bank
a full-
the lobbx of the Uni\ersity
open from 10 a.m. to 2 p.m.
If you do not have an
account with (Commonwealth Bank, you will be
Store.
is
.VIondav through Fridav.
minimal check cashing fee.
Two automated teller machines are located on campus: one on the ground floor in the
Kehr Union Building and one outside the Unicharged
a
versity Store.
(Career
Development (Center provides
students and alumni and hosts employers wishing to interview graduating students for posi-
A vacancy list
prepared bi-weekly (weekly dining simimer
months) listing employment opportunities received by the center from various employers.
This list can be mailed to individuals unable
tions within their organizations.
is
SIGI-PLUS, a computer-based career guidance system, is available (by appointment) to
f
iu
ther assist students with the career decision-
making
proce.ss.
The center is located in Room 101 of the
Kehr Union Building. For inloi mation, call
(717) 389-4070.
Student Recreation Center
The Student Recreation
(Center
is
located
on Swisher (Circle across from the tennis courts.
Major features include an exercise room with
Computer Purchase Plans
Computer equipment
The
career coimseling and planning assistance to
students and alimini. In addition to indiv idual
career ccjunseling, an up-to-date career librai-y
is available. It contains occupational information, job search guides, employer/school district directories, corporate literature and various graduate and law school catalogues.
The center sponsors job search workshops,
seminars andjob fair programs throughout the
year, maintains credential files for interested
to visit the center.
and spring semesters
Summer
Career Development Center
step machines, rowing machines, (Cybex equif)ment and treadmills.
The main area has four intramm al-size
ketball courts that can
bas-
be used for volleyball
tennis. The room is circled by a one-eighth
mile long jogging track that goes by the soiuh
wall of eight-foot high panels of glass with a
view of (Caiawi.ssa .VIoimtain and surrounding
areas. The north wall hosts a 55' x 8.5' climbing wall. Also in the center are the free weight
rooms with mirrors on the north wall, multipurpose room for aerobics and dance, and foiu"
glass-backed racquetball courts that are adapt-
and
able for wallyball.
The center covers 5H,000 square
fully
fimded through
recreation fee.
feet
a self-assessed
and
is
student
18
Student Services
bachelor of
Center for Counseling and
The
Human Development
5 p.m.,
C^ounselin^ and Human
Development provides individual counseling
and workshops in a variety of areas including
study skills, assertiveness, effective communication, racism, sexism, human sexuality, drug
and alcohol abuse, eating disorders (anorexia
and bulimia), stress reduction and relaxation,
time management and many other ai eas relating to daily living. In addition to individual
coimseling, group seminar workshops are conducted in classes and resident halls. The center also pro\ides support groups for non-tradi-
The
(>entei" for
arts in sociology.
child center
is
open from
Monday through
7:4.t
a.m. to
Friday. (Children be-
tween the ages of 18 months to 12 years are
There is a fee and advanced registra-
eligible.
tion is required. The center operates on the
same schedule as the university calendar.
Throughout the academic year, the centei
operates separate classrooms for toddlers,
three-year-olds,
(Children
and fom- and
mav enjoy learning
flve-vear-olds.
stations, circle
time, stories and music. In the summer, the
center provides a school-age program with a
day camp atmosphere and manv activities and
field trips.
For furthei information, please
call
(717)
tional students.
All services are conJideniKii Infoi niation
is
released only with the verbal (-//(r/ written consent of the student. The (Center for (Counsel-
ing and Human Development is located on the
top floor of Ben Franklin Hall in Room 17.
Office hours are 8 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Monday
through Friday. Special appointments are available weekends and/(jr evenings. Twenty-four
hour coverage
is available by calling (717) .S89Adult students are encouraged to take
advantage of the center's many services.
425.'i.
Multicultural Center
The
Oenter, located in the
Kehr Union Building, provides an additional
forum for the education of Bloomsbm g University's campus commimity. The center spon.sors and co-sponsors programs and activities
that focus on the contributions of those Americans who represent diverse cultures at Bloomsburg University. The center also coordinates
Multi( ultiM
al
programming.
Child Care Center
Accommodative Services
The Office of Accommodative Services, located in Ben Franklin Hall, offers a wide range
of activities designed to support and enhance
the performance of students with disabilities.
Sei vices include, but are not limited to: provision of accommodative testing, notetakers,
scribes, interpreters, readers, auxiliarv aides,
adaptive equipment. The office also serves as
a liaison between students and faculty in class-
room accommodation.
Accommodative Services also stands as an
advocate for students regarding issues of accommodation beyond the classroom and acts
as a liaison with other campus offices. The office is in routine contact with state vocational
rehabilitation
and visual
the student
receiving adequate support from
is
both the university and other agencies.
some instances, documentation of the
may be required; all candidates are
strongly encouraged to contact Peter B.
\A'alters, director of Accommodative Services,
In
disability
at (717) .S89-4491
The Oampus Ohild (letiter, located on the
lower Ie\el of ElwcU Hall, operates as a preschool/davcare facility foi the children of imiversity students, faculty, staff and alunmi.
Licensed b\ the state of Pennsshania, the
center is diiected by Judy Coleman Brinicli. a
certified teacher with 17 years of experience,
master's degrees in education and exceptionalities and a bachelor of science in early childhood education. Kiith)' Johnson, assistant director, has eight years of experience, a mastei
of science in early childhood education and a
services to en.sure that
(\-TDD).
A comprehensive
discussion of anticipated needs is a nilical process in the formation of a plan lor accommodative support.
Graduate Student Council
The (iradiiate Student Council is officiallv
recognized by Bloomsburg University's Communitv (iovernment A.ssociation as the executive branch of the graduate student body. The
coimcil serves as an intermediary between the
graduate student bodv. the assistant vice pi esi-
19
Student Services
dent and dean of graduate studies and research, graduate faculty, administrators and
but must do so
student representatives who make recommendations on ciuriculum and policy for the imiversity 's graduate program.
If you do pay the fee, you may wish
purchase a community activities card for
your family, which entitles them to some of the
to
to
student-governed and operated facility serving as a forum for programs presented by stuly
dent, academic
and outside organizations. The
union provides
facilities for
many
services in-
cluding a large food coin t and snack bar, and
houses the Office of Student Life, the Health
(Center and the Career Development and Placement Outer. Also located in the imion are the
Information Onter, Commimity Acti\ities Office, Student Activities Office, as well as many
student offices.
The Kehr Union Information Center, located inside the main entrance to the Kehr Union
Building, pro\ides an information exchange
for the entire uni\ersity community. Open seven days a week during the semesters, the center is staffed by student emploN ces and one fulltime coordinator. Student organization mailboxes are located at the center.
The following is available from the center:
phone numbers
and staff;
frequently requested local phone numbers;
i'\ent and activity announcements; and ticket
sales and registrations for Community Government Association events, Program Board activfor students, faculty
Celebrity Artist Series student tickets,
and various other u '\ps and programs.
V\'ith the exchange of your identification
ities.
concerts,
you can borrow the following from the
center: current magazines and newspapers,
card,
it
affords you.
activities fee
from your
bill.
tuition
The
is
paid sepa-
fee (payable
"Community Activities") must be paid
Community
direct-
Kehr
Union Building, Bloomsburg University, 400
E. Second Street, Bloomsburg, PA 17815-l.SOl.
the
ly to
Do
Activities Office,
not include this fee with the fees payable
to the business office.
Current community activities fees for graduate students (paid at one time) are asfollow.s:
One
One
person (one semester): $20
person (two semesters):
Two persons (one semester): $.S2..'iO
Two persons (two semesters): $60
Additional persons (one semester): $6
Additional persons (two semesters): $8
Summer fee: $2 per week
Kehr Union Information Center
TTD
privileges
The coiumunity
rately
The Kehr Union Building is a predominant-
campus
reduced
or no fee.
same
Kehr Union
they desire to utilize
if
athletic facilities or attend events at a
Some work-studv positions for graduate stumay be available in the Student Activi-
dents
ties
Office. (>ontact the
Office for
Some special
munity
•
(4)mmunity
more information
Activities
at (71 7) .S89-446,S.
privileges covered bv the
com-
activities fee:
Free admission for one person to
football games, basketball
home
games and wrestling
matches; movies; dances; imiversity theater
productions; C^ommunity Arts Council cultural events (limited seats available); musical
events; Centennial
and Nelson pools; and
(in summer, one visit
Bloomsburg's town pool
per day).
• Reduced rates for (concert Committeesponsored events, Travel Service-sponsored
trips, and Bloomsburg Theatre Enst nible performances (provided you arri\e one hour before the performance and seats are a\ailable).
telephone aid and conference room kevs.
about
Call (717) 3«9-.S9()() for additional details
services provided.
Celebrity Artist Series
Numerous
Community Activities Office
cultural attractions are brt)ught
to the university
ist
The (x)mmunity Activities Office handles
community activities fee for
collection of the
graduate students and administers emergencv
loans for graduate students who have purchased a community activites sticker. Graduate students are not required to pav the fee.
each
year.
The
C^elebrity Art-
Series features notable performing artists
and groups
— symphony orchestras, musical
companies and popular personis sponsored by the (Community Arts Council, which is comprised equalh'
of faculty members, students and communitN
epresentati\es. Faculty, staff and students who
troupes, dance
alities.
1
The
series
20
Student Services
have paid a community
vicieci
seating
on
activities fee are pro-
a limited basis.
A subscription
plan is available for preferred seating and may
be obtained from the Office of Academic Support SeiTices located in lower Luzerne Hall.
Provost's Lecture Series
The Pro\<)st"s Lecture Series provides a
public forimi for the university, as well as surroimding communities, to share the fruits of
learning. Scholars, executives, journalists and
professionals from all various walks of life are
campus to speak about academic
and special topics of interest. Faculty members often encourage students to attend events
invited to
i.s-
siies
related to their discipline.
and open
to the public.
The
events are free
21
Admission Information
Admission Information
er in this catalog.
to graduate studies and an application form,
contact the Office of Graduate Studies, Room
109, Waller Administration Building. Bloomsbiug University, 400 E. Secc^nd Street, Bloomsburg, PA 17815-l.SOl; telephone (717) 3894015, fax (717) ,389-30.54.
Minimal Entrance Requirements
Foreign Applicants
Minimal requirements for applicants for
graduate study include an undergraduate quality point average (Q.P.A.) of at least 2.5 on a
4.0 scale and possession of a baccalain eate
degree from an accredited college or imiversity. hi addition, most applicants will be required
Individuals from foreign countries must
complete a separate Graduate Admissions Ap-
Entrance requirements to graduate studies
Bloomsbiirg University vary according to the
program to which you apply. Details of specific degree program requirements are discussed
inider the program descriptions presented latat
to take either the
Graduate Record Exam,
Mill-
er Analogies Test, National Teacher Examination,
or Graduate
Management Admissions
Test as required by the progi am.
Application
To piu sue any graduate program of study,
either degree or non-degree, an indixidual
must complete an Application for Admission
to Graduate Studies, pay the $25 application
and have an official transcript of all imdergraduate grades sent to us directK from the
fee,
institution
ed.
An
from which the
indi\iclual
indix idual graduatseeking admission to a de-
gree program may need to fulfill additional requirements established by the department
which offers the degree program.
The application, with the $25, fee is sent to
the Business Office, Waller Administration
Building, Transcripts and other supporting
documentation are to be sent to the Office of
Graduate Studies and not the department to
which the student is applying. (Completion of
the admission process is required before the
student can be fulh admitted to a prt)gram.
Therefore, it is advised that prospecti\e students complete the application as soon as possible prior to the semester in which they intend to enroll. .Applications that are not completed in one year are destroved.
For more information regarding admission
plication for International Students. This ap-
form is available from the Office of
Graduate Studies, Room 109, Waller Administration Building, Bloomsburg University, 400
E. Second Street, Bloomsburg, PA 17815-1301,
U.S.A. International applicants must have the
results from the Test of English as a Foreign
Language (TOEFL) and the Test of Spoken
plication
English (TSE), if available in the country of
residence, submitted directly to the Office of
Graduate Studies from the Educational Testing Service, P. O. Box 6151, Princeton, NJ
08541-6151, U.S.A.
Bloomsburg L'ni\ersitv requires a minimum
score of 550 on the TOEFE. Results from the
test taken more than two years prior to the date
submitted will not be considered. Acceptance
as a graduate student does not constitute a
guarantee of financial assistance. It is rare for
international students to receive a graduate
assistantship during their first year of study.
All international applicants must have their
applications complete at least four months
prior to the start of the semester for which thev
are applying.
Testing
Cii
aduate students
will
be required to com-
plete anv testing required bv their department,
Miller Analogies Test, Graduate Record
Examination (GRE), National Teacher Examination (NTE). and Graduate Management
Admissions Test (GM.AT). Anv fees for testing
must l)e paid b\ the student.
i.e..
22
Admission Information
established by the degree program; and be
under no obligation to make up deficiencies.
Graduate Student Categories
Graduate students at Bloomsbui I'nixeisitv mav be admitted into one of the following
four categories:
Non-Degree (Gategon 510)
— Persons who
desire graduate level nniversit)' instruction, but
earn a master's degree, mav
non-degree students provided
they present official transcripts denoting graduation from an accredited undergraduate col-
do not intend
be admitted
to
as
is the categoiy for students who are auditing a course or enrolled in
the supervisory certificate program.
Non-degree students mav apply to the Graduate School for transfer lo provisional or regular status. However, no more than 12 semester hours earned as a non-degree student mav
be later applied toward a master s degree, except when special permission is granted bv the
Assistant \'ice President and Dean of Graduate Studies and Research.
lege or universitv. This
—
Provisional (GategoiT 520/530)
A student may be admitted as provisional in a degree program when the student po.sse.sses a
baccalaiueate degree biu does not meet the
criteria for regular admission. The student ma\
have an undergraduate scholastic record which
shows promise. biU less than the 2.5 Q.P.A. required for regular admission. The reasons for
a student's provisional status will be specified
in the letter of
admission.
A provisional student must earn a minimum
Q.P.A. of 3.0 in the
first
Only a regular graduate student is eligible for
admission to candidacy for a master's degree
(see details on page 28 in this catalog). Regular graduate students must maintain a mininuim Q.P.A. of ?>.0. If a legular graduate student is iKjt admitted to master's candidacv after completing 15 semester hours, the student
may be transferred to non-degree status f)r be
subject to dismissal procedures at the discretion of the Assistant Vice President and Dean
of (iraduate Studies and Research.
—
Degree (Candidate (C^ategon 550)
Upon
admission to candidacy for a master's degree,
students are placed in a new categoiy If a student does not maintain a 3.0 Q.P.A. or if the
student does not complete the graduate program in six vears from the date of admission
to graduate school, then the student can be
transferred to non-degree status or be subject
to dismissal procedures. Exceptions to this
policy are with the approval of the Assistant
\'ice President and Dean of Graduate Studies
and Research.
Readmission
If a graduate student has not enrolled in
anv graduate course for a two-year period, the
student's record is marked "withdrawn" and
placed in the inactive files. A new application
and $25 fee must then be submitted for reacti-
vation.
6 to 9 semester hours
of graduate study at Bloomsburg Univ ersity in
order to be eligible for regular student status.
If this Q.P.A. requirement is attained, transfer
to regular student status
is
automatic upon
certification by the student's adviser that
all
deficiencies are corrected. If not attained, the
student ma\ be dismissed.
—
Regular (C'ategory .540)
A regular gradis a degree-seeking student who
meets all criteria for regular admission to a
program of the student s choice. The student
must possess a baccalaureate degree from an
accredited college or universitv must have an
undergraduate Q.P.A. of at least 2.5 on a 4.0
scale: have scores on the Graduate Record
Examination (GRE). Graduate .Management
Admissions Test (G\L\T) Miller Analogies Test
(MAT), or National Teachers Examination
(NTE) that are acceptable to the program of
the student's choice: have met all the criteria
uate student
Graduate Courses
in the Senior
Year
Gurrent Bloomsburg Universitv undergraduates mav register for graduate courses under
certain conditions. First, thev can onlv take a
graduate course during the semester thev will
complete their undergraduate degree, and
thev must need less than a full load of classes
to graduate. Second, a recommendation from
their undergraduate adviser is required. These
students must follow the regular graduate application process.
;
,
Audits
Vou mav audit a graduate course for selfimprovement. \'ou must follow the regular
graduate application process, pav
all
the re-
V
1
23
Admission Information
and obtain the approval of the
and Dean of GraduStudies and Research. When you audit a
quired
fees,
Assistant Vice President
ate
,
tests. L'pon
completion of an audited comse, a grade of
is recoixled on \
course, you are not required to take
Off-Campus Courses
Bloomsbiu'g often offers graduate coiuses
other locations in the (Commonwealth.
These graduate courses are open to students
who are not enrolled in a master's program at
Bloomsbiu'g University; howexer. these students mirst obtain approval from the Assistant
Vice President and Dean of Graduate Studies
and Research to enroll in these cla.sses and
must complete an application for admission to
Graduate Studies prior to the completion of
the semester in which thev are enrolled.
at
Graduate assistantships are available for students pursuing a master's degree. The number of assistantships in any particular program
or department can vary. Stipends are awarded
by the Assistant Vice President and Dean of
Graduate Studies and Research upon the recommendation of departments that have graduate programs. Stipends are available dining
the academic year and the summer se.ssions.
Most students are granted assistantships for
one semester at a time. Some graduate students, however, are granted assistantships imder a two-semester contract.
Assistantships are either "half-time" which
require 20 hoin s of work each week or "quarter-time" which require 10 hoin s of work each
week. Both types of assistantships carry a partial tuition waiver. In addition, half-time graduate assistants receive a stipend of $2,1 18 for
the semester while quarter-time graduate a.ssistants receive a $1 ,0,59 stipend for the semester. Summer stipends are $H25.
As pari
Refunds
of the imiversity's
commitment
to
Affirmative Action, 10 graduate assistantships
are targeted for minority graduate students.
withdrawals require the approval of the
Assistant Vice President and Dean of Ciraduate Studies and Research. Immediately after
withdrawal, a letter requesting a refimd must
be directed to the .Assistant Vice President for
Administration, Business Office, Bloomsburg
The reqiurements and conditions of appointment for these assistantships are identical to
University.
to the
All
If you mirst withdraw from a course, you
might receive a partial refiuid of course fees,
depending on when you withdraw. Except for
minimim f orf eit of advanced deposits, refimds
for tuition will be based on the following schedule (subject to change) if applicable after the
first full class day of each semester:
First through second week
Third through fourth \veek
Fifth through eighth week
.\fter
the eighth
90%
50%
25%
0%
week
A
student who does not attend class for
which he or she has been properl)' scheduled
and does not submit a request to add/drop/
withdraw comses by the appropriate dates is
liable for billing and will not be eligible for
refund.
regular assistantships.
Applications for regular and minority graduate assistantships are available at the Office
Graduate Studies and should be submitted
department or program to which you
are apph ing. L'pon award of a graduate assi.stantship, you will be provided with the document "Griteria for Graduate Assistantship" by
the Office of Graduate Studies. This document
describes (iraduate School policies for the adof
ministration of assistantships.
Other Forms of Aid
Some
ma\ be offered in
Program coordinators
federal fellowships
selected fields of study.
should be contacted regarding availabilitv. In
addition, the Pennsylvania Higher Education
Assistance .Agency
Loan Program
is
a\ailable
program. For
more information regaiding these forms of financial aid, contact the Of fice of Financial Aid,
Ben Franklin Hall, Bloomsburg L'niversity, 400
E. Second Street, Blo< )msburg! PA 1 78 5-1 30
(717) 389-4279 or (717) .W)'-4297.
as well as the student woi k-studv
1
Financial Help/Assistantships
Bloomsburg
L'ni\ersit\
pro\ides se\eral
o])tions to help graduate students tlnanciallv.
24
Tuition
Tuition and Fees
All fees
(ire
subject to rhatige ivilhout notice.
Pennsylvania residents
$1S7 per semester hour
Less than 9 semester hours
9-15 semester hours
Over 15 semester
$1,685 per semester
$187 per semester hour
hcjiirs
Out-of-State residents
Less than 9 semester hours
9-15 semester hours
S3.S6 per semester
hour
$3,027 per semester
$336 per semester hour
Over 15 semester hours
Student Union fee
One
to four semester
hours
Five to eight semester hours
Nine or more semester hours
$15
$30
$60
Student Health Service
Nine or more semester hours
Eight or less semester hoins
837 obligator\
Not required
Academic equipment
One to
semester hours
SI
Twelve or more semester hours
SI 32 per semester
1 1
1
per semester hour
Student Union Operational Fee
semester hours
One to
Twelve or more semester horn s
1
1
S2.25 per semester hour
$26 per semester
Recreational
One
to eleven semester hoin
s
S6 per semester hoiu
TweU e or more semester hoiu s
S71
Graduation and diploma
$10
(does not cover cost of academic regalia)
Late registration fee
$10
Late payment fee
$25
All students taking
nine or more semester hours and
all
interna-
tional students are required to ha\e healtii insuiaiice. Students
mav
also enroll in the uni\ersit\ "s student he
and Fees
Academic
25
Policies
Academic
Policies
Responsibilities of a graduate student at
Bloomsburg University include:
• Each student will take the
be aware of
in this catalog
initiative to
university policies as described
all
and
in class
schedules.
Each student will take responsibility
requirements for graduation in
•
satisfying
or her
for
his
field.
While graduate advisers and staff will asstudents, decisions on coiuses and other
•
sist
matters rest with the student.
• Each student should identify any undergraduate weakness or deficiency and discirss
them with graduate advisers. (Such weaknes.ses might include, but are not limited to, not
having proper undergraduate prerequisites for
the desired graduate program.)
• Students are expected to attend all classes and take all examinations. Absences from
graduate cla.sses are granted only for urgent
and verifiable reasons; students granted an
ab.sence from class can expect assistance from
professors in making up work or examinations.
Students who are provisional, regular or
candidates for a degree, along with students
enrolled in the Super\isory Certificate Programs, are assigned graduate advisers.
duties of the ach iser are:
• to serve as a consultant in
student's
planning the
program
help students choose courses
the courses students do choo.se
are part of their degree program
• to endorse the student's application for
degree candidacy and graduation (if appropriate to your program)
• and to arrange for a comprehensive examination (if required by the graduate pro• to
• to certify
gram
selected).
Upon
acceptance into a program of study,
program coordinator is usually assigned as
a temporary adviser. A permanent adviser is
.selected by the student and tempoiary advisthe
taking into accoimt the student's lesearch
interests. If this indiv idual accepts
the student as advisee, she/he is formally ap-
er,
and career
partment involved.
Non-degree students are not assigned ad-
They may regard the Assistant Vice President and Dean of Graduate Studies and Research as their adviser for choosing com ses and
visers.
interpreting academic regulations.
Scheduling, Registration, and
Course Information
Students register for graduate courses
through the Registrar's Office, except for students in non-degree status who submit their
registration materials directly to the Office of
Graduate Studies.
Any graduate student who does not attend
which he or she has been properly
scheduled and does not submit a request for
add/ drop/withdraw courses by the appropriate dates is liable for billing and will not be
class for
eligible for a refund.
Advisers
The
pointed permanent adviser by the Assistant
Vice President and Dean of Graduate Studies
and Research upon recommendation of the de-
The course load each semester for a fulltime student is 12 semester hours (for financial aid purposes, full time is 9 credits and
over). For students employed full time, hf)wever, the maximiun course load each semester
is 6 semester hours.
For half-time graduate
assistants, the course load is 6 to 9 semester
hours; for quarter-time graduate assistants, 9
to 12 semester hours.
For summer sessit)ns, the maximum
course load is 1 semester hour per week of fulltime course work. (For example, if the summer session is six full weeks, the maximum
course load during that session is 6 semester
hours).
Gredit is measured in terms of semester
horns, at the rate of 1 semester hour for 15
hours of lecture/discussion work plus final
examinations.
Gourses numbered 500 or higher in this
catalog (the last three digits of the course number) are graduate courses. Gom ses numbered
lower than 500 that are listed in this catalog
are open to both graduate students and advanced luidergraduates. Graduate students
;
26
Academic
may apply
numbered
only 12 semester hours of courses
4(){) to 500 that are listed in this catalog toward a master's degree.
Transfer of Credits
of two courses in which a grade of C; has been
recfuded (totalling not more than 6 semester
hours) may be repeated upon application to
the Assistant Vice President and Dean of Graduate Studies and Research. The application
shall
be approved upon request
the student's graduate
Students may transfer up to nine semeshours in graduate courses taken at another approved college or university with the approval of the adviser and the Assistant Vice
President and Dean of Graduate Studies and
Research. A request for transfer credits must
be made at the time of the application for candidacy and submitted on an application form
ter
available in the Office of Ciraduate Studies.
After formal admission to the School of
Graduate Studies, all requests to take and tran.sfer graduate credits must be pre-approved by
the program coordinator. Students must have
taken the course(s) in residence and the content of the course(s) must match the required
areas of study in the student's master's program
at Bloomsburg. Transfer credit must be capable of counting toward a graduate degree at
the institution at which the coiuse was taken.
Also, students must have earned a grade of B
or higher. Gredit for a pass/fail grade is not
transferable.
In general, workshop format
courses are not acceptable in transfer; however, if
the
ments,
workshop
it
f
ulfills
the following require-
may be considered
lor transfer to
Bloomsburg L'ni\ersit\
• The workshop should
consist of 45 conhours (15 contact hours per semester
hour) for a 3-semester hour course
• The workshop must include exposure
to the disciplinary research literatiue approtact
priate to the coiuse
•
The workshop must
include the oppor-
work such as term or research
papers or other major assignments appropi itunity for outside
Policies
in writing
by
program coordinator
and department chairperson.
The initial grade remains on the transcript
as part of the student's permanent record. The
grade of the repeated course is part of the permanent record and is used to calculate the student's qualit) point average. A course mav be
repeated only once. A course taken at Bl(jomv
burg University in which a grade of D or E has
been earned must be repeated at Bloomsburg
University. Although this is a general graduate school policy, individual departments or
graduate programs mav implement more stringent requirements.
Academic Grievance Procedure
Alleged academic injustices relating to
grades or professional conduct should be resohed informally, if possible. The student
should first discuss the matter with the concerned faculty member, appropriate chairperson, and college dean or the .Assistant \'ice
President and Dean of Graduate Studies and
Reseai'ch. In order for the matter to be resolved
expeditiously, the consultation (s) should take
place as soon as possible af ter the alleged incident has occurred. If informal attempts to resolve the matter are unsuccessful, the student
should consult with the Assistant Vice President
and Dean of Graduate Studies and Research
who will inform the student of prt)cedures for
initiating a formal grievance with the .Academic Grievance Cxiordinator for a hearing before
the Academic Grievance Board.
ate to a graduate course
•
The workshop must be
taught as part of
degree curriculimi of the imiversity
Professional
at which the coiuse was taken.
development workshops are not acceptable.
No more than 12 semester hoin s of credit may be transferred from graduate programs
at Bloomsburg University toward a second
a master's
master's degree.
Repeat of Courses
.\
of
D
maximum
or
F.
of one course
ha\f been Tecoided
in
which grades
oi a
maxinumi
Academic Probation
A graduate student
not maintaining satismay be placed in
factorv academic progress
academic probationary
limited to a
status.
Enrollment
maximimi of 9 semester hours
is
for
the grading period in probationary status. A
student on academic probation is not eligible
to hold a graduate assistantship. To be removed from academic probation, a graduate
student with a qualitv point average deflciencv
must attain the minimum overall qualitv point
as required b\ the .School of
average of ?iA)
—
Academic
27
Policies
Graduate Studies and Research for regular
graduate students and degree candidates. A
with the approval of the Assistant Vice President for Graduate Studies and Research, a pro-
student
who attains a 3.0 Q.P.A. or higher for
grading period in academic probationan- status, but does not attain the required overall Q.P.A. may be recommended by his or her
academic adviser, the giaduate piogram coor-
gram may readmit
the
latter instance, the
first
Ciradu-
dinator,
sion of the council
minimal standards for satisfactoiT progress will
be notified by the Assistant Vice President and
Dean of Graduate Studies and Research. Failure to request academic probation will result
in academic dismissal. Such students may submit a request in writing to their academic advisers to be granted academic probation. Upon
recommendation of the academic adviser,
graduate program coordinator, and department chairperson, and approval b) the A.ssistant Vice President and Dean of (iraduate
Studies and Research, probationaiT status will
be granted. Exceptions to these procediues
imder extraordinan circimistances will be by
'
six-year limitation
Assistant Vice President
and the department cliairperson to the
and Dean of (iraduate Studies and Research for continuation on
probation for one additional grading period.
Graduate students who fail to meet the
I
normal
for expired courses shall be applied.
academic reasons
may appeal their dismissal within one year, in
writing, to the Graduate (Council. The deci-
,
'
a dismis.sed student. In the
written request to the Assistant Vice President
and Dean of Graduate Studies and Research.
ate students dismissed for
is
final.
Examinations
As part of the master's degree requirement, a comprehensive examination is likely
to be required. Also, an examination in defetise
of a master's thesis
who choose
is
required of students
to write a thesis.
Master's Thesis or
Departmental Paper
Normally, the master's thesis consists of
an independent scholarly investigation which
includes the experience of collecting, assembling, interpreting, and presenting a body of
information to solve a formal research probin the student's academic or professional
field. Alternatively, it can include the preparation and exhibition or presentation of creative works in certain programs. The School
of Graduate Studies requires that a thesis be a
minimum of 6 semester hours. If the thesis is
greater than 6 hours, only 6 semester hours
may be counted toward degree requirements.
It a master's thesis is included in the student's piogram, a committee is appointed by
the Assistant Vice President and Dean of (Graduate Studies and Research from individuals
nominated by the student's adviser. A "Form
lem
I
Academic Dismissal
A graduate student
factoiT progress,
who
is
not maintaining satisnot permitted to en-
status, is excluded from
and the student's academic record
marked "academic dismissal."
roll in
probationary
registration,
!
is
I
Dismissal is automatic if the overall Q.P.A.
below the miniminn alter two grading periods in probationary status or after failing to
pass the (Comprehensive Examination two
I
is
(
f
\
times while in probationary status. Dismissal
is also aiUomatic upon receipt of grades below
G in two graduate comses. A graduate student imder academic dismissal is not eligible
to attend coiuses offered in the School of
Graduate Studies for a period of at least one
calendar year.
A dismissed graduate student may, after a
period of one year, reapply to the School of
Graduate Studies in order to imdertake studies in a new degree program or to fin ther theii'
studies in non-degree statirs. A graduate student is not permitted to register for anv coiuses in a program from which he or she was disa
I
I
missed.
L'nder exceptional circimistances and
fo) the ApjioiiitmcDt of
d
Thrsis (A>mmittfi'"\s avail-
able for this purpose from the Of fice of Grad-
uate Studies. The committee guides the studv,
approves the thesis in both form and content,
arranges for the defense, certifies satisfactory
completion of the thesis, and determines the
grade.
Final copies of every thesis must lUili/.e the format as presented in "Master's Thesis: Procedures," and must be printed on 100
percent cotton paper suitable for archiving
such as that available at the Universitv Store.
Some master's degree requirements include a departmental pa|3er. Such a papei is
interpreted as one that grows out of a coiu.se
and theiefore does not require special registration or carrv
its
own
credit.
Completion of
28
Academic
a departmental
paper must be certified bv voiir
faculty adviser as part of the application for
graduation.
Information about master's thesis proce-
dures and departmental paper procedures is
available from the Office of Graduate Studies
and should be read by all graduate students
prior to beginning a thesis or departmental
paper project.
Human
or Animal Research
In cases
where
a student research requires
Policies
happens, the student will be put
list for required c Once the student has been accepted as a
candidate for a master's degree, the student is
If this
size.
on
a priority waiting
Bloomsburg UniDevelopment Center.
eligible to u.se the service of
versits's (Career
Time
Limitation
Each student is expected to complete the
requirements for a master's degree within six
calendar vears. This includes courses accepted bv transfer. Bkjomsbiug Universitv will
the use of any hiunan or animal subjects, the
grant extensions for sufTicient reason,
student must seek appropriate approvals
through the Institutional Review Board for
plication to the .Assistant X'ice President
Human
Subjects and/or the Institutional .Animal C-are and Use (Committee. Students should
with the approval of the student's adviser. This
discuss the application process with their fac-
year period ends.
al
and obtain the appropriate approvapplication forms from the Office of Grants
in
W aller .\dministration
Dean
of
upon apand
Graduate Studies and Research and
extension must be requested before the
six-
ulty adviser
Admission
to
Building.
Candidacy
Students must apph for candidacv between 9 and 15 semester horns of graduate
work. Applications for admission to candidacy are available from the Office of Graduate
Studies.
Under
certain circimistances, the
sistant \'ice President
Studies and Research
.\s-
and Dean of Graduate
may grant an extension.
Students must meet the following conditions for admission to candidacy for a master's
degree:
The student must be admitted
Graduation Requirements
Students who are completing degree programs must applv for graduation at the Office
f)f the Registrar. Room 6. Ben Franklin Hall,
telephone (717) .S89-42b.S. and pav the graduation fees prior to the deadline listed in the
imiversin calendar.
Each program
that leads to a master's de-
gree at Bloomsburg Universitv requires at least
semester hours of graduate credit. Courses
with grades below C. earn no credit toward a
master's degree.
Students must have a cumulative Q.P..\.
of 3.0 or higher to graduate with a master's
as a reg-
degree from Bloomsburg University.
The Graduate Calendar in this catalog
of all undergraduate
gives deadlines for applving for graduation,
and previous graduate studv must be on file
with the Assistant \'ice President and Dean of
Graduate Studies and Research.
• Required testing must be completed
along with any other program requirements.
completion of thesis and departmental papers,
comprehensive examinations, etc. These are
deadlines, but students should plan to complete each segment before the due date, when-
•
ular graduate student.
• Official transcripts
•
of
Students must have a
minimum
3.0.
•
The
the student
application mirst be endorsed b\
s
Graduate Transcripts
adviser.
Students applying for candidacy for the
Master of Education program must have evidence of a valid teaching certificate. Please
check with the appropriate program coordinator for verification of this requirement.
.\dmission for candidacy to a master's
degree program might be deferred if needed
coursesare imavailable because of limited class
•
ever possible.
Q.P..\.
Students mav request a graduate tranthrough the Registrar's Office. This ma\
be done bv letter, or bv filling oiu a form available at the Registrar's Office. The cost per transcript
script
is
$2.
Academic
Policies
Grades
Grades and their commensurate quality
points are as follows:
A
4.00 (superior attainment)
A-
S.67
B+
3.33 (above average attainment)
B
3.00
B-
2.67
C;+
2.33
C
2.00 (average attainment)
C-
1
D+
1.33
.67
D
1.00
E
0.00 (failure)
F
Failing grade in thesis/research
(minimum attainment)
Incomplete; work must be complet-
I
ed within
fbiu'
months unless the
Assistant Vice Piesident for
Graduate Studies and Research
extends the pel iod for adequate
reason. If the work is not made up,
the grade is changed to N, and the
student is denied further opportunity to complete the work.
Passing grade in thesis/ research
Research in progress
Withdrawn with approval of the
P
R
W
Assistant Vice President for
Graduate Studies and Research.
Thi'
graduate student must
apjily to the
Assistant Vice President fnr (iraduale
Studies
and
withdraw.
Reseairli j(n jjertniwioti to
If this
permission
is
reijuested
midpoint of the semester, the trrade
W. If the withdrawal is ajter the
before
is
midpoint of the semester, the grade is W'
is passing the
providing the student
course,
and E
otherwise.
The Registrar
establishes the semester's midpoint.
V
X
Audit
No grade reported. This temporary
notation is recorded until an
official grade is received.
This notation appears when a
course has been repeated. A course
ma\ be repeated only once.
GR
To
cess:
1.
calculate your Q.P.A., follow this pro-
multiply the
number
of qualitv points
for each grade by the niuiiber of semester
hours for that course; 2. add these points; 3.
divide this total by the sum of the semester
hours for all grades used in your computation.
\A'hen a com se has been repeated, use only the
last
entrx.
30
31
Programs of Study
Art Studio and Art History
32
Master of Arts
Art History and Art Studio
Coordinator: Vera
Tel. (717)
L. Vidit/-W'ard,
M.F.A.
389-4646
Fax (717) 389-4946
be noted and an appropriate course of
A thesis and an exhibition of
creative work are required for art studio majors. A thesis and presented paper are required
will
study outlined.
for art histf)ry majors.
About Art History
Retention and Candidacy
The master of arts program in art history
develops an advanced knowledge base, writing
proficiency and research skills enabling the
student to pursue a variety of professional options. A minimum of 30 semester hours of credit is required including a thesis ba.sed on the
student's area of interest. In conjunction with
the student's committee, an individuali/ed program of study is designed. Opportunities for
interdisciplinary and off-campus experiences
are available.
About Art Studio
The master of arts program in art studio
emphasizes the development of creative and
scholarly competencies in one or more of the
following studio areas: drawing, crafts, ceramgraphics, painting or sculpture, with concurrent or parallel work in the areas of art hi.sics,
tory, philosophy and psychology of art, art education and visual aesthetics for a minimum
f)f 30 semester hours.
Admission
In addition to
meeting the general admis-
sion requirements tor the School of (iraduate
must also include a oneand philosophy. Those choosing the master's degree in
art studio need to submit an 8" x 10" plastic
Studies, applicants
p.ige statement of their objectives
sleeve of slides representative of their creative
work.
Upon
acceptance, students are required
appear for a personal interview with the
department chairperson, program coordinatoi
and an adviser in their major field. At this time,
any deficiencies in the applicant's background
to
Students must maintain a cumulative Q.P..-\.
of 3.0 of higher and apply for admission to
candidacy after completing 9 to 15 semester
hours of course work.
Graduation
Art studio majors will choose an area of
concentration consisting of four levels of the
selected specialization along with selected elective courses as suggested by their committee.
Art history majors will specialize in an area of
studv along with advanced general studies. A
minimum of 30 semester hours is required; this
number may be exceeded depending on the
student's program. All other graduation re-
quirements for
Gallery,
progiam are the same
Graduate Studies.
this
for the .School of
as
Permanent Art and
Slide Collections
The department operates the Haas Gallery
of Art, which features monthly exhibitions of
varied art forms. A special exhibition of student art work is held annuallv, and an exhibition organized and planned h\ students in the
art gallerv course is held in the spring of each
vear In addition, an art student intern maintains a small ai galler\ space in the .Multicultural (Center of the student union. The department of art maintains an extensive permanent
art collection of more than 400 pieces with
works displayed throughout the campus. The
department's slide collection numbers more
than 50,000 units.
I
33
Art Studio and Art History
Faculty Research Interests
Required Courses
Graduate courses
32.510-13
32.520-23
32.530-33
32.540-43
32.550- 53
32.580-83
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
32.595
Directed Study
32.500-3
Ceramics I, II, III, IV
Drawing I, II, III, IV
Crafts
I,
IV
II, III,
Graphics
—
—
Gary
Clark, M.A., associate professor —
computer and video technology, drawing
Stewart
Nagel, M.F.A., professor —
Karl A. Beamer, M.F.A., associate professor
in art studio:
I, II,
III,
crafts
F.
IV
Painting I, II, III, I\'
Sculpture I, II, III, IV
Photography
in the
ceramics and sculpture
C^arol B. Burns, M.F.A., associate professor
I, II, III, IV
Studio Arts
L.
graphics
Christine M. Sperling, Ph.D., associate professor
Renaissance art histon
—
sor — drawing
Vera
Viditz-Ward, M.F.A., associate professor — photography
Walters, Ph.D., associate professor
Charles
— American and Oriental history
BarbaraJ. Strohman, M.F.A., associate profes-
Graduate Courses
in
Art History include:
L.
31.560
31.565
31.570
31.575
Readings and Research
in
Contemporary Art History
Readings and Research in
American Art History
Readings and Research in
Em opean Art History
Readings and Research in
Oriental Art History
31.580
Readings and Research
in
Architectinal Art History
31.585
31.592
Art and Cultin e of France
31.595
30.590
Directed Study in Art History
Current Theories in Art and
Art Education
30.591
Visual
30.595
Readings and Research in
Ad\anced Visual Aesthetics
.\rts of the
Exceptional Child
Master s Thesis
The preceding coin ses in art studio and art
histon cany 3 semester hours of credit, except
for 31.595 and 32.595 (Directed Study) which
earn- variable credit and 30.595 Master's Thesis which carries 3 to 6 semester horn s.
T.
art
34
Communication Studies
Master of Arts
Communication Studies
Coordinator: Timothy
B.
Rumboiigh, Ph.D.
Tel. (717) .S89-4184
E-mail: riimbongh@planetx.bloonni.edu
Applicants
ues through perst)nal or mediated interaction.
Using a variety of research tools, students
di.scover the role communication plays in interpersonal, small group, public and organizational situations.
A master's degree in communication prepares graduates for doctoral study in communication and for careers in a number of areas
including business, law, medicine, education,
government, media, public relations, advertising, arts and entertainment, social and human
services, high technologv industries, and international relations and negotiations.
not meet
all
of the
re-
gram faculty to di.scuss special circumstances
or mav petition, in writing, for a waiver of select
The purpose of this program is to enhance
the undeistanding of the philosophy, theory
and practice of the means by which himian
beings exchange information, ideas and val-
who do
quirements may request an intemew with pro-
entrance requirements.
Retention
meeting the general retenGraduate
.Studies, a graduate student in communication
must earn a minimum grade of B in each of
the four core courses to remain in good academic standing. Students may be given the opIn addition to
tion requirements for the School of
portunity to retake a course after review of special
circumstances by program
faculty.
Graduation
.\
minimum
of 30 semester hours in graduis required for graduation.
ate-level courses
Required Courses
Admission
In addition to
meeting the general admis-
sion requirements for the School of Graduate
Studies, applicants for the Master of Arts in
Core Courses (12 semester hours)
2?>.^()\
23.502
Nature of Communication
Interpersonal (Communication
Organizational Comminiication
Introduction to Comminiication
Research
Comminiication program must submit:
• Ciraduate Record Examination scores.
• Three letters of recommendation from indi\ iduals who have the knowledge to comment
on the applicant's potential to successfully complete a graduate program.
• Evidence of completion of two to three
basic comminiication studies courses includ-
A minimum
ing, but not limited to, public speaking, inter-
Department of Communication Studies must
personal comminiication, persuasion and business communication. Applicants without such
preparation will be expected to enroll as auditors in 2.'i.l()4 Interpersonal Communication
and/or other coinse(s) as determined b\' the
be elected.
(iraduate Committee.
• A one-page statement desci ibing the applicant's objectives, goals and direction for
enrolling in
tiie
program.
25.44,5
25.501
Elective CCoinses (18 semester hours)
25.502
25.585
25.586
25.587
of three courses offered by the
Rhetorical Criticism
Special Topics in
Communication
Special Topics in Comminiication
Special Topics in
Communication
Special Topics courses include interviewing
theorv, political connnunication. non\erbal
35
Communication Studies
communication, communication and conflict,
small group communication, cross-cultural
commimication, communication and the sexes, commimication, technology and society,
commimication training in the organization,
family commimication, culture and communication, the rhetoric of social movements, and
computer applications for professional com-
Up to 9 semester hours offered in other
departments may be elected as approved by the
student's ad\iser. Examples of such courses are:
Sociology' of Mass (;ommiuiication
Language and
Ciulture
Laboratory Training
in
(iroup
Processes
48.453
57.572
Organizational P.sychology
Hypermedia Programming
Himian Resoinces Development
93.58.S
A 6-credit
thesis or a
departmental research
optional but strongly recommended
advanced study beyond the
master's degree.
paper
—
Mary Kenny Badami, Ph.D., professor
crosscultiual communication with a focus on
orientation programs; training and interviewing in organizational settings; gender
and race as communication variables
Dale A. Bertelsen, Ph.D., associate professor
— media criticism and
municators.
45.500
46.440
48.451
Faculty Research Interests
political
Janet Reynolds
profe.ssor
Bodenman,
A comprehensive
examination is required.
Dining the semester in which the student completes 24 semester hours of coin se work, or at
its conclusion, an application for the test must
be filed. The examination is a six-hour e.ssay
test that examines the candidate's knowledge
of philosophy, theory, and application of material covered in at least three of the foincore courses and other departmental courses
the candidate has taken to that point. In the
event of failure on the examination, or any part
thereof, the student will be given one ()ppt)rtunity to retake the part(s) failed.
Ph.D., assistant
— interpersonal and small group
processes within organizations
B. Rumbough, Ph.D., assistant pro-
Timothv
fessor
—
communication apprehension;
and commu-
interpersonal communication;
nication education
Howard
N. Schreiei, Ph.D., profe.ssor
— con-
temporary rhetorical theory and criticism;
persuasion in the popular culture; and commimication pedagogy
Kara Shultz, Ph.D., assistant professor
rhe-
—
torical criticism with a focus
is
for those seeking
communi-
cation
studies, feminist discourse,
ment protest
James E. Tomlinson, M.A.,
— organizational
on
cultural
and social move-
associate professor
communiand the impact of commimication
technology on society
cation,
and
political
36
Business Administration
MBA
Business Administration
Coordinator: Patricia M. Boyne, M.S.
Tel. (717) .S89-4753
The
MBA
curriculum blends accounting,
finance, the legal environment,
management information
management,
marketing,
prepare
students for a globally dynamic and competitive business environment.
MBA programs provide theoretical, analytical, and operational skills required to meet
the problem-solving and decision-making challenges in managing business resources. Since
inception in 19.S(), Bloomsbiug University's
College of Business programs have grown to a
current status of serv ing ] ,500 undergraduate
and 100 graduate students.
The graduate faculty employ a variety of
instructional techniques, case studies, applied
research, and group projects to develop and
augment theoretical and practical knowledge.
The graduate faculty in the College of Business are highly trained and actively involved
in research. Interdisciplinar)' graduate faculty
teach a variety of subjects in the MBA programs. Internaticmal exchange programs and
a diverse group of faculty and students tremendously enhance the learning experience.
The degree program is planned to reflect
the curriculum standards of the American A.ssembly of Collegiate Schools of Business.
The MBA programs at Bloomsbin g University recognize the needs, goals, and aspirations
of a diverse group of students. The programs
and international
.system.s,
bu.siness courses to
include:
•
the full-time
MBA
(secjuences are
available for the 9 credit
and
1
2 credit
per term plans)
•
the part-time
MBA
available for the
?>
aptitude for business studies, professional accomplishments, and motivation. Applicants to
the .MBA programs should provide documents
indicating the following:
• baccalaureate degree from an
accredited college or university
• a recommended undergraduate CPA of
at least 2.50
• a recommended score of at least 500 on
the Graduate Management Admission
Test (GMAT)
• a recommended score of at least 550 on
the Test of English as a Foreign Language
(TOEFl,) for international applicants
whose native language is not English
• three letters of recommendation
resume
•
a
•
an
official
copv of
all
academic transcripts
Retention and Candidacy
For special requirements for candidacy into
MBA programs other than those for the
School of Graduate Studies, please contact the
office of the Dean of the Ck)llege of Busine.ss
(717)389-4019.
the
Graduation
The .MBA programs
consist of two levels:
Level 1 consists of business background
courses that are designed to equip students
with the analytical tools and functional principles that are basic to the succe.ssful completion of the MBA. The courses are offered as a
undergraduate curriculum
Bloomsburg University.
If comparable courses have been taken
part of the
(sequences are
credit and 6 credit
per term plans)
faculty of the
at
at
other accredited institutions, the\ may satisfv
all or part of the basic Level 1 requirements.
Students with an undergraduate major in
business administration are likelv to have had
Admission
The graduate
which include past academic achievement,
MBA programs
admit students based on an analysis of a nimiber of fiualitative and quantitative criteria
most Level
•
I
courses.
Financial .Accounting or Principles of
Accounting
II
(91.220 or 91.222)
37
Business Administration
Management
•
Principles of
•
Marketing Principles and
•
Statistics (53.141)
•
Biisine.ss
•
Business Finance (96.313)
•
Micro and Macro Economics
(93.344)
Faculty
Practices (97.310)
Law
Arrou nliiig
Richard L. Baker. Ph.D., professor
Michael C. Blue, Ph.D, associate professor
Nancy Coulmas, Ph.D., associate professor
(98.-331)
E.
(40.211, 40.212)
two courses of mathematics including
one in calculus (.53.123)
one coiu'se in computer techniques or
demonstrated proficiency in computer
•
•
applications (92.150)
Level
Level
II
II
consists of 36 semester hoins.
The
MBA
pro-
foundation courses for the
gram are
as follows:
91.524 Managerial Accounting
93.51 1 Statistical Analysis and Design
97.551 Marketing Management
93.554 Management Information Systems
96.535 Financial Management
93.560 Operations Management
93.566 Organization Behavior
93.558 Social Responsibility and
Business Ethics
93.581 Business Policy
Part-time students have six years to finish
the above program in a logical sequence. Three
hours ) must be taken from
available graduate courses in the College of
electives (9 credit
Business. Specific course offerings are detailed
in
the catalog for the departments of Accoimt-
Computer and Information Systems, Finance/Business Law, Marketing, and Management.
Special topic coinses are available in each
discipline. Other graduate electives may be
taken with the permission of the dean's office.
Students must ct)mplete all requirements
for graduation with a minimum CPA of 3.0.
No more than two C grades are allowed in the
graduate coin ses taken at Bloomsbui g Uni\ering,
sitv.
Please contact the dean's office in the Col-
lege of Business for further inf ormation or other special requirements.
Binel
Dennis
Cum,
B.
Computer
Ed.D., professor
Hwang, Ph.D., professor
& Information Systems
Patricia Boyne, M.S., assistant professor
Carl Chimi, Ph.D., associate professor
Frank
F.
Davis, Ph.D., professor
James
S.
Dutt, Ph.D., associate professor
Harold K. Frey, M.S., associate professor
Cene Cordon, Ed.D., associate professor
C^harlesJ. Hoppel, Ph.D., associate professor
Fiiuitue
Barbara
and Business Law
E. Behr, |.D.,
professor
Karen Elwell, J.D,, associate professor
David C. Heskel, Ph.D., associate professor
David Martin, Ph.D., associate professor
Bruce L. Rockwood, J.D., professor
William Steven Smith, Ph.D., associate professor
Management
Mainuddin Af/a, Ph.D., associate professor
M. Ruhul Amin, Ph.D., professor
Chapman, M.A., associate professor
Howard J. Kinslinger. Ph.D., a.ssociate profes.sor
Mark Larson, Ph.D., associate professor
Charles
Stephen Markell, Ph.D., associate professor
Minoo Tehrani, Ph.D., associate professor
Peter B. Venuto, Ph.D., professor
Pamela VS'ynn, Ph.D., professor
Marketing
Stephen Batory, D.B.A., a.ssociate professor
Mary K. Ericksen, Ph.D., professor
Kiran Karande, Ph.D., assistant professor
Salim Qiueshi, Ph.D., a.s.sociate professor
Robert N. Watts, M.B.A., associate professor
1
38
Biology (M.E.)
Master of Education
Biology
Coordinator: Margaret
Tel. (717)
I..
Till,
Ph.D.
389-4780
quired to fulfill the research component. An
oral defense of the research component is re-
A written and/or comprehensive examination may also be required.
quired.
Fax: (717) 389-.S()28
E-mail: till@planetx.blooniu.edu
Required Courses
The Master
of Education program in biolog\ is intended to enhance the competence of
.secondar)' .school teachers of biologv by extending their scholarship in content and method
through formal courses, independent study
and research.
There are no required
biolog\' courses;
all
are considered elecli\ e courses.
30 41
IXul.! 1 u 111
i
1
1
L.#IVJlVlt^>
Miciobial Genetics
Ad
Admission
1
50.,455
50. 457
An imdergraduate degree
in biolog\ with
required for admission
to the program. L'ndergraduate deficiencies
must be rectified prior to admission to candidac\' without credit toward the degree. Scores
from the general and the biolog\ subject portions of the Graduate Record Examination are
required for admission.
Le\el
I
(Certification
is
Retention
Plant Anatomv
Biological Photographic Techniques
50. 521
Svstematic Botany
50,,5.S0
Evolution
50,,531
Developmental Biolog)
Molecular Genetics
50,,5.32
50,,5,50
.M\colog\'
50,.551
Conservation Biology
.50,.552
Limnologv
50,.557
Biologv of the Lower \'ertebrates
Fungal Ecology
Ornithologs
Population Biology
.50
as those for the
Candidacy
An
oral
knowledge
examination
to assess the student's
general biologv
admission to candidacy.
of
is
required for
A'togenetics
Environmental .Microbiolog\'
Entomologs
50.,46.S
50. 462
50,.558
Requirements are the .same
School of Graduate Studies.
C
.559
50,.560
50 ..561
50 .570
50 .571
50 .572
50 .573
50 .575
50 .576
50 .590
50 .,591
50 .592
Behavior
Medical Parasitology
Endocrinolog\'
Comparati\ e Animal PhysiologySystemic Physiolog)-
.•\nimal
Oil
Physiolog)'
Neuromuscular
Physiolog)'
C'urrent Topics in Biolog)'
Directed Stud\ in Biolog\
.Master of Education Thesis
Graduation
A minimum
of .SO semester hours in graduate level com ses is required. A minimimi of 18
semester hoins must be taken from .lOO-level
com ses (see list below) including two required
education comses: 60. ,501 .Major Philosophies
of Education and 79. .591 Research in Education. Either ,50. .591 Directed Study in Biolog\
or .50.592 Master of Education Thesis is re-
The following courses are offered at the
.Marine Science CCenter, Wallops Island, \'a.
55.431
55.432
55.490
55.491
55.492
Ecolog\ of Marine Plankton
.Marine E\()lutionan Ecolog)'
Aquaculture
C'oral Reef Ecologv
Marine Mammels
39
Biology (M.E.)
Problems in Marine Science
Environmental Science Education
Bioloj^' of Molhisca
Research Clruise-Biology
Behavior Ecology'
55.500
55.540
55.541
55.570
55.593
—
phyLouis V. Mingrone, Ph.D., professor
tochemical systematics and floristics. E-mail:
lmingr()n©planetx. bloomu.edu
James E. Parsons, Ph.D., associate professor
clinical microbiology and medical mycolo-
—
gy.
Faculty Research Interests
Joseph
Ardizzi, Ph.D., associate professor
P.
fungal genetics, microbiology and
—
cell bi-
ology. E-mail: jardiz@planetx.blooinu.edu
Ghamuris, Ph.D., a.ssociate profesbiology of wood-inhabiting and
bark-inhabiting fiuigi. E-mail: chamuris
©planetx. bloomu.edu
George
-sor
James
P.
—
E. Cole, Ph.D.,
professor
— vertebrate
ethology and allied health. E-mail: cole
©plane tx.bloomu.edu
immunolJudith P. Downing, Ph.D., profes.sor
ogy and infectious disea.ses caused by bacte-
—
ria.
E-mail: jpdown@planetx.bloomu.edu
— cytogenetGeorgeJ. Gellos, Ph.D., associate professor —
developmental plant morphology
Ph.D., professor — verteFrederick C.
Philip A. Farber, Ph.D., professor
ics
Hill,
brate zoology and neotropical biology.
E-mail: fliill@planetx.bloomu.edu
Judith Kipe-Nolt, Ph.D., assistant professor
—
biology of soil composting and microbiology. E-mail:
Thomas
S.
kipenolt@planetx.bloomu.edu
Klinger, Ph.D., associate professor
— marine biology,
physiological ecology,
behavioral ecology and biometry. E-mail:
klin@pIanetx.bloomu.edu
Jeanne W. Lawless, Ph.D., a.ssistant professor
maternal and child nutrition, diet, and
ethnicity
and health. E-mail: jlawle
©plane tx.bloomu.edii
Mark S. Melnychuk, Ph.D., associate professor
niurition, reproductive physiology, and
seasonal weather changes and pollutant lev-
—
—
els
in
fishing
creeks.
E-mail:
©planetx.bloonui.edu
Lynne
C
Miller, Ph.D., piofessor
mmelny
— medical
innnimology and
physiology, experimental pharmacology
and toxicology. E-mail: lcmill@planetx.
bloomu.edu
parasitology,
parasite
parsons@planetx.bloomu.edu
E-mail:
—
Casey A. Shonis, Ph.D., assistant professor
nem ophysiology, genetic hypertension and
neiuoanatomy. E-mail: cashon@planetx.
bloomu.edu
(Cynthia A. Sinniacz, Ph.D., profess(jr
—
cell
and cholesterol metabolism in
exercise and aging. E-mail: surmacz®
physiology,
planetx.bloomu.edu
Margaret L. Till, Ph.D., associate professor
endocrinology and cholesterol metabolism
—
in
women.
E-mail: till@planetx.bloomu.edu
Marianna D. Wood, Ph.D., assistant professor
forest ecology and animal behavior Email: wood@planetx.bloomu.edu
—
40
Business Education
Master of Education
Business Education
Coordinator: Roger W.
Tel. (717)
E-mail:
Ellis,
Ed.D.
Graduation
389-4109/4121
A minimum
sists
of 30 semester hours in graduis required. The program conrequired course, two elective cours-
es,
office .systems
re@neptune.bloomu.edu
ate-level courses
The Master
of Education in Business Education program is designed to prepare students
in the design, implementation and management of office .systems in a business environ-
ment. The program offers practical and reali.stic learning activities, hands-on instruction in
new inft)rmation technology and field-ba.sed research projects. Admission to the program does
not require evidence of a valid teaching certificate, but the program may lead to certification in business education with the completion
of additional course work. For information regarding certification, please contact the pro-
emphasis consisting
of seven courses.
Required Courses
1.
Core Course
79.591
2.
(3 credits)
Foundations of Educational
Research
Graduate Electives (6
credits)
Graduate-level courses that
gram coordinator.
fulfill
the elective
requirements will be chosen by the student and
the program coordinator based on specific
Admission
Applicants must
of one
and an
career needs.
satisfy
the general admis-
3.
Office Systems Emphasis (21 credits)
sion requirements for the School of Graduate
Studies as well as the following:
•
•
•
•
A minimimi
Q.P.A. of 2.5 on a 4.0 scale
Completion of the Graduate Record
Exam general knowledge section
Submit a typed letter of intent stating
professional backgroimd, experience
and rationale for seeking admission to
the program
Submit two letters of recommendation
with names, addres,ses, positions and
telephone numbers of references who
have knowledge of applicant's
academic and professional
backgroimd
90.581
94.500
94.510
94.520
94.530
94.540
94.550
Seminar
Requirements are the same as those for the
School of Graduate Studies.
Education
and Information
Office Systems Applications
Administrative Communications
Telecommimications
Training and Dexelopment
Office Svstems
Integrated Office Systems
in
(Students should enroll in Integrated Office
Systems during the last semester of the degree
program or obtain instructor's permi.ssion.)
Certification
Students
Retention and Candidacy
in Business
Office Systems
who
wish to receive a Le\el
Teaching Certificate
I
Pro-
education (accoimting, data processing, marketing, and office technologies) from the Penn.sylvania Department of Education must fulfill
fe.ssional
in bitsiness
Business Education
the following requirements in addition to the
M.Ed,
in
Business Education:
Additional coinse work in the areas of
education and business as determined
by the program coordinator after a
review of transcripts
Completion of the requirements for
admission to teacher education
Passing the National Teacher
Examination core batteiT and
the specialty area(s) for birsiness
education
•
•
•
Faculty Research Interests
Ellen M. C-lemens, D.Ed., associate professor
— methodology and business education. Email: ec@neptime.bloomu.edu
Donna Cochrane, Ed.D., professor —
train-
J.
ing and development, business teaching
methodology, office technologies. E-mail:
dc@planetx.bloomu.edu
Nancy A. Dittman, Ed.D., associate professor
— business commimications, international
commimications. E-mail: nd@neptiuie.
bloomu.edu
Roger W. Ellis, Ed.D., associate profes.sor
records and informations. E-mail: re@
neptune.bloomu.edu
—
Dennis O. Gehris, Ed.D., associate professor
work attitude assessment, business teach-
—
ing methodolog)', software applications in
business. E-mail:
dg@planetx.bloomu.edu
C
—
Keil, Ed.D., assistant professor
Janice
business teaching methodology. E-mail:
jk@neptune.bloomu.edu
John J.
01i\() Jr., Ph.D., professor
— ergonom-
impact of technolog)' on organizations"
policy and procediues, telecommimicaics,
tions. analyzing and impi()\ing workflow,
end-user computing. E-mail: jen@planetx.
bloomu.edu
42
Curriculum and Instruction
Master of Education
Curriculum and Instruction
(Coordinator:
Tel. (717)
Joliii R. Hraiiitz,
physical and life sciences, elementary, early
childhood, reading and humanities. C;<>mpletion of the individualized curriculum may require that students enroll and pursue course.s
offered by other universities.
Ed.D.
389-4030
E-mail: hranitz@bf486.bloomu.edu
to
The progiam is field-based and desif^ned
enhance the professional curricular and
instructional competencies of individuals
work with children, yoiuh and adults. The progi am's field-based approach ensures the needs
school-based faculty are continually addressed through faculty involvement in the
following areas:
of
•
Admission
who
Applicants must
A
teaching certificate is not required
The program does not provide
Instructional Level I certification. The following additional criteria are also required:
Studies.
for admission.
core courses
•
Meet with program coordinator to
requirements, review academic
Advisement of theses
Development of research projects
clarify
and
•
Improvement of instruction
Development of curriculum
•
(x)ntinuous evaluation of the
•
degree program
hnplementation
the classroom
•
•
The
records, discuss transfer of any courses
initiate
projects
•
planning for any research
and the
thesis
Miller Analogies Test (historically,
students have exceeded scores of
of
.30)
theory into
Retention
"field-based" core curriculum of this
program
will
permit unique and interesting
applications of theory and research to each
classroom. Individuals motivated to improve
the quality of instruction will find a format that
enable them to expand (1) their knowledge of the subject they are teaching, (2) their
knowledge of the curriculum and its applicable methodology, (3) their skills in individualization through diagnosis and prescription,
will
and
the general admis-
Planning and implementation
of the
•
satisfy
sion requirements for the School of Graduate
(4) their skills in
communicating with
Graduate students must take a minimum
semester hours per calendar )ear and a
Q.P.A. of 3.0 or higher nutst be maintained.
of 9
Students not taking a minimum of 9 semester
hours per calendar year will be considered "inactive" after two years.
Candidacy
stu-
increase the depth of the knowledge ba.se
and skills of each graduate student. Knowledge
from several dis( iplines will be combined into
Application for candidacy must be made
completion of 12 to 1.5 semester hours.
Onlv courses with a minimum grade of B are
considered applicable to this program. Students must repeat all courses in which the
a coinse that will permit the graduate student
grade
dents, parents
The
and educational
liberal arts
core
of
ti
professionals.
semester hours
will
new and often unique educational
perspectives. The individualized curriculum
af ter
of
('.
or lower
is
earned.
to develop
enables each graduate student to pursue 12
.semester hours of graduate study within an
area of concentration such as English, social
sciences,
mathematics and computer science.
Transfer Credits
from accredited
other than Bloomsburg L niversi-
L'p to 18 semester hours
institutions,
|
Curriculum and Instruction
ty may, upon approval, be accepted toward
completing the degree requirements of this
program. However, no courses will be transferred in which a grade less than a B was
earned.
Graduation
Graduate students must be admitted
to can-
didacy, complete 30 semester hoius of ap-
proved coiuse work, complete 6 semester
horn s for the
and apply for graduation.
monetary' and academic, must
thesis,
All deficiencies,
be satisfied before the degree can be granted.
Required Courses
The
following courses constitute the 36in ciu riculum
hour master's degree program
and instruction:
1.
Gore Gurriculimi (12 semester hours)
79.593
48.576
60.584
79.591
2.
Studies in
Human
Diversity
Theories of Human Learning
C.m riculum and Instructional
Theory, Design and Development
Research in Education
Liberal Arts (An riculimi (6 semester horns)
3. The Individualized Gurriculimi - Area of
C-oncentration (12 semester hoius)
4.
Thesis or paper/coinse work combination
79.599
Thesis (6 semester horns)
OR a
meta-anah tical department
paper and 6 semester hours
of
com se
work.
Faculty
Any graduate facultv from the imiversitv's
and sciences or education departments mav participate in this program.
liberal arts
44
Elementary Education
Master of Education
Elementary Education
Cooidinalur: Ciilda M. Oran, Ed.D.
Tel. (717)
60.514
79.591
The master of education in elementary education program enhances the professional
competence of an individual as a teacher and
a leader through its emphasis on integrated
learning experiences in the study of the child.
Areas of study include elementary school curriculum and its trends, new techniques, current research and opportunities for study in
the teacher's academic field of interest.
Admission
Applicants must
satisfy the
Studies as well as the following adciitional re-
quirements:
Po.ssess the Instructor Level
I
Certification for teaching in the
elementary schools of Pennsylvania
Meet with the program coordinator
to clarify program requirements,
review academic records and outline
a plan for completing degree work
Miller Analogies Test (historically,
students have exceeded scores of 30)
•
•
Candidacy and Graduation
Professional Electives
(9-15 semester hours)
The remaining courses needed to complete
program may be selected, with an
the degree
from those listed in the
Graduate Catalog. Acceptable courses are listed under the following areas: elementary and
early childhood education, educational foundations, secondary education, reading or those
offered by other academic departments.
adviser's approval,
Departmental Paper or Thesis
(0-6 semester hours)
required to demonstrate
bv completing an
in-depth research paper. There are two choices for meeting this requirement. The research
paper may take the ft)rm of a: 1 ) departmental
paper or 2) thesis.
A departmental paper must be read and
approved by your adviser and one other member of the faculty. This option does not earn
credit; therefore, six additional semester hours
of course work must be completed to fulfill the
30 semester hours required for graduation.
All students are
competency
A
Students must apply for candidacy after
completing 9 to 5 semester hours. A minimum
of 30 semester hours is required to complete
this master's program.
1
Required Courses
Clore
(
bourses
(1.5
Research in Education (or
adviser-approved alternative)
general admis-
sion requirements for the School of (Graduate
•
Home, School and Community
Relations
389-4236
semester hours)
60. .501
Major Philosophies of Education
60.502
60.506
School and Society
L'rban Education
in writing skills
thesis requires a thesis
meet the requirements
committee and
School of
(iraduate Studies. This option earns six semesnuist
ter
hours of credit.
papers must follow the
All
of the
style
format out-
lined in the publication style manual of the
American Psychological Association.
Faculty Research Interests
C.
Meade
—
Beers, D.Ed., assistant professor
foundations, administration, curriculum
and supervision
Elementary Education
45
Neil L. Brown, Ed.D., assistant professor
social studies, early
Sherrington, Ph.D., associate profes-
C^hris A.
sor
— reading
Robert
—
childhood education
Olarke, Ed.D., assistant professor
I..
—
super\isi()n
Henry D. Dobson, Ph.D., a.ssociate professor
computing and supervision
—
CiarvJ. Dobv, Ph.D., associate professor
glish
— En-
and supervision
M. Hussein Fereshteh, Ph.D., assistant professor
foundations of education
—
—
—
Bonita B. Franks, Ph.D., a.ssociate professor
reading
Robert E. Gates, Ed.D., assistant professor
supervision and administration
Nancy G. Gilgannon, D.Ed., professor
measurement of education
Mary Harris, Ed.D., a.ssociate professor
foundations of education
—
—
—
earlv childJohn R. Hranitz, Ed.D., professor
hood education and supervision
—
—
Frank
VV. Keating, Ph.D., assistant professor
administration and language arts
jane McPherson, Ph.D., assistant professor
early childhood education
Gorman L. Miller, Ed.D., professor
mathematics and supervision
Frank I,. Misiti, Ph.D., associate professor
science education
William S. O'Bruba, Ed.D., professor
reading, early childhood education and super-
—
—
—
vision
—
Gilda M. Oran, Ed.D., assistant professor
supervision, early childhood education and
foreign languages
Egerton O. Osiuide, Ph.D., assistant professor
social studies and supervision
Raymond S. Pastore, Ph.D., assistant piofessor
instructional technologv and design
Edward |. Poostav, Ph.D., professor
reading
—
—
—
—
Donald 1.. Pratt, Ph.D., associate professoi'
compiuing and supervision
Rosemary T. Rad/ievich. Ed.D., assistant profes.sor
reading and supervision
—
Shelley
C
Randall, Ph.D., assistant professor
— guidance and coimseling,
tional leadership
and educa-
Lorraine A. Shanoski, Ed.D., professor
ly childhood education
—
ear-
Viola G. Supon, Ed.D., assistant professor
—
elementary education
David E. Washburn, Ph.D., professor
foundations of education
MaiT Alice Wheeler, Ph.D., a.ssistant professor
—
— supervision
—
Bonnie L. Williams, Ed.D., associate
mathematics and supervision
profe.ssor
Patricia K. Wolf, Ph.D., assistant professor
supervision
—
Reading
46
Master of Education
Reading
Coordinator: Edward
Poostay, Ph.D.
].
uate Studies
•
(717)389-4092
Tel.
•
Tilt"
rcadinj^
program provides an oppor-
tunity for prof es.sionals to earn a .Master of Ed-
ucation in Reading and/or certification a.s a
K-12 reading .speciali.st in the Commonwealth
of Pennsylvania. The program emphasizes a
knowledge base in current research, diagnosing and remediating reading difficulties, and
improving the instructional practices of classroom teachers, reading specialists and resource
room
teachers.
reading programs are
coordinated through the Bloomsburg University Reading (Hinic, which is part of the Department of Curriculum and Foundations within the School of Education and the College of
Profe.ssional Studies. The clinic was established
All graduate-level
in 19.^7
and provides
free diagnostic
services for children
rial
and tutoGraduate
and adults.
on a competitive
assistantships are available
basis. Assistantships
and
horn
s
provide a tuition waiver
to 20
and require working 10
per week, in the Reading Clinic.
a stipend,
Admission
Applicants must
satisfy
the general admis-
sion requirements for the School of Graduate
Studies as well as the following requirements,
which are specific to the Reading Specialist
certification program and the M.Ed, in Reading program:
•
A written recommendation from anv two
of the following references: undergraduate
faculty, graduate faculty, direct-line supen isoi s,
administrators or other individuals who are
familiar with the applicant's academic abilities.
Recommendation forms are available at the
and Research.
An undergraduate Q.P.A. of at least ?>.().
An applicant who does not have an un-
dergraduate Q.P.A. of 3.0 is required to take
the Graduate Record Examination or the .Miller Analogies Test. If required, the tests must
be completed before the student completes
nine semester hours.
Retention and Candidacy
Students must maintain a Q.P.A. of
3.0.
Graduate-level reading courses with a grade of
C or lower must be
of
B or
repeated to achieve a grade
higher. After completing 9 to
1.5
se-
mester hours, students must adhere to the university's application procedures for candidacy.
Transfer Credits
A maximum of
uate-level course
an accredited
nine semester hours of grad-
work mav be transferred from
institution.
carrv- a grade of B or
higher and must be completed no earlier than
thiee years prior to admission. Transfer credits ma\ be requested or submitted at any time
during the student's six-year program, but require prior approval frt)m the student's ad\iser and the Assistant \'ice President and Dean
of Graduate Studies and Research.
Transfer courses must
Graduation
Students seeking an .M.Ed, in Reading must
complete 36 semester hours with a Q.P..A. of
3.0.
Students seeking certification as a read-
ing specialist must take a C(miprehensive examination (written or oral) and complete 24
semester hours. Specific guidelines for the
Reading Clinic.
program coordi-
comprehensive examination can be obtained
from the program coordinator. The first eight
nator to clarify program requirements, discuss
academic records and outline
a long-range program. The program cooidinator's recommendations will be forwarded to
the Assistant \'ice President and Dean of (Irad-
coinses in the following list are required for
the reading specialist certification program:
coiMses 60. ,501 .Major Philosophies of Education and 79.591 Research in Education and two
elective courses are required for the VI. Ed. pro-
Bloomsburg
•
An
University
interview with the
goals, evaluate
Reading
47
gram. The elective courses can be selected
from a predetermined list of courses, witfi prior approval rom the program coordinator and
the Assistant Vice Pi esident and Dean of Gradf
Faculty Research Interests
Poostay, Ph.D., professor
diagnoJ.
remediation, parent involvement
(>hris A. (Sherrington, Ph.D, associate professis,
uate Studies and Research.
sor
Required Courses
hitroduction to the Teaching
of Reading (fall, spring, summer)
Diagnosis and Prescription in
6,3.541
Reading
(fall,
summer)
63.546
Practicum 1 (fall, spring)
Clinical Practicum II (summer)
Organization and Administration
of Reading Programs (simimer)
Reading in the (Content Areas
63.548
Reading Instruction for the
63.543
63.544
63.545
C;iinical
(fall,
spring)
At-Risk Learnei (spring,
summer)
60.501
Literatme, Literacy and (kiltme
(fall, spring)
.Major Philosophies of
79.591
Education (fall, smnmer)
Research in Education
63.550
(fall,
summer)
requirements must be completed withfrom the date of admission into
the program. Students must re-enroll for all
courses which exceed the six-year program
completion deadline outlined in the GraduAll
in six years
ate Gatalog.
Level
I
Certification Requirements
Students seeking cei tification as a Reading
complete 24 semester hours
Specialist mirst
with a Q.P.A. of 3.0 and take a comprehensive
essay examination prepared by the facultv in
the graduate reading program. Specific guide-
comprehensive examination can
be obtained from the piogiam coordinator.
lines for the
— language
ture
The parentheses indicate the semesters the
courses are offered:
63.540
—
Edward
arts
and children's
litera-
48
Accounting
Master of Science
Accounting
accounting from an accredited college or
degree from an
accredited college or universitv in addition to
the following:
Coordinator: Richard L. Baker. Ph.D.
in
university: or a baccalaureate
Tel. (717>
E-mail; rbaker€planetx.blooinu-edu
a.
The Master of Science
in
Accoiuting
is
designed for the indi\idual who possesses a
comprehensive undergraduate education in
accounting and wishes to pursue applied grad-
and
related
• Principles of Economics
• Statistics
uate MX>rk in the discipUne. .\lthough the priinai\~ emphasis of the ciuriculiun is in the area
of advanced accoimting theory, students will
also spend time developing writien and oral
•
conunimication skills.
The course of studv. which in\x>h-es completion (rf* 30 semester hoius. can be accomplished in one vear or the student can elect to
complete the program at their own pace.
Adndssioa
Prerequisite general business
topics courses including:
Computer Information
• Business
S^'siems
Law
•
Finance
•
Management
•
Marketing
• Calculus
• Ethics
b. Prerequisite
accotmting courses including:
• Principles of .Accounting
•
Managerial .Accounting
• Intermediate .Accounting
.^ppUcanls to the Master of Science in .Accoimting must provide the School of Gradu-
•
ate Studies with the following:
• Official Graduate Management .Admission
• Cost
Tax
• .Auditing
• .Adi:anced .Accounting
Test
(GREt scores
c^Bdal cop% <^ all academic transcripts
Three letters <^ lecommendation from indhidals who have the knowledge to comment
on the applicant's potential to successfidh com• .An
Prerequisite
Work Experience
•
plete a gradtiate-level course of studi
• Completion of the prerequisites listed ui>-
der "Minimum Prerequisite Course Work'
• Additional requirements as stipulated hy
the School of Graduate Studies
Individuals who have not completed all
admissions requirements mav take up to 12
approved semester hoius of graduate courses
at Bloomsburg Universitv which may be applied toward the d^;ree upon successfid admission to the graduate program.
Prerequisite Course \\'ork
Students appking to the program must
iave a baccalaureate degree with an emphasis
Practical work experience in the field of
accounting or an undergraduate accotmiii^
internship.
Retention and Graduation
Graduation wiD be conferred upon successcompletion of a minimiun of 30 semester
hours of graduate-levT-l course work fiiHilHng
all program requirements^ Students must complete all required course work for graduatioa
while maintaining a minimum cneraU GP.A of
3.0. No noore than two courses with a grade of
C will be counted toward graduation. A grade
Unter than C wiO no* be viewed as satisCactory
progress low^ard graduation, ahfaough it will be
included in the student's GP.A.
fill
Accounting
49
Required Courses
Fall Semester
91.501 Financial Actoiinting
91.523 Advanced Tax Accounting
91.551 Inlernational Accounting
91.51
1
Statistical Analy.sis
Spring Semester
91 .522
Advanced Audit Theory
91.521 Advanced C-o.st Accounting
91.553 Special Topics in Accounting
91.535 Financial Management
Summer Session
91.552 (k)ntrollership
XX. XXX
Graduate Elective
Faculty Research Interests
Richard
L.
fessor
Baker, Ph.D., CPA,
—
financial,
CMA,
CIA, pro-
governmental and man-
agerial accounting
Michael C. Blue, Ph.D., C;PA, associate professor
cost, managerial and behavioral ac-
—
coiniting
—
Nancy C-oulmas, Ph.D., associate professor
strategic cost management, managerial accounting and financial accounting
E. Bmel Cum, Ed.D., professor
financial and
governmental accounting
Dennis B. Hwang, Ph.D., CPA, CMA, professor
international, financial and managerial
accounting, and international economics
—
—
50
Audiology
Master of Science
Audiology
Coordinator; G. Donald Miller, Ph.D.
Tel. (717)
of the references
who have knowledge
applicant's academic
389-4436 or 389-41 19
•
E-mail: gdmiller@planetx.bloomn.edu
and
of the
background.
The applicant should arrange for an inclinical
program coordinator.
applicant must have a baccalaureate
degree from an accredited institution, with a
minimum grade point average of 2.8. Students
who do not have an imdergraduate major in
the area of communication disorders will be
required to satisfactorily complete certain academic and practicum deficiencies as pre.scribed by the faculty following individual tranterview with the
•
The
pin pose of the training program in
is to prepare graduates to provide
diagncjstic and habilitative audiological services
audiolog)'
in a variety of job settings.
The program
is accredited by the EducaStandards Board of the American
Speech-Language-Hearing Association (ASHA)
and is designed to afford its graduates the academic and clinical practicum requirements
tional
necessary to receive the Certificate of Clinical
Competence in Audiology (CX"C-A) issued by
ASHA as well as to meet the requirements for
an audiology license as issued by the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.
Graduates of the program obtain employ-
ment
in hospitals and medical centers, clinics,
physicians offices, schools, industries and in
private practice settings.
Students receive broad-based academic
and obtain practicimi experience in a
variety of practical settings including on-campus and externship sites. Student s academic
experiences include evaluating and conduct-
An
script analysis.
• The Graduate Record Examination is required of all applicants. Typically, successful
scores have been at least 470 on the verbal, 520
on the
quantitative
and
.570
on the
analytical
portions of the exam.
Applicants who fail to satisfy the program's
requirements may be admitted on a provisional basis. In such cases, the terms of the conditional admission will be specified for the individual applicant. Deadline foi" submission of
application materials is Mnirh 1.
training
ing research in the discipline.
Students may be accepted into the graduate audiology program with any imdergraduate degree, but individuals without an acceptable undergraduate program in speech and
hearing will, by adx isement, be required to take
prerequisite course
work and practicum
as a
part of their graduate degree program.
• The applicant is required to submit a onepage, typed letter of intent stating professional backgroimd, experience and rationale for
wanting to be admitted to audiologv.
•
The
applicant
The student must maintain
a Q.P.A. of 3.0
of two Cs throughoiU the
graduate pi cjgram. A grade of C in an\ clinical
experience will necessitate repeating the
course to achieve a grade of B or higher.
with a
maximum
Candidacy
Students must applv for admission to candidacy once they ha\e completed 9 to 15 semester hours of course work.
Admission
is
lequired to sulmiit three
recommendation with the names,
addresses, positions and telephone nimibers
letters of
Retention
Graduation
A minimum of 42 semester hours is
quired to complete the master's program.
re-
51
Audiology
Required Courses
Undergraduate Ckiurses
72.200
72.300
Introdiictit)n to Aiidi()l()g\
Aiiditon- Training
and Speech
Reading
Graduate
C.ourse.s
Los.s
Phy.siological Method.s in
72.506
"
Hearing
Aid.s
72.510
72.512
72.514
72.516
72.518
72.520
72.522
72.524
and AiiditoiT
Training
Externship: (Uinical Practicinii
in .Aiidiolog)'
72.508
Research
in
in .\udiolo_g)'
72.526
(Clinical
Audiology
Electronics
in
Elective
72.528
II
III
Methods and Practicum
in ,'\udiolo_g\
72.5.S2
and Practicum
Methods and Practicum
Audiolog\
Clinical
I\'
and Instrumentation
Audiok)g)
Comses
(llinical
Methods and Practicimi
in Audi<)Iog\
72.590
•
A
•
The
may be chosen with
following are also required:
elective courses
The
thesis or
departmental
papei'.
M.S. in Audiology degree program
criteria. There are pecomprehensi\e reviews of each student's
academic and clinical abilities. These reviews
may take the form of oral or written examinations during or near the completion of the
program.
Clinical Interests
Richard M. Angelo. Ph.D.. Ed.D., professor,
director of clinical sen ices
ical
Independent Stud\ and Research
— basic and
clin-
electrophvsiology; hearing aids.
G. Donald Miller, Ph.D., professor and ciu
—
ric-
ulimi coordinator
clinical audiology including electrophysiological evaluation,
and hearing conservahearing aids. E-mail: gdmiller®
planetx.bloomu.edu
Vishaka W. Rawool, Ph.D., associate professor
industrial audiolog\'
tion;
—
electrophysiology; clinical audiology;
rehabilitation.
E-mail: rawool®
aural
planetx.bloomu.edu
I
(finical .Methods
in
Other
advisement.
AudiologA
Seminar in Audiology: Special
Problems
Seminar in Audiology: Industrial
and Public Health Audiology
Seminar in Audiolog)" Aiiditon
Problems in C^hildren
Seminar in Audiologv: Theoretical
and Clinical Masking
Educational Audiology
Aural Rehabilitation: Theoiy
and Practice
Clinical Methods and Practicum
72.525
72.527
Master's Thesis
Faculty Research Teaching and
I
Externship: CHnical Practiciini
in Aiidiologv II
in
Advanced American Sign Language
riodic
.A,udit)log}'
72.504
Independent Study and Research
72.599
74.568
has monitoring and exit
Mea.sinement ot Hearing
72.300
72.502
72.591
52
Biology (M.S.)
Master of Science
Biology
(coordinator: Margaret L.
Tel. (717)
Till,
Ph.D.
Graduation
389-4780
A minimum
Fax: (717) 389-3028
of 30 semester hours of gradu-
ate-level courses
is
reqiiired.
E-mail: till@planetx.bloomu.edu
Required Courses
This program prepares students for either
admission to a research-oriented doctoral program in the biological sciences or employment
in a biological or health oriented profession.
The program also enhances the knowledge,
perspective and experience of teachers of biology in secondary schools.
A broad array of subdisciplines is represented among the faculty, providing a solid program in general biology.
The universit) is a member of the Marine
Science (x)nsortiimi. ("oinses in marine science are offered during the summer at Marine
Science Center located near Wallops Island,
Graduate students mav use this facilitv to
take graduate-level comses in marine biologv
or to pursue research projects at the Bloomsbiug University Marine Biolog)' Lab(jratory.
Va.
Admission
V\'ith
no required
coiu ses. All courses are considered electives.
.50.411
.'iO.432
.50.441
.50.4,55
50.457
50.462
50.463
50.521
50.530
50.531
50.532
50.550
50.551
50.552
50.557
50.558
50.5,59
A
Bachelor of Science or Bachelor of Arts
or its equivalent is required for admission to this master's program.
Undergraduate deficiencies must be rectified, without credit earned toward the degree,
prior to admission to candidac)'. Scores from
both the general and biologv subject portions
of the Graduate Record Examination are required for admission.
in biology
Candidacy
50.560
50.561
50.570
50.571
50.572
50.573
50.575
50.576
50.590
50.591
50.593
An
oral
dent's
examination
candidacy.
Radiation Biologv'
Microbial Genetics
Cytogenetics
Environmental Microbiology
EntomologyPlant
Anatomy
Biological Photographic Techniques
Systematic Botanv
Evolution
Developmental Biology'
Molecular Genetics
Mycology'
Conservation Biology'
Eimnolog)'
Biology of the Lower Vertebrates
Fungal Ecology'
Ornitholog)'
Population Biology
Animal Behavior
Medical ParasitologN'
Endocrinology
Comparative Animal Physiology
Systemic Phvsiology
Cell Phvsiolog\
Nemomuscular Physiology
(anient Topics in Biologv
Directed Study in Biology'
Master of Science Thesis
Marine science courses offered
Island,
.sion to
the exception of the Master of Science
thesis (thesis option), there are
is
at
Wallops
\'a.
required for admis-
The exam
knowledge of general
assesses the stu-
biology.
55.431
55.432
Ecology of Marine Plankton
Marine Evolutionarv Ecologv
53
Biology (M.S.)
55.490
Aquaculture
55.491
55.492
Coral
ogy and infectious diseases caused bv bacteria. E-mail: ipdown@planeL\. bloomu.edu
Ret-f Ecoloj-n,
55.500
55.540
Marine Mammel.s
Problems in Marine Science
Environmental Science Education
55.541
Bioiog\' of Molliisca
55.570
Research Clruise-Biolog)'
Beha\ior Ecolog^
55.59.S
— cytogenetGeorge Gellos, Ph.D., associate professor —
developmental plant morphology
Frederick C
Ph.D., professor — vertePhilip A. Farber, Ph.D., professor
ics
J.
Hill,
brate zoology and neotropical biology.
E-mail: fliill@pIanetx.bloomu.edu
Judith Ripe-Nolt, Ph.D., assistant professor
—
Thesis Option
biologs' of soil
E-mail: kipenolt@planetx.bloomii.edu
g\.
This option
is
recommended
for students
continue their studies through
additional graduate or professional trainint^.
A minimimi of 18 semester hoin s mirst be taken rom 5()0-le\el coinses. The Master of Science Thesis (50.59.S) accoimts for six of these
semester hoin s. An oral defense of the thesis
planning
to
f
is
required.
Thomas
KJinger, Ph.D., associate professor
biolog\', physiological ecology,
behavioral ecology and biometrv. E-mail:
kliii@planetx.blooniu.edu
Jeanne W. Lawless, Ph.D., assistant professor
maternal and child nutrition, diet, and
ethnicity
and health. E-mail: jlawle
—
@planetx. bloomii.edu
S.
seasonal weather changes and pollutant
in
els
is
tailored for students inter-
ested in non-research oriented careers. A minimimi of 18 semester horn s must be taken from
500-Ievel coinses. In addition, one of the fol-
lowing must be completed:
Melnychuk, Ph.D., associate professor
— nutrition, reproductive physiology, and
Non-Thesis Option
Directed Study
in Biologs (50.591) foi three semester hours,
which must be defended orally, or (2) a departmental research paper based on the literatiu e must be submitted and defended orallv.
The departmental paper carries no semester
hoiu credit.
( 1 )
—
Joseph P. Ardi//i, Ph.D., associate professor
fimgal genetics, microbioloi^y and cell biolog). E-mail: jardi/@planetx. bloomii.edu
Cieorge P. C-hamuris, Ph.D., a.ssociate profe.ssor
biology of wood-inhabiting and
bark-inhabiting finigi. E-mail: chammis
©planetx. bloomu.edu
—
—
E. C.ole, Ph.D., professor
\ei tebrate
ethology and allied health. E-mail: cole
@planetx. bloomu.edu
imnuinolJudith P. Downing, Ph.D., protessoi
—
fishing
creeks.
E-mail:
©plane tx.bloomu.edu
lev-
minelny
—
medical
I.ynne C. Miller, Ph.D., professor
paiasitologv, parasite immiui<)log\ and
phvsiolo_g\,
and
experimental pharmacolog\'
toxicology.
E-mail:
lcmill@plaiietx.
bloomu.edii
Louis \'. Mingrone, Ph.D., professor
ph\tochemical s\stematics and floristics. E-mail:
lmingron@planetx.bloomii.edu
—
James
E. Parsons, Ph.D., associate
professor
—
microbiology and medical mycoloE-mail: parsoiis@plaiietx. bloomu.edii
clinical
gy.
Faculty Research Interests
James
S.
— marine
Mark
This option
composting and niicrobiolo-
—
Gasev A. Shonis, Ph.D., assistant professor
neurophysiologv', genetic hypertension and
neuroaiiatomv. E-mail: cashon@planetx.
bloomu.edii
( Aiuhia A. Surmac/, Ph.D., professor
cell
pliNsiology, and cholesterol metabolism in
exercise and aging. E-mail: siirmacz®
plane tx. bloomu.edii
Margaret L. Till, Ph.D., associate professor
endocrinolog\ and cholesterol metabolism
in women. E-mail: till@planetx. bloomu.edii
—
—
Maiianna D. Wood, Ph.D., assistant professor
forest ecolog\ and animal behavior. Email: wood@planetx. bloomu.edii
—
54
Early Childhood Education
Master of Science
Early Childhood Education
(^ooi fliiialot
rom the program coordinator
hood education.
[oliii R. Ilianii/, Kcl.I).
:
f
Tel. (717) :W.M()S()
• V\ ritten
E-niail:
lii
anit/fel)f486.bl()()iiui.cflii
for earlv
completion of a lO-day
available from
Forms are
pc-rience.
c
hild-
field exthe-
pro-
gram coordinator.
• VS'iitlen
This program
is
intended lo cnliaiKf the
competence of the individual as
young children. It includes inte-
professional
a leat her of
grated learning experient es in the study of the
young hild from prenatal ihiough age eight,
riuriculutji, (inrent practice- and areas of interest to the teacher of yoinig diildren. hulividuals not holding anv type of ( ei tifi< alion can
obtain the Instrut tional Level (Certificate in
Earlv Oliiklhood Kckuation, N, K-?>. The program also has an option that enables the teacher with an Instru( tional Level I (iei titicate in
Elementary Eflucation, K-(i to obtain N, K-S,
Early (Childhood Education (Certification.
(
completion
Korms
of a 14-clay partic ipa-
available from the
program coordinator.
• J'assing and/or remc-diation of spc-ec h
and hc-aiing tests, and vision tests. Forms are
available from the- program coordinator.
• Passing tin- National Teacher Examination c)i
battc-rv and the- specialty area of eartion c-xperienc
(
ly
c
C-.
arc-
c-
liildhood educ ation.
I
Admission
Retention and Candidacy
• Studc-nls must maintain a (^.P.A. of 3.0
throughout their prc)gram. (Courses in which
a grade of (C or lower are obtained must berc-pealed with a grade of B or higher. .Students
not maintaining a (^.F^A. of .S.O after candidacy will be- removed fiom the andidacy list.
• Students must apply for andidacy.
c
The
following requirements, which apply
lo both the .Master of Science in Early (Child-
hood Education program and
to the master's
progiaiTi with an Early (Childhood Eflucation
(Certifit ation, nuisl
be met
in arldition lo
the
general admission requirements lor the .School
of (iiaduate Studies (imdergi aduate work
need not be in a specific field of studv );
• An iiitt-rview and a rev iew of a( ademic credentials are equii ed. Applic ants who lack an
l
uiidergi aduate (^.P.A. of
on
A
2.r> will
be admitted
is required
persons seeking admission to < andidacy.
• .Miller Analogies Test (historically, students have exceeded scores of 'M)).
of
a piovisional basis.
,''>.()
Q.P.A.
c
• State- Police-
c
hec ks recjuired bv
and
the- l)e-
and
the- Bureau of (Certification must be ce)mpletecl piior
to practice teaching in private and public
schools. Head .Start piograms, and dav eait-
[)arlmc-nt of Hc-alth
(< iUc-is in
V\'c-lfare
Pc-nnsvlvania.
will take a screening examination (a candidacy exam) which is administered when they have completed 12 to 1.5 se-mester hours of graduate work. The examina-
students
• All
tion consists ofWritte-n
and
oi al recniirc-menls.
all
(Childhood
semester hoins; 12 additional semeste-r hours in course work and
The-
Certification Requirements
f
faculty, flire( t-line supervisors, admiiiistratoi
indi\ iduals
applicant's academic
C|ualitic-s.
who are
s,
familial with the
abilitic-s
and
Kec onnnendalion forms
Master
program
• Three recommendations rom any of the
following persons: inidergi aduate oi graduate
and othei
Graduation
ai
pc-rsonal
e available
of Sc ience- in Earlv
consists of
.SO
prac ticuiii aie rc-quiicd lor the Level
I
(Certifi-
Stude-nts nuist complete (i se-mesiei hoins in foimdaiion courses. |H to 30
cation, N,
K-?>.
semester houis in c-arl\ childhood
core comses, and (i scnieslcr lioui s
studies courses.
t-duc alion
in relatc-d
55
Early Childhood Education
Required Courses
Methods and Materials in
Childhood Education
Method.s and Materials in
Earlv Childhood Education II
Educational Media and Software
62.510
Early
62.520
60.512
62.522
I
and complete a coiuse within a two-year period are placed in an inacti\e file. Inactive students must reapplv for admission, retake the
screening examination, and reapplv for candidacy. Coin ses older than six years will not meet
the degree requirements.
Cin
Faculty
62.523
riculiMii Trends in Earh'
Childhood Education
Practices in Teaching the
Bloomsbing University
62.590
Yoiuig Child
Cinrent Research and De\elopment
Childhood Education
Learning and Development of
the Young Child
in Early
62.591
62.592
.
Identification
and Prescription of
the Needs of Yoiuig Children
62.593
Organization and .Administration
of Educational Programs for
Yoimg
('hildren
Childhood
62.594
Practicinn in Earh'
62.596
Education
Practicum in Early Childhood
Education 2
Students seeking a Master of Science in
Childhood Education must complete 30
semester horn s with a 3.0 Q.P.A. Students seeking a Master of Science in Early Childhood
Education with N, K-3 certification must complete 42 semester horns with a Q.P.A. of 3.0.
Earlv
Additional Requirements
•
A departmental
paper, thesis,
comprehen-
or the comprehensive examination is required for completion of the degree
program. Specific guidelines are av ailable f rom
the program cooiclinator. All papers must be
written following the American Psvchological
Association (APA) stvie guide. A five chapter
format is preferred.
sive project,
• All
program requirements must be com-
pleted within six vears after admission into the
program. Students are required to complete
their programs within four vears after candidacy is granted. Extensions may be granted in
certain situations. Students who fail to enroll
Anv graduate
es or
faculty
meinher from the
and scienc-
liberal arts
education departments may participate
program.
in this
Education of the Deaf/Hard of Hearing
56
Master of Science
Education of the Deaf /Hard of Hearing
Coordinator: Samuel B. Slike, Ph.D.
E-mail: .slik.e@planetx.bloomu.edu
The graduate program in education of the
deaf/hard of hearing is offered through the
Department of C^ommunication Disorders and
Special Education. Prospective classroom
teachers or itinerant hearing therapists are
provided a variety of courses to prepare them
for working with individuals with a hearing loss.
Course work fiunishes conceptual as well a.s
experiential backgroimd in the areas of academic therapv. speech-language therapy, communication, p.sycho-social development, curriculum and instruction. Depending on their
imdergraduate major, students are prepared
to work with preschool, elementan, secondaiA
or multiple handicapped deaf /hard of hearing individuals.
In their practicimi comses, students are
provided the opportimirv' to work with individuals with a hearing loss in one-to-one and
group situations. Various sites throughout
Pennsylvania are offered for practicum experience. These sites are ch{)sen according to the
needs of the student intern. These practica
provide a cla.ssroom as well as an itinerant experience with students with a hearing loss.
The education of the deaf hard of hearing
program does not advocate anv particular
method of working
ing
loss.
program. Those students without education courses in their background are
required to take a core of education c Prerequisite course work in the following areas must be completed either befcjre or during the graduate program.
• Undergraduate area of concentration in
education of the deaf/hard of hearing
• All applicants to the graduate program in
education of the deaf/hard of hearing must
have completed an introductory course in statistics or its equivalent, an introducton.- course
in sign language and an introductory course
in communication disorders (Students may
take these as general education electives)
entr\' into the
Tel. (717) .'^89-4436
72.152
Introduction to Communication
Disf)rders
72.200
72.450
74.15.3
74.154
74.201
74.305
74.380
Introduction to .Audiolog)
(ilinical
Obsenation
Introduction to Sign Language
American Sign Language I
History, Education, and Guidance
of the Deaf/ Hard of Hearing
Introduction to Instructional
.Methods for the Deaf/ Hard
of Hearing
Phonetics
.Students
who anticipate applying for admi.s-
sion to the graduate
program
in
education of
the deaf/ hard of hearing are strongly urged
to elect the following elective courses:
with students with a hear-
Persons with a hearing
loss are
viewed
as individuals with varving needs. Prospective
classroom teachers are afforded a background
in all methods of instruction so as to prepare
them to work with persons with a hearing loss
in a varien of educational settings.
74.155
74.254
74.255
74.256
A
Applicants with bachelor's degrees in earh
childhood education, elementan education,
secondan' education, special education and
commimication disorders are considered to
have appropriate educational backgrounds for
II
III
I\'
bachelor's degree with a Q.P..A. of 2.8
education of the deaf/ hard of hearing
area of concentration and an overall Q.P.A. of
2.8 are required. If either Q.P.A. is below 2.8.
the student will be admitted on a provisional
basis and must earn a Q.P.A. of 3.0 or better
upon completion of 9 to 12 semester hoins in
graduate-level coiuses. \o (^s may be earned
din ing the provisional period.
• .Applicants must submit a one-page, hand•
in the
Admission
.American Sign Language
The Deaf Culture
.American Sign Language
.American Sign Language
57
Education of the Deaf/Hard of Hearing
letter, statinj;; professional background,
experience and rationale for wanting to be
admitted to this master's program.
written
reference from individuals who have knowledge of the applicant's academic and teaching backgioimd are required.
For confirmation piuposes, the letters must
contain the name, address, position and telephone niunber of the writer.
• Applicants must make arrangements with
the progiam coordinator foi an intei\iew.
• The National Teacher Examination and/
or the Clradiiale Record t^xamination will be
required of all applicants.
•
Three
Siii/inu'i
72.-522
Aiual Rehabilitation: Theory
74.564
and Practice
Speech for the Deaf/Hard
letters of
of Hearing
74.566
one entry point for full-time enthis graduate program - summer
is
rollment in
semester.
The application deadline
enrollment
is
March
15.
for
74.568
74.560
at
74.567
74.569
any time.
no quota for students interested
in entering the progiam on a part-time basis.
Part-time students are required to meet with
the program coordinatoi to design a cin riculum sequence and lime line.
There
Speech and Language Practiciun
Deaf/Hard of Hearing I
Problems and Trends in Education
of the Deaf/ Hard of Hearing
Language for the Deaf/ Hard
of Hearing II
(au ricular Subjects for the Deaf/
Haid of Hearing
with the
sion as a part-time student
may be made
is
Spiiu!^ Semester
74.570
Speech and Language Practiciun
Deaf/Hard of Hearing II
with the
Summer Sessions
Retention
74.575
(Graduate students are required to earn a
.S.O with a maximimi of two Cls for
retention in this master's program. If a ('. is
74.584
Q.P.A. of
earned in a practicum course, the coiuse nuist
be repeated and a grade of B or better earned.
Candidacy
Requirements are the same
School of (iraduate Studies.
as those
foi'
the
Required Courses
The
I
Fdll Semester
summer
Application for admisis not restricted and
Language for the Deaf/Hard
Hearing
Advanced American Sign Language
of
74.565
There
Sessions (total of 12 weeks)
following
is
an example of a full-time
curi'iculum sequence;
(total of
6 weeks)
(Counseling Needs of
('onmuinicati\elv Disordered
Indi\iduals and Their Families
Research in Education of the Deaf/
Hard
of
Hearing
All graduate students must complete a departmental paper (thesis or nonthesis) and
successf ully pass a comprehensive examination
administered dining the semester the student
plans to graduate. I'pon graduation, students
are academically prepared to apph for licensui e in Penns\l\ania and to pursue state and
national certification as a teacher of the deaf/
hard of hearing. Thev are granted a provisional national certification b\ the Council on Education of the Deaf upon formal application.
58
Education of the Deaf/Hard of Hearing
Faculty Research Interests
—
it-achinj^
Saimifl B. Slike. D.Ed., professor
.sign language and speech reading via vid-
eodisc/CD-ROM; teaching language
Deaf /Hard of Hearing students
Gerald W. Powers, Ed.D., professor
practice with the
Deaf/Hard
licensine; sign language
aural rehabilitation
and
(all
of
to
— private
Hearing;
sign systems);
characteristics of
qiialitv clinicians
Judith
.Vl.
Hirshfeld, M.A., assistant professor
— developing oral communication
skills in
Deaf/Hard of Hearing children and coimseling the Deaf/Hard ot Hearing individuals and their families
Exercise Science
59
and Adult Fitness
Master of Science
Exercise Science and Adult Fitness
(Coordinator; Linda M. LeMiira, Ph.D.
Tel. (717)
Candidacy
389-4581
Requirements are the same
School of Graduate Studies.
E-mail: llemura@planetx.blo()mii.edu
This program prepare.s student.s for ad.scholarly opportunities via doctoral
study or employment in rehabilitation centers,
corporate fitne.ss, wellness programs and senior
citi/en continuing care facilities.
The progiam is interdisciplinary in natuie
students must complete courses in Exercise
Science and the Biological Health Sciences.
Additional!), clinical and researcli intei nships
as those for the
Graduation
vanced
—
are required, which encompass the
full
spec-
trum of health, including rehabilitation, physiological as.sessment,
and training
performance.
Quality of instruction
laboratories
is
for optimal
The program requires 36 semester hours
which 6 to 12 semester hours in practicinn
are required for graduation. Additionally,
and
characterized by faculty who are
pliNsiology laboratoi
ies.
With exand
at-
tendance at the American (College of Sports
Medicine (ACSM) Exercise Test Technologist
Workshop
is
required prior to graduation.
Graduate students admitted to candidacy
are required to complete a thesis. The student
must confer with the assigned graduate adviser to select a thesis acKiser.
in the cla.ssrooms
continuously engaged a.s active learners. The
faculty bring an excitement and enthusiasm for
scientific inquiry by directly involving their students in both scholarship and discoven. These
activities are augmented by learning resources such as librai y support (both on campus and
at nearby Cieisinger Medical Outer) computer support, and well-equipped htmian perfor-
mance and
of
serves as chairperson
A second
faculty
t)f
The
thesis adviser
the thesis committee.
member
is
selected from
ei-
ther the Health, Physical Education and Athletics or the Biological and Allied Health Sci-
ences departments. A thiid facult) member
may be selected from any discipline within the
university as appropriate to the thesis topic.
The topic must be approved by the thesis adviser and the graduate coordinator. The thesis
will be presented to the thesis committee, peers
and the university commimit).
cellent facilities, highlv qualified facultv,
practical field experiences that are integral to
Faculty
the program, the master's degree in Exercise
Science and Adult Fitness pro\ ides strong preparation for successf ul careeis in this bingeoning discipline.
Susan
Admission
gender issues, stress management
Linda M. LeMura, Ph.D., professor
energy
metabolism, exercise electrocardiography,
lipid metabolism
A
bachelor's degiee in either health and
).
—
Hibbs, Ed.D., a.ssociate professor
components of performance,
ps)chol()gical
—
Jerrv K. Mefllock, Ed.D., professor
— cardiac
physical education, the biological or allied
rehabilitation, health education, coionar)
health sciences, or a related field is required.
Undergraduate deficiencies must be eliminated, without credit earned toward the degree,
prior to admission to candidac)'. Additionalh,
Swapan Mookerjee, Ph.D., assistant professor
metabolic and thermal phvsiologw car-
applicants nuist ha\e an undergraduate Q.P..A.
Leon .S/media, Ph.D.,
of at least 2.5 and prov ide Miller Analog) Test
or Graduate Record Examination scores.
risk factors
anaKsis
—
die )pulmonai\
adaptations
associate professor
—
cardiopulmonar) ph)siolog), training adaptation in the cardiac patient
60
Instructional Technology
Master of Science
Instructional Technology
(Coordinator: Harold
J.
Bailey,
Ph.D.
Curriculum Overview
Tel. (717) 389-4;i()6
E-mail: bai 1 ©planetx.blooimi.edu
The
Ma.ster of Science in
Instruciioiial
(MSIT) pioj^ram emerged in response to the increasing need lor professionals who can integrate inteiactive multimedia
technology' into educational and training environments. The MSIT piogram addresses the
TechnologT,'
preparation of three t\ pes of piofessionals:
• Those who wish to enter a career in the
ti aining and dexelopment sector of business,
industn, non-pi ofit institutions or government
• Those who already work in business, industry or health care settings as trainers and
developers, but seek a formalized degree structured for their needs and f urther development
• Those who wish to become instructional
technology resource specialists in private, public or higher education
The curriculum concentrates on the application of computer and other emerging technologies to education and training, with an
emphasis directed towards the design, de\elopment, production and e\aliiation of computer-based interactive multimedia coiuseware.
Master's candidates base the opportimit\ to
experience a \ariety of state-of-the-art inteiactive technology configmations through an instructional systems approach.
sity
The MSIT program at Bloomsbmg L ni\eihas become a nationally acclaimed, luiique
program
for the preparation of "interactixe
multimedia technologists."
This program integrates e\iensi\e experiences in instructional design and instructional computing with a more modest coverage of
media, commimication skills and human resoiuce development. The eclectic natme of
this program forces cooperative teamwork as
students combine their theoretical academic
learning with practical, hands-on projects that
are being designed, dexeloped, produced and
evaluated b\ Bloomsbuig L ni\ersit\ s Institute
foi
Instructional Technology.
Students studx a \ariet) of issues related to
the design and de\elopment of effective instruction and apply these principles in course
projects.
The program curricuhmi
includes
study in the following areas:
—
CAu riculum and Instructional Design
s\stems approach, curriculum and instructional
materials, psychology of learning and screen
design.
—
Computing
computing litprogiamming and authoring, comput-
Instructional
eracy,
computer-based intercomputei graphics.
\'ideo production and post-production
equipment, aesthetics, scripts and editing.
Technology
past and current technologies, emerging technologies and networking.
Himian resoiuxe development
teamwork, interpersonal commimication. organizational psychology, project management and orer-assisted instruction,
active xideo.
—
—
—
ganization training.
Admission
Persons
who desire
graduate-level universi-
do not intend
to earn a masdegree mav be admitted as non-degree
students provided that thev provide proof of
graduation from an accredited imdergraduate
college or imiversitv. No moie than 12 semevter horn s earned as a non-degree student ma\
be later applied toward a master's degree ext\
instruction but
ter's
cept b\ special permission.
Special admission requirements for the
.M.SIT progiam include the following:
• .\
personal intei xiew with one or
more
of
the .\IS1T facultv
•
Three
letters of
A
recommendation
one- to twt)-page paper describing the
applicant's interest in the field of instructional technologv
• A minimal TOEFI. score of 370 for inter•
national students
61
Instructional Technology
Elective Courses
Graduation
9 semester hoins):
(at least
Persons who hold a bac helor's degree in an\'
from an accredited college or miiversity nia\ become degree candidates and proceed to the master's degree by completing a
minimum of 33 semester hours of course work
Applying Theories of Learning to
Interactive Technologies (summer)
Interactive Graphics (fall, simimer)
Television Production and
Design (summer)
Directed Studv in Studio Art
57.556
discipline
including either an internship or master's theAll courses are 3 semester hoin s imless otherwise indicated.
57.560
27.51
1
32.595
sis.
Required Courses
(fall,
summer)
57.5S0-9 Special Topics
Final
Requirement
(one course):
The Master of Science in Instructional
Technology requires 33 semester hours. Parentheses indicate the semesters the
57.590
Graduate Internship
57.599
Ciraduate Thesis
(6 semester hours)
(3
comses are
offered.
semester hours)
Required (loinses
(1'2
semester hours):
Faculty Research Interests
57. ,5,50
Instructional Design
57. .5.51
Advanced Instructional Design
(fall,
57.570
57.575
(fall,
spring)
spring)
Introduction to Interactive
Technologies (fall, sinnmer)
Managing Multimedia Projects
(fall,
spring)
Harold
(at least
57.572
ment
Timothv
57. ,574
summer)
C-onummications
(at least 3
25.445
semester hours):
Organizational Gonuiiimication
25.58,5-7 Special Topics in
(lommimication
'•3.566
(Organizational Behavior
93.556
93.583
International
Human
Phillips, Ph.D., assistant professor
instmctional computing, authoring
J.
Nicholson, Ph.D.,
assist, mt
professor
— instructional design, application of learn-
Platforms (spiing, sinnmer)
Authoring Tools for W indows
(fall, spiing)
.Authoring Tools for Networks
(spring,
I..
manage-
— instructional design, interactive graph-
Mary
s):
.-Xuthoring Tools for (hoss
57. ,573
— instruc-
computer-based instruction,
tools
Computing
6 semester hoin
Baile\, Ph.D., professor
interactive technologies, project
ics,
Instructional
J.
tional design,
Management
Resource Development
ing theory to technology-based instruction,
evaluation, cognitive psychology
—
matheL. Trudnak, Ph.D., professor
matics education, instructional design,
computer programming and design of hy-
June
pei media applications
Nursing
62
Master of Science
Nursing
Coordinator Sharon
R.
Ha\maker, Ph.D.. f ;.R.\.R
E-mail: havmakerigplanetx.bloomu.edu
The master of science program
in
nursing
(.M.S.X.) provides training in the areas of com-
miinit\ health
ginning
and adult health and
in the fall
an optimal
level of wellness
applv and develop research for
advanced nursing practice
• emplov knrjwledge and skills of leadership/management and consultation to impact
the deliver\ of health care within a given organization and to promote attainment of client
tain
• evaluate,
Tel. (717) 389-442.S
illness.
Be-
of 1996. an adult nurse prac-
titioner program will also be offered. The programs prepare graduates for advanced practice of professional nursing and thev produce
the foimdation for education at the doctoral
The program is accredited bv the Nation-
goals
Engage in relevant activities designed to
change in policies that affect health care
at the local, state and national levels
• Engage in professional activities designed
to enhance development in. and of. an advanced practice role
•
affect
level.
League for Nursing.
The program has a 100 percent job placement rate in a variety of clinical and educational settings. Students have been accepted
into doctoral programs at nationally renowned
The program
al
institutions such as the University of Pennsvl-
vania and
The
New York
University.
Community Health
program:
nthesize advanced knowledge of nursing and related disciplines to improve the prac• S\
tice
•
of professional
required credits. 21 are required core course^
all graduate students regardless of their
for
Specialization
critical think-
care organizations
of this
of 39
to
ing and communication in the competent use
of nursing process, therapeutic interventions
and technology to provide nursing services to
improve health and wellness in dlNerse client
populations
• Emplov the multifaceted roles of advanced practice in accordance with Standards
of Practice to improve and expand the delivery of health care services
• Participate in learning activities designed
to facilitate personal growth and professional
leadership contributions in professional heath
Graduates
minimum
community level and adult
health and illness options: and 42 credits for
the adult nurse practitioner program. Of these
selected specialtv area.
program are designed
goals of this
guide students to:
• Use advanced knowledge,
requires a
credits for both the
nm sing
Demonstrate advanced competence
in
nursing to formulate clinical decisicjns designed to promote, restore and maintain
health, prevent illness, and attain client goals
• Use advanced knowledge and skills to as.sist diverse clients in a variety of settings to at-
This option is designed to prepare the graduate as a clinical specialist in communir. health
nursing. The main focus is on preparing the
gi aduate to assume a leadership management
role in the area of commimitv' health nursing,
working with special populauons and communities to promote and improve communit\
health care. Students develop competence in
their multifaceted role as a clinical specialist
iLse their advanced knowledge, responsible decision-making, innovative problem-solv-
and
ing and communication to promote change in
the communin. .\.s advanced practitioners, they
engage in the competent use of the nursing
process to diagnose the health problems of
special populations, design programs to facilitate the progress toward the goal of optimal
wellness within the community environment,
and to impact the delivers of health care in
the communin. .-Vs advanced practitionei's. the\
serve as consultants and engage in social, ethical and political actions to influence and ini-
change in health care policy in order
promote the health of communities.
tiate
to
Nursing
63
They also enand political actions to
influence and initiate change in health care
policy and its effect on health care delivery.
Adult Health and Illness
pact the delivery of health care.
gage
Specialization
This option
ates to
assume
designed to prepare graduleadership/manager position
is
a
as a clinical specialist in the area of adult health
and
illness.
Through
the development of com-
petence in their multifaceted role as a clinical
nurse specialist, students engage in responsible decision-making, innovative problem-sohing,
tice
and independent/interdependent pracdesigned to meet the changing health
needs of a specific adult population. Students
use advanced knowledge, critical thinking and
commimication
skills in the competent use of
therapeutic interventions and technolog\' to
assist the adult client in attaining wellness. As
advanced practitioners, the students serve as a
consultant for clients and others to impact the
delivery of health care for a specific adult population. Social, ethical and political actions are
and affect change regarding the development of health care policy and its effect on health care deliven' for a
emphasized
to initiate
targeted adult population.
in social, ethical
Finallv,
students are
encomaged
their professional growth
and
to
continue
aid the profes-
development of Others by serving
models and mentors.
sional
as role
Preceptors
Clinical preceptors act as essential role
models, resom ce persons and liaisons for graduate students in all clinical specialties dining
clinical cour.se work. Preceptors assist students
in attaining role socialization and gain competence and confidence in performing advanced clinical skills. Because preceptors sene
such an integral function, they are carefully
selected based on the level of clinical course
and individual needs and goals, hi some courses, students are encouraged to identify precep-
whom
tors with
thev wish to work. In
all
stances, preceptors will be educationallv
in-
and
and will be
and able to spend time with students
and help them achieve clinical goals.
experientiallv qualified to serve
willing
Adult Nurse Practitioner
Specialization
Clinical
Placements
This option is designed to prepare the graduate as an adult ninse practitioner. The core
concept of role development focuses on the
progressive development of competence in the
multifaceted roles of advanced nm sing prac-
.Students are placed in major medical and
health care centers in Pennsylvania as well as
with the National Institutes of Health (NIH)
tice as practitioner, researcher,
leader/manag-
as appropriate to the clinical course objectives
consultant and educator.
The program
er,
emphasizes the role of advanced practitioner
as a provider of independent and collaborative direct
health care to adults. In addition, a
and community agencies
and
in a variety of settings
goals.
The
selection
is
made
jointlv bv the tacultv
and the individual student. Individual
requests are honored as much as possible.
adviser
rinal comminiitv focus enables students to
However,
develop competence
settings that offer excellent clinical experience.
comminiitv, identifying health needs and implementing
programs which may occm' at the individual
in assessing a
level in the practice setting.
Thus
adult
muse
practitioners are keenlv aware of the effect of
the
comnumitv on the individual seen in pracadvanced practitioners, students serve
tice. .As
as consultants for individuals
who
directlv im-
first prioritv
is
placing students in
Students must have documentation of (IPR.
insurance, a comprehensive health
examination, current Pennsvlvania nursing license and a current resume. .All of the above
are required by contractual agreements with
agencies serving as piacticiim sites.
liabilitv
64
Nursing
Progression and Retention
Admission
In addition to
meeting the general admis-
sion requirements for the School of Graduate
Studies, applicants
comply with the following
criteria:
• A baccalaureate degree in nursing from a
National League for Nursing accredited school
prt)gram
• A license to practice professional nursing
in the state of Pennsylvania
• A minimum of one year of direct care clinical practice (post baccalaureate) within the
past two years in the selected clinical specialty
area (for the adult nurse practitioner option,
this direct care
Graduate Record Examination scores
en within
gram
five vears
tak-
of application to the pro-
(scores for successful applicants gener-
alh exceed 400 for each of the three subtests
— verbal, quantitative and analytic)
•
An undergraduate
(QPA) of at
least 3.0
on
quality point average
a 4.0 scale
• Satisfactory completion of the following
imdergraduate courses: statistics, research and
health assessment (as a separate course or integrated concept)
• Three current letters of professional and/
or academic recommendation
• A resume which includes description of
professional mu sing or clinical experience
• .\ narrative describing personal and professional goals for graduate education (rationale and goals for the selected area of advanced
practice must be included)
• Personal inteniew prior to submission of
admi.ssion materials with the coordinal«ir
who have not fulfilled the idenrequirements for admission will be considered on an individual basis.
.Applicants mav be admitted on a non-degree or provisional basis imtil potential abilities for graduate education are demonstrated.
.\f ter students have been notified of admission
to the gi aduate program, they are required to
schedule a program planning session with their
assigned graduate faculty adviser.
-Applicants
tified
program,
of
.3.0
specified bv the university.
The
depart-
same as that of
the university with one exception. Whereas the
imiversin.' requires that grades of E be repeated, the department requires that a grade of C
mental retention policy
in a clinical
is
the
course be repeated.
Candidacy
experience must be in adult
health)
•
In order to progress within the
students must receive a minimum grade of B
in advanced clinical courses as well as in a
majority of theory courses to maintain the QPA
Requirements for candidacy are the same
School of Graduate Studies.
as those for the
Requests for admission to candidacy are submitted to the option adviser and subsequently
are reviewed and recommended b\ the Nursing Departmental Graduate Council for approval bv the .Assistant \'ice President and Dean
of Graduate Studies and Research.
Transfer of Credit
.\ maximum of nine semester hours in graduate courses taken at other approved colleges
or imiversities mav be transferred and credited toward the program if thev are applicable
to the requirements and are approved bv the
and the .Assistant N ice
Dean of Graduate Studies and
specialtv area adviser
President and
Research.
Courses being transferred must have been
taken in residence: must have been a.ssigned a
grade of B fir higher: and must have covered
content which is required for a particular progiam option or recommended bv the clinical
adviser for elective credit.
Students must request permission for transr
fer of credit from the .Assistant \'ice President
and Dean of Graduate Studies and Research
once vvritten approval has been obtained from
the clinical option adviser. This request must
be made
at the time of application for candidacv to the program.
Nursing
65
hours of operation of the
Dismissal
Core courses for
Transfer to non-de':;ree status without permission to reapply for candidacy in the program constitiUes dismissal from the program.
Failure to meet the following factors contributes to student dismissal from the program:
•
Earn a grade
B when
of at least a
Earn a grade of at least
advanced clinical course
a
or approximately half of the
required nimiber of credits. This reflects the
philosophy that advanced nursing practice
shares a common theoretical basis regardless
of specialization.
total 21 credits,
Core Courses
B
in a
second
(Complete the course of study within six
years or within an extended time frame granted by the Assistant Vice President and Dean of
Graduate Studies and Research
•
•
Demonstrate the academic and profesadxanced nursing
sional progress required in
practice
(21 credits)
82.501
Theoretical Bases for Role
Development
in
Nm sing Practice
dent
is
of science in
-
3
Epidemiology: Concepts for
Advanced Nursing Practice - 3
82.503 Bases of Research or Advanced
Nursing Practice - 3
82.504 Pathophysiology for Advanced
f
-
3
82.507 Pharmacology for Advanced
fulfillment of the following, the stu-
awarded the master
Advanced
82. .502
Niu'sing Pi actice
Graduation Requirements
Upon
clinical facility.
areas of specialization
repeat-
ing an advanced clinical course
•
all
Nursing Practice - 3
82.508 Adult Health As.sessment and
Piomotion
mus-
(clinical)- 3
ing degree:
• (completion of all coiu se work, attaining
the grades required and maintaining a minimimi cimiulative QPA of 3.0
(j)wwuiiil\ Hmllli
• (Completion of a comprehensive examination offered at the conclusion of the final
clinical core in each of the specialty areas. The
exam is not included as part of the course
grades and meets imiversity guidelines.
82.51
• A comprehensive program assessment exit
inter\iew must be held with the piogram coordinator to receive student inpiu as part of a
Electi\e Courses
continuous program evaluation.
Required Courses
Students may select either full-time oi pai ttime study depending on their individual
needs. Classes are scheduled in late afternoon
and evening to facilitate progression in either
type of study.
Clinical coinses usualh' require experiences held dm ing the day as dictated by the work
schedules of the clinical preceptors and the
(18 additional
1
82.531
Sj>f(
iaiizalion
ci edits)
(Communitv Health Niusing
(clinical) -3
(".ommimity Health Nursing
(clinical)
-
I
II
3
(0 credits)
(iraduate-level coinses to
fulfill
elective re-
quirements are chosen by the student and an
adviser based on career needs, clinical requirements and lole development of a clinical nurse
specialist. Electives may be selected from graduate courses in p,sycholog\', political science,
business, communication disorders, speech
communication, education and nursing.
AduU
Heiilth
and
Illness Speadliiiilion
(18 additional credits)
82.512
Adult Health and Illness
(clinical)
-
(i
I
66
Nursing
82.532
Adult Health and Illness
(clinical) - 6
Student Health Center, Bloomsburg
L'niversitv, Bloomsburg, Pa.
II
Private Practitioners
comses (6 credits) are as described
under the community health specialization.
Elective
Adult
.\'ursf I'radilioner
Faculty Clinical and
Research Interests
Spefiulizdtwn
(21 additional credits)
M. Christine Alichnie, Ph.D., R.N., professor
82..t1.t
82.516
82.5.S4
82.520
Diagnoses and Management of
Health Problems in Adults I
(clinical) - 6
Diagnosis and .Management of
Health Problems in .Adults II
(clinical) - 6
Adult Ninse Practitic)ner Practicum
and Seminar (clinical) - 6
(Community A.ssessment and
Planning
3
-
— Professional socialization
and personal
is
also available as a post-graduate certificate
Two core courses are waived for stuwho already hold an M.S.N, and additional courses may be waived after assessment
option.
dents
of prior academic background.
values, predictors of success
Julia Bucher, Ph.D., R.N., assistant professor
— Knowledge and experiences of familv care
jbuche@planetx.bIoomu.edu
—
(lau.sal attributions,
:
undergoing Ivmphangiography.
E-mail: mgavag@planetx.bloomu.edu
Annette Gimderman, Ed.D., R.N., associate
professor
— Patterns of continued learn-
ing activities
Lehigh Vallev Hospital, AUentown, Pa.
Berwick Hospital C^enter Home Health
C^are
Inc.,
The
.Milton S. Hershey Medical (Center of the
Pennsylvania .State University, Hershey, Pa.
National Institutes of Health, Dept. of Health
and Human Services, Bethesda, .Md.
Polyclinic Medical C^enter, Harrisburg, Pa.
Presbyterian Medical Center, Philadelphia, Pa.
Veterans Administration Medical (Center.
Wilkes-Barre, Pa.
Harrisburg Hospital. Harrisbmg, Pa.
L'niversit)' of Pittsbiugh .Medical C.enter,
Pittsburgh, Pa.
Harrisbm g,
Pa.
nurses.
—
as
Wilkes-Barre, Pa.
Home
registered
Extensive clinical experience
an adult nurse practitioner, expertise in
higher education, and ongoing research in
adult health. E-mail: haymaker@planetx.
professor
Berwick Hospital (Center, Berwick, Pa.
Maternal and Famih Health Services.
among
agimde@planetx.bloomu.edu
.Sharon Haymaker. Ph.D., (^.R.N.P, associate
E-mail:
Services, Berwick, Pa.
Health Care .Agency
(affiliate of Polvclinic .Medical
R.N., associate profes-
coping and needs
of cancer patients; practices of breast .selfexamination and psychosocial factors as
possible determinants of breast cancer prebiopticalh and information desired b\ pasor
tients
Selected Clinical Sites
Professional
stu-
cardiopulmonary nursing, advanced nursing practice and community/
uni\ersit\' nursing centers. E-mail: cmalic®
planetx.bloomu.edu
givers. E-mail:
adult nurse practitioner specialization
nursing
in nursing,
Mary Gavaghan, Ed.D.,
The
of
dents, relationship between interpersonal
Center),
bloomu.edu
Nancy Onuschak, Ed.D.,
— Quality of
E-mail:
life of
R.N., C.S.. professor
chronicallv
ill
patients.
naonus@planetx.bloomu.edu
—
Joan Stone, Ed.D., R.N., assistant professor
Ethics instruction and complementar\' therapies. E-mail:
jstone@planetx.bloomu.edu
Patricia Torsella, D.N. Sc., R.N., C.S.. associate
—
Postmenopausal women's
professor
health (particularlv in the cardiovascular
area). E-mail: pt()rse@planetx. bloomu.edu
Pattern
Dorette VVelk, Ph.D., R.N., professor
recognition as it relates to teaching strate-
—
gies. E-mail:
welk@planetx.bloomu.edu
67
special Education/Exceptionalities
Master of Science
Special Education/Exceptionalities
Coordinator: Carroll
Tel. (717)
J.
Redfern, Ed.D.
•
•
389-4119
•
E-Mail: redfern@planetx.blo()mu.edii
Two letters of recommendation
Resume
An interview with the coordinator
Graduate Record Examination scores
An undergraduate cumulative Q.P.A. of
2.8. If average is below 2.8, the student will be
admitted as provisional, which must be eliminated after completion of 12 to 15 semester
hours in which a Q.P.A. of .S.O or better is
earned. No Cs may be earned during a proba•
•
Degree Options
Education
•
Master of Science
Master of Science
•
M.S. + Ortification in Teaching
•
Special Education Supervisory
•
in Special
in Exceptionalities
tionary period.
Men tally/ Physically Handicapped
Certificate
Retention
Program
A
About the Program
This program provides an opportimity for
individuals to pursue three different master of
science programs.
Special Education
required for retention in
of two Cs is permissible. If a C is earned in a practicum course, it
must be repeated with a grade of B or better
within a time frame determined by the area of
concentration.
Q.P.A. of 3.0
the program.
is
A maximum
The Master of Science in
for those who hold certi-
is
fication in special education.
Graduation
education.
The Master of Science in Exceptionalities
is for professionals who are not currently teaching in the special education field, but who work
in a support group (nurses, physical therapists,
occupational therapists, counselors, etc.) and
wish to expand their knowledge and develop
new skills for working with the exceptional
person. Certification in Special Education may
also be piusued through the Master of Science
in Exceptionalities program as an option.
cation or the M.S. in Exceptionalities without
It is intended to
improve the competence of the student's work
for further graduate work in the field of spe-
cial
Students seeking the M.S. in Special Edu-
must complete a minimum of 30
semester hours with a cumulative Q.P.A. of 3.0.
certification
Master of Science
in
Special Education
(Prerequisite: B.S. in Special Education
Graduation requirements:
(Choice A: Thesis option
Admission
and
certification)
-
24 hours course work
plus six credits for thesis
Department paper option - 30 hours
course work plus department paper
C'hoice C: Course work option - 36 hours
course work.
(-hoice B:
Applicants seeking admission to the masdegree programs must satisfy the general
admission requirements for the School of
Graduate Studies. The following additional
criteria are also required:
• A one-page, handwritten letter of intent
stating professional background, experience
and rationale for wanting to be admitted to
ter's
the department
Core requirements
70.565
Reading and Interpreting Research
in Special
79. .591
(9 credits)
Research
Education; OR
Education
in
68
70.575
Special Education/Exceptionalities
Seminar
Current Issues
in
in
Special Education
70.591
Practicum
in Special
such as reading, early childhood, curriculum
and foimdations, psycholog\' and sociology.
Education
Master of Science
must be
taken in special education. Note: one graduate methods coin se is recommended if previous methods course has not been taken in the
in Exceptionalities
Electives (a miiiiniimi ot 12 credits
(This program does not lead to certification
Teaching the .Mentally/Physically Handicapped)
in
last five years).
Graduation requirements:
70.501
70.506
70.5 1 6
Administration and Supervision
in Special Education
hitroductit)n to Early Intervention
Psychology of Exceptional
Individuals
70.522
Mathematics for Students with
Special
Needs
70.525
Education of Individuals with
Moderate/Severe Disabilities
70.526
Transition Services for Indi\iduals
70.533
70.544
Choice A: Thesis optitjn - 24 hours course work
plus six credits for thesis
Department paper option - 30 hours
course work plus department paper
Choice C: Course work option - 36 hours
course work
C;hoice B:
Core requirements
with Special Needs
70.5 6
Language Arts for Students with
Special Needs
Diagnostic and Remedial Techniques
70.565
(recommended
79.591
1
previous
assessment coiuse is older than
five
\
if
Psychology of Exceptional
Individuals
Reading and Interpreting Research
Education; OR
Education
Seminar in Ciurent Issues in
Special Education
in Special
70.575
ears)
Research
70.547
Technolog)' and Exceptional
Indi\iduals
Electives (a
70.550
Elementarv Methods for Individuals
with Mild Disabilities
Secondary Methods for Individuals
with Mild Disabilities
Project in Special Education
70.501
70.551
70.552
70.556
70.559
70.562
The Mentally
Seminar
Gifted Individual
70.506
70.522
Special
iVloderate/Severe Disabilities
Transition Services for Individuals
Phvsical Disabilities
70.526
70. .595
Internship
Special Workshop
(1-6 credits)
Special Workshop 2 (1-6 credits)
Special Workshop 3 (1-6 credits)
70.533
72.572
74.501
70.544
70.547
Augmentative Communication
V\'ith advisei' approval, vou mav also choose
additional elective comses in related fields
Needs
Language .Arts for Students with
Special Needs
Diagnostic and Remedial Techniques
Technology and Exceptional
with Special
1
Introduction to Sign Language
Needs
Education of Individuals with
Foimdations of Beha\ior Disorders
Seminar in Behavior Disorders
7().59«
Administiation and Supervision in
Special Education
Introduction to EarK Intenention
Mathematics for Students with
70.525
70.570
70.572
70.596
70.597
in
minimum of 12 credits must be
taken in special education)
Education
in .Special
Issues of Individuals with
(9 credits)
Individuals
70.550
70.551
Elementary Methods for Individuals
with Mild Disabilities
Secondary Methods for Individuals
with .Mild Disabilities
69
special Education/Exceptionalities
70.552
70.556
70.559
70.562
Project in Special Education
The Mentally
Seminar
Language Arts for Students with
Special Needs
Diagnostic and Remedial Techniques
Technology and Exceptional
70.533
Gifted Individual
in Special
Education
Lssues of Indi\iduals with
70.544
70.547
Individuals
Phy.sical Disabilities
70.570
70.572
70.595
70.596
70.597
70.598
72.572
74.501
Foiuidations of Beha\i<)r Disorders
Seminar in Beha\ ioi Disorders
Internship
Special Workshop 1 (1-6 credits)
Special Workshop 2 ( 1-6 credits)
Special Workshop 3 (1-6 credits)
Augmentative C'ommimication
Introduction to Sign L>anguage
Elementary Methods for Individuals
with Mild Disabilities
Secondary Methods for Individuals
with Mild Disabilities
Seminar in Special Education
Foiuidations of Behavior Disorders
70.550
70.551
70.559
70.570
70.591
70.401
Practicimi in Special Education; OR
Student Teaching with Exceptional
Individuals;
With adviser approval, you may
also
choose
additional elective courses in related fields
such as reading, early childhood, curriculum
and foundations, p.sychology and sociology.
Problems
70.461
in Exceptionalities
70.552
70.556
70.562
Administration and Supervision in
Special Education
Project in Special Education
The Mentally Gifted Individual
Issues of lndi\ iduals with Physical
70.572
70.575
Seminar
Seminar
and
Certification in Teaching the Mentally/Physically
Handicapped
Graduation Reqiiiiements:
Students are required to complete a minimimi
of 36 credits (M.S.) and a maximimi of 45 credits or 42 credits plus student teaching (M.S.
plus certification).
Gore Requirements
70.516
Disabilities
70.596
70.597
70.598
72.572
74.575
Special
Special
Special
Education; OR
Research in Education
Major Philosophies of Education
Beha\ ior Disorders
in
Gm rent
Issues in
Workshop
Workshop
Workshop
1
(1-6)
2
(
1-6)
3
(
1-6)
Augmentative (Commimication
CCoimseling Needs of
Gommimicatively Disordered
Individuals and Their Families
Introduction to Sign Language
P.sycholog)' of Exceptional
Reading and Interpreting Research
in
Special Education
Individuals
70.565
Education
Electives
70.501
Master of Science
and
in Special
74.501
in Special
79.591
60.501
Goiuses (equivalent coiu ses may
be considered)
(Certification
70.506
70.522
Introduction to Earh Interxention
Mathematics for Students with
Special
70.525
70.526
Needs
Education of Individuals with
Moderate/Severe Disabilities
Transition Services for lndi\iduals
with Special Needs
V\ ith adviser approval, vou may also choose
additional elective coiuses in related fields
such as reading, earh childhood, curriculum
and foiuidations, psychology and sociology.
Faculty Research Interests
Arthur
sor
R.
Growell
Ph.D., associate profe.s-
— mental retardation, learning
administration.
planetx.bloonni.edu
ities,
E-mail:
disabil-
crowell®
70
Special Education/Exceptionalities
—
Mary
B. Hill, Ph.D., prof'es.sor
special education research and technology. E-mail:
hill@planetx.bl()omu.edu
Kenneth
P.
— behav-
Hunt, Ph.D., professoi
ior disorders, applied behavior analysis,
behavior management.
planetx.bloonui.edu
Sheila
hunt®
E-mail:
Dove Jones, Ed.D.,
— early childhood,
associate professor
assessment, inclusive
practices. E-mail: j()nes@planetx. bloomu.edu
Michael
|.
Karpinski, Ph.D., a.ssistant professor
— exceptionalities, vocational
transition, supervision.
planetx.bloomu.edu
Ann
L.
education,
mkarp®
E-mail:
Lee, Ed.D., professor
— inclusion,
ear-
childhood, language arts. E-mail:
leel@planetx.bloomu.edu
excepCarroll ). Redfern, Ed.D., professor
tionalities, supervision, special education
ly
—
regulations,
program
reviewer.
E-mail:
redfern@planetx.bloomu.edu
C^ynthia N. Schloss, Ph.D., assistant professor
— transition, inclusive practices, advocacy
and
legislation.
E-mail:
schloss®
planetx.bloomu.edu
—
Philip Tucker, Ed.D., assistant professor
moderate/severe disabilities, qualitatixe
research, mental retardation, transition
planning, communication and language
development. E-mail: tucker@planetx.
bloomu.edu
—
vocaJoseph M. Youshock, Ed.D., professor
tional assessment - secondary education,
transition, supervision. E-mail:
planetx.bloomu.edu
youshock®
Speech-Language Pathology
71
Master of Science
Speech-Language Pathology
Coordinator: G. Donald Miller, Ph.D.
Retention
Tel. (717) .S89-4436
The graduate program in .speech pathology prepares students for clinical practice with
a variety of communication disorders and in a
variety of clinical settings. The program is
on clinical experience both in
in-house clinic and culminating with a full
semester of externship practicum in a clinic,
hospital or school setting.
heavily based
oin-
Admission
In addition to meeting the general admission requirements for the School of Graduate
Studies, applicants for the master's degree pro-
gram
in speech pathology must meet the following requirements:
• Applicants are required to submit a onepage, typed letter detailing their professional
backgroimd, experience and rationale for
wanting to be admitted to the program in
speech pathology.
• Applicants are required to submit three
letters of recommendation from references
who have knowledge of their academic and
clinical backgroimd. This information must
include the name, address, position and telephone nimiber of each reference.
• Applicants must have a bachelor's degree
from an accredited institution with a major in
communication disorders and a minimimi
Q.P.A. of 2.8. Applicants whose major is in an
area other than commimication disorders will
be required to .satisfactorily complete certain
academic and practicimi deficiencies. These
be prescribed by faculty following analysis
will
of the individual's transcript.
•
Graduate students must maintain a Q.P.A.
of 3.0 with a maximum of two Cs throughoiU
the graduate program. If a grade of C is earned
in a clinic course, the course must be repeated. To progress in graduate school, students
must make application for admission to candidacy after they have completed 1 2 to 1 5 semester horn s of coiu se work.
Graduation
The graduate program in speech pathology consists of a minimum of 42 semester hours
with most courses being required. Glinical exis considered necessary and insepafrom the existing course sequence. It
becomes an important step in the development
of a competent clinician, linking the classroom
and textbook information with clinical experience, certification and eventual employment
perience
rable
in the field.
Required Courses
72.550
72.552
72.554
72.556
72.558
72.560
72.562
72.565
72.566
72.576
72.580
all
applicants. Scores for success-
applicants ha\e been at least 470 on the
520 on the quantitative and .'i7() on the
analytical portions of the exam.
72.582
ful
verbal,
Deadline for submission of application
materials
is
February
15.
Stuttering
Phonology
Clinic
I
Voice Disorders
Language Disorders of
School-aged (Children
Speech Disorders in Adults
and Children
Clinic
II
Clinic
III
Commimication Disorders of the
Traiimatically
Graduate Record Examination scores are
required of
Adult Apha.sia
Preschool Language Disorders
72.58,S
72.584
72.586
Research
in
Head
Injured
Speech and
Language Pathology
Swallowing Disorders
Field Experience
Field Experience II
I
72
Speech-Language Pathology
Elective Courses
72.530
72.568
72.570
Fundamentals of Andiology
Speech Habilitatiijn in the Schools
Aduh II - Secondary Language
72.572
72.574
Augmentative Communication
Seminar in Commimication
Disorders
Disorders
72.590
72.591
72.592
72.593
72.594
72.599
Independent Study and
Independent Study and
Workshop in Audiology
Speech Pathology
Workshop in Audiology
Speech Patholog\'
Workshop in Audiology
Speech Patholog)'
Research
Research
and/or
and/or
and/or
Master's Thesis
Faculty
Shaheen Awan, Ph.D.,
associate professor
—
voice, research, speech science, clinic
—
clinic,
Dianne H. Angelo, Ph.D., professor
clinical methods, augmentative commimi-
cation
—
neuR. (lhampoux, Ph.D., professor
rogenic disorders of speech and language,
orofacial disorders of speech, clinic
Robert |. Lowe, Ph.D., associate professor
phonologN, phonetics, clinic
Julia .VI. \A'eit/, Ph.D., associate professor
normal language, language disoiders in
children
Ronald
—
—
73
Supervisory Certificate Programs
Supervisory Certificate Programs
Supervisory (N, K-12)
Coordinator: John R. Hranitz, Ed.D.
Tel. (717)
389-4030
E-mail: hranitz@bf486.bloomu.edii
The
Siiper\ isor of C-in riciihun
and
Instruc-
tion (Certificate Program.s include the .supervi-
sor of ciuriculum
and
instruction certificate
and the super\isory (N, K-12) certificate programs designed for supervisors in an area of
specialization. They are designed for individuals seeking certification with district-wide responsibilities that includes designing, coordi-
nating, improving, evaluating,
in.struction
from
N
and extending
to 12.
This pr{)giam is designed for the person
with primary responsibilit^ supervising and
directing the activities of prof essional and nonprofessional employees in given fields.
Areas of Specialization:
Curriculum and Instruction
Early (;hildhood Education
Elementary Education
Reading
School Health Service
Secondai)' Education
Social Studies
36
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
Special Education
21 credits
Communication
Foreign Languages
Mathematics
Admission
Science
Candidates must provide proof of a valid
Pennsylvania teaching certificate and must
provide evidence of at least five years of satisfactory teaching experience. (Experience on
an emergency certificate or an intern certificate is not acceptable.)
Candidates must complete a minimimi of
36 semester hours at the graduate level from
seven areas of competency:
•
•
Curriculum and insti iiction-theory, design
and development
Curriculum and early childhood,
elementary, middle and secondary
•
education
Research
•
Supervision,
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
credits
which supersought.
• At least five years of satisfacton' teaching
experience in the field for which certification
is sought. (Valid certificate in the field is reis
quired.)
Program Requirements:
A minimum
of 30 semester hours of gradufrom the following areas:
ate-level courses
•
Management and administration
Principles and practices in school
supervision
•
administration
•
•
Group dvnamics
•
•
School law and finance
Practicum - field experience
•
•
credits
credits
• Certification in the area for
•
management and
credits
Prerequisites for Admission:
visory certification
Requirements
credits
•
School law and finance
Group dynamics
Research techniques
Curriculum development
Practicum - field experience
74
Cooperative Doctoral Program
Bloomsburg University offers a Doctorate
of Education in cooperation with Indiana University of Pennsylvania (lUP).
The cooperative doctoral program in elementary education combines the resom ces of
both institutions. The program includes areas
of concentration in;
•
curricukmi and supervision
•
administration
leading
•
childhood education
educational psychology
special education
• early
•
•
Students take courses at both Bloomsburg
and lUP, and the doctoral committee guiding
the dissertation consists of faculty from both
you are interested in the docdegree program, you should contact
William S. O'Bru'ba (389-4025) or John R.
institutions. If
toral
Hranitz (389-4030).
Cooperative Doctoral Program
Interdisciplinary Studies
Interdisciplinary Studies
Interdisciplinary courses are planned by
more than one department or
prt)frram.
The
courses are sometimes taught by teams of faculty
members.
Students should consult with their adyisers
to determine the appropriateness of these
courses for their particular degree programs.
76
77
Graduate Courses
78
Graduate Courses
Course Codes
Code
Field oj Study
91
Accounting
Page
79
46
Anthropology
79
30
Art
79
31
Art History
80
32
Art Studio
80
72
Audiology/Speech-
Language Patholog)'
82
Biology
84
90
Business Education
86
23
Communication
86
25
Communication Studies
86
40
Economics
87
60
Educational Foundations
88
62
Elemental^ and Early
50
C;hildhood Education
90
96
Finance
91
05
Health and Physical
Education
91
80
Health Sciences
92
42
History
92
92
Information Processing
92
57
Instructional Technology
93
09
Interdisciplinary Studies
94
98
Law and Legal Elements
94
93
Management
94
55
Marine Science
95
97
Marketing
96
27
Mass Communications
96
53
Mathematics and
Computer Science
96
82
Nursing
97
94
Office Systems
99
54
Physics
99
44
Political
79
Professional Studies
101
48
Psychology
101
63
Reading
101
65
Secondary Education
102
45
Sociology
102
70
Special Education
104
74
Studies in Heal ing Loss
105
Science
100
)
)
79
Graduate Courses
control .system design and maintenance; rela-
Accounting ( Code 91
91.501 Financial Accounting (3)
on
asset vahiation,
income
tions with audit committee,
— Emphasis
detei niination,
and
financial accounting principles, with selected
topics from the cash flow statements
terpretation of financial statements.
and
91.502 Advanced Financial Accounting
Advanced problems in consolidated
{?>)
in-
—
CPA firm, and
ulatory agencies pertaining to internal
external reporting.
reg-
and
—
This course ad91.599 Special Topics (3)
dresses a variety of topics in accounting and
allows the instructor to focus on appropriate
current topics in the accounting profession.
Students should contact the instructor prior
to enrollment.
state-
ments, stockbroker's equity, partnerships, fiduand selected topics dealing
with government units and non-profit service
organizations. Selected reference to professional literature and uniform ('PA examination
problems. Prerecjuisite: 91. .501
ciary accounting,
—
& Fund Accounting {?>)
Accounting principles and practices of governments and non-profit institutions. Comparisons between accounting principles and practices that apply to governments and non-profit institutions and those which are generally
accepted in business.
91.503 Government
—
Pro91.521 Advanced Cost Accounting {?>)
vides a thorough understanding of the basic
concepts and practical procedures of reporting cost information to business management.
Special emphasis is placed upon the use of
budgetary control and budget analysis; the use
of standard costs; the relevance of management's costs and profit responsibility reports;
and the importance of capital expenditure
Anthropology ( Code 46
—
The place
46.440 Language and Culture (.3)
of Oral or non-oral language in human evolution and contemporary cultures. Topics di.scu.ssed include: dialectal variation, discourse
analysis, multilingualism, language, and cognition and the role of language in education.
46.450 Peoples and Cultures of South AmeriSurveys introduction to the aborigica (3)
nal, non-literate cultures of South America including the ecological background, archaeol-
—
ogy,
and
cultural patterns.
46.470 History of Anthropological Thought
—
liitensi\e survey of the leadand Theory (3)
ing methods and theories of anthropological
and ethnological interpretation with special
emphasis on the concept of culture and its
practical application to
modern problems.
planning and control.
—
In91.522 Advanced Auditing Theory {?,)
depth examination of the audit process, including compliance with GAAS, ethical considerations, EDP auditing, use of statistical analy.ses, as well as current problems facing the au-
Art (Code 30)
91.523 Advanced Tax Accounting (?<}
Presents an in-depth analysis of P'ederal and Pennsylvania tax codes with particulai emphasis on
30.590 Current Theories of Art and Art EduFocuses on current theories of
cation (3)
art and art education practiced in American
schools with an emphasis on eventual application. A research paper or research project is
corporations, estates, and trusts.
required.
—
diting profession.
—
91.524 Managerial Accounting
(,'?)
— Introduc-
accounting in management decision making. Theory, problem solvtion to the literature of
ing, case studies.
—
91.551 International Accounting (.S)
Addres.ses the global nature of accounting in the
current business environment.
—
91.552 ControUership Accounting (3)
An
integrating course dealing with administrative
problems of the accounting function; internal
30.591 Advanced Visual Arts for Exceptional
Children (3)
.Stresses importance of art activit)' as a means of enriching and stimulating
special children's awareness of themsehes and
their world. Emphasis is placed on those positive aspects for creati\'e activity which the hand-
—
icajjped child possesses.
30.595 Master's Thesis (.3—6)
80
Graduate Courses
—
Art History (Code 31)
31.595 Directed Study in Art History (.3-6)
of a topic in the area of art
history. Intensive review of the .sch(jlarly liieratme in the field. A paper is required under
the direction of a faculty adviser.
Advanced study
31.560 Readings and Research in Contemporary Art History (3)
Detailed study of con-
—
temporary movements in art from the late 19tli
century to the present with readings and research for advanced students.
3 1 .565 Readings and Research in American Art
History (?>)
Advanced stiidv of the historv
—
of visual art in America.
31.570 Readings and Research in Early European Art History
Research focuses on
specific topics relating to the periods from Pre-
—
Historic to Gothic.
31.571 Readings and Research in Later EuroExamines period from
pean Art History (3)
the early Renaissance through French Impressionism.
—
Art Studio (Code 32)
—
32.500 Advanced Ceramics I (3)
Requires
students to define in writing their level of
knowledge and competency, then prepare a
plan of study that will allow for a direction of
work. Students are responsible for making and
firing their own work.
—
32.501 Advanced Ceramics II (3)
Student-s
intensify their study of selecting a specialized
problem relating to the experiences gained in
Advanced Ceramics
I.
—
31.575 Readings and Research in Oriental Art
Advanced survey of Oriental Art
History (3)
in the broadest sense of the word, the art, and
architecture of the ancient Near East, Japan.
China, and India. An introduction to both
32.502 Advanced Ceramics III (3)
Students
ccjntinue to pursue an advanced and refined
level of study in the discipline of creating an
monuments and
facilitates continuitv in learning.
—
ogy, stvle,
cultural ideas. Exposes ad-
problems in chronoland research methodologv.
vanced students
to basic
31.580 Readings and Research in ArchitecturAdvanced survey of the
al Art History (3)
evolution of architecture in the Western World
from the Pharaonic Egyptian period through
—
the contemporary 2()th centurs'. Typical and
outstanding examples of each period are di.scussed and researched. Imperative to an understanding of the physical structures studied
is an analvsis of the type of society and the rationale for the creation of such architecture.
—
31.585 Art and Culture of France (3)
Studytour of France with specific attention to French
Art seen in relation to its social and cultmal
environment. Visits will be made lo places of
artistic and cultmal interest in and around
Paris and specific areas of France related to
the particular course of study. Course also offered through the School of Continuing and
Distance Education for advanced students and
members of the commiuiitN.
31.592 Readings and Research in Advanced
Ad\anced study of
images and \iable aesthetic positions in the
plastic arts emphasizing artistic and perceptual awaieness and concern with en\ ii onmenial
Visual Aesthetics (3)
relationships.
—
art object.
A
specialized
problem relating
the experiences gained in the
to
two levels
first
—
32.503 Advanced Ceramics IV (3)
Focuses
on professional and philosophical attitude reflected in students' work. Students are required
to have an exhibition of their work.
—
Explores
32.510 Advanced Drawing I (3)
advanced drawing techniques and involvement
of personal expression and imagen.
—
Emphasis
32.511 Advanced Drawing II (3)
on the dev elopment of individual themes and
projects.
—
Focuses
32.512 Advanced Drawing III (3)
on personal expression and imagen for potential
thesis statement, self-direction
and inno-
vation.
—
Concen32.513 Advanced Drawing IV (3)
tration and production of drawings for a unified thesis statement.
32.520 Advanced Crafts 1(3)— Advanced
els of experimentation with contempoian
oms
levidi-
Emphasis on highly professional concepts of form and methods and
on investigation and refinement of techniques
as a
in crafts design.
means of
realizing significant visual state-
ments in crafts. Indiv idualized instruction and
independent planning for each student on all
torn levels.
Graduate Courses
81
—
—
Individual
32.521 Advanced Crafts II (3)
concentration on specific media and related
techniques. Intense involvement with refined
design schemes, systems, and variations that are
oriented toward an increasinglv more defined
32.550 Advanced Sculpture I (3)
Requires
students to define in writing their level of
knowledge and philosophical direction, then
prepare a plan of study that allows for a direction of work. Students are responsible for the
singular direction in crafts.
completion
32.522 Advanced Crafts
— Highlv
III {?>)
in-
dependent and mature involvement with ad\anced concepts, methods, and processes in a
should be-
specific crafts direction. Students
gin to develop a thesis presentation which
should emerge from studio experiences, inde-
pendent research, and from a wide, highly selective exposure to craft objects in museums,
galleries, and private studios.
—
Continued
32.523 Advanced Crafts IV (3)
involvement with advanced concepts in crafts.
Concentration on completing final works for
a one-man or a one-woman show. A definitive
position paper reflecting a personal philosophy in craf ts should be developed.
—
32.530 Advanced Graphics I (.3)
Advancedk'\el exploration of traditional and/or experimental printmaking methods. Emphasis on
personalized imagerv and technical protlciency.
32.531 Advanced Graphics
tion of .idvanced-levei
color
and color
|)i
II {?>)
— Explora-
intmaking including
—
32.532 Advanced Graphics III {?>)
Focuses
on pel sonali/ed forms for potential thesis statement. .Students are expected to be innovatixe
and proficient in technology of printmaking.
tration
sis
on the
se
— Concen-
lected forms for a unified the-
statement.
32.540 Advanced Painting
I
(.3)
— Searches
into puijjose of |j
methods,
i.e.,
gla/ing,
egg
tempera, and undei painting.
32.541 Advanced Painting
tion
II
(3)
— Explora-
and different approaches of painting for
Emphasis on achieving
indi\idual expression.
in
—
—
32.552 Advanced Sculpture III (3)
Student s
work should reflect a significant transition
from experimentations to a more definite direction in technique and aesthetic opinion.
32.553 Advanced Sculpture FV (3)
— Students
produci- liighK professional pieces of art while
maintaining an awareness of their responsibilit\ to societv. This responsibilitv is fulfilled bv
an exhibition of each student work for a thesis.
—
32.580 Advanced Photography 1(3)
Focuses on foundations of black and white photography for the advanced student. Emphasis on
the technical controls of exposure and printing, research on historical and contemporary
photographers and issues, and active participation in class critiques and lectures.
—
registration procedures.
32.533 Advanced Graphics FV (3)
of show-(jualit\ pieces.
32.551 Advanced Sculpture II (3)
Emphasis on student experimentation while still being concerned with the concept form. Focus
on grt)wth and development of more positi\e
philosophical ideas.
representational painting.
—
32.542 Advanced Painting III (3)
Continued de\elopment into matuiit\ of individual
style with emphasis on mural painting designed
32.581 Advanced Photography II (3)
Students identify technical and conceptual problems and goals which they will pursue during
the coinse. Written statement of intentions,
self-evaluation of work, and a final portfolio
required. Attendance at lectures and critiques
is required.
—
32.582 Advanced Photography III (3)
Stres.ses proficiency in black and white exposure and
printing. Students design a semester photographic project with a finished portfolio and
exhibition as final goals. Ck)ntiiuied class participation
and development
of technical skills
expected.
—
32.583 Advanced Photography IV (3)
Students write a st.itemeiit oiulining their thesis
work to he carried out during the course. A
final thesis, exhibition,
and portfolio are
32.595 Directed Study in Studio Art (3 or
into architectural space.
—
re-
C|uired.
— Continued dexelopinent
of a
(i)
student's in-
32.543 Advanced Painting FV (3)
.Mature
fulfillment of person.il expression. Painting
should reflect contiiuut\ of intent and st\ le. .\
\ol\ement in a studio area after satisfactory
completion of four levels of achanced study in
tiiat area or in a related area of relevance. Con-
selection of work
sent of the instructor
thesis.
is
prepared for exhibition and
c
hairpei son
,n
e
l
and the department
equii ed.
)
82
Graduate Courses
—
emphasis on legislation and medico
Examines role and function
Audiology/Speech-Language
cial
Pathology (Code 72)
the public health
and
—
72.500 Measurement of Hearing Loss (?>)
Studies anatomy and physiology of the hearing mechanisms. Clovers etiology of hearing
losses, interpretation of aiidiometric evalua-
and
available rehabililati\e
experience
procedmes.
administration of clinical aiidiometric evaluation is ]3ro\ ided. Prereql.ab
uisite:
in the
72.200, 72..SOO.
72.502 Physiological Methods in Audiology:
Brainstem Evoked Response Audiometry and
Electronystagmography ('^)
Study of the
electroplnsiologic techniques used to assess
cochlear and retrocochlear fimction. Review
—
of theories
and
clinical applications of vestib-
ular tests, auditory brainstem evoked responses,
and electrocochleography.
72.504 Hearing Aids and Auditory Training ( 3
Theoretical and clinical analyses of literature in relation to educational and other re-
—
measines available to individuals
with serious organic and nonorganic hearing
problems. Study, interpretation, and evaluation
of niodern insti imients and tests included.
habilitative
72.506 Externship: Clinical Practicum in Audiology I ('?<)
Hearing losses and deafness
affecting the personal and socio-economic
adjustment of individuals evaluated and treated through supervised studN' and experience.
Externships ma\ be arranged in approved pri-
—
vate
and public
institiuions.
72.508 Externship: Clinical Practicum in AuSee comse description for
diology II (?>)
—
—
72.518 Seminar in Audiology: Theoretical and
Clinical Masking
Neurophysiological
and acoustic basis of problems of masking in
auditorv measurement explored and training
offered in clinical masking procedures.
—
—
72.520 Educational Audiology (?>)
Deals with
the diagnostic and rehabilitative aspects of
audiology in the educational setting. Examines
the effects of hearing loss on speech and language development, the use of amplification
in the schools, and educational audiolog)- alternatives and models.
72.522 Aural Rehabilitation: Theory and PracHabilitation/rehabilitation of the
tice
hearing impaii ed including auditor\ training,
speech reading, hearing aids, assistive listening devices, commiuiication strategies, and
—
counseling. Emphasis on the senson capabilities (auditory, \isual, tactile, and auditory
viof tfie hearing impaired with
sual training)
tion of clinical
and
('^)
—
.Applica-
non-clinical research
litei-
practicum
Methods and Practicum
'
fields.
72.514 Seminar in Audiology: Industrial and
Problems and
Public Health Audiology (?>)
jjrogranis of hearing conservation in public
institiuions and inrlustries examined with spe-
—
{?<)
of
lommimication Disorders. The
clinic provides
outpatient diagnostic and therapeiuic services for pei sons of all ages with speech, hearing,
and language problems, including students,
as
chology, otolog\, rehabilitation, and other
Audiology
(Clinic
practice of audiol()_g\.
—
in
— Emphasizes the .Speech, Hearing, and Lanas an integral part of the teachguage
the Department of
ing — training program
other
selected problems in audiolog\' and related
disciplines that ma\ include education, psy-
lab.
72.524, 72.525, 72.526, 72.527, 72.528 Clinical
ature to the solution of diagnostic and treatment problems encoimtered in the general
72.5 1 2 Seminar in Audiology: Special Problems
Anahsis, interpretation, and stuch of
—
—
(
72.510 Research in Audiology
of
industrial audiologisl.
72.516 Seminar in Audiology: Auditory Probin Children {?>)
(Congenital and acfjuired hearing impairment in children examined with special emphasis on problems of differential diagnosis. Educational and social implication of hearing impairment in children
discussed in conjunction with appropriate habilitati\e procedures.
lems
tions,
le-
gal questions.
members of
the university community,
area; serves
and residents of the Bloomsburg
an extension of the classroom where students can apply and study evaluational procedm^es, therapeutic methods, techniques and
materials,
and the
classification
and
eliologx'
speech and hearing disorders; gives students
an opportunitv to relate text and lecture information to actual clinical cases under the
close supervision of certified staff. Students
gain experience in all aspects of remediation
of
— diagnosis, therapy, counseling, and report
writing — with a wide
variet) of clients.
83
Graduate Courses
—
72.530 Fundamentals of Aiidiology (3)
Designed tor graduate students who are not aiidiolog)' majors such as, but not limited to, students in speech pathoh)g\', education of the
hearing impaired, reading, musing, or special
education. Presents a synopsis of the primary
concepts in diagnostic and rehabilitati\ e audiolog\. Attempts to relate the possible implications of the audiological topics to each of the
fields of stud\ listed abcne.
72.532 Instrumentation and Electronics: Clinand Hearing Science (3)
Emphasis on
solving practical equipment problems and
understanding the operation of equipment
used in clinical practice and hearing services.
—
ical
—
72.550 Adult Aphasia (3)
Studies language
disorders in brain-injured adults. Areas of concentration include histor) of aphasia, neiuological basis for aphasia, symptomatologv- of
aphasia, a.ssociated problems, intelligence and
aphasia, evaluation of language and nonlanguage functions, and ciurent rehabilitati\e
procedures.
—
72.552 Preschool Language (3)
Reviews
normal language accpiisition with primarv
emphasis on the application of developmental information to the diagnosis and habilitation of language disorders in children,
—
72.554 Stuttering (3)
Studies the development, diagnosis, and treatment of stuttering
disorders \vith equal emphasis on academic
understanding and clinical management.
—
72.556 Phonology (3)
Examines languagebased disorders of articulation. Emphasis on
identification, description and remediation of
phonological disorders. Discusses generative
and natiual phoin)logical processes.
—
—
72.558 Clinic I (3)
Emphasizes the Speech,
Hearing, and Language Clinic as an integral
part of the teaching
training program of the
Department of Conimimication Disorders. The
clinic provides outpatient diagnostic and therapeutic services for persons of all ages with
speech, hearing, and language problems, including students, other members of the luiiversity community, and residents of the
Bloomsburg area: ser\es as an extension of the
classroom where students can applv and stud\
e\aluati<)iial piocedines, therapeutic methods,
techniques and materials, and the classification
and etiologT of speech and hearing disorders:
gi\es students opportimit\ to lelate text and
iectiue inform.ilion to actual clinical cases
under the close supervision of certified staff
Students gain experience in all aspects of remediation
diagnosis, therapy, counseling,
report wi lling
with a wide variety of clients.
—
—
72.560 Voice Disorders (3)
sis
and
clinical
— Studies diagno-
management
of functional
and
organic voice disorders.
72.562 Language Disorders of School-Aged
Children (3)
Explores disorders of later langu.ige acquisition and the interaction of language disorders with academic achievement,
—
especialh' in the acquisition of literacv
skills.
Diagnostic assessments and treatment approaches are developed.
72.565 Disorders of Speech in Children and
Adults (3)
Considers the neuromuscular
and structural disorders that may affect the
speech process as an aerodynamic mechanism.
—
on the
Special emphasis
clef
t
palate
and
72.566 Clinic
adult, cerebral palsy,
dysarthrias.
II (3)
— See course description
for 72.558.
72.568 Speech Habilitation in the Schools (3)
— Examines the prof ession of speech and
guage pathologv
acts with the
Emphasis
is
it
lan-
inter-
other school-related disciplines.
placed on facilitating of commu-
among
nication
in a school setting as
the disciplines.
—
72.570 Adult II
Secondary Language Disorders (3)
Study of secondarv disorders of language in adults. .Special emphasis on disorders
of right hemisphere damage, dementia, and
schizophrenia.
—
—
72.572 Augmentative Communication (3)
Explores the field of augmentati\e communication and nonspeaking persons. Topics include candidacv issues, assessment, vocabulaiy
configuration, svmbol selection, and communication interaction training for language
board and electronic device users. Examines
current research practices and studies in communication interaction patterns of nonspeaking individuals.
72.574 Seminar in Communication Disorders
(l-(i)
Selected theoretical disciplines. Selected areas ma\' include clinical and research topics pertaining to student
needs.
—
72.576 Clinic
h)i 72.;i;i«.
III (3)
— See course description
84
Graduate Courses
72.580 Communication Disorders of the TrauHead Injured (3)
Sludiivs tlic nature of traumatic head injin ies, empliasi/ing
assessment and treatment oi resultant coj^nito
—
matically
communi<
—
72.584 Field Experiences
(.S)
I
— Considers
problems of clients through advanced studv and experience. F.xternships in
approved institutions oi schools. Pioblem aieas and sludeni practi< ums must be appioved
by a graduate ad\ isei.
ial
t
Unit
al
72.586 Field Experiences
desc
1
i|)ti()n loi
— See course
II
72.584.
72.590 Independent Study and Research
— Peiinits students
to
work under
(?>)
close facul-
ty guidance on libiary study of specified areas
or on individual research projects when particular needs cannot be met by registration in
regularly scheduled courses.
lor
('.'>)
72..'>9().
72.592 Workshop in Audiology and/or Speech
Pathology C^)
Temporary \vork.slio|is/semin.us designed to focus on contemporary
—
trends, topics
houis pei week includ-
ing laboratory. Prerequisite: .50.232,
141: or consent of the instructor
and problems
in the fields of
audiolog\' or speecii patholog}'. Guest lectur-
resoince speakers, team teaching, field
experience and practicimi, new media and
technologies and related techniques and methodologies are concepts that might be incorporated into one of the workshops/seminai s.
ers,
72.593 Workshop in Audiology and/or Speech
See course ciescri|)tii)n foi
Pathology
—
72.594 Workshop in Audiology and/or Speech
See course description for
Pathology {'.^)
DNA
and chromosome structure, gene orgaand expression, genetic recombination, plasmids, transpo.sons, and recombinant
DNA. Three hours lecture/seminar per week.
Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor or two
nization
of the
try,
—
following courses
— 52.341
50.441 Cytogenetics (3)
— The structine and
l)eha\ ior of chi omosomes
and
development are studied. The
cance
cjf
—
anim.ils Irom cells to
whole oiganisins;
on
clinical signifi-
chromosome abnormalities
and cancer
in birth
is
Two hours
of lecture and two hours of laborawork per week. Prerequisite: .50.233 or
50.332: ,50.271: or consent of the instructor
—
50.455 Environmental Microbiology (3)
Studies the interactions of microbes with
plants, animals and with each other in natiual
air, water and soil habitats; the roles of microbes in biogeochemical cycling, polhuion
and waste management. Lab experience in
sampling, coimting and monitoring microbes
in the environment. Four hours per week. .Additional time may be required. Prerequisite:
50.242: or consent of the instructor.
50.457 Entomology (3)
ogs.
— Studies the physiol-
morphologv, behavior,
classification,
and
general biologs' of the insects. A collecting
period provides an opportunity for students to
collect, mount, and properly disphn insects for
studv. Taxonomic emphasis limited to order
and familv. Kcjuivalent to 5 hours per week, inluding
lalioi atorv.
—
Studies effects
50.41 1 Radiation Biology {?>)
of radiation on li\ ing oi ganisms; nuclear sti iicture: fundamental piopeities of radiation:
physical, chemic al, and genetic effect on plants
their effects
described. Laboratory
studies include microscopic techniques, cell
culture methods and karyotype preparations.
defects
c
Biology (Code 50)
Biochemis-
.50.242 (leneral Mici obiologv, 50.332 (;e-
netics.
72.,"i92.
and
.'j().23.3,
50.432 Microbial Genetics (3)
(ienetic analysis of microbes to provide insights into the
molecular basis of gene action using viruses,
bacteria, and lower eukarvoles. Topics include
torv
72.591 Independent Study and Research
— See course desc ription
studies. Miiiiimim of 4
—
.nion disorders.
72.582 Research in Speech and Language PaA|)plicalion ol ( linical clinical research literatiue to the solution of
treatment problems encoiuitered in speech
and language |)atholog)'.
spec
ap[)lication of radiochemicals in biological
Outlines recent
50.462 Plant Anatomy (3)
concepts of plant anatomy and historical consideration of classical researchers. Reviews
structure, fimction, growth, and morphogenesis of the vascular plants. Addresses composition and growth of meristems and the phenomena of subsequent tissue differentiation to increase apprec iation of develo|)ment events.
Describes anatomical organi/ation by developmental and comparative methods in order to
e\])l
85
Graduate Courses
Two hours lecture, 3 hours laboraUn \ per week. Prerequisite: 50.120.
tionships.
50.463 Biological Photographic Techniques (3)
tiieoi\ and practice of photography as appliefi to biol()g\' including negative
and printniaking. gross specimen photography,
cop\ing, transparencies, filnistrips, autoradiog-
— Presents
raph\, natiue
work
in close-ups,
photomicrog-
and other
raphy, thesis illustrations,
special
techniques. Two hoius lectine, 3 hoius lahorator\ per week. Additional laboiatory hoius
mux be equired.
l
ment. Brings
to the
of
management
50.552 Limnology
(3)
— (Ihemic.il and
laboiatory.
50.557 Biology of the Lower Vertebrates (4)
Stud) of fishes, amphibians, and reptiles
—
anatomy and physiology, evoand behavior.
and laboratory work includes collection
their
lutionary history, zoogeography,
ing laboratory.
week, including laboratoiA.
—
—
50.531 Developmental Biology (3)
Study of
piogressive changes or transformations that
occur during the existence of \arious plants
and animals. Morphogenesis, differentiation,
metabolism, and genetics control are considered. Experimental studies in the laboratoiT
use living material obtained from the local region and living cells grown in the laboratory.
Four hours per week, including laboratory.
—
50.532 Molecular Genetics (3)
Study of
macronioleciilar complexes, protein synthesis,
gene
and chromosome structuie
on the eukaryotes. Three hours
iegulatit)n,
with emphasis
lecture/seminar per week.
—
50.550 Mycology (3)
A critical survey of the
kingdom Fungi with emphasis on the Ascomvcota, Basidiomvcota, and Deuteromycota. l.ectui es cover morphology, plnsiology, biocliemistry,
and
cytology, genetics, systematics, ecology,
commoi phologv of higher fungi, laboratechniques, and field mvcology. Two hours
e\<)liaion. l,aboi ator\' sessions stress
parati\e
loi"y
lectiu e,/3
hours laboratory per week.
—
50.551 Conservation Biology (3)
Presents
the science of pi eser\ing biodiversity and sustaining the earth. Draws
infoiniation
on and synthesi/es
from the
tion, genetics,
fields of ecology, evoluphilosophy, economics, sociol-
and political science. Emphasis on the de\elopment of strategies foi preserxing populalions, species, biological communities and enlire ecosystems in the face of growing human
populations and our impact on the en\ironogy
|3hysi-
ponds, and streams and
the nature of their biota. Laboratory and field
investigations. Five hours per week, including
cal aspects of lakes,
Morphology,
50.521 Systematic Botany (3)
laxonoTin, and geographical distribiuion of
vascular plants. Five hoius per week, includStudies the major con50.530 Evolution (3)
cerns of the theory of e\()lution and contributions toward their solutions made by genetics,
paleontology, systematics, and ecology. Three
hours lecture per week.
and theory
for preserv-
ing the richne.ss of life on earth. Three hours
of seminar per week.
embracing
—
scientific principles
problems
Field
and
identification of local fauna. Six hours per
—
50.558 Fungal Ecology (3)
Provides a broad
treatment of the ecology of fungi and an intensive examination of selected topics, i.e., fungal decomposition of wood, bark, and forest
litter, ecology of aquatic and predaceous fungi, community structure of soil and/or dung
fungi, and aspects of mycorrhizal symbioses.
l.aboiatorx stresses demonstration of basic
and formulating
and research techniques, and
component.
principles, testing existing
new
has
liNpotheses,
a field
50.559 Ornithology
birds
field
(3)
— General biology of
and the study of bird identification in the
by song and sight. Studies birds of thi.s
region in relation to migration, time of arrival,
and
nesting.
Two hours
lecture, 3
hours
oratoi} per week, (^ff-campus study
lab-
may be
required.
—
50.561 Animal Behavior (3)
Presents deand classification of animal behavior,
its evolution and biological function. Emphasizes mechanisms underlying behavior, espescription
cially species-typical
ture. 2
behavior.
Three hours
lec-
hours laboratory per week.
50.570 Medical Parasitology (3)
— Presents
life
taxonomx. and morpholomedical importance to hu-
history, physiology,
gy ol parasites of
mankind. Special attention given to clinical
aspects such as pathology, symptomolog); diagnosis, prevention,
ry
work
and treatment. Laborato-
stresses identification of parasitic dis-
ease through living and preserved material,
proper handling of specimens, and methods
of professional patient interviewing.
50.571 Endocrinology (3)
spect to
— Studies the
indi-
endocrine system with retheir development, morphology, func-
vidual glands ot
tion, regulation,
tlu'
and significance
in integrat-
86
Graduate Courses
ing phvsiological activities of higher vertebrates. Three hours lecture per week.
Business Education (Code 90)
—
50.572 Comparative Animal Physiology {?>)
C^ompares higher \ertebrale adaptations to
various environments with respect to regulation of bodv fluid volume composition, core
temperature, and nitrogen metabohsm. Four
50.575 Cell Physiology^ (3)
— .\pplies phvsical
principles to cellular processes,
biochemistrx of cellular constituents, physio
chemical environment: bio-energetics, intermediate metabolism. Three hours lectiue discu.ssion per week.
50.576 Neuromuscular Physiology
^?>)
— Ex-
amines normal piivsiologv ot the nenous and
skeletal muscular systems: specificallv studying
cellular neiuophvsiologv, muscle contraction,
sensor)' phvsiolog\-, motor control and their
integration. Three hoius lecture and discussion per week. Backgroiuid in mammalian or
systemic phvsiologv. biochemistn and anato-
mv recommended.
50.590 Current Topics in Biology (3)
examines
—
Criti-
a specialized topic in biologv
lecture/seminar format. Topic varies each
Mav be repeated once, provided that the topic is different. Three hours
of lectiu e seminar per week.
in a
.semester offered.
50.591 Directed Study in Biology
(
.3)
—
.\n
independent investigation, conducted imder
the direction of a member of the Department
of Biological and .\llied Health .Sciences, in an
area of biologv in which the student has a particular interest. Student encoiuaged to identify a problem, emplov an experimental design,
and analvze collected
literature
is
data. Studv of pertinent
required.
—
50.592 Master of Education Thesis (6)
Independent research and the preparation of a
formal thesis in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of Master of Education in Biologv.
—
Inde50.593 Master of Science Thesis ((i)
pendent research and the preparation of a formal thesis in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of Master of Education
in Biologv'.
ba.sed
upon
instruction which
performance according
—
50.573 Systemic Physiology (4)
Examines
how normal bod\ function is maintiiined bv the
preci,se control and integration of the specialized activities of various organ svstems. Three
hoins lecture. ?i hoius laboratory per week.
callv
—
ments
is
geared
to involve students in the a.ssessment of their
hoin"s per week.
and chemical
90.551 Teaching Strategies in Business Education (3)
Presents teaching-learning environ-
to specific criteria.
Emphasizes an increasing degree of professionalism and teacher competency in education
todav by irsing specific criteria forjudging a
teacher's effectiveness. Designed to develcjp
teaching strategies and to evaluate the results
of performance-based instruction.
90.560 Business and Office Education Workshop (1-3)
.Addresses those educational
ideas and experiences that encourage, support
and guide participants to acquire an increased
understanding of the accumulated knowledge
pertaining to the development of business
skills, enhancement of business education as a
profession, and determination of a business
and office personneKs responsibilirv and role
—
in the business world.
90.564 Business Education Program Manage-
—
ment and Development (3i
.Studies basic
management and curriculum theorv as it dpplies to business educatif)n program administration and supervision. Coinse approached
from the perspectives of planning, organizing,
staffing, directing,
and
controlling.
—
90.581 Seminar In Business Education (3)
Investigates and ev aluates completed research
in business education on particular topic
area(s). Students submit written reports which
are used as the basis for class discussions.
90.590 Master's Thesis in Business Education
(6).
90.599 Special Topics in Business Education
Studies current or
and Office Systems (3i
advanced U)pics in the field of business teacher education and or office systems not nomialIv presented in other courses.
—
Communication and
Communication Studies
(Codes 23 and 25)
—
Ex23.501 Nature of Communication (3)
amination, discussion, and evaluation of defl-
.
87
Graduate Courses
nitions
and theories
in the
ol coiiiimniication.
contemporary study
Enipliasizes developing
Economics (Code 40)
competencies
in recognizing philosophical
assumptions, conceptual elements, and ade-
qiiacv of
communication
theories.
23.502 Interpersonal Communication (3)
—
Siir\eys assumptions, models, theories, process-
and contexts lelated to the study ot person-to-person communication. Studies ways of
es,
perceiving the commimication of
ers as a
means
of
self to
oth-
strengthening social interac-
tions.
—
Inde23.598 Master's Research Project (.S)
pendent research on a to|>ic appioved by the
student's ad\iser(s)
—
25.445 Organizational Communication (3)
An explanation of theoretical and practical
aspects of how commimication patterns devel-
op
in
organizations.
international
and
Compares and
contrasts
interciiltural aspects of or-
ganizing, as well as considering gender roles.
25.501 Introduction to Communication Research {?))
Over\ iew of the fields of research
in commimication and an examination of the
contributions of professional speech communication organizations, graduate studies, and
research. Examines and evaluates historical,
descriptive and experimental research studies.
A pilot thesis is required to demonstrate competency in research techniques and use of bibliographical resoinces.
—
—
Studies the25.502 Rhetorical Criticism (3)
ory and practice in the investigation and evaluation of symbolic acts created by people to
influence thought and behavior.
25.585 Special Topics in Communication (3)
Specialized siud\ h\ the class. Subjects \ar\
bv semester.
—
25.586 Special Topics in Communication
25.587 Special Topics in Communication
25.590 Master's Research Paper
(.S)
(.3)
(.3)
25.597 Internship in Communication - Graduate (?>)
Integrates ci.issroom experience
—
work experience in industrial,
business or government work setting. Students
must achieve academic integrity of their proposed experience and its relevance to course
work in the major. Contact departmental in-
with practical
teinship coordinator to obtain detailed information and forms.
40.513 Origin and Development of Capitalism
Covers transition from feudalism to capitalism and the subsequent influence of lead-
—
ing capitalist institutions on industry, agriculture, commerce, banking, and the social move-
ment.
—
40.514 Labor Economic Theory (.3)
Emphasizes labor economic theorv and its application
in analyzing the issues of employment and inflation. Topics include growth of the labor
force and its composition, wage theories and
unionism and income
economics of poverty, minimum
wage, hoin" laws, and civil legislation. Occupa-
wage
structures, trade
distribution,
tional choices, job search, labor mobility,
human
and
capital formation included. Students
and measurement
methodology to meet the research requirements of the course.
are exposed to research
40.515 Public Policy and Business
—
Fo(?>)
cuses on public policies affecting the economy: historical, philosophical, and legal basis of
regulation; the rationale of free enterprise.
Intensive analysis of selected areas of economic
policy related to
government
action.
40.531 Current Economic Problems (.3)
Examines economic problems ol current
—
in-
terest and concern to our society. Basic economic principles and theories and the thinking of recognized economists of the past and
present as revealed in their published works.
—
40.532 Comparative Economic Systems (.3)
Compares workings and performance of the
major forms of economic organization: capitalist
systems; the
capitalism;
modem
welfare states; state
comnumism; and
socialism.
40.533 International Economic Policies and
Relations (.3)
Applies modern international economic and financial analyses to emerging contemporarv problems of nations tiading
—
with
toms
one another.
iniions;
tional cartels;
.Selected topics include: cus-
optimum
and
cui rency ai ea; interna-
flexible
exchange rates. Foand intergov-
cuses on impact of governmental
ernmental relations and regulations.
)
88
Graduate Courses
Advanced
Educational Foundations
(Code 60)
60.451 Pupil Personnel Services in the Public
School (3)
Ciomprehensive view of pupil
personnel services in elementan,' and secondar\' schools; school attendance, school health
programs, pupil transportation, psychological
—
services,
guidance
studv of the role of media in the
educative process. Includes critical assessment
of that role, selection of equipment and materials for optimum utility, a review of contemporary literature in the field, and a production
component involving advanced work in telev ision, transparencies, slide-tape, and compiuer-assisted instruction.
60.514
Home, School and Community
tions (3)
— Introductorv course
Rela-
in public re-
lations with special reference to elementarv
ser\ ices.
60.501 Major Philosophies of Education (3)
Interprets inodern educational problems
and trends in the light of philosophical viewpoints; study of primary sources of concepts
and philosophies which have influenced and
are influencing education.
—
school. Develops a philosophy of partnership
between home, school, and community, (^otisiders principles, attitudes,
and techniques
to
encoiuage community sharing in the planning
of and assuming responsibilitv for good
schools.
— Examines
60.520 Guidance and Counseling for Exceptional Children (3)
Studies needs of excep-
and community
pressin es and changing patterns and standards
of life in oiu' society on the schiMji program.
Fosters understanding of these pressures and
patterns so that the teacher can work effectively
to encourage the good and reduce the harm-
children in public schools (including the
academically talented); guidance and coim.sel-
60.502 School and Society
(3)
effects of social class, familv,
ful
impacts of social forces
in relationships
of
ing techniques for teachers and guidance
counselors in meeting those needs; guidance
and counseling for exceptional children related to the total guidance coimseling program.
60.527 Classroom Management and Effective
— Focirses on theories
children.
60.503 History of American Educational Theory (3)
Historical foundations of .\merican
educational theory with an emphasis on individuals and schools of thought which have influenced and are influencing education in
America.
—
60.505 Comparative Education (3)
— Educa-
and practices of various coimtries
are examined for their impact upon oiu" culture and education. Particular attention is given to the relationship of Em opean educational programs to the .American philosophv and
tional ideas
practice of public education.
—
Examines prot)60.506 Urban Education (3)
lems of the urban educational s\steni. Emphasizes growth of sensitivilv to the disadvantaged
youngster, in-depth examination of cinrenl
re.search findings in areas studied, teaching
strategies,
—
ti(jnal
and resomces and approadies
to
resolve major pioblems. Discussion of polarization in critical
problem
areas.
60.507 Using Newspapers in the Classroom 3
.Acti\it\ -centered course that provides an
orientation to the use of the newspaper in \aiious subject areas. Provides opportimities for
the development of learning experiences.
(
—
60.512 Educational Media and Software
(3)
—
Discipline (3)
tive discipline
of effec-
and cla.ssroom management.
Methods of plaiming for the beginning of the
year and for establishing an effective cla.ssroom
organization to promote appropriate behavior
throughout the year are reviewed, (-urrent
models and major theories of discipline are
reviewed and evaluated.
60.530 Guidance in the Elementary Schools (3)
— (Covers concepts and techniques
of the guid-
ance process in the elementarv school, behavioral and developmental problems, and releasing creative capacities of children.
60.533 Measurement and Evaluation in the ElEmphasizes construcementary School (3)
tion, administration, and interpretation of
group tests of intelligence, achievement, apti-
—
tude,
and personalitv
in
elementan
scfiools.
—
Helps
60.534 Creativity for Teachers (3)
teachers become more creative in their approaches to students and subject matter Emphasis on understanding the creative process,
recognizing the creative child, and development of the creative potential of student and
teacluT.
60.550 Problems in Guidance and Counseling
Covers philosophv ol guidance; history
(3)
of the guidance movement; guidance needs of
—
89
Graduate Courses
children and adolescents; methods of gathering data; nature of school records; interpretation of test results and inventories; use of occupational information and data; interviewing
and counseling techniques.
—
60.551 Techniques in Counseling (3)
Focu.ses on theories, principles, and practices of
counseling; de\elopment and use
ing materials such as
test results,
t)f counseleducational
information, and other pertinent materials.
60.552 Organization and Supervision of GuidExamines tvpes of guidance orgaance (3)
nizations used in schools and their effectiveness in providing for good guidance.
—
60.561 Measurement and Evaluation in the
Examines construcSecondary Schools {?>)
tion, administration, and interpretation of
group tests in intelligence, achievement, apti-
—
and personality
tude,
in
secondary schools.
60.573 Introducdon to Educational AdminisFocuses on examination of the
tration (3)
functions and tasks of educational administration. Issues include the evolving school setting;
the meaning, development, and work of school
administrators; educational systems analysis;
school personnel administration; administrati\e and organizational behavior; and career
ladders in educational administration.
—
60.576 School
Law and Finance
(3).
— Consid-
ers limitations established by local, state,
and
federal laws relating to the interactions of
school personnel. Special attention to recent
changes resulting from judicial decisions. Covers fiscal control of education with emphasis
on
local
budgetary problems.
and materials of staff supervision; defines the
supervisory function directed toward the improvement of instruction with emphasis on the
interrelationships between the humanistic aspects of education and democratic administrative behavior; studies roles of contemporary
supervision with respect to educational quality a.ssessment, interpersonal relations, and the
catalytic role of the supervisor.
60.580 Practicum in Supervision of Curricu-
lum and
—
Field-based practiInstruction (3)
that places the candidate for
cum experience
a (Airriculiim
and Instruction N-12 Superviso-
cooperative relationship with
an individual in a school setting responsible
for the o\erall planning, coordination, implementation, and evaluation of a curricular and
instructional program. Competency-based experiences discussed in a weekly seminar. Evaluation of performance based on achievement
of specified competencies.
ry Certificate in a
60.581 Independent Study in Education (1-6)
— Provides an opportunitv tor public school
teachers to pursue in-service projects in coopThe teacher sub-
eration with a faculty adviser.
mits a "learning contract" to an adviser desig-
nated by the department chairperson. Contract
includes details of the academic goals, descriptions of the project in
its
relation to the goals
and of a proposal for a final report, a reading
list, and the proposed credit. Permission to
register for the cour.se granted upon approval
of the contract. Evaluation based on the written report and an examination by a committee appointed by the adviser and/or department chairperson. Students may register at any
suitable time; the duration of the experience
60.577 Educational Research for Supervision
Considers development of ability to read
(3)
and interpret educational research and apph
it to a school situation. Conclusions concerning curricuhmi content and teaching strategies
designed for the improvement of the educational process are emphasized.
—
—
Group Processes in Supervision (3)
Emphasis on group processes, comnnmication
60.578
group, and organizational goals related
educational supervision. Focuses on knowl-
in the
to
edge and practice in laboratory experiences
in group processes and applicability to supervision. Experiences provide opportunities for
experimenting with and evaluating leadership
skills
and promoting
creativity
and
initiative.
60.579 Supervision of Curriculum and Instruction (3)
— Examines objectives,
technic|ues,
is
flexible.
—
60.583 Seminar in Education ( 1-6)
Provides
the opportunit) for a group of teachers engaged in a common in-service project to use
the resources of the university and its faculty.
A "learning contract" similar to that of 60.581
is submitted by the group as a basis for permission to register. Papers relate to aspects of the
project and to the literature designated in the
contract. Discussion and criticism in seminar
meetings under the direction of a faculty member. E\aluation is based on the seminar reports
and a final comprehensive written report by
the student.
60.584 Curriculum and Instructional Theory,
Design and Development (3)
Competencyleased course consisting of elements that pro\ide a base in relevant theorv associated with
—
90
Graduate Courses
the activity of cuniculimi dcvclopnifiit. A reand evaluation of cm rent theoretical positions and design methodolog)- are
an integral part of the course.
vifw, critique,
60.585 Curriculum and Instructional Evaluation (?))
C.onipetencv-based coiusc consisting of elements providing a base for the student in cm rent theon and practice in the evaluation of school curriculmii and instruction.
Reviews, critiques, and application of current
thinking and practice in curriculmii evaluation
are an integral part of the course.
—
methods and materinin lin ing these interests and for implementing science instruction within the limits
of the interests of children are presented and
evaluated.
the elemeiitan grades:
als for
62.527 Social Studies in the Elementary School
V^)
— Examines contempoi
arv
trends and cur-
rent reseaich in the disciplines of the social
sciences as a basis for development ol a con-
ceptual framework for a social studies program.
62.528 Language Arts in the
Modern School
— Studies [)roblems lelated to insiriKtion
in various aspects of the language arts; place
of the language arts in the curriculum; current
reseaich and it.s practical application.
Elementary and Early
Childhood Education
62.529 Literature for Children in the EJementary Grades (.S)
Survevs wavs children m,i\
(Code 62)
encounter literatme and methods
—
fective in the eiicoimter. Students
(]uainted with children's books,
dren
62.510 Methods and Materials in Early ChildFor iii-sei\ice teachhood Education 1 {'^)
—
ers
and
in teaching.
62.520 Methods and Materials in Early Childhood Education II (3)
See coinse descrip-
—
tion for
work with
ac-
chil-
ston telling experience, discover wav s
in a
othei than through reading bv which children
mav expel ience
literature.
gr.iduate students. ,Stud\ of selected
areas in earh childhood education. lndi\ iduai
or group studv of subjects of interest or con-
cern
that are ef-
become
(iL'
.'iK).
—
62.521 Elementary School Curriculum (:\)
Studies problems related to development, experimentation, and improvement of curriculimi practices in the elementarv school.
62.522 Ciirricuhun Trends in Early Childhood
Education (S)
Studies the changing goals
and the developing programs required to meet
the needs of children who enter school with
increased experiential backgioimd.
—
62.523 Practices in Teaching the Yoimg Child
Examination t)f current practices in
{?>)
teaching the v cnuig child with emphasis on the
developmental aspects of childhood .is thev
relate to the school program.
—
62.524 Knowledge and the Curriculum in the
Studies the place of
Elementary School (.S)
knowledge in developing a cuiiiculum. Emphasis on content influenced bv innovative
—
practices.
62.525 Current Practices in Elementary School
Studies the problems lesuiting
Science (3)
from the increa.sed interest of children in science and the need foi science instruction in
—
62.530 Awareness of Eji\iornmental Education
—
Problems for the Elementary Grades
Helps classroom teacher oi g.ini/e env ironmental education activities,
clude problem-solving
of content inmaterial
sources, the use of re.somces, curriculum building, development of an awareness of env ironmental pioblems. and possible solutions to
them, {'amping and a camp fee are required.
.-\reas
activities,
62.531 Environmental Education Awareness
and Materials for the Elementary
Opportimitv for students to
School (1-,'^)
broaden their experiences in environmental
education, (damping and a camp fee are required. Prerequisite:
Activities
—
62.533 Values Clarification in the Ellementary
Primarilv for elementarv educaSchool (3)
tion students. F.mphasi/es the philosophv and
composition ol values clarification as it applies
to the element.ii v school child. Practical and
—
theoretical of the emotional needs of children, luimani/ing of the education process and improvement
of vvoi king and learning relationships.
62.539 Current Topics in Elementary EducaInvestigates current thinking and
(.3)
rese.n ch in aspects of elementarv educ.uion.
tion
—
Graduate Courses
91
62.581 Independent Study in Elementary EdComparable to 60. 381.
ucation
—
62.583 Seminar in Elementary Education
(i)
— Comparable to
(
1-
(50.583.
62.590 Current Research and Development in
Early Childhood Education (.S)
Examine.s
recent literature and le.search in earh childhot)d education, prenatal tbrougb age 8. characteri.stics of the learner, learning environment, learning materials, and innovative pro-
—
Departmental paper and/or curriculum projects are initiated in this coiuse.
gram.s.
62.591 Learning and Development of the
Yoimg Child (3)
Surveys child de\elopment
and its relationship to the early school \ears;
the development of the voimg child from pre-
—
natal
through age eight.
—
62.593 Organization and Administration of
Educational Programs for Young Children (.S)
— Studies the
\ arioiis programs in early childhood education with emphasis on the expansion and administration with regard to the se-
lection of personnel, evaluative techniques,
and curriculum procedures, school law,
nance, and other appropriate subjects.
fi-
regulations
ment,
and
policies, financial
—
62.595 Individualized Instruction - Principles
—
and Practices for the Classroom (3)
Analyzes practices, principles, and procedin es foi
individualizing instruction. Experiences include procedures for adapting con\entional
to individualized settings.
Finance (Code 96)
Finance.
96.550 Security Analysis and Portfolio Management (3)
.Adxaiued treatment of aspects
in\()lved in developing a logical and svstematic approach to analvzing and evaluating tvpes
of securities. Investment stiategvand management of an investment portf olio. Theoretical
aspects of security analysis and problems invohed in analyzing and evaluating securities
within the context of the tvpe of industn issuing them.
—
advanced topics
—
development of advanced financial management practices as irsed in the decision-tnaking
role of the financial manager.
—
May address
a
graduate level, and permits the instructor to focus
on issues of particular importance and interest to the discipline. Students should contact
the professor pi ior to enrollment.
variety of
in law at the
Health and Physical
Education (Code 05)
—
05.500 Technology in Health/Fitness (3)
Presents the basic principles of software and
hardware usage for exercise science and human performance type of environments. Special emphasis on spreadsheet and data base
modeling of performance
96.525 Financial Management Decisions (3)
Studies business financial problems and the
manage-
accounting for international
transactions. Prerequisite: 96.313 Business
as well as
96.599 Special Topics (3)
62.594 Practicum in Early Childhood Education (6)
hidi\idually prescribed couise of
study and activity-based learning and practice
teaching. Prexious experience and academic
achievement reviewed. Practicrmi proposal
required, and consent of program coordinator and department chairperson required.
modes
—
96.540 International Finance (3)
Studies the
principles and practices relevant to understanding the natiue of internaticjnal finance,
its prolilems and its institutions. Discussion
centers on sources and instruments of international export and import financing, exchange rates, balance of payments, governmental
62.592 Identification and Prescription of the
Needs of Yoimg Children (.3)
Focirses on
techniques of identifying the physical, emotional, social, and mental needs of young children and in developing appropriate prescriptive procedures.
instructional
—
96.535 Financial Management (3)
In-depth
stiid\ of management activities involved in the
financial aspects of business enterprise. Theoretical knowledge gained through exposure to
financial management literature is applied to
problem situations through the use of case
studies and simulation techniques. Emphasis
on the development of perspective in the decision-making process with the acquisition of
tools to facilitate effective decision making.
used
several
ods
tests
and evaluations
in the area of fitness assessment. Utilizes
common environments as well as meth-
of software modification
and hardware
in-
terfacing.
05.510 Physiological Assessments (3)
— Stud-
92
Graduate Courses
ies skills
necessaiy to
make
rational choices be-
tween alternative practices
in exercise
science
and adult health. Provides methods to validate
performance improvements. Allows opportube involved in proper hypothesis formation both for their own investigations but also for evaluation of current pubnity'
for students
tf)
lished works.
05.511 Concepts in Graded Exercise Testing
Studies concepts, procedures, and tech(3)
niques required in graded exercise testing
(GXT) involving bicycle ergometer and tread-
—
mill test protocols.
—
05.575 Adult Exercise Programming (?>)
Concentrates on adult physiological functions
under stress and the adjustment and regulatorv acti\ ities of the bod\ during exercise: development of working knowledge of assessments,
motor
characteristics,
and physical perfor-
—
Pro05.576 Adult Exercise Physiology {?>)
vides a continuation of basic and advanced
exercise phvsiology as applied to adults and the
elder population. Intended to develf)p student's knowledge of the physiology ot human
performance, the effects of ergogenic aids,
and the environment on
42.453 Problems of Contemporary Latin America (3)
Analyzes recent events or movements
that may indicate recurrence of historical problems or major developments of international
significance in selected countries of Uatin
America. Not offered every semester.
—
42.460/61 Topics in European History
European
Investigates select topics in
(3)
—
history.
.Seminar-stvle course studies variety of prob-
lems
in
European histon,
modern and modern
in
the medieval, early
periods. Discusses
and
analyzes sec(jndary materials on the history,
philosophy, politics, science and art of a cho-
sen peritid. Research paper required. Topics
varv from semester to semester. Prerequisite:
1
]
2 or
1
33.
42.472 History of Labor in the United States
Sinveys the emergence and develop(3)
ment of organized labor from post-(^ivil War
to the present. A third of the course is devoted
to an analysis of contemporarv labor-manage-
—
mance.
aging,
study of .Soviet f(jreign policy. Not offered eveiT semester. Prerequisite: 1 13.
ment problems and
labor's changing role in
our increasinglv technological society. Prerequisite: 3 semester hours in historv.
physical per-
formance.
05.577 Methods and Materials in Adult PhysiEmphasizes the academcal Education (3)
ic and technical knowledge necessary to conduct health and fitness programs in public and
private agencies. Students are prepared to assume leadership and management positions
—
within the health and fitness industries.
Health Sciences (Code 80)
Information Processing
(Code 92)
—
A com92.550 Information Processing (3)
prehensive introduction and ba.sic orientation
to the use of information processing in the
educational environment. Students required
to investigate the impact of the computer and
associated peripheral devices
Emphasis on the
—
80.500 Health Sciences Internship (.S-6)
Provides students in the multidisciplinarv
health sciences an opportiuiity to apply acquired knowledge in an on-site practicum experience imder the supei"\ision of an appropriately credentialed preceptor.
History (Code 42)
ef f ectiv
puter resources.
92.554 Management Information Systems (3)
information analysis and systems
design from the user's point of view. Students
identifv the basic concepts of svstems point of
view, organization as a system, information
flows, and natiu e of management information
svstems. Data bases and data base management
svstems will be investigated from the manag-
— .Studies
er's perspective.
—
—
Present.s a critical
42.452 Soviet Russia (?>)
anahsis of the political, social, economic, and
cultural exolution ol the -Soviet
on the classroom.
com-
e use of available
Union
aiifl
a
Examines current
92.599 Special Topics (3)
or advanced topics in the field of computer
and information svstems not normally examined in depth in other classes.
93
Graduate Courses
is used to develop computer presenApplications for use in kiosks and for
training are reviewed and developed with emphasis on good design and programming tech-
rector
Instructional Technology
tions.
(Code 57)
niques.
—
Examines
57.550 Instructional Design ('^)
the systems appioach for the design, development, and evahiation of instruction and training matei ials. Students conduct a needs assess-
ment and
instructional analysis, write objec-
develop instmctional strategies, and develop teacher's guide and student mateiials.
Specific emphasis on applying instructional
design techniques to the design and development of instructional pioducts in print form.
tives,
—
57.551 Advanced Instructional Design {?>)
Serves as a se(|uel lo Insti uc lional Design
(.')7.,'j,'i()) b\ providing additional inf oi niation
and practice concerning the design of effective instruction. C-omse goes bevond the introductory course by elaborating on the di-sign
of instructional
sti
ategies f or specific learning
outcomes, techniques for writing effectixe test
items, and procedures tor formative and summative evaluation. In addition, the course emphasizes learning theory, cognitive and behavioral approaches to instruction, a comparison of instructional design models, and research evidence that supports instructional
design practices.
57.560 Interactive Graphics
{?>)
— Provides a
survey of the major aspects of niodern interac-
computer graphics from the user perspec-
tive
tive.
Included are overviews
software, data structures,
of the hardware,
manipulation of
graphical objects, the user interface, and a
basic understanding of the fundamental im-
plementation algorithms. Not a programming
course, but rather for users of interactive
graphical hardware and software.
57.570 Introduction to Interactive Technologies {?))
Examines the fimdamental concepts of computer-based learning and information systems. Specific emphasis is placed on the
—
—
57.573 Authoring Tools for Windows (?>)
Provides a careful, in-depth studv of various
authoring systems and authoring tools in a
Windows environment. Software such as Quest
and Toolbook is used to develop computer
projects. Specific areas of emphasis include
types of authoring software, generalized authoring options, specific techniques for planning and creating instruction using the authoring tools, and principles of eff ective design of
computer-based instruction.
—
57.574 Authoring Tools for Networks (.S)
Provides further study of various P(;-based authoring languages and systems for network
environments. Software and languages such as
UNIX, Icon Author and HTML are used to
develop computer projects. Areas of emphasis
include types of authoring software, i.ssues in
selecting authoring sof tware, developing various tvpc's of instruction with authoring tools,
data management techniques and instructional
hypermedia.
—
57.575 Managing Multimedia Projects {'M
(Ailminating experience in the Instructional
Technology curriculum. Students are teamed
together to apply concepts and skills learned
in previous courses to simulate a hypothetical
business environment. Student teams use a systems approach to design, develo|), and evaluate a
comprehensive interactive computer-
based multimedia project.
—
57.590 Graduate Internship {?>)
Allows students to put into practice the theory that they
have learned in previous courses. Each internship must
last at least
12 weeks
and must be
directly related to the general content of the
master's program.
—
design, development,
Consists of an
independent scholarly investigation in which
the student designs, develops, implements and
active videodisc courseware.
evaluates a brief instructional
and their
and training are
ogies
tion
and autlioring of interEmerging technolpotential impact upon educaalso studied.
57.572 Authoring Tools for Cross Platforms
Acquaints students with authoring tools
(3)
—
that
may be implemented on Macintosh and
VWiting code for multimedia and
PC; platforms.
hypermedia applications is emphasized. .Software such as Authorware and Macromedia Di-
57.599 Master's Thesis (6)
dress a specific audience.
module to adUnder the direction
of a faculty committee, the student identifies a
performance problem in an audience of interest, and works with a subject matter expert to
design and produce instruction on a particular topic. Instruction is latei implemented with
the target audience and evaluated for its ef fectiveness. The student then makes the nece.ssarv revisions based on the evaluation d.Ua.
)
94
Graduate Courses
lows the instructor to focus on appropriate
current topics in the accounting profession.
Students should contact the instructor prior
to enrollment.
Interdisciplinary Studies
(Code 09)
09.401 History and Politics of the USSR (3)
Provides sufficient background in history
and political science to enable students to bel-
Management ( Code 93
—
understand the USSR. Encompasses some
of the major developments in the Soviet L'nion
since 1917 employing lectures, films, slides,
ter
1 Statistical Analysis (3)
Govers statisprinciples and procedures basic to research in business and interpretation of data.
tical
— Covers
93.512 Managerial Economics (3)
guest speakers, readings, and discussion.
—
09.427 Socialism: Theory and History
Sinve\s socialist philosophies from Biblical
times to the present concentrating on the theories of Marx, Engels. Lenin, and Mao and including a review of the major historical events
surroimding socialist development.
—
09.580-589 Special Topics ( l-.S)
Provides an
f)pportunity for graduate students from anv
graduate program to expand their knowledge
from a previously learned experience or to
explore a new learning experience not offered
on a regular basis. Each comse carries from 1
to 3 semester hours. Prerequisites are determined by the instructor.
—
09.590 Graduate Internship ( 1-6 )
Provides
a work-stuch experience initialh administrated h\ an academic facultv member and a sponsoring employer. Provides the opportunitv for
an internship experience across disciplines at
a graduate level.
09.599 Master's Thesis
—
93.51
economic
and
its
environ-
ment; determination of prices, output, and emplovment.
—
93.540 Small Business Institute Seminar (3)
Provides graduate credit for students participating in the College of Business' Small Business Institute Program as well as experience
in applying theoretical concepts to practical
decision-making business problems.
—
93.556 International Management (3)
Focuses on dvnamic changes in international
business environment and increased foreign
competition that challenge companv managers. Addre.sses international i.ssues and understanding of their impact on market, products,
and services. Develops understanding of international business environment and issues that
could enhance an enterprise's survival and
success.
93.558 Social Responsibility and Business EthRelates the .\merican business .sys-
ics (3)
(.3-6)
analysis of the firm
—
tem and individual business firms to the social,
political, tehnological and economic environments. It examines the powers and responsibilities of the business system as a major insti-
Law and Legal Elements
tution within society as well as individual busi-
(Code 98)
ness firms in the same society. The comse addresses social responsiveness in the general
context of managerial ethics.
98.507 International Legal Environment of
Introduction to public and
Business (3)
—
private international law as applied to the increasingh globalized business environment.
Cases include: Trade law; extraterritorial application of
lations;
L'.S. law; treat)' law;
U.S. -Japan re-
X.AFTA and the GATT; Eiuopean
Union; multitiational corporations; himian
right.s, comnumications, and environmental
regulation in the international system.
98.599 Special Topics
etv of topics in law
(3)
and
— Addresses a
legal
vari-
elements and
al-
—
.Analv/93.560 Operations Management ( 3
es manufactiu ing and service svstems and application of decision making of operational
policv problems.
)
—
.Applies
93.562 Organizational Theory (3)
comparative examination of major approaches to the studv of organizations theories and
research findings to practical situations. Topics include svstems of power and influence,
organization structure, organizational conflict
and cooperation, individual motivation, group
process, behavioral science research and its
95
Graduate Courses
implications on
—
management.
—
Covers con93.563 Operations Research (3)
struction and use of quantitative models in
business decision making.
93.566 Organization Behavior
(3)
— Focuses
on internal organizational issues with recognition gi\en to personal and external organizational background factors. Deals with human
aspects of organization, spotlighting the group
and the individual, hidudes the findings and
conceptual models of those who have conducted empirical behavioral research and the behaviors of class members. Includes concepts of
roles, norms, cohesive and divisive processes.
Explores social and status aspects of self-concept, personal perception, goals, feelings, ego,
responsibility, decisions, conditioning,
and
personal fimctioning.
—
93.581 Business PoHcies (3)
Examines complex industrial situations to determine best
strategies to ensine a firm's long-rim sin\i\al
and growth
in competiti\e markets. Emphasizproblem-solving skills, implementation of
optimal decisions, nature of strategic analysis
including selected cases involving production,
es
pricing, capital investinents
and
—
55.491 Coral Reef Ecology (3)
A study of
coral reef structure, formation, types and the
relationships of reef organisms to their environment. Emphasis is given to species diversity, identification, symbiosis and effects of tem.salinity, light, nutrient concentration,
predation and competition on the abimdance
and the distribution of coral reef organisms.
perature,
55.492 Marine
Mammals
(3)
— A study of the
mals. Student projects entail collecting physi-
physiolog)'
management and development
of
human
and development, leadership, and
performance
—
55.490 Marine Aquaculture (3)
This course
includes the theory and practice of raising organisms for food and for the aquariimi trade.
Techniques of raising econtimically important
organisms from the egg stage to marketable
size and their food supplies are studied.
—
resources in organizational settings. Emphasis
on basic principles of behavior, motivation,
training
in
distribiuion, population ecology, behavior,
tion with other factors.
to
proce.s.ses. This course is broad
scope and requires that students synthesize
both evolutionary and ecological concepts and
theory into an imderstanding of how organisms adapt to their environment. Marine, e.stuarine and maritime organisms are used as
model svstems and processes which affect marine populations are emphasized.
ing evolutionary
their interac-
93.583 Human Resources Development (3)
Focuses on cm rent research and theory relat-
ed
55.432 Marine Evolution Ecology (3)
The
study of the ecological mechanisms underly-
in organizations.
ological
and behavioral data at field sites and
studying marine mammals.
at facilities
—
55.500 Problems in Marine Science (3)
Graduate students may pursue one of the following options:
Option
—
93.599 Special Topics (3)
This course may
address a variety of advanced topics in management at the graduate level, and permits the
instructor to focus on issues of particular importance and interest to the discipline. Students should contact the professor prior to
enrollment.
and adaptations of marine mam-
A
— Enroll
in
in 200-, 300-,
or 400-level
Marine Science Outer
which thev desire advanced work and com-
coiuse offered
at the
plete, in addition to the regular
ments, an approved project
in
coinse requirethe area imder
the direction of the instructor.
Written permission from the instructor
is
re-
quired.
OR
Marine Science (Code 55)
55.431 Ecology of Marine Plankton (3)
— Stud-
phytoplankU)n and zooplankton in marine
and brackish environments. Qualitative and
quantitative compaiisons made between the
plankton populations of various types of habitats in relation to primary and secondary pioies
ductivity.
—
Option B
Enroll in an Independent Research Project. To be admitted, a student mirst
submit a research proposal to the academic
committee of the Marine Science Con.sortiuni.
The proposal
mirst include the .scope
and du-
proposed research, equipment
and facilities equired, and a recommendation
and approval from the student's academic adration of the
l
\iser.
Requires written permission for graduate c redacceptabilit\ from the chairperson of the
it
Graduate Courses
96
graduate committee of the Department of Biological and Allied Health Sciences before reg-
procedure (problem
Copies of this approval and the instructor's
permission must be forwarded to the academic director of the Marine Science Center before the student arrives
on
station to take the
course.
55.540 Environmental Science Education (3)
— Field-oriented approach to en\ironmental
education with special emphasis upon coastal
zones. Students relate their own disciplines to
education for quality environments. (Consideration will be given to sources, facilities, methods, techniques, and concepts used in environmental education.
55.541 Biology of Mollusca
(.S)
— The Molkrs-
and
interpreta-
An
applied orientaticjn for the users of
marketing research, reflecting the current
trends in the integration of microcomputers
and mainframes, and international marketing.
tion).
istering.
definiti
sign, data collection, analysis
—
This course ad97.599 Special Topics (?>)
dresses a variety of topics in marketing and allows the instructor to focus on appropriate
current topics in the accounting profession.
Students should contact the instructor prior
to enrollment.
Mass Communications
(Code 27)
is the second largest group of animals and
perhaps the most diverse in terms of morpho-
ca
logical, ecological and behavioral variations.
This coinse offers an evolutionary, functional
and ecologic approach to studying this important group of organisms.
—
A
55.570 Research Cruise - Biology {?,)
three-week session involving planning and
preparations for an oceanographic research
crui.se of approximately eight days, actual execution of the cruise plan on board an ocean
research vessel. Introduces data-processing
techniques and instrumentation used by biological oceanographers. Prerequisite: ^^>^'>.24^ or
its equivalent, or permission of the instructor
—
Designed to
55.593 Behavioral Ecology (3)
present animal behavior within an ecological
and evolutionary context. Presents mathematical and theoretical framework of behavioral
ecology. An in-depth exploration of the ways
in which the behavior of animals is influenced
bv the en\ ii onment, especially with regard to
resomxe
27.511 Television Production and Design (3)
— Focuses on the practical aspects
and producing video tapes
tional piu poses.
of
planning
for specific instruc-
Oners pre-production
ning, production activities,
plan-
and post-produc-
tion editing.
Mathematics (Code 53)
—
Group Theory (.3)
Continued and advanced study of theorems
and applications of group theory begun in
53.411 Introduction to
abstract algebra. Prerequisite: 53. .3 10.
—
Presents a
53.421 Advanced Calculus (3)
rigorous treatment of the concepts of limit.
continuit\. derivative,
and
integral for fimc-
tions of a single real \ariable. Prerequisite:
.53.226,
consent of instructor.
—
distribution.
Presents a
53.422 Complex Variables (3)
rigorous treatment of the complex nimibers
and theorv of fimctions of a complex variable,
Marketing (Code 97)
limits, continuitv, analytic fimctions, Caiichv-
Riemann equations, contom' integrals, conformal mappings, and applications. Prerequisites:
—
Applies
97.551 Marketing Management {?>)
managerial prt)cess of analvsis, organization,
planning and control to marketing activities
marketing concept.s analysis of marketing opportimities, growth and competitive strategy,
marketing information systems, buyer behavior,
and
|)i()fluct
fle\el()pment.
97.552 Marketing Research
{"^)
— Advanced
techni(|ues ol the scientific mar keting research
53.226, consent of the instructor
—
Intro53.451 Introduction to Topology (3)
duces fundamentals of general topology; elementary set theory, topological spaces, mappings, connectedness, compactness, completeness, product and metric spaces; nets and con\ergence. Pi erequisites: 53.226, consent of the
instructor.
97
Graduate Courses
—
Provides a
53.471 Numerical Analysis (3)
computer-oriented analysis of algorithms of
numerical analysis. Includes the topics of nonlinear equations, interpolation and approximation, differentiation and integration, matrices
and differential equations. Prerequisites:
53.322 and 53.373.
area of clinical specialization.
—
Prepares stu82.503 Nursing Research 1(3)
dents to critique, use and extend musing research findings to improve the
of health
strategies inherent in scientific inquiry, criti-
and the research process are
applied throughout the course. Prerequisites:
undergraduate courses in research design and
cal evaluation
—
53.491 Special Topics in Mathematics (3)
Presents an area of mathematics not available
as a regular course offering. Prerequisite: consent of the instructor.
statistics.
82.500, Applied Statistics for Health
Professionals,
current with
53.576 Computer Graphics for Instructional
Applications (3)
Sequel to 53.375 where
techniques for creating color, graphics, and
sound are examined and applied to the development of instructional computing programs.
—
53.592 Special Topics
qualit)'
care and health care delivery. Principles and
may be taken
prior to or con-
this course.
82.504 Advanced Physiology for Nursing Practice (3)
Presents selected aspects of genet-
—
ic,
biochemistn', physiology, and pharmacolo-
gy as applied to advanced musing practice.
Functionally relates embiTonic, histologic, and
gross anatomical featin es of certain organ systems to biochemical and physiological mechanisms essential for the maintenance of a sta-
(3)
Nursing (Code 82)
ble internal environment. Considers
some
de-
from normal metabolism, structure,
and /I'mction. Prerequisites: imdergraduate
anatomy and physiology', biochemistry, pharmacology, one year of mn sing clinical practice.
viations
82.500 Applied Statistics for Health ProfessionApplies principles and methods of
als (3)
statistical analysis of data in the health professions. The course emphasizes statistical concepts as a set of principles and a way of thinking for health professionals. Prerequisites: high
school algebra, basic statistics course or consent of the instructor.
—
82.501 Role Theory and Development in Mjirsing Practice (3)
Examines tfiToVsSil^^ormulations related to roles and rftle aevelt*^-
—
ment and
•
82.505 Physical Assessment for Advanced
Nursing Practice (3)
Focuses on knowledge
and perspective of physical assessment of individuals across the life span to develop a .systematic approach to phygjcal assessment with synthesis of c()giiif1?T' kiiinvretlge and p.svchomo-
—
toi skills. tH3plVi*.i/(
ol
j^jhs
li( ,iltli
s
iIk'
wellness
siLal tt^tfs?vii^nj^\^th
(1(
component
reference to major
\iaLi«)m.
their applicabilitv to the l2irtlD|T.il
82.306 Epid^n^qVky' Concepts and Principles
iot Contemporary Nursing Practice (3)
ist. Students use concepts, principles and stip»»^
^ociis( s oil iIk epidemiological model as a
egies inherent in a variety of theories (e.g., sy.s- l' Npsii,^f('ir (iecisioii making and health promoterns, change and role)
to serve as a frametion in contemporary clinical and community
work for the development and enactment of
health musing practice. Presents concepts,
the subroles of practitioner, educator, researchprinciples, and methods of the epidemiologic
er, leader/manager and consultant. Leaderorientation as the framework for assessing the
ship principles are employed as students idenwell-being populations and designing strategic
tify an actual or potential issue or problem renursing inter\entions based on levels of prelated to a component of the clinical nm se spevention. Students apply basic epidemiologic
cialist role and design a proposal for planned
research designs in the in\estigation, analysis,
change.
and proposed solutions to observed patterns
role
development of the
clinical
nurse speciaJ-
—
—
—
82.502 Conceptual Models in Nursing (3)
Explores theory building and levels of theor)',
the relationship of models to theories, the elements of a model, and major conceptual models in nursing practice. Students conduct an
in-depth analysis of one specific conceptual
model in nursing, as well as design/select a
model
for
advanced musing practice
in their
of health states in contemporary populations.
Prerequisites: undergraduate research, microbiology and commimitv health nursing.
—
82.511 Community Health Nursing I (6)
Focuses on the role de\eIopment ot the clinical nmse specialist in community health musing. Students apply advanced knowledge, skills
and critical thinking in the competent use of
98
Graduate Courses
the nursing process with populations and the
community as a whole. Evaluation and refinement of a model for advanced practice provide a framework for the student's development of the multifaceted roles of practitioner,
educator, researcher, consultant and leader/
manager. Leadership principles and strategies
are applied as students assess and analyze the
health status and determinants of health of
populations and the total communitv. .Students
collaborate and coordinate with other community health nurses, a variety of providers, and
clients in a diversity of settings to plan and
dex elop inno\ ati\e programs designed to meet
identified health needs of risk pymilaticjns in
the community. Weekly seminaj^Vsiist and
enable the students to participate n\fj/d^
ysis of current communitv' healt'
op research skills, and understa
the theories of management behavior related
to the role of the clinical nurse specialist in
advanced practice. Focuses on leadership theories, strategies for maturation and change,
concepts of power and influence, and organizational decision making. Prerequisite: consent
of the instructor.
—
82.514 Independent Study (?>)
Student
works with a facultv preceptf)r in conducting
an individualized study related to a particular
area of clinical interest.
—
82.531 Community Health Nursing II (6)
Builds upon Practicum I and concentrates on
advanced professional nursing. There is an
emphasis on the student's increasing indepen-
dence and
self-directed learning.
Through the
assimilation of additional theorv', students conle to apply critical thinking,
communica-
therapeutic interventions and valjlement and evaluate commimicies within communitv^ealth pro;
rograms and inter\entions
requisites: 82..5()0, 82.5m, 82. .502,
ions. They func82. .505, 82.506, candidacv fc
jllaboratively with
Iness Nursmg*
82.512 Adult Health and Illness
iSfl.^ce the heal.
ilth care environFocuses on the role deve opment of the clm-'^yi
^t^.Vl prove .u
i.u
*
the u
health
of the communiol
.,,
}
VjrtW**" to rfniprove
ical nurse specialist in adult health and illness.
\s. .Students continue to engage in social, ethiStudents apply advanced knowledge, skills and
cal and political actions which initiate and efcritical thinking in the competent use of nursfect change at the communitv level. Intervening process, therapeutic interventions, and
tions that assist in the development of public
technologv to administer nursing serv ices to a
policv based on the assessed needs of populaspecific adult population to facilitate optimal
tions are stressed. Weeklv seminars continue
wellness and to impact on the deliven of adult
to focus on the analvsis of current communitv'
health care. Evaluation and refinement of a
health issues, leadership in the development
model for advanced practice provide a frameof health policy and research in the advanced
work for holistic care of adult clients and one's
practice in communitv health nursing. Prereqde\ elopment of the multif aceted roles as pracuisite: 82.51 1.
titioner, educator, consultant and leader/ man82.532 Adult Health and lUness Nursing II (6)
ager. Leadership principles and strategies are
(l employed as students collaborate with adult
opment and
operationalization of health,
11s,
fita^CMw
—
,
,
,
,
—
support .systems and variet)' of providers in diverse settings to promote, restore and
maintain adult health. Through social, ethical
and political actions, client advocacy and
clients,
change process are encouraged to affect the
qualitv of adult health care. Weeklv seminar
affords student
s
participation in analyzing cur-
rent adult health care problems, trends/ issues
and
in evaluating
and formulating
strategies
for health care reform. Research skills are en-
hanced through seminar presentations, clinipracticum and course assignments. Prerequisites: 82. .501, 82.502, 82.503, 82.504, and
cal
82.505, candidacy for M.S.N.
82.513 Management and Organizational Behavior in
Advanced Nursing Practice
(.^)
— Ex-
plores the concepts of organizational stvle and
musing
practice as a clinical nurse specialist
within a specialized area of adult health
illness
learning.
ities,
and
through independent, self-directed
Through
the student
ditional theoi-v
is
self-directed learning activfacilitated to assimilate ad-
and research
in
advancing the
student's knowledge, critical thinking,
nication
skills,
commu-
therapeutic intenentions/tech-
nolog} and values in advanced clinical nin.sing practice for adult clients. Students enhance
their expertise in the multifaceted roles of the
clinical nurse specialist in adult health and illness bv assuming leadership /management
positions in a health care setting and bv fimc-
tioningboth independentlv and collabt)rativelv
with clients, support svstems, other providers
and community in improving the quality of
)
99
Graduate Courses
and political
employed in order to initiate and
affect change regarding the development of
health care policy and its effect on health care.
Weekly student-conducted seminars focus on
—
adult health care. Social, ethical
94.510 Office Systems Applications
actions are
cusses applications of office automation tech-
the analysis of cinrent concepts, practices,
nologies to enhance productivity of office employees from support personnel to managers.
Hands-on experience includes comparative
and selective techniques for hardware and .soft-
and research in
enactment as clinical muse specialthe advanced practice of adult health
trends, issues, health policies
their role
ists in
and
illness. Pret^jiisite; 82..'il2.
,^
82.533 ManagerMSt ^ttOrganizadonal Behavior in Health CatsJte^fftry System (3)
Seminar foi mat thai expfores jjiodel building and
nizational structhe future direfjyii f" o"1
tiires tor advancSH aiiri
ce. Organizational theory^^Si
se jnynevvork for
organizational f^Vf
identifying
structines
the organizaticmjf |tj|ajtj^^s
with greatest pd^y^if! (Vi|fliJ>ift'JnS effective
performance a t(| o ntyiSffo nal growth. Focuses on orgariTa»tiMfcal"^**lv ltrfh ments and
planned changCTBrttjl|e^Ttl^ oai^ delivery .sy.stem. Ck)urse mavbe Iflfcgf^^ another country
aspects. Prerequisite:
to provide intenaBjUcSSl asp^i
Consent of the
—
—
82.550 NursingjRes^th II (3)
Serves as
the culminatinsf experience in the program.
Students .synthesize knowledge drawn from
core and clinical course work to expand on the
research prospectus developed in Nursing Research I. In developing a comprehensive proposal, students conduct an extensive review
and critique of relevant literature, formulate a
conceptual or theoretical framework and select an appropriate research design and methodology. The coinse is presented in a seminar
format with open forum defense of the propo.sal serving as a comprehensive examination.
Prerequisite: All coinse work in the musing
major.
—
82.590 Thesis (6)
L'pon successful completion of 82..550, students who choose to carry
out their research study may enroll in thesis as
an elective option. Prerequisite: 82.550.
(3)
Dis-
ware, as well as an evaluation of appropriate
training materials for support personnel.
—
94.520 Administrative Communications (3)
Provides application of commimication skills
for those professionals who work in environments with automated information and commimication systems. Topics include: oral and
written reports, systems-related
documents
ports, proposals, procedures), research
ods,
(re-
meth-
and information technology.
94.530 Telecommunications (3)
— Introduc-
telecommunications in the business
environment. Topics include: telephone, data
codes, protocols, network architectines, local
area networks, communications media, hardtion to
ware, and software.
Management
practical applications are
issues
and
an integral part of
the course. Emphasizes the application of telecommimications to facilitate information interchange in whatever form the information
takes: voice, data, text, and image.
—
94.540 Training and Development (3)
Applies theories of learning and instructional
procedures to education and training of employees in office systems. Topics include: instructional design, strategies, technology, and
iinplementation, evaluation, and
management
of training with the organizational structm e.
—
94.550 Integrated Office Systems (3)
Capstone coin se of office systems curriculimi. Includes a synthesis and an application of concepts related to current office systems topics.
Students should enroll in this course dining
the last semester of the degree program. Prerequisite: 94.500, 94.540 or consent of the instructor.
Physics (Code 54)
Office Systems
(
Code 94
—
—
94.500 Office Systems and Information (3)
of office systems - people, technology, and procedines within organizational
and environmental contexts. Provides an iniderstanding of the evolving role of the office
as a kev information systems center.
An overview
54.421 Solid State Physics (3)
Examines
physical properties of matter in the solid state.
Reviews basic quantum concepts, crystal structme, electrons in metals, electrical conductivity, semiconductors, band theory, and the p-n
junction. Studies dielectric and magnetic properties of matter. Three hours of class per week.
Prerequisite: 54.310, 54.314; Mathematics
53.225.
1
100
Graduate Courses
54.422 Thermodynamics
(?>)
— Presents con-
and principles of classical thermodynamics, thermodynamics of simple systems, introduction to kinetic theory, and statistical thermodynamics. Three hours of class per week.
cepts
Prerequisite: .54.212, fjr.54.1 12 with consent
the instructor; .Mathematics
54.450 Introduction to
(.S)
f)f
22.^5.
Quantum Mechanics
— Examines the development and
inter-
pretation of Schroedinger's wave mechanics,
its mathematical formalism, and the results and
predictions of this
quantum theoiy
as applied
to one-dimensional systems, the hydrogen
atom, and multi-electron atoms. Three hours
class per week. Prerequisite: 54.?)\0; Mathemat-
powers of the president. Congress, and federOffered fall semester
al-state relationships.
only.
—
44.447 Constitutional Law II (3)
.Studies the
decisions of the .Supreme (^ourt as they are
related to the individual
and the government,
concentrating on nationalization of the Bill of
Rights, rights of persons accused of crimes,
equal protection, and voting rights. Offered
spring semester only.
—
44.448 Judicial Process (.S)
Studies policymaking by the federal courts, primarily the
Supreme Court. Analyzes natiiVe of the policymaking function as well as the impact of policy-making on American societv'.
ics .5.S.22.5.
44.452 State and Local Government and Poli-
Political Science
(Code 44)
44.405 The Development of Political Thought
A serious in-depth look at higher-level
{3}
questions in political philo.sophy.
—
44.409 American Political Thought
alyzes the relationship of
(.S)
American
— An-
political
to contemporary political science by
using traditional materials in an historical,
chronological wav but reworking them to show
their relation and relevance to actions and institiuions. Covers main ideas of the leading
political thinkers in America from the Colonial period lo the present.
thought
44.437 Public Administration Applications {?>)
Puts into practice the theory of public administration by using simulations and cases.
Offered spring semester onlv.
—
44.438 Public Personnel Administration
Examines public service
{?>)
—
as a career, the per-
sonnel needs of national, state, and local governments; civil service law, personnel .systems;
and current problems in the public service.
44.440 The President and Congress
Re\ lews presidential and congressional
(3)
—
politics,
public policy-making roles, execiuive-legislative
relationships, constitiuional issues. Explores
the constitiuional limitations, citizen expectations
and myths
sin
roimding these
44.446 Constitutional
Law 1
(?>)
institutions.
— Analyzes the
and fimction of the Supreme Court, concentrating on a case study
evolution, structure,
approach
of the court's interpretations of the
—
Presents a description and analvsis
of state and local legislatures, executives, and
judiciaries; the myths and realities of state and
local politics; intergovernmental relations; current policies and problems. Offered spring
semester only.
tics (3)
—
Analyzes suh>44.458 U.S. Foreign PoUcy (3)
stance, methods, and purposes of U.S. foreign
policy including the determinants of policy,
policy-making machinerv'. and-implementation
matters.
44.464 Government and Politics of Ireland
— Surveys
historic, social, cultural,
and
(3)
reli-
gious developments in Ireland with concentration on a study of the government and politics
of Northern Ireland and the Irish Republic.
Examines contemporarv
music, and art.
44.487 International
(3)
literature,
drama,
Law and Organizations
— Examines the nature of international
law and politics and surveys basic issues in contemporarv international law. The course also
examines the process of international organizations
and selected
issues.
44.490 Independent Study in PoUtical Science
Proxides for individualized leading, re(3)
search, and reporting under conditions of minimal super\ision. Projects must have departmental approval and be imder way by the end
of the fu st week of a session.
—
44.492 Seminar in Government and Politics (3
— Examines selected government and
politics
an attempt to review and unify theories and
methods of political science. Emphasizes indiin
\
idual research projects.
101
Graduate Courses
Professional Studies (Code 79)
scribes the application of psychological theo-
and research to the study of industrial, busiand non-profit service, military,
and governmental organizations. Emphasizes
ry
ness, profit,
—
Studies
79.591 Research in Education (3)
methods and techniques used in educational
research; development and interpretation of
statistical data and application to professional
problems.
—
De79.593 Studies in Human Diversity (3)
signed for teachers seeking an advanced degree in education. Broadly based and fieldbased oriented. Provides additional opportunities to integrate new learning and classroom
experiences in these areas; human development, language and culture, learning modes
and styles, multicultinal and exceptional studies, and an imderstanding of the social and
ciiltiual milieu.
the interaction of individual perceptions,
group dynamics, and organizational climate
and strategies to maximize the satisfaction and
effectiveness of each component within and between complex organizations. Prerequisite;
48.101, 48.25.3, and consent of the instructor.
Offered spring semester only.
—
48.464 Advanced Experimental Design (3)
Presents an advanced consideration of the
planning, conduct, and evaluation of research
in the behavioral and biological sciences, employing parametric and non-parametric statistics.
Emphasizes inferential statistics, design,
and computer utiliza-
analvsis, interpretation,
tion! Prerequisites; 48.101, 48.160, 48.281,
—
Student demonstrates
79.599 Thesis (6)
ability to empkiy accepted methods of educational research in the sohuion or intensive
study of some problem area of interest or concern. The problem area selected for the research project must be related to the curriculimi that the student is pursuing.
Psychology (Code 48)
48.282, or consent of the instructor.
48.466 Independent Study in Psychology (3)
— Studies
a topic via either review and research
of technical psychological literature or empirical manipulation of variables in the field or
laboratory under supervision of a psychology
faculty member. Requires written report on
results of study. Prerequisites; Consent of the
instructor and departmental approval.
48.497 Psychology Practicum (1-15)
vides application of psychological
—
48.406 Psychology Seminar {?>}
Provides f or
an ad\anced consideration of significant topics in ps) cholog). Requires reports and discussions of cin rent research and may be repeated
with change in topic. Prerequisite; 48.101 and
consent of the instructor.
—
48.436 Theories of Personality (3)
Provides
a critical siuch of theories explaining development, structtne, and organization of personality. Considers personality from p.sychoanalytic, social, individual, self, and learning points
of view. Prerequisite: 48.101, 48.160, 48.281,
or consent of the instructor. Offered fall semester only.
48.45 1 Laboratory Training in Group Processes (.3)
Offers on-going experience on topics including norm-setting, leadership, problem solving, role playing cooperation/competition, and decision making. (Uass si/e limited
to 20 students. Prerequisite; 48.101 and consent of the instructor. Offered spring semester
—
onK.
48.453 Organizational Psychology
{?>)
— De-
— Pro-
knowledge
through study, observation, and practice in a
comminiity. May be repeated for a total of 15
semester hoius. Prerequisites; Consent of the
instructor.
48.576 Theories of
Human
Learning
(3)
—
Studies the historical and contemporary learning .systems and models which yield principles
for practical application.
Reading (Code 63)
63.540 Introduction to the Teaching of Reading (3)
Focuses on recent research and
trends and provides an historical perspective
of reading instruction; designed to develop a
knowledge base and instructional competence
—
with different programs and approaches to
reading instruction.
63.541 Diagnosis and Prescription in Reading
Emphasizes the administration and in(3)
terpretation of standardized tests, cm riculumbased assessment, and informal diagnostic
—
)
102
Graduate Courses
techniques; analysis of extreme reading disabilapplication of practical remediation techniques; discussion of how to adapt instructional
ities;
techniques to test results, a clinical environment, and a classroom.
—
63.543 Clinical Practicum I (3)
Clinical experience in diagnosing and remediating the
reading difficulties of school-age students who
have reading and/or learning difficulties; focuses on self-help strategies related to decod-
comprehension, oral reading, and study
emphasizes the application of clinical
strategies to curriculum materials and homeing,
skills;
work: written siuTimary reports required. Prerequisites: 6.S.540, 63.541 63.548: plus consent
programs, and adapting instruction.
63.549 Teaching Reading to the Hearing Impaired/Language Handicapped Child (3)
Principles, practices, methods, and materials
of teaching reading to hearing impaired/language handicapped individuals; awareness of
research and clinic practices which can be applied to classroom settings.
—
63.550 Literature, Literacy and Culture (3)
—
Examines ps\chf)logical aspects of literacv development and implicati(jns for teaching reading, writing, listening, and speaking across the
curriculum; addresses the instructional needs
of diverse learners.
,
the clinic director.
—
63.544 Clinical Practicum II (3)
Clinical
experience in applving a remedial setting; writ-
Secondary Education
ten summan reports required; when combined
with the experiences acquired in 63.543, Clin-
(Code 65)
ical
Practicum
1,
provides experience with
ferent age/grade levels
and
dif-
practical applica-
tion of various theories of reading instruction.
Prerequisites: 63.540, 63.541. 63.543, 63.548:
and consent of the
clinic director
63.545 Organization and Administration of
Reading Programs (K-12) (3)
For classroom
teachers, reading specialists, and resource
—
who are involv ed with a school
reading program: emphasizes a working knowledge of certification requirements,
job descriptions, guidelines for programs funded through federal or state agencies, resources for exemplary reading programs, program
e\aluation. and parent involvement.
room
specialists
district's
—
63.546 Reading in the Content Areas (3)
Presents theor\ and related teaching strategies
for content area instruction in grades 4-12;
topics include the reading prcjcess, textbook
evaluations, and strategies for improving comprehension, vocabulan; and stud\ skills.
63.547 Seminar in Reading (3)
independent work
— .Advanced
in the stud\ of
.search in the field of
reading as
it is
recent reapplied to
curriculum, instructional materials, and procedin es of teaching reading.
63.548 Reading Instruction for the At-Risk
Emphasizes methodology reLearner (3)
lated to improving the reading skills of at-risk
learners; provides an oven iew of how Penn.svl-
—
vania laws
and at-risk learners
affect cla.ssroom
instruction; topics include historial
theories
and research on
65.530 Curriculum Development and Instructional Strategies in the Middle and Jimior High
Schools (3)
Inquires into the role of earlv
secondary education by analyzing historical
—
trends, ciuricular patterns, instructional de-
and personnel structure of this organion teacher behavior, student values and attitudes, and instructional
designs peculiar to junior high, middle, and
signs,
zation unit. Emphasis
intermediate schools.
65.560 Development of the Secondary School
—
Curriculum (3)
Problems related to development, experimentation, and improvement
of curriculum practices in the secondare
school.
65.571 Evaluating Teaching in Middle and SecImprovement of instrucondary Schools (3)
tion through self anaKsis. Micro-teaching techniques, planning dimensions, self-appraisal
techniques. Designed for teachers with special
reference to the work of cooperating teachers.
—
65.581 Independent Study in Secondary Education (1-6)
See course description for
—
6()..581.
65.583 Seminar in Secondary Education
.See course description for 6(J..583.
—
(
1
-6
Sociology (Code 43)
and current
at-risk learners, diag-
nostic tests, learning modalities. exemplai"\'
45.441 Social Indicators (3)
— Reinforces and
Graduate Courses
103
extends earlier leariiin<^ in research techniques
and methods by focusing on systematic stepby-step understanding, analysis, and preparation of social indicators at the federal, state,
and local levels of social policy planning and
analysis. Promotes understanding of social indicators and the use of these indicators within
all le\ els of society.
—
45.443 Sociology of Deviant Behavior {?>)
Evaluates the presence and function of deviance in society. Includes mental illness and
various types of crime and stigmatized behavior. Examines how deviance is handled thera-
and legally through institutionalizaand treatment. Attempts to provide a
services
on people
in a seryice-oriented, pcjst-
industrial society.
45.474 Contemporary Environmental Issues
Examines some major himian problems
(3)
that lead to en\ironmental deterioration, par-
—
and noise pollution, enerand other resource depletion, and increa.s-
ticularly water, air,
g)'
ing population density.
—
45.490 Sociology of Aging (3)
Studies aging, its major theoretic.il themes, patterns of
living, socio-psychological and cultural consequences of aging. Examines the contemporary
issues, problems, and programs of the aging.
peutically
tion
broad theoretical perspective as well as concrete examples of de\ iance in any society. Examines cm rent methods of rehabilitation and
pimish ment.
—
45.450 Social Work Processes II {?,)
Utilizes problem-solving interventions in small
groups integrating social work knowledge,
skills, and values. Offered fall semester only.
45.451 Family Counseling (3)
— Surveys the
major theoretical models for family assessment
and intervention with primary emphasis on
ecological systems. Clovers knowledge of rudimentary assessment and intervention skills for
problem solving with families.
—
45.453 Social Welfare Policy (.'?)
Frameworks
for analyzing social and economic policies presented with special focus on legislative, judicial, and administrative policies. Offered spring
semester onl\.
45.465 Computer Applications in the Social
Sciences (3)
An introduction to computer
use for the social sciences (through use of
SPSS). Emphasizes translating questions into
—
data analysis and interpretation of statistical
results. Prerequisites: 4.'i.26() or similar statistics course. Offered spring semester only.
—
45.467 Population Problems (3)
Studies
human population, its majoi theories, distributions composition, changes, and future developments of population, and impacts of population problems on societx' as influenced bv
vital
processes.
—
at federal, state,
and
—
articles in the field.
—
45.511 Social Institutions (3)
Sociological
examination of major institutions in the United States cross-culturally compared with those
in other societies. Specific institutions selected depending on the interest of students and
faculty.
—
45.513 Adolescents in American Society (3)
Studies the role of adolescents in contemporary U.S. society with special emphasis on the
adolescent's social interactions in groups and
institutions.
45.523 The Contemporary American Community (3)
An ad\anced examination of the
—
social
dynamics
of
community life, its instituand people within the
tions, organizations,
context of the development of post-industrial
society.
45.525 Current Social Issues (3)
— Analyzes
and solutions offered to
solve them. Explores issues and solutions within the broad framework of the social sciences
and specific framework of sociological and
ciu rent social issues
anthropological data.
—
45.578 Sociology of Work (3)
Focuses on
structure and organization of industrial and
and the relatitmship
between work organizations within communities and society. Presents a sociological examination of work and the milieu of the worker.
Comse focuses on formal and informal work
post-industrial societies
45.468 Social Service Planning (3)
Provides
an advanced consideration of the social ct)ntext of the development of social policy, planning, and implementation of social and/or
himian services
45.500 Sociology of Mass Commimication (3)
In-de])th discirssioii of cognitive and behavioral effects of mass media, especially television, on audiences, the social structure of commimications industry, particularly its influence
on media content and the political use of mass
media. Students critique the latest research
local lev-
of organization. A ci itical analysis of the
social effects of social policy, planning, and
organizatit)ns, woi ker job satisfaction,
els
.satisfaction.
and
dis-
104
Graduate Courses
adult living for individuals with special needs.
Examination of individual vocational as.sess-
Special Education (Code 70)
70.501 Administration and Supervision of Education for Exceptional Individuals (3)
Application of the fundanientai principles of
school administration and supervision to the
—
areas of exceptionality
and
to
problems unique
School law, teacher recruitment, inservice education, organization and integration of special education and ancillan- servicto each.
es,
evaluation of special pr<)\isions,
as these bear
on
and finance
special education.
—
70.505 Seminar in Learning Disabilities (3)
Facilitates an in-depth studv of the beha\ioral
and cogniti\e development of
children with specific learning disabilities. Intended for students seeking a master s degree
with C(jiicentrated emphasis in learning disabilities. Enrollment limited to students with the
necessary prerequisites and the approval of the
characteristics
instructor.
70.506 Introduction to Early Intervention (3)
Presents an overview of the field of earlv
intervention, including historical perspectives,
philosophies of earlv interventicjn. influences
of disabilities on the development of voung
children and earlv intervention models.
—
70.516 Psychology of Exceptional Individuals
Symptomatology personalitv formation
(3)
and developmental and therapeutic consideration for the exceptional individual.
—
70.522 Assessment and Remediation of Mathematics for Special Needs Students (3)
Provides an overview of the concepts of hierarchv
of skills, computation, and application of ad-
—
dition, subtraction, multiplication, division,
and measurement.
Students will administer and interpret achievement, diagnostic and curriculum-based mathematics assessment. Emphasis on development
of remedial math programs, adaptations of
math curriculum for special needs students
and design of a functional mathematics curfractions, decimals, time,
riculum for moderatelv disabled students. .Students evaluate, design, and implement a math
program for elementaiy middle school and/
or secondary students. .Math education software, manipulatives, games, and materials will
be evaluated and utilized.
70.526 Transition Services for Individuals with
Needs (3)
Presents an overview of
Special
—
methodology and service structures that facilitate the successful transition from school to
ment, development of functional vocational
curriculum, and the instruction of vocational
competencies will be content focus. Issues related to the transition planning process are
presented.
70.533 Language Arts for Students with SpeNeeds (3)
Will provide preser\ice teachers with a comprehensive overview of skills,
assessment, and strategies for leaching listen-
—
cial
ing, speaking, reading,
A
and written expression.
philosophy for teaching language
be stressed. Students will prepare a
holistic
arts will
portf olio of resources
and
"best practices" for
teaching language arts to students with special
needs.
—
70.534 Learning Disabilities (3)
Study of
and svmptoms of specific learning disorders. Introduction to diagnostic and
educational procedures used with learning disorders. Emphasis on perceptual and concep)tual factors in the development of language
skills. For individuals who have not had a
course in learning disabilities.
characteristics
70.544 Diagnostic and Remedial Techniques
Diagnostic and remedial techniques and
(3)
instruments used with children in special education programs. Cr itical evaluation of applicabilitv of each to the child in relation to causes and conditions of exceptionality Developi-
—
ment of skills in interpreting and writing case
histories and reports in selection and application of remedial techniques and evaluation of
progress. Prerequisite: Cloiuse in tests and
measurements or its equivalent.
70.547 Technology and Exceptional Indi\'iduProvides an introduction to technology as it is being applied to meet the needs of
exceptional individuals. Both simple and hightechnologv solutions are explored as thev relate to meeting the needs of individuals with
mental, phvsical, sensorv and communication
disabilities. Topics include instructional tools
and adaptations, environmental interfaces,
prosthetics, as well as data and productivitv
als (3)
—
tools.
70.550 Teaching Methods for Individuals with
Mild and Moderate Disabilities, EUementary (3)
Presents principles for effective teaching
techniques and current best practices applica-
—
ble to
elementan students with diverse
ing needs and
learn-
Provides awareness of
role expectations of the special education
abilities.
teacher, practice collaborative
problem solving
105
Graduate Courses
and
selecting
terials for
and adapting
instructional
ma-
students with special needs.
70.551 Teaching Methods for Individuals with
Mild and Moderate
— \M11
Disabilities,
Secondary
(3)
familiari/e students with a \ariet\ of
instructional techniques used to
enhance the
learning process of individuals with disabilities
secondary level. Information pertaining
at the
to current issues in
tion
and
also
be discussed.
secondary special educa-
their impact
on
service delivery will
70.552 Projects in Special Education (3)
—
and the development
of an ability to detect misuse of statistics.
pool' research designs,
70.570 Foundations of Behavior Disorders
(3)
— (lovers characteristics of children with behavior disorders, approaches to remediation,
general principles of classroom management,
simulated problem solving, ideal academic
models for children with behavior disorders,
research findings, and som ces of inf ormation.
—
70.572 Seminar on Behavior Disorders (3)
Seminar group composed of those who wish
to read and discuss ciuTent material related to
Designed to finther a student's own interest
and competency in an area of special educa-
the area of behavior disorders.
tion for the exceptional child. Librarv' research
or individual projects involving service to the
exceptional person may be agreed upon and
applications, as well as futin e directions, mor-
conducted under supervision of
a staff
mem-
ber.
70.556
The Mentally Gifted
—
Individual (3)
practices that are modifying
and
school programs
Principles
conserve and develop to
the optimum degree the capabilities of the
more able individuals. Clovers teaching techniques and devices used effectively in both the
elementary and the secondary school.
to
70.559 Seminar in Education of Exceptional
Individuals (.3)
Research oriented and devoted to problems in the education of exceptional indi\'iduals. The problems may be theo-
—
and practical. Clonsideration given
problems of interest to the student.
retical
to
70.562 Issues of Individuals with Physical DisProvides informaticjn and experience with educationally relevant motor
disabilities, (lovers normal motor development; formal and informal assessment of motor skills and problems; developmental and
correcti\e preschool and elementarv school
programs; conditions resulting in severe motor disabilities, sell-cai e, academic, and p.sycho-
abilities (3)
—
social aspects of physical disability; prevocation-
and vocational adjustment of the physically
handicapped; and current issues related to
research and litigation.
new research and
Group
reads
discusses implications for
and more advanced systems
agement and instruction.
al issues,
of
man-
70.575 Seminar in Current Issues in Special
Education (3)
V\ ill provide students with a
—
foi
inn to review and analyze
i.ssues in
course
special education.
will
change
cm rent
trends and
The content
of the
and
issues
as current trends
emerge.
—
70.591 Practicum in Special Education (3)
(Graduate experience for students in a setting
with exceptional persons. Student spends a
miniimun of eight horns per week in practicinn and meets regularly in a seminar fashion
with the imiveisity instructors.
—
70.595 Internship (.3-6)
Internship in speeducation. Supervision to take place in
schools or educational situations under supervision of the local supervisor and graduate faccial
ulty.
—
-6)
70.596, 597, 598 Special Workshop 1
special workshop seminars designed to focus on contemporary trends, top(
1
Temporary
and problems
in the field of special educaresource speakers, team teaching, field experience and practicum, new media, and related techniques. I'sualK' workshops
ics,
tion. Lectiners,
are
funded
projects.
al
70.565 Reading and Interpreting Research in
Special Education (3)
Aids the student in
reading, imderstanding, and evaluating the
results of statistical and behavioral research
carried out by others. Clovers a working knowledge of basic statistical terms, an introduction
to the type of research questions that can be
answered b) various statistical procedures, a
knowledge of the basic steps of hypothesis testing, analysis and comparison of excellent and
—
Studies in Hearing Loss
(Code 74)
74.490 Counseling Needs of CommunicativeDisordered Individuals and Their Families
Designed to help students identifx coun(3)
seling needs of coinmunicati\el\' disabled in-
ly
—
dividuals
and
their families
and
to prov ide ba-
106
Graduate Courses
short-term coiinselint^. Students intro-
sic.
duced
to various coiiiiseiin;^ strategies in indi-
and gii>iip settings as appropriate
sdiools and speech and hearing cUnics.
to
\idiial
—
74.501 Introduction to Sign Language (3)
Involves a sttidv of basic sign language Nocabular\ and fingerspelhng techniques used in coniniimication with deaf iiard of heat ing individuals. Emphasis on developing proper expressive
and receptive
skills.
74.560 Student Teaching with the Deaf /Hard
Prov ides an opportiinitv to
of Hearing I (.S)
work with deaf/hard of hearing children and/
or adults. Emphasis on speech and language
remediation of deaf/hard of hearing individuals. Prerequisites: 74. ,564. 74.566. and 74.367
—
(conciirrenth
).
74.564 Speech for the Deaf /Hard of Hearing
Stnd\ of the principles and techniques
{?>)
used in development and f ormation of English
speech sounds bv the svnthetic and analytic
methods with special consideration given to
producti(jn. classification, and transmission of
speech .sounds. Siiperx i.sed demonstrations and
pi acticiuns are an integral part of the course.
—
74.569 Ciu-ricular Subjects for the Deaf /Hard
of Hearing (3)
Exainines practices, content,
and methods of teaching school subjects to the
deaf/ hard of hearing with emphasis on content and methods rather than theory.
—
74.570 Student Teaching with the Deaf /Hard
of Hearing II ((i)
Evaluates hearing losses
affecting the communicational. educational,
and vocational adjustment of individuals
through supervised observation, classroom
practice, and practicum experience. .Students
are assigned to approved private and public
programs for the deaf hard of hearing and
work with selected professiijiials in education
of the deaf/ hard of hearing, following the
same schedules and assuming responsibilities
siinilar to those of prt)fessionals. .\nangements
relating to student interest must be approved
bv program adviser. Permission of curriculum
coordinator required.
—
74.580 Independent Study and Research (3)
— Permits students
tv
—
74.566 Language for the Deaf/Hard of HearStudv of the principles and techI (3)
niques used in the development and coriection of language for the deaf/ hard of hearing.
Student familiarized with leading svstems of
natural language development designed for
the deaf hard of hearing. The step-b\-step
development of at least one language svstem
is required for each student. SupeiAised demonstrations are an integral part of the course.
—
ing
74.567 Language for the Deaf, Hard of HearStud\ of structured approaches
ing II ('^)
to teaching spoken and written language, of
language assessment devices and appropriate
—
lesson planning. Supervised demonstrations
integral part of this
and presentations are an
course.
74.568 .Advanced American Sign Language 'M
—
(
and ecepti\e components of .\merican Sign Language with an
emphasis on communicating with the deaf.
.Siuch of the expiessive
i
work under
close facul-
or individual research projects when particular needs cannot be met by registration in regularlv
74.565 Problems and Trends in Teaching the
Focuses on cmDeaf 'Hard of Hearing {?>)
rent practices and trends in education and
welfare of the deaf/hard of hearing. Concerned with psychology, social adjustment,
educational achievement, political and social
viewpoints, learning problems, and vocational
competence of deaf liard of hearing. New
techni(]ues ,ind methodologies.
to
guidance on librarv studx of specified areas
scheduled courses.
74.581 Independent Study and Research (3)
See coin se desci iption for 74. .580.
—
74.584 Research in Education of the Deaf/
Hard of Hearing .3)
(
74.599 Master's Thesis (3-6)
Graduate Courses
108
109
Administration and Faculty
no
Administration and Faculty
and
Dean of Graduate Studies and Research
Patrick Schloss, Assistant Vice President
Administrati on
Jessica
Sledge Kozloff, Ph.D., President
W illiam
G. Bradshaw, Ph.D., Provost
and Vice
Margaret
and
Till,
Associate Professor, Biological
Allied Health Sciences
Vera Viditz-Ward, Associate Professor, Art
President for Academic Affairs
Graduate Faculty
Patrick Schloss, Ph.D., A.ssistant Vice Pre.sident
and Dean
of
Graduate Studies and Research
Accounting
—
Richard
L. Baker. Chairperson, Professor
M.B.A., Bloomsburg State Clollege;
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania Slate University;
Council of Trustees
B.S.,
Jennifer R. Adams
Ramona H. Alley, Chair
James T. Atherton, Jr.
CP. A.,
Michael
CM. A.,
C
C.I. A.
Blue, Associate Professor
—
B.S.,
University of Wisconsin; M.S.B.A., Boston
Robert W. Buehner, Jr., Secretary
University; M.S., University of Wisconsin;
DavidJ. Gope
LaRoy G. Davis
A. William Kelly
Ph.D., University of Idaho,
Nancy Coulmas,
New York
Joseph J. Mowad, Vice Chair
Kevin M. O'Connor
David J. Petrosky
Ted Stuban
CPA.
A.ssociate Professor,
—
B.S.,
Institute of Technology'; M.B.A.,
Bonaventure University; Ph.D., The
St.
Pennsylvania State University.
B.S., Bloomsburg
E. Burel Gum, Professor
State College; M.S.B.A., Bucknell Universi-
—
ty;
Ed.D., University of Pittsburgh
B.A., ChengB. Hwang, Professor
—
Dennis
Graduate Council
chi L'niversity; M.A., Ph.D., University of
HaroldJ. Bailey, Profes.sor, Instructional Technology and Director of the Institute for Interacti\'e Technologies
Richard L. Baker, Professor, Accounting
Dale A. Bertelsen, Associate Professor, Communication Studies
Patricia M. Boyne, A.ssistant Professor, Computer and Information Systems
William Covert, Student Representative, Institiue for Interactive Technologies
Roger W. Ellis, Associate Piofessor, Business
Education and office Systems
Sharon
Haymaker,
Associate
Professor,
Nursing
Jennifer Kosakowski, Student Representative,
Audiolog)'
Linda M. EeMura, Associate Piofessor, Exercise
Ann
Science and Adult Fitness
Lee, Interim Dean, College of Professional
Studies
Hsien-Tung Liu, Dean, College of Arts and
Sciences
Da\ id Long, Dean, (k)llege of Business
Edward J. Poostav, Prt)fess<)i, Curriculum and
Foundations and Director of the Reading
Clinic
Redfern, Piofessor, Communication
J.
Disorders and Special Education
(Carroll
Oklahoma;
C.P.A.,
C.M.A.
Anthropology
—
Thomas
B.A.,
F. Aleto, A.ssociate Professor
University of Notre Dame; M.A., Ph.D.,
Univeisitv of Illinois, L'rbana-Champaign
David
—
J.
Minderhout, Chairperson, Profes.sor,
Michigan State University:
B.A., M.A.,
Ph.D.,
Georgetown
Universin.-
—
B..^..
Robert R. Reeder, Associate Professor,
M.S., The Pennsylvania State Universit\:
M.A., University of Colorado
—
B.A.,
Dee Anne Wvmer. Associate Professor
M.A., Ph.D., The Ohio State University
Art
—
B.S.,
Karl A. Beamer, Associate Professor
Kutztown State College; M.F.A., The Penn•sylvania State University
—
B.S.. The
Carol Burns, Associate Pi ofessor
Pennsylvania State University; M.A., University of Northern Colorado; M.F.A., Cranbrook Academy of Art
B.F.A..
Gary F. C-lark, Associate Professor
Maryland Institute College of Art; M.A.,
—
West
\'irginia University
Administration and Famlty
Stewart L. Nagel, Professor
111
—
Cooper
B.F.A.,
Union; M.F.A., Pratt Institute
(Christine M. Sperling, Chairperson, Associate
Professor
B.A., M.A., University' of Ore-
—
gon; Ph.D., Brown University
Barbara ). Strohman, Associate Professor
B.S., University of Maryland; M.F.A., Maryhnid Institute College of Art
—
\'era \'idit/-\\'ard, Associate Professor
—
B.F.A.,
Hartford \ri School/L'niversity of Hartford; M.F.A., Indiana University
Charles
Thomas
Walters, Associate Profes.sor
—
B.M., Depaiiw Uni\ersit\'; M.F.A., University
of V\'i.sconsin; Ph.D., University of Michigan
James
E. Parsons, Associate
M.S., Ph.D.,
The Ohio
—
Pnjfessor —
Professor
B.S.,
State University
(^asey A. Shonis, Assistant
B.A.,
Slippery Rock University; M.S., Ph.D., L'niversity of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
Cynthia A. Surmac/, Professor
B.S., The
Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D., Milton
S. Hershey Medical Center, The Pennsylvania State L'niversity
Margaret L. Till, Assistant (Chairperson, Associate Professor
B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Auburn
University
Marianna D. Wood, Assistant Professor
B.S.,
Northland College; Ph.D., L'niversity of
—
—
—
Kansas
Biological
Louis
V.
B.S.,
Ohio
and Allied Health Sciences
Mingrone, Chairperson, Professor
—
Slippery Rock State College; M.S.,
L'niversity; Ph.D., Washington State
University
—
P. Ardi/,/i, As.sociate Professor
B.S., St.
Joseph's University; Ph.D., Cornell University
George P. (Uiamuris, Associate Professor
Jo.seph
—
A.A.S., Dutchess
Commimitv
College;
B..S.,
State University of New York at Albany; M.S.,
James Madison
University; Ph.D., State
Uni\ ersity of New York, College of Environmental Science and Forestry
B.A., M.A., WestJames E. (k)le, Professor
ern Michigan University; Ph.D., Illinois
—
State University
Judith
P.
—
Downing, Professor
Green
Roger W.
Ellis,
sor
B.S.,
Chairperson, Associate ProfesM.Ed., Bloomsburg State College; Ed.D., Arizona State L'niversity
Ellen M. C>Iemens, Associate Professor
B.S.,
M.Ed., Bloonisbiug State College; D.Ed.,
The Pennsylvania State L'niversity
A.A.S., DutchDonnaJ. C>ochrane, Profes.sor
—
—
—
Commimitv
College; B.S., M.S., State
L'niversity of New York at Albany; Ed.D.,
ess
Temple L'niversity
Nancy A. Dittman, Associate Professor
B.S.,
Dennis O. Gehris, Associate
Profes.sor
—
—
B.S.,
M.A., Rider College; Ed.D., Temple Univei'sity
State University; M.A., Ph.D., State
Keil, Assistant Professor
B.S.,
Janice
M.Ed., Bloomsburg State College; Ed.D.,
New York
Phillip A. Farber, Professor
lege; M.S.,
at
B.S.,
Buffalo
—
B.S., King's Col-
Boston College; Ph.D., Catholic
University of America
—
George J. (iellos. Associate Professor
B.S.,
Muhlenberg College; M.S., Ohio UniversiPh.D.,
The
Frederick C.
Pennsylvania State UniversiU'
Professor
B.S., M.S., Illi-
Hill,
—
C
Temple
University
—
Olivo Jr., Piofessor
B.S., Da\is and
Elkins College; M.Ed., Trenton State Uni-
|()hn
J.
versity; Ph.D.,
Michigan State
Louisville
—
B.A.,
Judith Kipe-Nolt, Assistant Professor
Messiah College; M.S., Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State L'niversity
KJinger, Associate Profes.sor
— A.A.,
Bradford College; B.A., Macalester College;
M.A., Ph.D., L'niversity of South Florida
Mark S. Melnychuk, Associate Professor
B.S..
Moravian College; Ph.D., Kent State L'niversitv
Lynne C. Miller, Professor
B.S., (lollege of
Pharmacy, L'niversity of Rhode Island; M.S.,
University of Texas; Ph.D., New Mexico
—
—
State University
L'niversity
Communication Disorders and
Special Education
nois State University; Ph.D., L'niversity of
Thomas S.
—
Florida State L'niversity; M.Ed., L'niversity
of Florida; Ed.D., University of Colorado
Bowling
University of
r\';
Business Education and office Administration
Dianne H. Angelo, Professor
—
B.S., M.Ed.,
Clarion Universitv; M.S., Ph.D., L'niversity
of Pittsburgh
Richard M. Angelo, Professor, Clinical Director
B.S., Mansfield State College; M.Ed.,
Bloomsburg State (-ollege; Ed.D., Lehigh
L'niversity; Ph.D., L'niversity of Pittsbm gh
Shaheen Awan, Ph.D., Associate Professor
B.A., L'niversity of Western Ontario; M.S.,
University of Pennsyhania; Ph.D., Kent
—
—
State University
—
Ronald R. ('hampoux. Professor
B.A., Piovidence College; M.A.T, A.ssiimption College;
M.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of Michigan
112
Administration and Faculty
Arthur
R. Crowell, Associate Professor
—
B.S.,
Southern Connecticut .State UniverPh.D., University of Connecticut
Communication Studies
M.S.,
sity;
Mai"y B. Hill, Professor
—
Bloomsburg
B.S.,
State College; M.Ed., University of Dela-
ware; Ph.D.,
Temple
L'niversitv
—
B.S.,
Judith M. Hirshfeld, .Assistant Professor
M.A., Temple University; C.A.CS., Boston
University
Kenneth
Hunt, Professor
University of New \ork
P.
—
at Buffalo; Ph.D.,
—
Dove |ones. Associate Professor
B.S.,
Bloomsburg State College; Ed.D.,
.M.Ed.,
Uni\ersit\ of Missouri
Michael
J.
Karpinski, Assistant Professor
—
M.Ed., Bloomsburg University; Ph.D.,
University of Maryland
Ann L. Lee, Professor
B.S., M.Ed., Bloomsburg State College; Ed.D., Indiana University of Penn.sylvania
Robert J. Lowe, Associate Professor
B.A..
Slippery Rock University; .M.Ed., Cllarion
B.S.,
—
—
Uni\ersity; Ph.D.,
G. Donald
fessor
.Miller.
—
B.S.,
Ohio
M.A., Hunter (k)llege; Ph.D., Northwestern
University
—
Dale A. Bertelsen, Associate Profess(jr
B.S.,
Rider College; M.A., Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
B.S., .M.S., State
University of Pittsburgh
Sheila
—
Mary Kenny Badami, Profes.sor
B.S.,
Fordham University School of Education;
Janet Revn(jlds Bodenman, Assistant Professor
B..A., Willamette L'niversity; .M.A., The
Pennsylvania .Slate L'niversity
—
Timothy
Indiana University of Penn-
Ph.D., Florida State L'niversir\'
Howard
—
Brooklyn (College; .M.A., L'niversitv of
Georgia; Ph.D., Temple University
Kara Shultz, Assistant Professor
B.S., M.A..
University of Northern (Colorado; Ph.D..
—
University of Denver
James
Tomlinson, Associate Professor
E.
—
B.A., M.A., (California State University at
Computer and Information Systems
—
B.A., Universi-
James
sor
—
sity
Redfern, Chairperson, Professor
—
Johnson C. Smith L'niversity; M.S..
Bloomsburg State College: Ed.D., Lehigh
B.S.,
L'niversitv
Cvnthia N. Schloss. Assistant Professor —- B.S.,
Illinois State University; .M.S., Ph.D., Southern Illinois L'niversity
B. Slike. Ed.D., Profe.ssor
—
B.S.,
The
Pennsylvania State University; M.S., Univerof Scranton; Ed.D., The Pennsylvania
sity
State University
Philip Tucker, Assistant Professor
—
nati
B.A.,
—
B.S.,
Julia M. VVeit/, .\ssociate Professor
Emerson College; M..S., Ph.D., L'niversity of
—
S.
—
Dutt. (Chairperson. .Assfjciate ProfesB.S., M.S., Ph.D..
The Pennsvlvania
State University
Patricia
M. Boyne,
.Assistant Professor
Ladycliff College; M.S.,
State University;
Carl
CDP
Chimi, Associate Professor
J.
—
B..\.,
The Pennsylvania
—
B.A.,
M.B.A., Ph.D., L'niversitv of Massachusetts
Frank S. Davis Jr.. Professor
B.S., M.Ed..
—
Shippensburg L'niversity; Ph.D., Universit\
of Pittsbin gh
B.S.,
Harold R. Fre\, Associate Professor
Lock Haven L'niversitv; M.A., Iowa State
—
L'niversitv; .M.S..
Elmira College
Gene M. Gordon, .Associate
Southampton (College;
J.
—
B..\.,
.Antioch L'ni-
Ed.D., Universin of Massachusetts
versitv;
Charles
Professor
Hoppel. .Associate Professor
—
B.S.,
L'niversin of Scranton; .M.E.E., Ph.D., Syr-
Notre Dame University; M.Ed., Rhode Island L'niversitv; Ph.D., L'niversitv of (Cincin-
B.S., M.Ed.,
Joseph .M. ^'oushock, Piolessor
Bloomsbing State (College; Ed.D., Temple
L'niversitv
N. Schreier, Chairperson, Professor
B.A.,
of Massachusetts; .M.Ed., University of
New Hampshire; Ed.D., University of Northern Colorado
\'ishakha W. Rawool, Associate Profes.sor
B.Sc, Bomba\ University; M.A., University
of Texas at El Paso; Ph.D.. Piu due Univer-
Pittsbingh
—
Temple University
ty
Samuel
.Assistant Profe.ssor
Long Beach
University
Gerald W. Powers. Professor
J.
Rumbough,
Assistant (chairperson. Pro-
sylvania.; M.A., Ph.D.,
Carroll
B.
B.A., M.A., University of (Central Florida;
acuse L'niversitv
Curriculum and Foundations
William
S.
O
Bruba, (Chairperson. Profe.ssor
B.S., (California State (College; .M.Ed..
quesne
sity
L'niversitv; Ed.D..
of Penn.sylvania
—
Du-
Indiana Univer-
|
Administration and Faculty
C.
113
—
Meade
B.A.,
Beers, Assistant Professor
M.Ed., Ph.D., University of Pitt.sbingh
Neil L. Brown, Assistant Professor
—
B.S., Kiitz-
town State (loUege; M.Ed., I.ehigh University;
Ed.D.,
Temple University
—
Cherrington, Associate Professor
of Oklahoma; M.Ed., Ph.D.,
University of Virginia
B.A.,
Robert L. Clark, Assistant Professor
Kings College; M.A., Seton Hall University;
Ed.D., University of Pennsylvania
Clhris A.
B.S., University
—
Henry D. Dobson, Associate Professor
—
B.S.,
Bloomsbiirg Universitv; M.S., Syracuse University; Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State
University
—
B.S., M.S.,
CaryJ. Doby, Associate Professor
Ph.D., State University of New York (xillege
at Buffalo
.VI. Hussein Fereshteh, Assistant Professor
B..\., Teacher Universit\' of Tehran; M.P.A.,
University of Hartford; Ph.D., The University of ConnecticiU
Bonita B. Franks, Associate Professor
B.S.,
M.S., Central (lonnecticut State Universitv;
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State Ihiiversity
Robert E. Gates, Assistant Professor
B.S.
University of Main at Farniington; M.Ed.,
Ed.D., University of Louisville
Gilgannon, Professor
Nancy
B.S., Bloomsburg State College; M.S., Marywood C^ollege;
D.Ed., The Pennsylvania State
—
—
—
—
C
University
Mary G.
B.A.,
Macalester College; M.A., California Lutheran College; Ed.D., University of Southern
California
John
R. Hranit/, Professor
—
—
L. Miller,
Oregon
Professor
—
B.A.,
LaVerne
College; M.S., Indiana University; Ed.D.,
Ball State L'niversity
Frank
Misiti,
Associate Piofessor
—
B.S.,
Mans-
M.Ed., Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
Gilda M. Oran, Assistant Professor
B.A.,
University of Toronto; M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Miami
field State College;
—
Egerton O. Osimde, Assistant Professor
Ahmadu
—
B.S.,
Bello L'niversity; M.A., (lase West-
ern Reserve L'niversity; M.A., Ph.D.,
Ohio
State L'niversity
—
Temple
B.S.,
Penn.sylvania State
University; Ph.D., L'niversity of Georgia
Donald
—
Professor
B.S.,
College of Syracuse L'niversity; M.Ed.,
St. l>awrence L'niversity; Ph.D., L'niversity
of South Florida
RosemarvT. Radzievich, Assistant Professor
B.A., The Pennsylvania State L'niversity;
L. Pratt, Associate
L'tica
—
Bloomsbiug
M.Ed.,
Lehigh
Ed.D.,
L'ni\ersity;
L'niversity
—
Shelley C. Randall, Assistant Professor
B.S.,
Michigan; M.A., Wayne State
L'niversity; Ph.D., L'niversitV' of Pennsylvania
Lorraine A. Shanoski, Professor
B.S., M.Ed.,
Northeastern L'niversity; Ed.D., Indiana
University of Penn.sylvania
Viola C. Supon, Assistant Professor
B.S.,
Bloomsbiug State Teachers College; M.A.,
Trenton State L'niversity; Ed.D., Temple
L'niversity of
—
—
L'niversity
David
E.
—
Washburn, Professor
B.A., M.Ed.,
Ph.D., Universitv of Arizona: Postdoctoi
Certificate
in
L'ni\ersitv of
Man
al
Education,
Multicultural
Miami
Alice Wlieeler, Assistant Professor
—
R.A.,
Denver; M.S., Cieorgetown L'niversity; Ph.D., L'niversity of Pennsvlvania
Bonnie L. V\'illiams, Associate Professor
B.S.,
M.Ed., Bloomsbiirg L'niversity; Ed.D., TemL'niversity of
—
ple L'niversity
Morehead
L'niversirs';
M.A.,
versitv; Ph.D., L'niversit\'
B.S.,
B..^.,
Jane McPherson, Assistant Professor
Western Washington State College; M.Ed.,
V\'estern Washington
L'niversity;
M.S.,
Ph.D., L'niversity of
The
— B.A.,
Duquesne Uni-
of Pittsburgh
Economics
M.Ed..
Ed.D., hidiana L'niversity of Pennsylvania
Gorman
Poostay, Professor
J.
University; M.Ed.,
Patricia K. Wolf, Assistant Professor
—
Harris, Associate Professor
Edward
The
Woo Bong
Lee, Profes,sor
—
B..S.,
Delaware Val-
Rutgers L'niver.sity
Sukhwinder Bagi, .Assistant Professor
B.A.,
M.Ed., M.A., Punjab L'niverstiy; Ph.D.,
Vanderbilt L'niversitv
Peter H. Bohling, Professor
B.A., Miami
L'niversity; M.A., The L'niversit} of Iowa;
Ph.D., L'niversity of Massachusetts
Mehdi Haririan, Professor
B.A., National
L'niversity; M.A., Iowa State L'niversity;
Ph.D., New School for Social Research
ley College; M.S., Ph.D.,
—
—
—
Saleem M. Khan, Chairperson,
Prtjfessor
—
Bahawalpur; M.A., Government (College, Lahore, Punjab L'niversity; Ph.D., J. Ciutenberg L'niversity
Rajesh K. Mohindrii. Professor
B.A., M.A.,
D.A\' College; M.A., Ph.D., University of
B.A., S.E., College,
—
Penn svh a nia
114
Administration and Faculty
Robert
—
Obutelewicz, Assistant Professor
(iarson-Newnian (College; M.A.,
Ph.D., University of Massachusetts
Ehzabeth P. Patch, Assistant Professor
B.S.,
S.
History
B. A., B.S.,
—
M.S., Ph.D., Lehigh University
R. Sperry, Professor
—
B.A., BridgewaM.A., Ph.D., L'niversity of
(College;
—
—
Ronald A. Ferdock, Associate Professor
.\.B..
St. Vincent (College; M.A., The Pennsyhania State L'niversity
—
Riley B. Smith, Associate Professor
The
s
ter
Arizona
Michael C. Hickey, Associate Professor
B.A.,
M.A., Ph.D., Northern lUinois L'niversity
English
Ph.D.,
Janu
Languages and Cultures
Brenda
B.A.,
Uni\ersit\' of Texas, Austin
B..^.,
.Middlebun
College; Ph.D., Universitv of Pennsy lvania
Luke Spriiigman,
Finance and Business Law
—
Reiser, Associate Professor;
Kutztown Slate College;
.M.A.,
—
Assistant Professor;
B.A.,
Indiana University; M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State
University
David G. Heskel, C-hairperson, Associate Pro-
— M.B.A., Ph.D., University of BusiBehr, Professor — A.B., Cornell
fessor
Management
ness, Vienna, Austria
Barbara
E.
L'niversity; M.A.,
gers
Karen
Hunter College;
J.
Law School
Elwell, Associate Professor
J.
D.. Rut-
— A.B.,
A.M., |.D., University of Illinois at Urbana("hanipaign
David C. Martin, Associate Piofessoi
B.A.,
C. W. Post College; M.B.A., Western Illinois
University: Ph.D., University of Alabama
Bruce L. Rockwood, Professor
B.A., Swarthmore College; J. D., University of Chica-
—
—
go Law School
V\'.
—
Mark
—
D. Larson, Associate Professor
University of Iowa; W.A.. Ph.D.,
B.S..
The Ohio
State L'niversity
—
Mainuddin Afza, Associate Professor
B.
Com., Universitv of Rajshahi; .M. Com..
L'niversity of Rajshahi;
.\LB..-\..
Youngstown
State L'niversity; Ph.D., National .-Vcadenn
of Science, Yerevan, Armenia
—
M. Ruhul Amin, Professor
B. A., M.A.. The
University of Dhaka; W.A., D.P.A., Carleton
University; M.A., Ph.D.,
The
L'niversity of
Akron
—
M.B.A., University of Georgia; M.A., The
Ohio State I'niversitv; Ph.D., Uiii\ersit\ of
Charles M. Chapman, Associate Profes.sor
B.A., Universitv of Northern (k)lorado;
M.A., New York University
Alabama
Howard
.Steven Smith, A.ssociate Professor
B.S.,
Kinslinger, Associate Professor
J.
A. B., Brandeis University;
Health, Physical Education and Athletics
College
of
—
Stephen
University
Minoo Tehrani,
J,
\\'estern
Linda M. LeMura. Professor
—
B..S.,
Niagara
Svracuse L'niversirv
Jerry K. Medlock, Chairperson, Piofessor
A. B., Samford University; M.A., Ed.D.,
University of Alabama
Universitv'; M.S., Ph.D.,
Swapan Mookerjee,
Assistant
—
Professor
York;
B. A.,
The
Ph.D.,
University
Hibbs, Associate Professor
B.S..
Kentucky Uni\ersity; M.Ed., East
Stroudsburg University; Ed.D., Temple
Susan
New
M
—
M.PE., Lakshmilbai National College of Physical Education; Ph.D., UniverB. PE.,
of Wisconsin; Post-doctoiate Fellowship,
NewVork at Buffalo
B.S.,
Leon ,S/medra, Associate Professor
State University of New York at Brockpori;
M.A., L'niversity of Northern Colorado;
Ph.D., Syracuse L'niversity
].
Markell, Associate Professoi
SUNT at Albany;
North Carolina
sor
—
Citv
Piudue
—
B..-\..
M.A., Ph.D., I'niversitv of
at
Chapel
Hill
(^haii pei son. Associate Profes-
— Michigan Technological Universitv;
B. S., Pahlavi Uni\eisii\, Shiraz, Iran; .M.S..
Ph.D. .Arizona State L'niversity
Peter B. Venuto, Professor
B.A., Syracuse
L'niversity; M.B.A., Ph.D., Universitv of
—
Santa Clara
Pamela M. Wynn, Professor
—
B.A., M.A..
Ph.D.. L'niversity of Texas at Arlington
sity
State UniversitN of
—
Marketing
Stephen
S.
fe.s.sor;
Batory, (lhairperson. Associate ProB.S.,
Dominion
Marvland
King
s
College; M.B.A., Old
L'niversity; D.B.A., University of
Administration and Faculty
115
Man' K. Ericksen. Professor; B.S., M.S., The
Ohio State University-; Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University
Sahm
Qm eshi. Associate
Professor; B.S., Uniof Kiuachi; M.B.A., Adelphi UniverPh.D.. The Union Graduate School of
versity
sity;
Ohio
—
Stephen Kokoska, Professor
B.A.,
Hampshire
Nicholson, .Assistant Professor
B.S.
M.Ed., Ph.D., Texas A &:
University
Clinton J. Oxenrider. Associate Prcjfessor
M
Bloomsburg
—
State C^ollege:
Pennsylvania State Uni\ersit\-;
Dana
Southern College; A.M., Ph.D.,
—
i
University'
—
—
Ph.D.,
University of Texas
at
Austin
Maria Teresita G. Mendoza-Enright, .\ssociate
Professor
—
B.A., M.A.. University of the
Philippines System; M.A., University of Chicago; Ph.D., Uniyersitv of Wisconsin-
Madison
J.
Bailey, Professor
College; M.Ed., Ph.D.,
JoAnne S. Growney,
ster College;
—
B.S..
—
B.A.,
Longyvood
College; Ph.D.. The Pennsylvania State
University
James C. Pomfret, Chairperson, Professor
B.S., Bates College; .M.S., New .Mexico State
University; Ph.D., University of Oklahoma
Mehdi Razzaghi, Professor
G.C^E., Lewes
Technical College; B.S., Sussex University;
Ph,D., L'niversitv of London
B.A., Lehigh
John H. Riley Jr., Professor
University; M.S., Ph.D., The Lhiiyersitv of
—
—
—
Connecticut
Mxim
L'niversin at
—
B.S., Anhui
Chuzhon, China; M.S.,
Shi, A.ssistant Professor
Normal
Shanghai Teachers L nixersity-, China; Ph.D.,
University of Iowa
B.S., Bloomsburg
June L. Trudnak, Professor
Professor
—
B.S.,
Westmin-
M.A..Temple Universirv Ph.D.,
;
—
B.,A., .VIontclair
The Pennsylvania State University
Dennis Hiuhnance Jr., .Associate Professor
Ph.D.,
Georgia hrstitute of
TechnologA
Scott hich, .Assistant Professor
M. Christine AJichnie, R.N., Chairperson, Professor
—
B.S., University
of Pittsburgh;
M.S., Wilkes College; M.S.. Ph.D., University
of Pennsyhania
—
B.S.,
Julia A. Bucher, Assistant Professor
University of Delaware; M.S.N., Uni\ersity-
of Washington; Ph.D.,
Marv
A.
The
Penn.sylvania
Gavaghan, R.N., Associate Professor
— B.S.N.,
nia; Ed.D.,
—
William-
Area Commimitv (College; B.S.,
Bloomsburg University-; M.S.. Ph.D., \'irginia Tech
Curt Jones, Assistant Professor
B.S., Lock
—
Haven; M.S., University of Iowa; Ph.D., The
Pennsylvania State UniversitvZahira S. Rahn, Associate Professor
B..A.,
Pimjab Unixersitv; M.Sc, Islamabad Universit\: B.S.. Bloomsbiug University; M.A.,
—
.Vl.S.N.,
University of Pennsylva-
Temple Universin
.Annette Ciimderman, R.N., .Associate Professor
B.S.N., Bloomsburg University;
—
M.S.N.,
sport
Uniyersit\
Nursing
State University
State College; M.A., University of Colorado;
B.S., M.S.. Ph.D.,
M.S..
Albright
—
—
Uniy ersitv of Oklaht)ma
Paul G. Hartimg. Professor
Temple
M.S.,
Idaho
Bucknell University-;
Ph.D., The Pennsxlvania State L ni\ersitv
Paul C. Cochrane, Professor
B.S., M.S..
Ph.D., State University- of New York
Helmut Doll, Assistant Profes.sor
B.A., University of Stuttgart; .M.S., Oregon State Uni\ ersitv; Ph.D., University of California
—
University;
State College;
The Penns\l\ania
State University-
E.
Rutztown
The
—
Mathematics and Computer Science
Harold
D..^.,
TimotliN Phillips, .Assistant Profe.ssor
B..-\.,
of Missom
A.B., San DiWalter M. Brasch, Professor
ego State University; M.A., Ball State L'niversitv; Ph. D., Ohio University
John Maittlen-Harris, Assistant Professor
B.Ec, University of Sydney; Litt.B., University' of New England; M.A., University of
Florida;
M..A..,
State University
R. Ulloth. Chairperson. Professor
New
—
Man J.
B.S.,
Mass Communications
Boston
(College; M.S., Ph.D., University of
D.Ed..
The Pennsylvania
L'niversity
State
—
Sharon Haymaker, R.N., Associate Professor
B.S.N., Lhiiversity of Manland; M.S.N., Ca.se
Western Reserve University; Ph.D., The
Johns Hopkins University
diploNancy A. Onuschak, R.N., Professor
ma, Wyoming \'alle\- Hospital School of
Niusing; B.S., M.S.Ed., Wilkes College;
M.N., The Pennsyhania State Uni\ersity;
—
D.E.D.,
Temple
L'niversity
Administration and Faculty
116
—
B.S., UniJoan B. Stone, Assistant Professor
versity of Pennsylvania; M.S., Ed.D., The
Pennsylvania State University
Biett L. Beck, Associate Professor
— Diploma, Hahnemann Hospital School
of Nursing; B.S.N. M.S.N., University of
Penn.sylvania; D.N. Sc., W'idener University
B.S.N.,
Dorette E. Welk, R.N., Professor
D'Youville (>ollege; M.S.N., University of
Pennsylvania; Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State
,
—
University
Physics
P.James Moser, (Chairperson, Professor
M.S.,
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania
—
B.S..
University
—
Christopher Bracikowski, Assistant Profes.sor
B.S., University of Rochester; Ph.D., Georgia Institute of Technology
—
B.A., Utah State
Jack G. Couch, Professor
University; M.A., Vanderbilt University;
Ph.D., Texas A & M University
B.Sc, Ph.D.,
David J. Harper, Prcjfessor
University of Nottingham, England
B.S.,
Gunther E. Lange, Assistant Professor
—
—
Ph.D.,
M. Gene
The Ohio
State University
Tavlor, Piofessoi'
College; M.S., Ph.D.,
—
B.S.,
Brown
B.A., University of
West Florida; Ph.D.,
Winona J. Cochran,
—
Dalton
Tennessee; M.S., Ph.D., University of Georgia
Steven L. (Cohen, Profes.sor
B.A., Oakland
University; Ph.D., University of Maine
james H. Dalton Jr., Professor
B.A., King
(College; M.A., Ph.D., The University of
Connecticut
B.,-\.,
Julie .M, Kontos, Assistant professoer
Junior
Professor
A.S.,
(College; B.S. University of
—
—
—
Richard Earcom, Associate Professor —
M.A., Ph.D., The Ohio State University
Marion G. Mason, Assistant Professor —
.M..S.,
State
Ph.D., University of (ieorgia
B.S.,
E.
B.S.,
Southern Nazarene University; M.A.. Ph.D.,
The Ohio
State Lhiiversity
—
B.S., University
AlexJ. Poplawsky, Professor
of Scranton; M.S., Ph.D., Ohio University
B.B.A., An(Constance J. Schick, Professor
gelo State University; Ph.D., Texas Technological University
A.B., DouEileen (C. Astor-SteLson, Professor
glass (College Rutgers University; Ph.D.,
Van de rbi 1 U n i\ ersi ty
Joseph G. Tloczvnski, Assistant Professor
—
—
1
Muskingum
A.,
State Junior College;
University of Alabama
Patricia B. Torsella, R.N., A.ssociate Professor
— A.
James H. Faulkner
University
B.A.,
—
Bloomsburg
State
(College;
M..\.,
West Chester University; Ph.D., Eehigh
University
Political Science
George Agbango, Associate Professor
— Spe-
(Geography), University
of Cape Coast, Ghana; M.P.A., Adanta University; Ph.D., Clark Atlanta University
Maria Brettschneider, Assistant Professor
B.A., State University of New York at Bing-
The Pennsylvania
cialist Certificate
—
hamton; M.A., Ph.D., New York Universitx
B.S.,
Gloria T. Cohen, Assistant Professor
—
M.P.A., Ph.D.,
Richard
Temple
E. Micheri,
fessor
—
B.A.,
University
Chairperson, Assistant Pro-
Fordam
Uni\ersity; ,M.A..
Cohunbia University
James W. Percey, Associate Professor
— A.B.,
University of Penn.sylvania; M.A., Rutgers
University
Psychology
—
Michael W. Gavnor, Chairperson, Professor
B.A., Muhlenbui g College; M.S., Eehigh University; Ph.D.,
John
S.
(Colorado State University'
B.A., Universit\
Bairdjr., Professor
—
of Virginia; M.S., Ph.LO., North Carolina
State University
—
B..^.,
John E. Waggoner, A.ssociate Professor
Shippensbiug State College; M.S., Ph.D.,
State Ehiiversity
Sociology and Social Welfare
1.
Sue Jackson, (Chairpers(jn,
sor;
— A.B., Evcoming
.Associate Profes-
(College; .M.S.S.W..
Graduate School of Social \Abrk, L'nixersity
of Texas
B..^.,
(Christopher F. Armstrong, Professor
Washingtt)n and Eee Universitv; M.A.,
—
Ph.D., University of Penn.sylvania
B. A.. M.A., Ph.D.,
Barrile, Profes.sor
—
Eeo G.
Boston (College
David E. Greenwald, Associate Professor
B.A., University of Penn.sylvania; M.,\..
Ph.D., University of California at Berkeley
B.S., Bloomsburg
James H. Huber, Profe.s.sor
—
—
State (College; M.A., E'niversity of Delaware;
Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State University
(Charles
—
W. Eaudermilch, .Associate Professor;
Moravian (College; M.S.W., Wayne
B.A.,
State Unix ersi t\
Administration and Faculty
Frank G. Ijndenfeld, Professor
nell
University;
M.A..
University
Chang Shub Roh,
— B.A., Cor-
Ph.D.,
Professor
Columbia
— B.A.,
Dong-A
University; C.S.W., M.S.V\'., Ph.D., Louisiana
State University
—
Dale L. Sultzbaugh, Associate Professor;
B.A., Gettysbin g College; M.Div., Lutheran
Theological Seminary; M.S.W'., West Virginia
Uni\'ersity
Anne
K. V\'ilson, Professor
College;
Ph.D.,
M.S.,
—
L'niversitv
Thejohns Hopkins
B.A., Carleton
of Maryland;
University
1
118
Index
Index
A
D
Academic (Calendar 6
Academic Dismissal 27
Academic Policies 25
Academic Probation 26
Academic Support Services 12
Accommodatixe Services 18
Accounting 48
Departmental Paper 27
Accreditation
Administration 110
1
Admission Information 21
Admission to Clandidacy 28
Advisers 25
E
Earh (Hiildhood Education 54
Education of the Deaf/Hard of Hearing 56
Elementary Education 44
Examinations 27
Exerci.se Science and .\dult Fitness 59
Application 21
Art Gallery 32
Art History 32
Art Studio 32
F
Assistantships 23
Financial Help 23
Foreign Applicants 21
Faculty 110
Fees 24
Audiovisual Resources 14
Audiolog^ 50
Audits 22
G
B
Banking
1
Grades 29
Graduate C^oiuicil 1 10
Graduate Courses 77
Graduate Courses in Senior Year 22
Graduate Programs 10
Graduate Student (categories 21
Graduate Student (;oimcil 18
Graduation Requirements 28
Grievance Procediu e 26
7
Biology' (M.E.) 38
Biology (M.S.) 52
Business Administration 36
Business Education 40
c
(Campus
Map
H
120
(lelebritv Artist Series 19
Center for Coimseling and
Human
Development 18
Health Services 15
Housing 16
Child Care Center 18
C^ommunication Studies 34
Community Activities Office 19
Computer Purchase Plans 17
I
C^omputing
Identification Cards 15
F.icilities
12
C^ooperatixe Doctoral Program 74
Coimcil of Trustees 1 10
Coiu se Descriptions 77
Cmricuhmi and Instruction 42
(An riculmn Materials Center 13
Information Center 19
Institute for (Comparative and International
Management
Studies 13
Institute for Interactive
Technologies 13
Instruction.d Technologx 60
6
4
Index
Insurance (Coverage 15
Interdisciplinary Studies 75
Scheduling 25
School of Graduate Studies 10
K
Special Education/Exceptionalities 67
Speech, Hearing and Language (Hinic 13
Speech-Language PathologN 71
Student Recreation (k-nter 17
Student Services 15
Supervisory Ortificate Programs 73
Kehr L'nion 19
L
Library 12
M
Telephone Numbers 7
Television and Radio Services
Master of Business Administration 36
Master's Thesis 27
Meal Plans 16
Motor Vehicle Registration 16
Multicultiual (".enter 18
N
Testing 21
Thesis 27
Time Limitation 28
Transcripts 28
Transfer of Credits 26
Tuition 24
u
Nursing 62
University (description) II
University Store 16
o
Otf-(lampus Comses 23
V
\'isitor
Parking 16
Programs of Study 31
Provost's Lecture Series 20
R
Reading 46
ReacUng (Clinic 13
Reachnission 22
Refunds 23
Registration 25
Repeat of Courses
2(")
Research (human or animal) 28
Parking
1
1
Campus
Graduate Courses
Catalog Addendum
The following are course descriptions for the Master of Science
Nursing, which has been revised. This listing reflects these
revisions
and includes new courses for all options and
in
clinical
courses for the nurse practitioner option. These replace course
descriptions published earlier in this catalog.
82.500 Applied Statistics for Health ProfesApplies principles and methods of statistical analysis of data in the health
professions. The course emphasizes statistical concepts as a set of principles and a way
of thinking for health professionals. Prerequisites: high school algebra, basic statistics
course or consent of the instructor.
sionals (3)
—
82.501 Theoretical Bases for Role DevelopEx(3)
amines theoretical formulations related to
role development in advanced nursing practice. Students use concepts, principles and
strategies inherent in a variety of theories (i.e.,
systems, change, professional socialization
and role) to serve as a framework for the development and enrichment of their adx-anced
practice roles. Theor)' building, the relationship of models to theories, and major conceptual and theoretical models in nursing
practice are also introduced. Students analyze and apply tenets of a select conceptual
model of nursing to dieir own philosophy of
advanced nursing practice. Leadership principles are also incorporated as students identify an actual or potential issue or problem
—
ment in Advanced Nursing Practice
related to their
advanced practice
role
and
design a proposal for planned change.
82.502 Epidemiology: Concepts and Principles for Advanced Nursing Practice (3)
—
Focuses on conceptual orientation and knowledge of techniques from epidemiology as a
basis for all aspects of population
based prac-
advanced nursing. Epidemiological
perspective presented as a framework for assessing the well-being of populations and designing, implementing, and evaluating stratice in
tegic nursing and health care investigations.
Students apply basic epidemiologic research
designs in the investigation, analysis, and proposed solutions to observed patterns of health
states in contemporary populations.
82.503 Bases for Research for Advanced
Nursing Practice (3)
Builds on prex ioiis
knowledge of research and statistics to enhance student application, use, and develop-
—
ment of nursing
lesc.iK h tc inipi ox e the qualof health and heallh (ait delixen. Pnnciples and strategies inliei ent in scientific inquiry, critical e\aluation and the lesearch
process are applied. Foe uses on identification of a researc liable problem in clinical
nursing practice, conduct of a review and critique of relexanl literature, selection of aconceptual or theoretical framewoik and identification of an appropriate reseaii li design and
methodology to study the problem. Students
plan, develop and present a researcii jjrospectus using appropriate scholarly format and
ity
style.
82.504 Pathophysiology for Advanced Nursing Practice (3)
Presents pathologic
—
mechanisms of disease
that sene as a major
component in the foimdation for clinical assessment and management of individuals,
advanced nursing practice. Primary focits is on applying pathophysiological
mechanisms to explain illness phenomena
and in assessing an individuals response to
the pharmocologic management of illnesses.
Major laboratory studies useful for verifying
abnormalities are discussed. Builds on knowledge from undergraduate courses through
pursuit of content in greater depth and synthesizing and applying research-based knowlessential for
edge.
82.507 Pharmacology for Advanced Nursing
Practice (3)
Applies principles of pharmacology to advanced nursing practice of adults.
Emphasis is on physiological mechanisms of
drug action and significant adverse reactions.
Presents proper prescribing and monitoring
procedures for various dnig regimens used
—
to treat
common disease states.
Discusses self-
medication, multiple drug interactions, legal.
)
Graduate Courses
and sociological implications of drug
therapy and patient teaching. Presents alternative "drug" therapies. Prerequisite:
dents collaborate with adult clients, suppon
systems and variety of providers in diverse
82.304.
adult health.
82.508 Adult Health Assessment and Promotion (6)
Focuses on developing the
litical
ethical
—
student's
competence
performing health
Learning experiences
in
assessment of adults.
are provided for synthesizing cognitive
knowledge with psychomotor skills.
Throughout the couree, emphasis is placed
on health assessment, communication, analyof data, written and verbal presentation
of data and issues related to health promotion and disease prevention in adults. Prerequisites: 82.504, undergraduate physical
sis
assessment.
82.51
1
Community Health Nursing
I
(6)
—
Focuses on the role development of the
clini-
communitv health
nurs-
cal nui-se specialist in
Students apply advanced knowledge,
skills and critical thinking in the competent
vise of the nursing process with populations
and the community as a whole. Evaluation
and refinement of a model for advanced
practice provide a framework for the
student's development of the multifaceted
roles of practitioner, educator, researcher,
consultant and leader 'manager. Leadership
principles and strategies are applied as stuing.
dents assess and analvze the health status and
determinants of health of populations and
the total communitv. Students collaborate
and coordinate with other communitv health
nurses, a variety of providers, and clients in a
diversin of settings to plan and develop innovative programs designed to meet identified health needs of risk populations in the
communitv. Weekly seminars assist and enable the students to participate in the analysis of current communitv health issues, develop research skills, and understand the development and operationalization of health
policies within communitv health programs.
Prerequisites: -See clinical option adviser.
82.512 Adult Health and lUness Nursing I { 6
Focuses on the role development of the
clinical nurse specialist in adult healtli and
illness. Students apply adv anced knowledge,
skills and critical thinking in the competent
use of nursing process, therapeutic interv entions, and technologv to administer nursing
services to a specific adult population to facilitate optimal wellness and to impact on the
deliver)- of adult health care. Evaluation and
refinement of a model for advanced practice provide a framework for holistic care of
adult clients and one's development of the
multifaceted roles as practitioner, educator,
consultant and leader manager Leadership
—
ipiles
and
strategies are
employed
as stu-
settings to
promote, restore and maintain
Through socijil, ethical
actions, client advocacy and
and pochange
process are encouraged to affect the qualitv
of adult health care. WeekJy seminar affords
student's participation in analv^ing current
adult health care problems, trends/ issues and
and formulating strategies for
health care reform. Research skills are enhanced through seminar presentations, clinical practicum and course assignments. Prerequisites: See clinical option adviser
in evaluating
82.513 Management and Organizational Beha\ior in Advanced Nursing Practice (3)
Explores the concepts of organizational stvle
and the theories of management behavior
related to the role of the clinical nurse specialist in advanced practice. Focuses on leadership theories, strategies for maturation and
change, concepts of power and influence, and
organizational decision making. Prerequisite:
consent of the instructor
—
—
82.514 Independent Study (3)
Student
works with a facultv preceptor in conducting
an individualized study related to a particular area of clinical interest.
82.515 Diagnosis and Management of Health
Problems in Adults I (6)
First of two clini-
—
courses that focuses on diagnosis and management of health problems in adults. Emphasis on developing knowledge related to
the most common problems for adults in ambulator) care, including but not limited to hypertension, cough, chest pain, dyspnea,
edema and fatigue. Addresses issues related
to the role of the nurse practitioner and provides opportunities to discuss these as the stucal
dent begins the transition to
practice role.
this
advanced
Prerequisites: 82.502, 82.507,
82.508.
and Management of Health
Second of a nvosemester clinical sequence that focuses on the
diagnosis and management of health problems in adults. Emphasis on developing
82.5 16 Diagnosis
Problems
in Adults II (6)
—
knowledge related to the most common problems for adults in ambulators care, including
but not limited to sore throat, abdominal
headache and arthritis. .Addresses issues related to the role of the nurse practitiopain,
ner and provides opportunities to discuss
these as the student continues transidon to
advanced practice
this
role.
Prerequisite:
82.515.
82.520
(3)
vvith knowledge and
perform a comprehensive commuassessment and develop a program for
skills
nitv
Community Assessment and Planning
— Provides students
to
Graduate Courses
an identified health need or problem. Students use concepts from nursing theory, epidemiology, cultural principles and research
to identify a community need or problem, develop a proposed solution and plan of action.
Preparation of a grant proposal vvill be a major focus of the plan of action. Class format
is seminar and collaborative group work. Prerequisite: 82.502.
—
82.531 Community Health Nursing II (6)
Builds upon Practicum I and concentrates on
advanced professional nursing. There is an
emphasis on the student's increasing independence and self-directed learning.
Through the assimilation of additional theory,
students continue to apply critical thinking,
communication skills, therapeutic interA'entions and values as they implement and evaluate community health nursing programs and
interventions for selected high-risk popula-
They function independently and
collaboratively with others who influence the
tions.
health care environment to improve the
health of the community. Students continue
to
engage in social, ethical and political acwhich initiate and effect change at the
tions
community level. Inter\'entions that assist in
the development of public policy based on
the assessed needs of populations are stressed.
to focus on the
analysis of current community health issues,
Weekly seminars continue
leadership in the development of health
and research in the advanced practice
communitv health nursing. Prerequisite:
policy
in
82.511.
82.532 Adult Health and lUness Nursing II
Concentrates on advanced professional
(6)
nursing practice as a clinical nurse specialist
within a specialized area of adult health and
—
illness
through independent, self-directed
Through self-directed learning acthe student is facilitated to assimilate
additional theory and research in advancing
learning.
tivities,
the student's knowledge, critical thinking,
skills, therapeutic interven-
communication
tions/technology and values in advanced
nursing practice for adult clients. Stu-
clinical
dents enhance their expertise in the multifaceted roles of the clinical nurse specialist
in adult health and illness by assuming lead-
ership/management positions in a health
care setting and by functioning both independently and collaboratively with clients, suf>port systems, other providers and community
improving the quality of adult health care.
Social, ethical anci political actions are employed in order to initiate and affect change
regarding the development of health care
policy and its effect on health care. Weekly
student-conducted seminars focus on the
in
analysis of current concepts, practices, trends,
issues,
health policies
and research
in their
enactment as
role
clinical
nurse specialists in
the advanced practice of adult health
ness. Prerequisite: 82.512.
and
ill-
82.533 Management and Organizational Behavior in Health Care Delivery System (3)
Seminar format that explores model building and the future directions of organizational
strictures for advanced nursing practice. Organizational theorv' provides the framework
—
for organizational characteristics
and identiand strucpromoting
fying the organizational strategies
tures with greatest potential for
performance and organizational
growth. Focuses on organizational environments and planned change in the health care
deli\'ery system. Course may be taught in another country to provide international aspects. Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor.
effective
82.534 Adult Nurse Practitioner Practicum
and Seminar
(6)
— Culminating
clinical
course for the adult nurse practitioner program. Provides the student an opportunity
to apply knowledge gained throughout the
program while gaining entry-level competence in the clinical area of the student's
choosing. Addresses clinical and professional
role issues, including management of complex patients and assessment of organizations
as practice settings, quality of care and risk
management, and professional
responsibili-
of practice. Issues of professional responsibility include influence of and on health
policy, continuing education, health education of the commimity and clinical research.
Focuses on developing confidence and competence as an adult nurse practitioner. Preties
requisite: 82.516.
—
Serves as
82.550 Nursing Research II (3)
the culminating experience in the program.
Students synthesize knowledge drawn from
core and clinical course work to expand on
the research prospectus developed in Nursing Research I. In developing a comprehensive proposal, students conduct an extensive
review and critique of relevant literature, formulate a conceptual or theoretical framework
and select an appropriate research design and
methodology. The course is presented in a
seminar format with open forum defense of
the proposal serving as a comprehensive examination. Prerequisite: All course work in
the nursing major
—
82.590 Thesis (6)
Upon successful compleUon of 82.550, students who choose to carry
out their research study may enroll in thesis
as
an
elective option. Prerequisite: 82.550.
I
School
off
Graduate Studies
109 Waller Administration Building
Bloomsburg University
400
E.
Second Street
Bloomsburg, Pennsylvania 17815
Bloomsbun
UNIVERSITY
Member
*
of Pcuiisylvdnki's
State System nf Higher Education
Media of